View Full Version : THE eXchanger's THREAD - iNSiDER iNFO without THE HiDDEN HAND
THE eXchanger
02-08-2009, 02:33 PM
This is one of my favourite people...Kerrie O`Connor
www.kerrieoconnor.com
Dear susan,
You are invited to listen to Kerrie's FREE Teleclass tonight
Thursday, Feb 5th
8-9 PM EST
What is Mastery?
Join Kerrie as she explains the importance of truly understanding what the Mastery Process means and how it affects the very aspects of our daily lives.
Call in number: (218)339-4600
Participant Access Code: 199177#
if you are unable to listen this evening, you can listen to the recording of this free introductory tele-class
Playback number: (218) 339-4699
Access code: 199177#
(for about 4 weeks)
Are you feeling confused, lost, or scared?
Are you noticing that life feels like it's speeding by you?
Are you feeling like something has got to change
but you don't know what?
Are you feeling excited and in flow with Life one minute,
then off balance and full of fear the next?
These are all wondrous signs of a deep cellular shift
happening within you.
You are hearing your soul- your inner guidance- urging you to take the steps to breakthrough the areas of life that have you stuck, unhappy or dis-empowered.
It is our birthright to experience abundance, happiness and peace,
but most of us weren't given the tools to make the life we dream about,
a reality
. All the answers and tools you will ever need are right
at your fingertips-
you just need to learn how to tap into your highest potential to create your new life.
Join Kerrie as she guides you to being the Master you truly are. Kerrie will help re-activate your passion, re-mind you of the powerful Ancient Truths embedded within us and re-wire your energy to hold and embrace the high frequency that will ultimately re-direct your Life in Mastery.
Embodying Mastery: The Series
************************************************** **
lotus flower
Thursday Tele-Classes
February 12, 2009 8-9pm EST
February 19, 2009 8-9pm EST
February 26, 2009 8-9pm EST
March 5, 2009 8-9pm EST
Cost: $25 Each or $88 for the Series
Class 1: Re-activating and Re-awakening Ancient Truths:
Kerrie has been taught Ancient Attunements that will open up your connection to your higher consciousness. She will share their history, explain how they will change your perception on life instantly and "re-connect" your connection to the higher frequency energies available to us NOW. This will allow you to see life with your "real" eyes.
Class 2: Signs of Manifesting Mastery - Holding the Creative Tension:
Kerrie will explain the difference between stress-tension and creation or re-birthing "tension." She will re-direct your energy into creation energies allowing you to manifest like a Master-literally manifest anything from a parking place to a new job, relationship, more money--anything from the mundane to the divine. Kerrie will teach you the tools that guarantee a change within your energy pattern, opening up the channels of manifestation.
Class 3: Creating the Castle for the Master-Honoring your Sacred Space:
Kerrie shows how to build the sacred structures within yourself that allow you to literally hold and digest the higher energies affecting every person on the Earth at this time. We must expand ourselves from the inside and allow our unique heart signature to illuminate the communication from our "higher" self -our soul. As we continue to create from this empowered energetic posture, our heart signature starts to radiate out from within; Enlightening our surroundings, changing the landscape of life. You are the architect, designing and filling in your blueprints with the energy from your heart signature. As you radiate this Mastery energy, your physical, emotional, mental and spiritual surroundings will reflect back to you that Love signature--Creating the Castle- for the Master.
Class 4: Master--Peace or Drama?--Seeing the Master-Piece in all of Life:
Everyday we wake up with a choice-- How are we going to manage our energy today? How are we going to look and create our day?-- through tired eyes of the "past", with binoculars to try to see the "future?-- or with our eyes centered in our heart. Our heart enlightens our path so that we may see everyday as a " Present". By being "Present" you are able to direct your energy like a Master. Every moment we have the amazing opportunity to envision life from the "view" of the Master. The Master is the "Angel having the human experience." Mastery is accepting and KNOWING our true lineage. We are all pieces of Creator, Aspects of God. Do you direct your energy in a God-like fashion? God-Aspects, pieces of Creator, don't see lack, scarcity or fear as their energies have "reconnected" to their higher selves. They direct their life force with the precision of a Master- creating Master-Pieces in every direction of their life. As God-Aspects we embrace life and live in the Present and our life reflects back to us the symphony of harmony. Only Peace-- No Drama!
Embodying Mastery: The Series
Join Kerrie as she ignites the passion within yourself so you can light the flame that feeds your Soul. Starting February 12th, she will be offering a series of weekly Tele-classes that will run for 4 weeks. Registration is required, so please email Kerrie at union1111@yahoo.com to sign up. This series will be recorded and available for 30 days. You can listen in again at your convenience.
************************************************
Manifesting Magic Workshop
lotus flower
Sunday, February 22nd, 2009
5 pm -7 pm EST
$22
Kerrie will unlock and tap into the "magic" that is within each of our energy fields. The keys are how to access this field of dreams and desires.
We will be working with the energies of the New Moon which will enhance our abilities to unlock the mystical, magic doorways that are waiting to be opened.
Includes booklet with instructions.
This class will be recorded and will be available to be purchased 30 days after the event.
Sign up today by calling (860) 887.1201
or email Kerrie: union1111@yahoo.com
or, visit her site at
www.kerrieoconnor.com
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-08-2009, 03:17 PM
- dr. mercola on arthritis
7.30 minutes
http://articles.mercola.com/sites/articles/archive/2009/01/31/everything-you-need-to-know-about-arthritis.aspx
THE eXchanger
02-08-2009, 09:45 PM
THIS EARTH CAN BE A SPLENDOR, A MAGIC, A MIRACLE.
osho
Our hands have that touch -- it is just that we have never tried it.
Man has never given a chance to his own potential to grow,
to blossom, to bring fulfillment, contentment,
to shower the whole earth with flowers,
to fill the whole earth with fragrance.
To me, that fragrance is godliness.
THE NEW MAN will not worship a God as a creator of the world;
the new man will create God as a fragrance, as beauty, as love, as truth.
Up to now God has been the creator.
For the new man, man will be the creator, and God is going to be the created. WE CAN CREATE GODLINESS -- it is within our hands.
That's why I say the new man is the greatest revolution
that has ever happened in the world.
And there is no way to avoid it because
THE OLD MAN IS DETERMINED TO DIE,
determined, committed to commit suicide.
Let him die peacefully.
THOSE WHO HAVE A REBELLIOUS SPIRIT SHOULD JUST DISCONNECT THEMSELVES, and they will be the saviors, they will create a Noah's ark, they will be the beginning of a new world.
And because we have known the old world and its miseries;
WE CAN AVOID ALL THOSE MISERIES;
we can avoid all those jealousies, all those angers
, all those wars, all those destructive tendencies....
WE CAN GO THROUGH A TOTAL TRANSFORMATION
: we can create innocent people, loving people,
people who breathe in freedom,
people who help each other to be free.
We can create nourishment for everybody to be dignified
, to be respected -- not according to some ideals and values,
but just as he is.
The new man is going to be the very salt of the earth.
OSHO
The Golden Future
THE eXchanger
02-09-2009, 01:03 AM
The Shift of the Ages Film
- Coming later this year will be the release of
The Shift of the Ages film,
which features the Grand Elder of the living Mayans,
Don Alejandro Perez Oxlaj,
in a docu-drama that tells of the Mayan Cosmo Vision and Prophecies
as told directly by the Mayans
. To learn how you can support this film project, visit
http://mayanmajix.com/shift_ex_sum.pdf
You can view trailers of the film at
http://www.ShiftingAges.com.
Donations are welcome through
http://www.commonpassion.org/
and investment opportunities are still available by contacting
Joseph Giove at jgiove@commonpassion.org
or
Steve Copeland at steve@shiftingages.com.
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-10-2009, 06:00 AM
Holographic Images in the Blood
this Interview with Harvey Bigel everyone should watch
Holographic images in bloodDr. Harvey Bigelsen
Dr. Bigelsen explains the building blocks of a healthy immune system
Harvey Bigelsen M.D. is the first medical doctor in history to practice Isopathy or Biological Medicine in North America.
He is a trained MD for 39 years with more than 25 years of experience in alternative medicine.
As the first president of the Arizona Homeopathic Medical Board, he drafted the guidelines and standards for the practice of 'Holistic' Medicine
in Arizona that set the precedent in the United States.
He helped to author the law that made Arizona Homeopathy what it is today.
His work in the field of holistic and Biological Medicine healing l
ed to decoding the mysteries of human blood.
An amazing breakthrough in Dr. Bigelsen’s work came
when he began to decipher holographic images in the blood.
These electromagnetic “pictures” foretell the condition of our health and even events that have yet to occur.
After 20 years, he has compiled his astounding findings in a book titled Blood Mysteries: Myth, Magic or Reality.
Contact Harvey directly to have your blood analysis, at www.DrBigelsen.com
http://www.consciousmedianetwork.com/members/hbigelsen.htm
(approx 1 hr)
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-10-2009, 06:06 AM
"PLEAMORPHS
This is a very rough overview of pleamorphs; hopefully it will help
the reader to gain a deeper understanding of the human body and its
many interactions with organisms.
Approximately every 100 years a dedicated researcher discovers the
pleamorphic cycle in the human body. Gaston Nacens is the last one I
know of to make the discovery. He accomplished the feat in France,
but because it upset so many applecarts he was banned from the
country. He settled in Canada. Another Frenchman, Beauchamp made the
same discoveries. Pasteur plagerized Beauchamp, but only partially;
had Pasteur done a complete job, we wouldn't be in the pickle we are
in today. Before Beauchamp a German made the same discoveries and
before him a Dutchman. All used different terminology, yet all were
describing the same things.
The general idea of pleamorphism can be explained by using fly eggs.
I learned to call those metallic colored flies that hang around
rotting meat as "blue bottle flies" so bear with me if you learned
them by a different name. If you teach these flies to deposit their
eggs in a container, and then place rotting fruit in that container,
the eggs will hatch into fruit flies. Amazing, no? The living
organism within the egg senses what it will have to live upon and
develops into the proper kind of fly. This ability to "switch hit" is
called pleamorphism.
After Gaston Nacens settled in Canada and learned English, he again
started publishing. On this side of the big puddle, there was much
interest in his work, but the dark-field microscope turned into a
curse rather than a blessing. Gaston worked under a dark-field
microscope; the problem is that an experienced microscope operator
can quickly switch to the dark-field, yet it takes several years to
have a reasonable level of proficiency. Those who read Gaston's
published works would buy themselves a dark-field, run the
experiments and see zilch, or at least nothing like Gaston was
describing. The real problem was that the user needed two more years
of experience to begin to really see what Gaston was seeing. The
typical results ended with Gaston being labeled off-the-wall,
dreamer, whatever. I first read about his work in the
destroyed "Spotlight" some 20 years ago, and I believe that he is
still living today although a very old man. I'll try to continue with
what I can remember.
Just as the Dutchman, the German and Beauchamp discovered, Gaston saw
under his dark-field microscope pleamorphism taking place in human
blood. (If I have the details askew, and a reader is aware of the
error; please contact me or publish a correction.) Certain pathogens
turn into bacteria which in turn, turn into virus. I do not remember
whether the cycle was 3 step or 4 step. And the virus would change
back into the pathogen. All these steps were mutually beneficial. The
bacteria are scavengers, as well as the virus, which benefit the
human, and the human in turn supply these scavengers with the
environment to grow and live. And remember it is NOT ALL pathogens,
bacteria and virus that do this.
The real interesting part of all this cycle is that if the human body
deteriorates to a point that these pleamorphs recognize that the body
is starting to die, these shift into a 12 or 14 step cycle which is
designed to ensure the survival of these pleamorphs (or their primary
stage) when the body actually dies. These pleamorphs no longer are
mutually beneficial, but rather they fend for their own survival, as
do all living things.
I know of nothing that we can do to enhance the mutually beneficial
part of the cycle other than try to eat the "perfect diet," keep body
pH in the slightly alkaline state and go to the extremes as in raw
eating, juicing, etc. All this being an objective to keep the body in
a "non-dying" state to keep the beneficial cycles working.
Philip N. Ledoux "
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-10-2009, 06:07 AM
Curing Cancer Using Frequencies
by Scott Saunders
" Why hasn’t anyone found a cure for cancer yet? People often ask. In reality, Royal R. Rife, born in 1888 and died in 1971, did in fact find a cure using frequencies (for not only five per cent of cancers, but for cancers in general) in 1934 after having conducted exhaustive research with the use of one of the world’s most powerful microscopes. You ask why this isn’t known worldwide. The answer dates back to the time of the first clinical trial and the intrigue of science versus power and greed in 1934. Suppressed, this technology cured 80% of 10,000 patients until 1950, when it was finally driven underground or out of the country. A book, The Cancer Cure that Worked! Fifty Years of Suppression, by Barry Lynes, outlines the history of the discovery of a cure for cancer, its implementation, and ultimately, its suppression and elimination as an option for conventional medicine in the United States. This paper summarizes the key points in Barry Lynes’ book, revealing a fascinating story but an unfinished venture, left for those interested in eradicating the cancer anomaly, similar to what has been done for polio. At the end, it points to a practice that has been successfully applying frequencies, detoxification and immune system building, based on the principles described below.
The discovery of a cure began in 1920 with research on the cancer virus. In 1934, Rife isolated the virus, then systematically cured 16 out of 16 terminal cancer patients, 14 in 70 days and the remaining two within 90 days. He found the exact electrical frequency which destroyed the individual microorganisms responsible for cancer, herpes and tuberculosis. Secret treatment, due to a power/greed struggle, was conducted between 1934 and 1956. In the 1950’s, Rife’s partner, John Crane, proclaimed to the world that "specific electromagnetic frequencies would have a negative effect on specific bacterial forms." The underpinning principle was that bacteria are pleomorphic rather than monomorphic. This principle was discovered by Pierre Beauchamp, of France, and was counter to the belief of Louis Pasteur. In reality, according to Beauchamp, bacteria are the symptom rather than the cause of cancer. Live specimen microscopy allowed Rife to operate under Beauchamp’s theory. Current microscopy at the time was limited to examining only dead specimens.
Rife allowed that viruses are extraordinarily small microbes consisting of DNA or RNA surrounded by a coat of protein and require a living cell to reproduce. Bacteria are much larger. In the 1930s, bacteria which passed through tiny filters were called "filterable bacteria," which Rife identified as a cause of cancer, which he later called a virus. The proof was produced in 1934 with a clinical trial under the supervision of the University of Southern California (USC) Medical Research Committee, when the 16 terminally ill cancer patients were healed. The isolation of the cancer virus was made possible through the use of Rife’s electron telescope. Bacteria could be seen through conventional telescopes, as they are one micron in size (1/25,000). Viruses range in size from 10 millimicrons (10 thousandths of a micron) to 300 millimicrons. Three hundred millimicrons is the resolution limit for the light telescope.
Following the proof of concept during the USC trials, began the suppression of the newly found cure. The American Medical Association (AMA), in power since 1901, had authority over "accepted" medical practices through accreditation of medical schools, thus controlling what was taught to new doctors and through influencing their licensure. The AMA was ruled virtually by one man at the top. This man in 1934 was Morris Fishbein. Additional influence and control was in place at the head of Memorial Sloan Kettering Institute. Sloan Kettering aligned with the American Cancer Society, under the leadership of Dr.Cornelius Rhoads, in 1939, dictated cancer policies for the entire United States. In 1934, Morris Fishbein, of the AMA, according to Benjamin Culler, approached Rife to effect a business relationship with his new discovery. Due to a combination of Rife desiring to maintain the science of the technology and the reaction of Fishbein not being allowed to join the party, a systematic suppression of the cure from conventional medicine began. At the time Dr. R.T. Hamer was treating 40 cases per day. What was present at the time was the identification and classification of the disease-causing micro-organisms in a totally unique way, including the finding and application of the precise frequency of the disease, thus "blowing them up."
This discovery, by Rife, was possible by the use of a microscope of 17,000 power of magnification compared to conventional microscopes of the time with 2,000 power of magnification. It was done by "an ingenuous arrangement of lenses applying an entirely new optical principal and by introducing double quartz prisms and powerful illuminating lights." "The light used is polarized, passing through crystals that stop all rays except those vibrating in one particular plane. By means of a double reflecting prism, the plane of vibration can be turned in any direction, controlling the illumination of the minute objects in the field very exactly."
Using his microscope for sometimes 24-48 hours at a time, drinking only water and eating nothing, Rife proved pleomorphism by finding that cancer had four forms: 1) BX (carcinoma); 2) BY (sarcoma-larger than BX) 3) monococcoid form in the monocytes of the blood of 90% of cancer patients, which, when properly stained, can be seen with a standard research microscope; and 4) crytomyces pleomorphic fungi (identical to orchid and mushroom). Thus, Rife proved pleomorphism, in that the cancer virus changes depending on its environment. He argued that it was not the bacteria themselves that produced the disease, but the chemical constituents of these micro-organisms acting upon the unbalanced cell metabolism of the body; i.e. "if the metabolism of the human body is perfectly balanced or poised it is susceptible to no disease." He discovered pig meat, mushrooms and orchids all possessed the natural cause of the frequency. He tested his theory on 400 animals using frequency instruments tuned to the same "BX" frequency before use on humans. He ultimately built five microscopes, the largest of which was 30,000 power of magnification. Unfortunately, Rife’s research records were lost when he loaned them to Dr. Arthur Hale a few years later.
In the summer of 1934, however, 16 terminally ill patients with cancer and other diseases were brought to Scripps "ranch" in San Diego. They were exposed to the "BX" frequency with the frequency instrument for only three minutes every three days. This allowed the body to self-detoxify the dead micro-organisms. The patients began healing quickly. Rife wrote, "With the Frequency Instrument, no tissue is destroyed, no noise is audible and no sensation is noticed. A tube lights up and three minutes later the treatment is completed. Several diseases may be treated simultaneously. The break between treatments gives the lymphatic system the opportunity to absorb and cast off the toxic condition produced by the devitalized dead particles." His research was signed off by five medical doctors and one pathological doctor of USC. His followers have argued that the cancer is carried to all parts of the body by the blood stream and question why anyone would elect surgery to cure cancer, if, in fact, it is present in the blood stream. Between 1968 and 1983, over 10,000 cancer patients were treated at the Dr. Livingston Wheeler clinic in San Diego using the Frequency Instrument. Dr. Livingston Wheeler reported an 80% success rate. On October 30, 1970, Dr. Livingston Wheeler, with Dr. Eleanor Alexander Jackson, Dr. Irene Diller and Dr. Florence Seibert, published their findings in a report titled Micro-organisms Associated With Malignancy. In their report, they stated, "...one specific type of highly pleomorphic micro-organism that has been observed and isolated consistently by us from human and animal malignancies of every obtainable variety for the last 20 years...The organism has remained an unclassified mystery, due in part to its remarkable pleomorphism and its stimulation of other micro-organisms. Its various phases may resemble viruses, micrococci, diptheroids, bacilli and fungi." The results of Rife’s research and proof of concept and Dr.Livingston Wheeler’s confirmation and implementation ultimately were systematically suppressed by pressure from the AMA, Sloan Kettering, other "accepted" institutions, pharmaceuticals, and legislation allowing only chemotherapy, surgery and radiation to be practiced for the cure of cancer. The suppression first came out into the open when AMA pressure forced a lawsuit making frequency instruments illegal. These practices subscribe to attacking the cancer cells in its monomorphic form, not the DNA or RNA in its four pleomorphic forms that attach to cells, thus not getting to the root cause. This, of course, makes a great business case for current institutions, pharmaceuticals, hospitals and treatment centers that are currently accepted and "legal" in the United States. The patient progresses through a series of surgery, radiation and chemotherapy in an ever-debilitating protocol in almost all cancer types, only to suffer through the remainder of his or her life, at great expense and pain because the root cause, i.e. the micro-organism in its pleomorphic forms, is never eradicated. In this system, five years of miserable treatment is declared a "success."
If you are interested in more details of a cure for cancer, known since 1934, I recommend you read Barry Lynes’ book, or write him, if you want to become a serious advocate of curing cancer. His book, which is very difficult to purchase in the United States, The Cancer Cure that Worked! Fifty Years of Suppression, was published in Canada by Marcus Books, P.O. Box 327, Queensville, Ontario, Canada, LOG 1RO (905) 967-0219, copyright© Barry Lynes 1987. You can contact him at P.O. Box 12183, Palm Desert, CA, USA 92255.
In addition, if you are interested in seeking a cure for cancer or other serious disease for yourself or one of your loved ones, there is a doctor using frequencies combined with detoxification and immune system building who has been practicing for over forty years. Dr. Robert B. Wickman first practiced in Arizona, curing people, and was brought to court by those who could no longer profit from repeatedly treating cancer patients with the mostly ineffective surgery, radiation and chemotherapy. He moved his practice to Quito, Ecuador, where he is effectively treating cancer patients today. If you wish, if you want more details, you can call him at his Miami phone number, (305) 433-3223, which rings in Quito. "
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-10-2009, 06:09 AM
Did you know there was a study done
that showed when a person who was in a state of anger /and, or rage
that their saliva when it was analyzed
it contained compounds which were similar to rattlesnake venom.
Yet, these compounds were NOT found in the same persons saliva
when they were NOT in a state of anger / and, or rage
Apparently emotional state of being,
can cause biochemical changes in chemistry to create
what would be considered "foreign" analogs.
THE eXchanger
02-10-2009, 06:14 AM
how to emotionalize a thought
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uzt2BpZzaJY
yup...the tongue, it does think !!!
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-10-2009, 07:50 AM
FROM: www.truthloveenergy.com
Troy
Energy Report: 2009 Overleaves
Though energies shift, change, and adapt all year,
there is a general energy that can be said to affect the calendar year,
at least in terms of your shared reality.
Our Overleaves system can be used to describe any collection of energies, ranging from the dynamics of the actual Personality
to the general “mood” of a room, society, fictional character,
theme of groups, or a planet’s general atmosphere of consciousness.
In addition to this, when a block of time is selected, that time frame
can be translated into a description of energies based on
what we perceive as the momentum of events, consciousness,
and choices that will POTENTIALLY contribute to that period of time.
The Overleaves for a year, then, are our interpretation of those events, consciousness, and choices as we see that they are most likely
to be brought to bear in your world.
The more participating one is in “the world,”
the more likely these energies will be of concern,
though one’s inactivity does not exempt one from world
or local energies,
anymore than staying inside can take away the fact of a rainstorm.
The rainstorm outside can have as much an effect on one inside
as on one who is outside,
depending on personal interpretations and experiences of that rainstorm.
The very basic energy, or basic context,
of a year can be described in two Overleaves:
the Role and the Center.
These two basic energies are those that can contribute
to your year feeling "comfortable" or "challenged"
during the year unfolding, depending on your own
Overleaves and your method of participation in "the world."
These two energies are most obvious in the first three months of a year,
but their effects will remain steady throughout the year.
It can be said that ALL of the Overleaves
we use to describe the year are in effect ALL year,
but the particular frames of time described below
are the "seasonal" emphasis of those particular Overleaf qualities.
General “Seasonal” Energy emphasis:
The ENTIRE YEAR is based within the energies described
by the ROLE and CENTERING.
January through March implements and emphasizes the GOAL.
April through June implements and emphasizes the MODE.
July through September implements and emphasizes the ATTITUDE.
October through December implements and emphasizes the CHIEF FEATURE.
With all of that being explained,
we would describe the highest probable energy for the year 2009 with these Overleaves:
2009 OVERLEAVES
***********************************
(check out www.michaelteachings.com for definitions...
or...... www.truthloveenergy.com for definitions)
Troy does basic charts for as little as $10
and/or read The Book Series...
Book 1) Messages from Michael / author-yarbro
(there are 4 books in this series)
************************************
ROLE: Server
CENTERING: Moving
PART OF CENTER: Emotional
GOAL: Flow
MODE: Passion
ATTITUDE: Idealist
CHIEF FEATURES: Impatience/Martyrdom
While we do not, and cannot, "predict",
we can share with you what these energies
may mean for you in the year ahead.
NOTE FROM TROY:
Most of what is quoted above is from previous years' posts,
with my plugging in the new Overleaves
as received from Michael. Below is the new information.
What we have observed in our students
as the year has begun is a sense of loss in direction,
voice, footing, or other means of feeling present
in the personal and public world.
A surprising withdrawal occurred that even we did not "expect,"
though it does make sense in terms of such a drastic shift of energy
from last year to your current year.
Transitioning from a year emphasizing Mastery (King)
and Emotions (Emotional Center)
and Evolution (Growth) into a year of Service (Server),
Action (Moving Center), and Freedom (Goal of Flow)
means shifting between an exalted effort
to master possibilities and responsibilities
into are more ordinal implementation of service
and actions needed to fulfill those patterns begun.
Much of 2009 looks to us to feel
as if it is a significant incline with several patches of ice
in your direction;
it will benefit all of you to consider the Goal of the year,
which is to Flow,
to allow yourself to manage your experiences,
your maneuvering, and your moments of rest,
but to allow for the current to carry you.
This is a year that appears to us to emphasize SURRENDER.
A year that carries with it large patterns
that are a collective creation on a larger
and more pervasive scale than usual.
It may seem important to tend to those close to you and to your self, looking closely at what is necessary for nurturing,
what is absolutely NEEDED,
rather than presuming that you can "do it alone,"
or that you are not important to another person or community.
This year appears to emphasize a heightened awareness of COLLECTIVE
over INDIVIDUAL.
This is why it will seem important to take care of yourself
and those closest to you because as the larger patterns unfold,
it could be said to feel like a massive crowd exiting a stadium:
there may be little room (or tolerance)
for breaking the momentum,
but you can stay close to your friends, loved ones,
and easily go with the flow.
By "going with the flow," we do not imply to betray yourself
or to compromise in any painful manner,
unless you choose to do so,
but we speak to the possibility that this year
may call on your strengths and awareness
that acknowledges and allows for patterns
that are not completely in your individual control.
This is called "surrender."
For many of our students the year may have begun,
as we said, as a feeling of loss,
though we do not speak of grief here, simply loss;
as if something isn't "quite right... yet."
But if one considers the energy of last year
to have been similar to the slow stretching back of slingshot,
December and January could be said to be the release of that pull.
Many of you are catapulted, so to speak, into your new year
and you did not "feel quite ready" for that release of the pull,
but you are "in the air now."
This is an excellent start to a year emphasizing FLOW,
so this is not a "bad thing."
The arc of this release and direction appears to us to quickly be shifting
into a gentle flight and landing (on the incline)
near the end of January and into February,
where a sense of footing and direction (and "land")
may become clearer to you.
Another reason for the awkward start to 2009
for many of our students is in the sense of mutedness.
It appears to us that, suddenly, many of our students turned inward
with great sensitivity,
but with very few words or means for expressing it.
Very few students of ours gave voice or expression
to what was/is being felt.
This is most likely described by the shift from the Emotional Energy
of last year and the sharp transition
into the Moving Energy of your current year,
a shift that could be understood as the shift
between looking up and out into the sky
to now looking down and around at your feet.
This is probably because it is important to many of you
as to "where you land" and in what direction you continue,
once your feet hit the ground from last year's pull/release.
As a general context for this 2009 year,
we suggest remaining aware of 3 very important factors during your year, particularly when feeling any sense of loss of control:
1. What is NEEDED:
by you and those directly around you at any given time.
Making the choice to actively allow for a deeper understanding
of how you contribute to the lives around you,
to your own, and how others contribute to yours,
could do all of you well.
This means asking if someone needs help, asking for help,
if needed, allowing help, etc.
We use the word "help," but this could be anything
that could be related to being served, nurtured, and inspired intimately.
2. What is IMMEDIATE:
Although we are not discouraging long-term goals
and long-term vision,
we do suggest a heightened awareness of concern of your next step,
next decision, next choice, etc.
For those who do not "watch where they step,"
it could bring a sense of continued stumbling
and bouts with obstacles in a way that can turn into Inertia.
Even if one cannot feel a sense of how the next step
contributes to a larger pattern,
it would be helpful to remind yourself
that you can make your next choice,
step, from there.
A one-day-at-a-time trust in your navigation through the year can contribute greatly to your sense of flow, freedom, and well-being.
3. What is OBVIOUS:
Speculation and second-guessing may find problems
in the year ahead because when energy is moving en masse,
navigation is limited to steering, steps, and angles,
but not necessarily redirection.
For the most part, this looks to be a rather tangible
, physical, sensory year that will continue to call attention to
what's obvious in terms of Needs and Immediacy.
A good analogy would be your floating down a current
on your inner tube and seeing a branch with fruit dangling;
it will be obvious that if you want that fruit, reach out... now.
There will be little sense of time/room for speculation and pondering.
Throughout all of this, your BODIES may have a greater,
acute importance to you than usual, or "spike" in distraction
as you process your experiences.
For many of our students,
what has been held in the bodies for a long time
can now be released and healed.
It would not be surprising to us if many of our students
found themselves meandering between the experience
s of Pain and Absolute Relief
over the first few months as this process of release occurs.
Though what we describe above
will find most of its emphasis in the first three months of the year,
it would be helpful to keep it in mind
over the course of the year, in general.
The pace and feeling of flight from the pull/release of last year seems to rapidly, gently find order and flow by the end of March.
For those who find interest in observing a Nexus,
it appears to us that January 20th holds the next window.
This appears to be a DIVERGENCE.
For those who are sensitive to Parallel Shifts (Nexus; Reality Shifts),
the week/s leading up to a Divergence
can feel as if your body is on autopilot
to some extent as your consciousness is fragmented and "distant"
in its exploration of various probable futures.
This experience should pass by the 23rd
and some sense of presence back in your body
will be felt again as "you"
focus on the reality into which "you" have chosen/created.
www.truthloveenergy.com
Troy
The Michaels
THE eXchanger
02-10-2009, 07:59 AM
www.truthloveenergy.com
Troy
The Michaels
Energy Report: FEBRUARY
February marks a shift into the strongest period of time
emphasizing the Goal for the year, which is FLOW.
This would mean to us that this month carries with it
the experience of choosing between the directions
of inertia and freedom.
This month may bring with it an acute awareness
of what you CAN control vs what you CANNOT.
Not everything in life can be controlled.
When one tries to control that which cannot be controlled,
one tends to fall into Inertia or Resignation;
giving up. Inertia, Resignation, and Giving Up
can be positions of victimization and intolerance.
They are often the results of anger, blame, and presumption
that certain larger forces are "against" you,
rather than "for" you.
We do not wish to convince you that life is always "for" you,
but it is never "against" you.
Life may not flow in a direction or shape that you would prefer,
but it does not do so to offend you.
It is simply flowing in directions based on momentums,
choices, elemental influences, community forces,
relationship dynamics, and slippage, etc.
In other words, LIFE, even YOUR LIFE,
is Neutral outside of your personal position,
intent, and interpretation.
Recognizing that there are levels you can control
and levels you cannot control will move you from
Inertia, Resignation, and Giving Up into Freedom,
Surrender, and Decision.
When one focuses on the NAVIGATIONAL aspects of a life
while larger forces are at work,
then FLOW can move into Freedom,
the positive pole.
For instance, when there are hurricanes, earthquakes, economic collapses, personal health issues, losses, etc,
it can be overwhelming,
but these forces are not out to get you;
they are simply a part of the many forces in effect
on the Physical Plane and within a lifetime.
You may not be able to stop the hurricane, the earthquake, or control the economic collapse, or immediately reverse the personal health crisis, or losses, but you CAN navigate within those forces.
Many teachers have said this, we have said it,
and we will say it again that it is not what happens to you
that matters
as much as what you do with what happens to you.
When it comes to FLOW and moving into Freedom,
the most powerful tool you have for navigation
within those larger forces is CHOICE.
You may experience limitations on your choice
, but you will not experience an elimination of choice.
You may experience a hurricane,
which may ruin your plans for the day at the beach,
so this may be a limitation, but it is not an elimination.
You still have choice,
however we would specifically define
the more limited end of Choice as being Decision.
Decisions may not be pivotal experiences,
but they are steps.
Decisions are the steps between Choices.
You can decide to seek cover,
to help others, to board your windows,
to not board your windows.
In fact, you could still decide to go to the beach,
if you were strongly inclined to stick to your plans.
However, none of your decisions will change the hurricane
They will change where you are,
how you are, and who you are IN that hurricane.
This is Surrender
: the ability to navigate within larger forces using the power of choice,
or decision.
It is true that Inertia, Resignation, and Giving Up are still choices,
but these states are not navigational;
they are not freeing, surrendering, or decisive.
We differentiate, not to define one as being better than the other,
but to help in clarifying your experiences over February,
and at other times when situations
that seem bigger than your control develops.
February looks to be a month of extremes,
with clear moments brought to light
when you can decide to move within limitations,
or fall under the overwhelm of larger patterns and pressures.
In moments where you may feel pressures or imposition
, it is precisely in those moments that one might find flow,
freedom, and surrender, or collapse, resignation,
and inertia so clearly differentiated.
Points of pressure are points in the life
where Inertia has come into play.
Inertia can often be like trying to run upstream,
and it is also the resistance to change, to movement, to flow.
ALL fragments (or souls) have the potential for Inertia
because the larger the mass, figuratively and literally,
the more Inertia is inherent.
We point this out because when one feels Inertia,
resistance to change, or that life is boring, overwhelming, repetitive, etc.
it is because one has not changed mass,
has not digested and released that which is no longer serving,
has not lightened up, so to speak.
You have not digested your collection of experiences.
Many fragments move through the life carrying the weight of the past
with the distraction of the future,
finding little reconciliation between them,
and these equally-opposing forces
create a pressure that leads to Inertia.
In a Moving Centered year,
these areas of inertia may become painfully or delightfully apparent,
allowing for opportunities of release into freedom.
Friction is a part of life.
It is another word for Experience.
Flow could be said to be another word for Digestion, or Comprehension, which is the full process of intake, assimilation, and release.
It is the adaptation to Friction. Life is Friction and the process between Inertia and Freedom, intake and release.
As the Moving Centered year comes into more obvious effect,
mixed with the Goal of Flow,
then stops and starts, friction and slippage can become more extreme.
One way to help in navigation,
along with the differentiation between Freedom and Inertia,
Surrender and Resignation,
intake and release, could be the differentiation
between Productivity and Frustration,
which are the positive and negative poles
of the Moving Center, respectively.
Productivity describes when one is achieving
the intended results of effort,
while Frustration is rejection of the achievement of results
not intended.
One is not better than the other,
and when one can use opportunities of frustration to reassess results,
it can often be found that the results,
while unintended, could be beneficial,
moving one from Frustration into Productivity again.
The negative poles of our Overleaves System
are not meant to describe a spectrum from "bad to good,"
but to describe a spectrum between limitation,
restriction, closure and limitlessness, freedom, and openness.
Both poles are NECESSARY for life to be experienced,
but the difference between the poles is most-marked
by the reality that the positive pole will include the negative pole,
whereas the negative pole will exclude the positive pole.
We mention this because,
while life is experience is friction,
it does not have to be Abrasive.
Abrasion is when one tends to remain at the negative pole of a spectrum. Friction is the stuff of life, but when one does not allow for the slippage, starts, freedom, productivity, or positive poles in general,
then one falls into a life of Abrasion.
So while Inertia and Frustration are parts of life,
to remain there is Abrasive.
You will wear yourself down.
You will become pained, disintegrated, broken down, heated, melted, or fragmented after a while.
February brings with it the awareness that life can have extremes,
is full of friction and opposing forces,
but it does not have to be abrasive.
It does not have to wear you down.
Your consciousness is the lubrication to keep the effects of friction, frustration, and inertia from being abrasive.
In those moments of consciousness
when you have the choice to turn on a dime,
so to speak, and even slightly focus in a direction
toward the positive poles,
you will not lose the experience of the negative poles,
but you will have moved into the more inclusive part of the spectrum.
A KEY PHRASE that may help over February:
WHAT WILL I MAKE OF THIS?
In any situation that is not to your liking,
it can be helpful to ask yourself clearly and consciously,
"what will I make of this?"
When left to an unconscious processing,
these experiences of frustration and inertia can lean toward abrasion, wearing you down and overwhelming you.
To consciously check in with how and what you will do next,
however exhausting and annoying it may seem in the moment,
is to keep your path smooth and navigable.
It is the lubrication for your journey.
It is the spark of consciousness needed
to keep Friction from being Abrasion.
You do not have to have a full answer,
or even a clear answer to the question,
just the clear questioning.
With as much honesty and kindness
you can pull from the moment,
ask "What Will I Make Of This?"
This keeps you out of intolerance and victimization,
allowing for your opportunity to Flow.
www.truthloveenergy.com
Troy
The Michaels
+ xxx
NorthernSanctuary
02-10-2009, 03:48 PM
The Michael teachings give a conscious living perspective to life that is illuminating. Very practical and spiritual at the same time. Very informative post. Thank-you eXchanger.:original:
THE eXchanger
02-10-2009, 07:42 PM
The Michael teachings give a conscious living perspective to life that is illuminating. Very practical and spiritual at the same time. Very informative post. Thank-you eXchanger.:original:
yes, they are !!!
messages from michael - the original work, is over 25 years old,
done by the sci fi writer yarbro, chelsea quinn yarbro
however, today, there are a myriad of good channels
this channel, troy, is excellent
he can be found on www.truthloveenergy.com
people have a chart, that can be channeled from this cycled off
mid-causal entity group, that call themselves
""THE MICHAELS""...AFTER the name of the last fragment / or soul
joined them, to complete them
NOTE -- when you see the word fragment, substitute it for a soul
discarnate - means a spirit, that is NOT in a 3D incarnation -- but living elsewhere
where incarnate - means a living spirt, in 3D physical incarnation -- like you, or like me
yes, his work, is a very worthwhile read :)
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-10-2009, 10:02 PM
Bashar
Winning the lottery (this is actually, quite interesting)
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hqtXzX0UQOo&feature=related
my best friend elaine says:
hey, I noticed he kept his fingers in the hand seal which increases wisdom (guyan mudra)
He talks about what I was taught in my manifesting class..
.in different words but with the same meaning.
Now, it's time to ingrain and practice this on a more conscious level.
sleep tight! xo E.
+ xxx
Jacqui D
02-10-2009, 10:36 PM
Bashar
Winning the lottery (this is actually, quite interesting)
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hqtXzX0UQOo&feature=related
This video makes sense, now i know what i have been doing wrong ha!
Thanks for the link exchanger, if i win your be the first to know!
I'll be your biggest fan lol!
THE eXchanger
02-10-2009, 11:10 PM
This video makes sense, now i know what i have been doing wrong ha!
Thanks for the link exchanger, if i win your be the first to know!
I'll be your biggest fan lol!
if you win, send bastar 10%, and, me too 10% :mfr_lol:
share the wealth
then, at least, we can come there, to visit you ;)
THE eXchanger
02-10-2009, 11:12 PM
This is interesting...
The Lost Generation
(very short, less than 4 minutes) :wall:
good thing, it's NOT a guy :mfr_lol:
everyone still has their sense of humour--of all things, NOT to lose
do NOT ever lose your ability to laugh
this is as good, as, it is , interesting
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=42E2fAWM6rA
THE eXchanger
02-10-2009, 11:23 PM
This video makes sense, now i know what i have been doing wrong ha!
Thanks for the link exchanger, if i win your be the first to know!
I'll be your biggest fan lol!
i have a part-time business,
which is outlawed in the usa,
believe it, or NOT,
but americans are NOT allowed to play this type of thing
outside of their own country
i play the UK/and, Europe lottery in a group of 40 people
10 lbs sterling per week, approx. $20/cdn per week
and, it is also a viable part-time business
and, oft times, we do win a little
soon, i hope to win a lot
it's a gr8 business to build from home,
if you are anywhere else in the world,
but; the usa
www.v-w-d.com/187766SS
(we are allowed to network here, per Kerry Cassidy) :lmao:
THE eXchanger
02-10-2009, 11:34 PM
"Consciously or unconsciously,
every one of us does render some service or other.
If we cultivate the habit of doing this service deliberately,
our desire for service will steadily grow stronger,
and we will be in service,
not only for our own happiness,
but the world at large."
- Mahatma Gandhi
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-11-2009, 12:37 AM
" And Dear Ones remember
as you work to raise the MerKaBa into the MerKiVa,
that these are Metatronic geometric templates,
necessary for you to rise into higher dimension
. They are in zero field,
devoid of gender format,
neither feminine nor masculine,
but of the Divine Integrity of your non-polar, integral soul!
Approach their formation as such, in pure balance!!" Metatron
Ani Torch
The Earth-Keeper Chronicles
February 2009 : EKC Issue : 27 - AA Metatron Channel
The Cosmic Trigger of March 2009
'The Return of the Firmament of the Dove'
Archangel Metatron via James Tyberonn
Greetings! I am Metatron, Lord of Light,
and I greet you one and all.
I sense each of you as you read these words
in your present moment.
Feel my energy embrace you in grace and love ! I know you Dear Ones, each of you, by name.
Now we speak this moment on a topic of great interest,
that which may be termed the Return of the Dove
. Masters, the Coming of the Dove is the retur
n to the Magno-Crystalline Firmament
as a requisite consummation of the Ascension.
The dawning of the return is occurring
on the March 20th Equinox in 2009,
in which long dormant magnetic codes
will be reactivated in specific generation points on the earth.
Indeed, this equinox will initiate an incredibly intense energy for 21 days
in fervid momentum through the post equinox full moon on April 9th.
Dear Ones, all of you will discernibly feel the piercing frequency generated.
It will be the most powerful and fervent magnetic waves
released on the planet since the fall of the Firmament
in the antediluvian age during an era
in which the earth's magnetic field was exponentially stronger
than in current times.
This release will be triggered by a download of cosmic crystalline energies received specific in pyramidal transmitting complexes
in order to reseed and activate these ancient magnetic codes
across the length and breadth of the planet.
The Firmament of the Dove
We have spoken to you previously about the rebirth
of the new Planetary Firmament.
This will externalize as two elliptical bands of iridescent frequencial arches that will encircle the earth as it did aeons ago.
One of these is Electro-Magnetic in Nature, and the other Crystalline.
These will revolve above the 144 double-penta dodecahedron
of the 144 Grid.
In highly technical terms,
which we realize will be meaningless to many,
the firmament will perform the function of transducing supra-crystalline frequency oscillations in a piezoelectric step-down to interface the grid,
thus enabling full circuitry integration of the gamma-crystalline energies
of the Unified Field from Tula,
the Great Central Sun.
In more understandable terms, the firmament will transform
powerful celestial energy waves into a benevolent form
that can be more easily received on the earthplane.
So in a manner of speaking,
the firmament is an enormous transformer and surge protector !
It is what will make the 144-Grid truly crystalline.
In kind you may consider, in similar analogy,
that the 144-Grid is your planets new server program,
called Windows 2012,
enabling a vast array of new programs for humanity and the Earth!
Now, the initial phase of the new Firmament
will begin with downloads through specific portals
of crystalline adamantine light or Akash.
These activating downloads will be received primarily
through the major Phi Pyramidal octahedron energies
and structures across the planet.
This will in turn activate a magnanimous fountaining
of these ancient magnetic codes within key sites,
some of which have not been heretofore recognized.
Indeed these energies once synergistically combined and harmonically attuned over the few next years with the crystalline activation
will be the fabric of the New Earth,
and will benefit the planet in serendipitous ways,
embellishing the planetary grid- portals to the splendor of the crystalline frequency.
Pyramidal Receival and Distribution
Among the receiving points of the March 20-April 9 Cosmic Light Triggers are :
The Pyramids of Giza
The Moody Gardens Pyramid Complex of Galveston, Texas
The Louvre Pyramid in Paris, France
Chitzen Itza in the Yucatan
The Summum Pyramid in Salt Lake City
The Meru Phi Temples of Thailand, Cambodia and Indonesia
The Brihadishwara and Airateswara Temples in India
The Red Pyramid at Dashur.
Receival will also occur in certain powerpoints and natural pyramidal mountains emitting the octahedronal phi such as the Walsh Pyramid
in Australia, Mt Edith Cavell in Canada
, and the Materhorn in the Alps.
These will also receive the crystalline magnetic trigger.
The targeted magnetic codes that will awaken have been reticent
on the planet since the initial days of Mu, Rama, Ignacious and Atlantis, aeons ago.
The primary receiving points are Giza and Moody Gardens,
both aligned and harmonically attuned tri-pyramidal phi complexes.
It
is in fact the trinity aspects of combining three pyramids
within these two complexes, Giza and
Moody Gardens that uniquely equips them to be the primary receival units. These will in turn distribute the energies to the other complexes through harmonic oscillation.
Pyramids are indeed master receivers and transmitters.
When they are triangulated, as they were in Atlantis and Rama, they are infinitely more vibrant and capable.
Ancient Contract of the Earth-Keeper Guild
Many of you will be drawn intuitively to participate
in this as part of an ancient contract,
a sacred promise kept.
Especially those of you with lifetimes in the Guild of Earth-Keepers
and the Guild of 777,
which includes segments of the Templars, Druids, Olmecs, Indigenous Shaman, Mayans, Hopi, Essenes, Egyptian, Atlantean Enochians, Thothians and the Atla-Ra.
In these lifetimes the Guilds worked to raise the frequencies
of terrestrial electromagnetic energies
in the form of leylines, earthen grids, vortex-portal systems
and sacred geometric temples
after these conscious energies were transferred into the Earth
from the 'break-up' firmament.
The Antediluvian Firmament of Pre-Duality Earth
Now, we have told you that the original firmament
was also composed of two elliptical energy fields around the earth.
Yet the two bands differed in frequency and composition
from arcs of the new firmament being formed.
The ancient firmament had one arc that was electrical in nature
the other magnetic.
One emanated the energy of crystalline platinum,
the other of crystalline gold.
The two created a synergetic crystalline field
within zero point energy that permeated the earth and allowed for ontological, fully aware, consciousness in a unified, (non-polar) multidimensional state before the planet became a world of duality.
When duality was chosen, the firmament fell by design,
and was replaced by a planetary grid.
Your ancient text refer to this as the 'Fall of Man',
we prefer to say that the Earth became a unique school
at this time for soul growth amid those souls
who chose the linear expansion experience of humanity
within the grid system.
The firmament served in a unique capacity that not only fine tuned Cosmic and Crystalline Light,
but sustained all life in a manner similar to sun.
The elliptical arches of the firmament brought in
a polished visible flashing aspect of Adamantine Essence (Akash)
that often appeared as glittering etheric particulate,
that enabled consciousness to fully transform resonate divine thought
into instant manifestation.
It was how beings entering the pre-duality earth manifested physical and semi-physical bodies.
It appeared in the skies as two elliptical arches
that glowed at night in iridescent colors similar
to what you call the northern lights or Aurora Borealis.
The elliptical bands intersected and swirled and revolved
in a gyroscopic manner around the planet.
The width and omnipotent frequency of the elliptical bands vacillated
and created an audible tone with the creative light vibration of OMM.
It danced in the sky often forming and emitting kaleidoscopic eddies
that appeared as a luminous angelic-white doves
spiraling in brief flight across the heavens.
A sense of protection and empowered well-being radiated the planet.
The 'Ascension Firmament' of 2012
The new 'Ascension Firmament' of 2012
will entail a combined electo-magnetic band in a single unit,
and will be synergistically paired with an arc of crystalline frequency
. It will indeed sustain mankind and enable a quickening of thought manifestation for those capable of raising the MerKiVic energies to the highest level, the level of the 24-point star.
And Dear Ones remember as you work to raise the MerKaBa into the MerKiVa, that these are Metatronic geometric templates,
necessary for you to rise into higher dimension.
They are in zero field, devoid of gender format, neither feminine nor masculine, but of the Divine Integrity of your non-polar, integral soul! Approach their formation as such, in pure balance!
The Awakening of the Dove - Magnetic Fountains
There are 14 primary sacred code points that will cascade the awakened coded magnetics into the grid for the initial phase of the magno-electric band of the new firmament. These are:
1) Mull, Scotland
2) Chan Chan, Peru
3) Humac, Brazil
4) Nagasaki, Japan
5) Huace, Spain
6) Ekaterinburg, Russia (Ural Mtns)
7) Bethlehem, Israel
8) Yellowstone, Wyoming-USA
9) Kilamanjaro, Tanzania
10) Iceland
11) Kona, Hawaii
12) Mt Cook, New Zealand
13) Great Artesian Basin, Australia
14) Sri Lanka
These areas will spiral energies that will cover the planet and rise to the ionosphere. This release will be an extraordinary form of refined magnetic energy, uniquely capable of harmonizing in synergistic utility with Crystalline Energies.
Gestation of the Crystalline Arc
The Crystalline Energies will in kind be initially activated in gestation
for the second band of the new firmament
between the trigger dates of the September Equinox of 2010 and the 10-10-10.
This then is the second stage of the gestation of the new dual-arc firmament.
Yet the Firmament of the Dove will not complete itself
until all the Master Atlantean Crystals are empowered
and the 144 Grid is in full function on December 21, 2012.
Indeed as we have stated the firmament
will require just under two years
after the Ascension to obtain full power and harmonic function
with the grid.
It will go into 50% power in March of 2013, and achieve full power in September of 2014.
The March 09 Cosmic-Trigger
So the March 09 trigger is a predestined revitalization of sacred encoded technology.
The Atlantean Masters knew of the code and utilized it
in their technology.
The unique electo-magnetic field from which this energy springs was understood by the Atla-Ra, Druids, Mayan and certain other guilds including the inner chambers of the Templars.
It is the same source employed in leylines, dragon lines, vortexes and earthen grids. Yet only a small sect of savants and secret societies knew how to tap into it.
As such it has remained largely dormant for millennia upon millennia.
The opening triggered by the 09 March Equinox
will be the first 'full-throttle' opening of this energy since the Atlantean era.
It affords numerous benefits and benevolent secondary-effects
beyond the primary cause of transferring
the sacred magno-concentrate to the firmament.
Among these is a greater awakening of the magnetic helix strands
of the 12- strand human DNA
and a key unification effect on the collective mind of humanity.
All life on Earth, all energy on earth in every kingdom will be affected, indeed it is a multidimensional Global Event.
The Intergalactic Forefathers
During the 21 days, the magnetic shield around the planet
will be somewhat weakened in a rebooting effect.
During this time there will be literally thousands of ships from the Intergalactic Command of Ashtar
and the Intergalactic -Brotherhood of benevolent Masters
brought to the periphery of the planet to provide stability and protection and oversee the transition while this phase of 'open portals' occurs.
In fact these Star Ancestors are your extra terrestrial origin,
and all of you co exist within them.
As such they always helping your seed planet
, but in this planned scenario,
they will be present in vastly greater mass.
The two elliptical bands will take their initial paired form,
after the completion of the 144 Grid on the 12-12-12.
They will not rotate in full capacity until 2014.
Galveston Island - Head of the Dove
The most aligned receival point of the Cosmic Trigger
to activate these points in the Americas is Galveston Island,
within the Moody Pyramid Complex.
This unique trinity pyramid complex is in a direct alignment to Giza,
and correlates to magnetic north.
It is the combination of the three pyramids in-situ
within a synergistic tri-harmonic alignment
that allows their greater facility and power.
As the Atlanteans and Orion Masters knew,
pyramids in specific triangulation
are extremely potent when celestially aligned
and carefully placed in relation to one another.
We will speak more on this later.
The New Earth
The world remakes itself now and whether or not humanity
in micro or macro is supportive of expansive change or against it,
it is truly a moot issue as the inertia of time-chronology speeds
past more quickly today than it did yesterday (in linear terms).
All is quickening, time is accelerating as the Ascension draws nigh.
So as time reshapes itself
it will also reshape the experience of mankind,
of visible and invisible forces of nature and that of the face of the Earth itself.
Yet the heralded Ascension it is not an abstruse complexity
of prophetic biblical script,
but rather a natural and requisite expression of accelerating planetary consciousness.
It is Jacobs ladder, and Dear ones,
when you are on a ladder,
you are ascending, descending or standing still.
It is one of the three you see. It is always so.
MerKiVic Expansion into Collective Mind
While on this journey mankind can experience
the multidimensional aspect of the Unified Field
within the Crystalline Vibration and be able
thru MerKaBic and MerKiVic geometric expression
to revisit many of their co-existing articulations
within multidimensionality and parallel.
And at each of these junctures
another layer and aspect of awareness is realized.
As such mankind is given the opportunity to rise above
duality and integrate and retrieve the fragments
and unite the full soul into the Seat of Power of Divine SELF
within the eternal NOW.
This is the MerKiVic expansion into collective Mind.
This will be a focal role of the 12-strand DNA unification that can begin in MerKiVic state within the activation of the 2009 March Equinox.
Many many of you are now drawn into this awareness,
driven by the flames of inner desire for Universal Truth.
This is why your present spiritual communities
are especially teeming with healers, channelers,
teachers, facilitators, Grid workers, Earth-Keepers
and Light Practitioners of every kind.
Because those who have opened and
sought diligently the burning call of Divine Spirit
into their lives cannot help but glow in its glorious flame,
and expand to share it with others.
Sacred Sites as Tuning Forks
The Grid Points, power nodes, sacred sites ,
phi complexes and portals that dot the planet
in specific patterns and specific purpose
are the distribution mechanisms of the higher energy
required to upshift the resonant frequency of your planet.
They are tuning forks, inspired by perfection of First Cause.
The exude the energy of 'home', of well-being,
and those of you who enter into them in spiritual intent
recognize this immediately.
Accordingly one cannot help but want
to be within them and absorb the pattern emitted within
such areas in order to grow into
and share the expansion of perfection.
Those who dedicate themselves to this tuning
can expereince a nearness to Source
that they feel is less available to them elsewhere.
But the truth is that these fine-tuned energies are
osmotic frequential schools, and once absorbed,
once matriculated, the energy is retained
within the established individuals MerKiVa.
Many areas on the planet have then already ascended,
via portal-lattices that may be called the stairways to heaven,
and other areas require a bit more work.
Specific areas that are a bit more dense now
require more work to clear, and as a tertiary effect
of the March Cosmic trigger and harmonic magnetic code awakening
, the portals referenced in the Homecoming of the Metaphorical Dove
, will bring in the lighter energy for that specific purpose.
You see global frequencial balance must be attained.
Each of you Earth-Keepers play a role in this.
Indeed you become portable resonators.
Lightening Dense Energy
The Moody Gardens Pyramid complex of Galveston is one such area.
Among this powerful complexes myriad utility,
is its correlation to serve in lightening an area of 'energetic density',
the area of Houston, Texas.
Houston is in many aspects the corporate 'Energy Capital of the World',
if one considers that your planet is driven
by the hydrocarbons of oil and gas.
Most of your Global Oil Companies are located
or represented in this area.
But let us be clear, it is not your use of hydrocarbons
as a power source, per sei,
that is the principal polluter of the energies
of which we speak,
rather it is the greed and manipulation of distributing them.
Indeed there are far better sources of energy available,
but Dear Ones, the Earth, the sentience of the planet,
does not release any resources unwillingly.
We tell you the same dense aspect requiring clearing exist in Wall Street (New York) and many of the corporate centers around many of your global major cities, It is not the business or industries themselves,
not the day to day workers,
but rather the greedy tactics of the profit plans.
It is not to imply that equitable returns on investment are not just,
indeed abundance exchange is appropriate in the new paradigm,
but the distribution and exchange must be befittingly balanced
in the new energy, for the desired perfection.
That is why your economies are rebooting
. As such specific new -missioned portals are forming around
the planet to lighten these energies in tandem
with the rebooting.
Many existing portals are taking on new roles,
and many new ones, such as Moody Garden Pyramids in Galveston, Texas
are essentially reforming over the past decade.
Others similar cleansing unit portals are emerging in major industrial and corporate cities across the planet.
Anchoring the Dove
Now in 2005 the channel with the Beloved Ronna Herman,
conducted a ceremony within the Moody Gardens Pyramids
to bring in the Golden Spiral.
This was especially important, and all involved had a special role in this activity, an ancient contract was being completed. But we will tell you that other ceremonies had occurred previously,
and the 2005 event has sparked many others
to recognize the importance of these geometric Crystalline Light Temples.
The Philanthropists who funded, originated and completed the project were extremely advanced souls.
On an intuitive level, they understood the greater purpose of this complex.
Shortly after completion, the ancient crystal skull Max, who is indeed of Arcturian construct, was taken into the complex for ceremonial attunement and anchoring of intent, by Joanne Parks,
the caretaker of this potent crytsal skull at the request of the most advanced of the founders.
There was indeed great purpose in this event.
It was a homecoming, in effect.
We tell you that an entourage of Arcturians joined them,
and are involved in the refinement of the energies
along with those of Sirius A and B.
It is why Master Dolphins are inside the Blue Pyramid,
the Aquarium unit.
It is why the location is located on the beach front
of the Gulf of Mexico but was undamaged by the recent ( and future) Hurricanes.
Pyramids themselves are extremely powerful sacred geometric engines that by their nature and construct penetrate,
receive and culminate higher dimensional forces.
They are celestial transmitters of the supreme Gestalt that you think of as GOD.
This very description of deity may not be understood by some of you,
but nevertheless, you should not try to objectify the energy
of ALL THAT IS.
God is an omnipotent energy, the sum of all consciousness, and whose whole is far far more than the sum of its parts.
Your ancients have always known that 'ALL THAT IS',
can be accessed in stepped down format on the Earthplane
through specific matrixes of geometric focus
. Your 144-Crystalline Grid is one of these and your MerKiVa is another.
The two are intricately magnetically interconnected.
The grid is the living conscious MerKiVah of the collective Earth, of which mankind is an intimate part.
The Three Pyramid Alignment
Now the three Pyramid complex on Galveston Island
was indeed built in a strategic alignment,
and for philanthropical and frequencial purpose.
One unit is an aquarium housing Master Dolphins,
another is a bio rainforest with a geological cave
containing massive clusters of quartz crystal,
and the third is an academic museum pyramid, glassed in copper tone.
Appropriately constructed and spiritually intended pyramids
on the Earth plane become living conscious energies,
capable of myriad properties that are unrecognized or disavowed
by your mainstream academia.
And while the intent for which they are employed affects
the interface of these conscious living geometric batteries
, their very design will not allow for denser energies
to culminate or expand within them.
Yet when approached with appropriate intent,
the energy within pyramids stores and transmits data similar to quartz
According to how they are aligned both terrestrially and celestially
they can create electromagnetic anomalies, an aspect that alters gravity and dimensional time
. Both weightlessness and a time distortion occur
at specific frequencies within them,
both slowing and accelerating light and fluxing the ionic ratios within and around them.
Ancient Atlantean Pyramid
Now, approximately 5 miles from the area of Galveston Island,
an ancient ceremonial Pyramid complex existed in a coastal region,
now submerged and covered in the sedimentary silt and slime
of the ages below Gulf waters.
The Crystal Skull now called Max was among the 13 skulls located within it.
The Moody Gardens Pyramids has taken on the multidimensional energies of the submerged Atlantean complex
The Moody Garden Pyramids are now fully harmonically attuned
to the energies of the Giza complex
and to a potent degree to the Yucatan Pyramids.
We tell you that Pyramidal Temples exist in timelessness
and co exists in parallel dimension within the timeless void.
This is why the Pyramids at Giza can never be accurately aged
because once constructed they surmount linear time
and the nature of their energetic geometries supra-impose in parallel
and emit etheric doubles in multi -dimensional timelessness.
The paradox is that once built, they always existed.
It is in fact this aspect and locale that inspired the philanthropical reconstruction of pyramids in this precise location
for the Restitution of the Sanctuary and Sanctity of the Dove.
The Coming of the Dove offers an energy portal and dimensional expansion to you that can offer a richer more rewarding sojourn
with infinite ways in which to ascend Jacobs Ladder.
The pre-Ascension brings a quickening and crucible
that activates the expansion of TRUTH
and the fire of AGNI within and without,
and in so doing will allow you to choose a reality
rather than have one chosen for you.
Participation and Process of the March Cosmic Trigger
Indeed this is a Cosmic Trigger in March and April
is monumental event for the family of man,
and it is a family of which we speak,
one of which you are all a part.
You can participate in this event,
if you are so compelled, (and many of you are)
by meditative visualization of all humanity connected in love.
Form the star tetrahedron of the 8-pointed star around you,
and begin toning the OMM.
Practice the infinity breath and convert
the 8-pointed star to the 12-pointed star of the MerKiVa.
If you are in Western Hemisphere,
focus on the Moody Gardens Pyramid complex in Texas.
If you are in the Eastern Hemisphere,
direct your energy to the Tri-Pyramids of Giza.
For those of you in the Americas,
picture the Blue Pyramid (of Sirius A)
in Galveston as receiving the initial energy.
In the Eastern hemisphere, visualize the Kings Pyramid in Giza
as receiving the initial spiral of energy.
Then visualize all 3 pyramids in each complex
circulating the energies,
and see the Giza complex harmonically connected
in a golden line to the Moody Garden Pyramids complex and vice-versa.
Once connected visualize these two connecting to every pyramidal complex forementioned across the globe.
See all receiving the golden spiraling energy download
and glowing in great intense light, covering the planet .
Then place the Earth in an enormous Octahedron,
as you see in your minds eye the Cosmic Trigger
of Celestial Crystalline Light flow through the Pyramidal Phi Complexes
and Octahedronal power points.
Feel the upsurge flow of the awakening coded electro-magnetics
of the earth rise through your own physical forms
and chakric systems.
Absorb the energies and beam them to all around you.
Next, focus on the 14 sacred code-magnetic springs fountaining energy into the heavens.
Then flow the upward flow of these energies
to the 144-Grid encapsulating the Earth.
Visualize a golden Arch, a glowing Elliptical Band
forming around the planet and grid.
See it as gold in color,
then tone the Omm amid a sense of joy and love.
As you tone, visualize the Platinum Ray of the Crystalline Field
flowing the soft nurturing energy of the Divine Feminine
through the Golden Arc and swirling around it to form the crystalline band.
Practice this as often as you can during the 21 Days of the Dove.
And we tell you in humor and light
that while these Golden Arches are not for fast-food, billions will be served!
Closing
In truth your Cosmos,
your macro and micro reality is Metatronically formulated
in the Unified Field . And Dear Ones,
know this energy is within and without EVERYTHING,
including and especially YOU!!!
It is the energy you call God,
it is All That Is, All That Was and All That Will Be
. It is acutely aware of each bird that falls and each flower that blooms in verdant fields and arid desert.
So never doubt this TRUTH : Creator God knows each of you by name.
You are a powerful divine spiritual being,
an intricate and vital spark of the 'All That Is'.
It is time to remember.
It is the Return of the Dove.
In closing we ask you to focus on joy, and be the change you desire.
The Ascension is occurring, one heart, one mind at a time. And Dear Ones, it is on course. Do not doubt it.
You ARE Beloved! I am Metatron, and I share with you these sacred Truths.
And so it is.
============ ========= =====
This channel is copyrighted to www.Earth-Keeper. com . Posting on websites is permitted as long as the information is not altered and credit of authorship and website is included. It may not be published in journals, magazines or print without expressed permission from Earth-Keeper. Permissions may be requested at Tyberonn@hotmail. com
============ ========= ====
check out his amasing trips !!!
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-11-2009, 01:32 AM
- Almine--something to ponder
Q. Almine, it feels as though life keeps being re-created but when will we see any dramatic changes?
A. The changes are far greater than dramatic. If everything changed together, there’s no frame of reference to see the change. If everyone and everything suddenly enlarged by 10%, for instance, how would we know?
Q. How can you keep saying that now life is pure and there are no more parts of existence mirroring illusion, when there is still crime?
A. There was crime yesterday. Do you know for sure it’s there today? I might say purity is complete 2,000 times and be wrong 1,999 times. But if I don’t say it and believe it that 2,000th time, I could stifle its new beginnings with my faithlessness. Life is defined by what it is becoming, not by what it has been. President Woodrow Wilson once said: ”I would rather fail at a cause I know one day will triumph than triumph in a cause I know one day will fail.”
We are carving steps out of the rocks of the past. Unable to see the top from where we are, we never know when the step we are carving will be our last. All we know is that each step brings us closer to our destination.
****************
Share Almine’s daily experiences and insights on her Diary/Blog and Twitter postings, available from www.spiritualjourneys.com
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-11-2009, 02:13 AM
- New Infra Red Laser Pointed at the Head Can Read Thoughts
LiveScience.com Livescience Staff
livescience.com – Tue Feb 10, 10:08 am
ETCanadian researchers say they can glean simple preferences from a person's brain by shining near-infrared light into the noggin.
The study, reported in the Journal of Neural Engineering, demonstrated the ability to decode a person's preference for one of two drinks with 80 percent accuracy by measuring the intensity of near-infrared light absorbed in brain tissue, the scientists said in a statement today.
"This is the first system that decodes preference naturally from spontaneous thoughts," says Sheena Luu, a University of Toronto doctoral student in biomedical engineering who led the work under the supervision of Tom Chau, a specialist in pediatric rehab engineering at the university's Bloorview Kids Rehab center.
Near-infrared light has a longer wavelength than visible light. In the beginning of the study, nine adult volunteers rated eight drinks on a scale of one to five.
Then, wearing a headband fitted with fiber optics that emit light into the pre-frontal cortex of the brain, the subjects were shown two drinks on a computer monitor, one after the other, and asked to make a mental decision about which they liked more.
"When your brain is active, the oxygen in your blood increases and depending on the concentration, it absorbs more or less light," Luu said. "In some people, their brains are more active when they don't like something, and in some people they're more active when they do like something."
After teaching the computer to recognize the unique pattern of brain activity associated with preference for each subject, the researchers accurately predicted which drink the participants liked best 80 percent of the time.
Other research has suggested brain activity could be monitored before decisions are made, perhaps with a mind-reading hat that would predict what we'll do.
The goal of the new research is ultimately to open the world of choice to children who can't speak or move.
LiveScience.com chronicles the daily advances and innovations made in science and technology. We take on the misconceptions that often pop up around scientific discoveries and deliver short, provocative explanations with a certain wit and style. Check out our science videos, Trivia & Quizzes and Top 10s. Join our community to debate hot-button issues like stem cells, climate change and evolution. You can also sign up for free newsletters, register for RSS feeds and get cool gadgets at the LiveScience Store.
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-11-2009, 04:16 AM
Being Ultra Sensitive
Stefanie Miller
a message from Stefanie Miller
Tuesday, 2 December, 2008
The intense energies we have been experiencing
have brought out a lot of our shadow side, deep-rooted issues.
Any area in our life that remained hidden or buried
for any length of time are now coming to the surface to be dealt with
. Our dreams may be more vivid and meaningful,
old memories resurfacing, people and situations from the past
are popping up out of nowhere.
What is occurring is that we are resolving the past and healing at the cellular and ancestral level.
Being an ultra sensitive can make this process even more intense than it already is.
We are not only healing and resolving issues in our own personal live
s but our world is undergoing this massive restructuring.
It can be very disconcerting to say the least.
Being an ultra sensitive means we experience things
much more intensely than most people do.
Our senses are so sensitive that we perceive the five senses
with a heightened awareness.
Our sixth sense is also heightened,
thus we are highly empathic and intuitive as well.
We easily pick up the energies of those around us.
Many of us are experiencing anxiety, fear and uncertainty
from the situations we are processing and dealing with
. It may be difficult to discern what are our own emotions
from what we are absorbing from others.
Hence, it is very important to make time to clear our energy fields on a regular basis.
Ultra sensitives have a very delicate nervous system
that can easily become over stimulated.
Especially during this time when we are dealing with so many physical, emotional and mental situations simultaneously w
e tend to become short-circuited
. I have found that lately I need much more rest and relaxation time.
I become exhausted and fatigued quite easily.
I am finding that if I try to push it or overexert myself
that it takes even longer for me to recuperate.
I have to be patient and understanding with myself and just accept the fact that I am not able to overdo it.
As an ultra sensitive we need to really be mindful
to be present in our physical body
and be perceptive to the cues we are receiving.
When we disconnect mentally, emotionally or physically
we are not in touch with what our body and soul needs.
When we are paying attention,
we can nourish and adequately care for ourselves.
I am finding that if I have a busy day than I need to give myself extra time in the evening.
If I have a busy week than I need to clear my schedule
for the weekend to do nurturing things for myself.
I will make a point of going into my bedroom,
closing the door, lighting a candle,
and putting on some soothing music and just relaxing
. A walk in nature or being outside in the fresh air and sunshine also does wonders as well in achieving balance.
The intense energies that we are feeling is causing many ultra sensitives to feel off balance and off kilter.
Many sensitiveʼs are experiencing dizziness,
a spinning sensation in the brain, an intense pressure in the head,
racing thoughts, stomach discomfort and sleep disruption.
We are working on so many spiritual levels at once and the body is attempting to process and assimilate all of this.
Ultra sensitive beings need to do be mindful of their diet
and environment.
It seems that many of us are experiencing severe allergies,
and sensitivities to things and are having strong reaction
s in our bodies causing major imbalances
It is imperative to pay attention to the affect the food you consume;
your environment and the people you associate with
are having on your body, mind and emotions.
This will be a strong indicator to let you know what you need or need to avoid.
As an ultra sensitive I find that I am deeply affected by the people that I am around.
As empath I pick up what someone else is feeling or thinking
and experience it in my own body.
I have gotten to a point where I don't allow myself
to take on their stuff by shielding myself energetically,
however, I need to be mindful to not unconsciously do so.
I also find that I am very sensitive to how I am treated by others.
I have a very low tolerance level for anyone
who is acting unkindly or not being authentic
. I am feeling things so deeply that the slightest thing is experienced profoundly inside of me.
Our true state of being as Divine Human Beings
is as ultra, highly sensitive people.
We have been conditioned by our society
to be hardened and tough.
We have learned to hide our feelings and
suppress our needs in order to survive.
Things are changing in our world and as we collectively
and individually heal and evolve we are returning to our natural state of being ultra sensitivity.
Being ultra sensitive means being mindful of our needs,
conscious of how we treat our body, mind & soul,
and being aware of our environment
. Nurturing and nourishing ourselves during this transitory time will assist us in making a smooth transition into the new energy.
Prayer - Being an Ultra Sensitive
Dear God/Goddess,
I enter this sacred space of quiet and solitude
to commune with you now.
I honor myself and my relationship to You.
I know when I take time to nourish and nurture my body, mind and spirit
I achieve a deeper state of balance and Oneness.
Please energetically clear my space now ~ physically,
emotionally, mentally and spiritually.
I ask for you to remove anything within or around me
that no longer serve me or does not belong to me.
I ask for a protective shield from the harsh energies around
and within me so that I can maintain
a continuous state of inner harmony.
I am ready to face and heal any situations
or relationships in my life that are causing me imbalance.
So that I may more easily enter this Divine state of peacefulness
I ask that you assist me in dulling the harshness
of my heightened senses so that they may not intrude
upon my state of inner tranquility.
I accept the blessing of being an Ultra Sensitive Being
since it further opens my channels of Divinity.
Show me how to use my gifts to honor You, my life and others.
Thank you.
And so it is.
Amen.
giovonni
02-11-2009, 04:24 AM
Susan
Speaking of flow> I can't keep up with all your post lately! :mfr_lol:
THE eXchanger
02-11-2009, 04:29 AM
url]www.grandmothersspeak.com[/url]
NET OF LIGHT PRAYER CIRCLE
Report from Lotus Howard, leader of the Net of Light Circle
We now have 13 women involved in praying with the Net of Light...with the addition of my little four-year-old granddaughter who climbs up next to her mother on the bed and repeats the names her mommy speaks. On Fridays the group receives the list I've collected from them and their individual circles.
We span the globe, including US, Canada, Europe, Saamiland, & Australia. The prayer requests, too, come from all over the world. We officially begin our week of prayer on Sundays...those who are in time zones that can do this, try to make themselves available at the same time on that day. Then, throughout the following week, we each continue to offer prayers in our own way, at our own time, for the people on the list, using the Net of Light, of course. Last week we had twenty-four names to pray for. Some of us use singing bowls to send the light! The Grandmothers said the Net of Light would give as much to us as it does to others, and they were right!
It's most rewarding to participate in this practice, and I believe we are making the Net stronger by doing so!
To become part of the Net of Light prayer circle, email Lotus: soulspring@earthlink.net
Grandmothers Message: Why this Imbalance on Earth
I have been asked by several people
if the Grandmothers mention how the energies of yin and yang
got into a state of imbalance in the first place.
I too had wondered about this,
but was always too busy working with the Grandmothers
to correct the imbalance
to take the time to ask the question.
Not until now.
When I came before them I said,
“Grandmothers, when you first appeared
you told and showed me how grossly out of balance yin and yang were. The masculine principle and the feminine principle,” I added. “I never asked you why this had come about
, but it would be helpful now
if you told us what happened
. What is the purpose behind these two energies
getting so far out of whack?
I ask the question this way,” I explained,
“because I know that divine will is everything
and this couldn't have happened by accident.
Please explain in a way I can understand how
and why this came to be.
When the Grandmothers didn't respond immediately,
I went on.
“We are limited in our knowing, Grandmothers,"
i said and as I began to think about just how limited we humans are,
I found myself almost crying.
“But, Grandmothers," I said,
" if we had a greater understanding of all this, it would help us.”
“This is difficult for you,” they said.
“Yes,” I responded, “I don't understand it
. “We know.”
“I don't understand why," I said.
" I guess that's what I'm asking you— why?
I know that's not a good question to ask the Divine,
but I really don't understand,” I repeated,
“and because of this energy imbalance on earth
all this terrible suffering has gone on for so long."
I stopped myself before I really started crying
and said, "I don't understand it.
I don't understand it at all. Why?” I asked again.
There was a long pause after this and at last the Grandmothers said,
“This is beyond your understanding.”
When they pronounced these words
I realized that after I asked my question everything just went BLANK.
There was nothing…
No thoughts in my mind, no images before me,
no color, no sounds, no thing, nothing.
I had never experienced such emptiness and blankness in my life.
And then the Grandmothers' explanation--
“This is beyond your understanding.”
“Umph…I exhaled, and then I said,
“I thought that might be it- -that this issue might be beyond human understanding.
“What you are asking about has to do with the expansion of love
and compassion on earth,” the Grandmothers said,
eyeing me from the side to see if I understood them.
(I didn't.)
“It has to do with the reach of love,” they said, trying again.
I must have still looked befuddled,
because at last they said,
“Look. You see what is happening in America right now?”
“Yes,” I said, nodding thoughtfully,
“I see. There's a new government now and a surge of hope in the country.” “Things in your country went down so far and so fast
, got so terribly bad, that now America is making a sharper turn to hope,
to joy, and to compassion than it would have been abl
e to make had you not had to live through those dark, torturous years.
Think about how this relates to what you just asked us,” they said and then added, “This is all we wish to say about this subject now.
“Your question has to do with the flow of yin and yang.
The way they push, one against the other,” they said.
“And the flow of energy is changing now.
Enjoy what is taking place at this time.
There is a great swelling of yin.
The energy of the Feminine Principle is flowing
into all the crevices on your planet,
flowing also into the hardened hearts of the people
here on earth.
Yin is truly infusing the atmosphere of your planet .
Enjoy this time,” they said,
“you've waited a long while for it.
“This is part of the divine play," they said,
"designed so that love may grow,
expand and fill every inch in the universe
. And your very own planet is awakening at this time
as its people awaken.
Each of you who opens her heart and his heart
is making a place for the energy of the Great Mother,
she who loves, supports and cares for all life, to live,”
they said.
“This is what we have spoken of as
the return of the Great Mother.
She is coming back now, returning within each of you
who opens to this message and becomes part of this work.
To each one who chooses to become part of this generous giving
and receiving, giving, and receiving,” they said
as they swayed back and forth.
“This flow!” they pronounced.
“It is the time for this,” they said.
“Let yourself receive and on't worry about the past,” they said.
“Don't screw your head on backwards,
looking behind you to examine what has been.
If you do this, you will only further confuse yourself.
Instead,” they said, “come forward with us.
Wouldn't you rather have this joy
than spend your days tied up in knots
while you try to figure everything out?
Figure it out so you can parse it, box it up,
tie the bits together to store them away somewhere? ”
And as soon as they said this, the Grandmothers cracked up,
doubling over in laughter.
“The example that we gave you of what is happening in America
now is a good one.
It illustrates our point and will satisfy your mind
. So when you begin to wonder,
‘Why, why, why, why? '
look at what is happening now as the world makes this turn
toward compassion, honesty, integrity, and generosity.
You are making the turn toward dharma,
toward living the right way.
“We have told you many times of the qualities of the Great Mother,”
they said,
“The time we are entering now is Her time.
You are part of Her work.
You are part of Her mission.
Enjoy yourself,” they said, beaming happily at me,
“And give thanks.”
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-11-2009, 04:34 AM
D.R.E.A.M.
DOiNG RiGHT...EVOLViNG A MiSSON
do you invite The Highest Piece of You aka your higher self
aka The Essence of The Monad,
to join you at night, while you sleep ???
This can really help !!!
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-11-2009, 04:38 AM
astraleia -- can NOT post, as, he is NOT a paid member
but, he thought some of you, might enjoy this website
http://www.cosmicparadigm.com/Marks_Corner/
the group in montreal- are having gr8 ground crew meetings
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-11-2009, 05:59 AM
this is an interesting website
http://operationterra.com/Messages/Vol02/Shatter25_.html
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-11-2009, 07:39 AM
The first two weeks of February
we experience the effects of a solar eclipse,
beginning on the new moon on January 26th
and ending with the full moon lunar eclipse,
February 9th.
During this extraordinary two-week period between the eclipses,
the energies are intensified.
There is an urge to let go of the old, conservative ways
to make room for the New Progressive ways.
We are being called to surrender limiting pattern
s and old beliefs to make room for the higher 5th Dimensional Energies.
These "Love Washes" allow us to Re-lease deep cellular imprints
that have kept us in the 3rd Dimensional Energies of separation
or fear based Ego driven thought patterns.
As we direct our energies with every thought, word, and action,
we are being provided a window of opportunity
to let the love and light of the "Love Washes" flow
and permeate the dramatic changes
we are experiencing right now.
Energy is practical; it flows in the direction that it is directed,
whether consciously or unconsciously.
We can work with this intense energy to detoxify our physical, emotional, mental, and spiritual bodies.
We can intend through our concentrated efforts
to EMPOWER OURSELVES and cleanse ourselves
from toxic situations and environments.
We all have the knowledge, tools, and wisdom that we need.
It is literally encoded in our DNA.
We must turn down the volume of our mind chatter
and tune in the frequency of our God Selves.
We all came in here with karmic and emotional wounds.
Now is the time to stop feeding those wounds,
consciously and unconsciously.
We are multi-dimensional and multi-faceted being
s and through our Divine interconnectedness
we are feeling the accelerating planetary shifts more profoundly.
This is good.
It's a sign of your evolutionary process
when you become more aware of how the planets and moon cycle
s affect your daily life.
As we learn to work with the shifts to embrace them and not resist,
this knowledge will allow you to live life as a fully expanded,
multidimensional being.
We are just beginning to understand the flow of the universe, the flow of an expanded consciousness.
Focus your attention in your heart chakra.
Feel the love that radiates throughout your essence.
Feel that love expand out through your physical, emotional, mental, and spiritual bodies.
Radiate out to the unified field, the Cosmic Lattice
that connects all things.
We are remembering our Divinity, Reclaiming our Birthright
. We are Re-membering that we are God-Aspects,
Angels having a human experience.
Let's celebrate our Re-awakening and
help our earth embrace the new expanded 5th Dimensional energies with grace and ease.
Namaste,
Kerrie
Kerrie O'Connor, LLC
WWW.KERRIEOCCONOR.COM
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-13-2009, 03:19 PM
Gold and Investments
Stuart Wilde
I was talking to a gold trader friend about the markets, as the Euro looks vulnerable, as does Sterling. He told me that the Swiss franc will be very strong, as part of it (25%) is backed by gold, and the other currencies aren't really backed by anything, just paper.
Each Euro note has a letter before the number (see below for full list).
Stuart Wilde Euro Banknotes
Euro Banknotes
X is Germany. N is Austria, and S is Italy, meaning the central banks of those countries issued the note backed by say Government bonds which are just bits of paper.
But a country like Greece that is technically bankrupt has no assets with which to back its notes, they are marked with a Y.
People say when the crunch comes, the Greek Y notes may not be accepted any more, as people will only accept the German notes marked with the prefix letter X. Right now, each note is valid all round the Euro-zone.
Fascinating stuff ? I didn't know about the letter before the number.
Gold is a manipulated market, but half of all the gold in the world is in the Middle East, and much is with Asia and China. When gold rises too far, the central banks sell gold to drive the price down. The problem is the central banks don't have much more gold left to sell. It is estimated that German central bank has just eighty tons remaining. When the banks can't manipulate the market any more, then gold will steadily move up to the $1500 range.
The only thing that can affect gold is if there is a run on the stock exchange, like a global panic and the Dow fell to say 5000 or under. Then traders would liquidate gold to cover their losses, and the metal could fall to the $400-500 range. But the drop would be short-lived, as whatever spooked the market would soon have people coming back into gold, and the Russians, Chinese, and the Middle East would be buying heavily. They would love it!
So essentially gold is really the only investment that makes sense, as the Dow is on its last legs, and it will never recover. It will certainly have a few dead cat bounces where it moves up 500-1000 points, but I talk of an intrinsic long-term recovery. Real estate can only get worse, and the commodity markets have more or less collapsed.
I have predicted that in a few years time, all shares will be worthless, and the stock exchanges will be virtually or actually closed. Now to make that prediction, I'd have to have special information. All I have got is the visions, but I will say that all of the financial predictions I made in the late 1990s and early 2000s based on my visions have come true or are coming true.
© Stuart Wilde 2009
www.stuartwildeblog.com
European Letter Codes Country-by-Country
Z Belgium België/Belgique/Belgien
Y Greece Elláda
X Germany Deutschland
(W) (Denmark) Danmark
V Spain España
U France France
T Ireland Éire/Ireland
S Italy Italia
(R) (Luxembourg) Luxembourg/Luxemburg/Lëtzebuerg
(Q) Not used
P Netherlands Nederland
(O) Not used
N Austria Österreich
M Portugal Portugal
L Finland Suomi/Finland
(K) (Sweden) Sverige
(J) (United Kingdom) United Kingdom
(I) Not used
H Slovenia Slovenija
G Cyprus Kypros
F Malta Malta
E Slovakia Slovensko
© 2009 Stuart Wilde - www.stuartwilde.com
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-15-2009, 05:44 PM
someone said, in a private comment:
the female race is superior....
most males have huge ego and control problems.....XXXX
(i take this, as, a question, that needs to be answered)
Susan's Response:
there is no superior,
male/or female
since, the duality of both, is already in you,
just, as, it is, in me
so, we must first learn,
how to master both of them,
that, are within us...
and, then, we can come to the point,
that, the discovery of male/and, female
within, a male, or within, a female,
is a ""much gathers more"" principle
of discovering or eXchanging the lower/and, the higher levels
of the masculine/and, the feminine, that run through all of us
and, eXtends out, to greet/and, to meet others
so, we bring pieces of ourselves,
ratios of divine masculine, and, divine feminine, to others
who in turn, bring pieces of themselves,
ratios of divine masculine, and, divine feminine, to us
so, in essence, we must learn to master,
both of these things in ourselves
and, then, we can share them,
quite eloquently with others
personally, i have NOT found, the statement is true
that, most men, have egos/or, are on a control/or power trip
NOT A TRUTH...
at least,
they are NOT when they are around me
as, i will promptly dismiss anything,
that does NOT act in ways,
they bring about MORE, rather than less
it is a good adage, to adopt ...
choose to be more,
NEVER, choose to be less
love/susan
the eXchanger
+ xxx
piers2210
02-15-2009, 05:48 PM
Susan,
This is an interesting thread you have going here...I must spend more time going through it.
A question for you:
(i did ask this on another thread but its better here...)
(its not going to be easy...)
Who wrote the bible and when???
Thanks,
Piers
THE eXchanger
02-16-2009, 06:02 AM
This is a REAL Neurological Test.
Sit comfortably and be calm.
In other words, put your thinking process aside - i.e. put your brain in neutral gear.
1- Find the C below. Do not use any cursor help.
OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO OOOOOOCOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
2- If you already found the C, now find the 6 below.
99999999999999999999999999999 99999999999999999999999999999 999999999
99999999999999999999999999999 99999999999999999999999999999 999999999
99999999999999999999999999999 99999999999999999999999999999 999999999
99996999999999999999999999999 99999999999999999999999999999 999999999
99999999999999999999999999999 99999999999999999999999999999 999999999
99999999999999999999999999999 99999999999999999999999999999 999999999
3- Now find the N below. It's a little more difficult..
MMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMM MMMMMMMNMMMM
MMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMM MMMMMMMMMMMM
MMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMM MMMMMMMMMMMM
MMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMM MMMMMMMMMMMM
MMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMM MMMMMMMMMMMM
This is NOT a joke. If you were able to pass these 3 tests, you can cancel your annual visit to your neurologist. Your brain is great and you're far from having a close relationship with Alzheimer.
Congratulations!
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-16-2009, 06:09 AM
This is quite an interesting string of videos
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uZIfyXc8RWk&feature=PlayList&p=138401EEA99 371FD&index=34&playnext=2&playnext_from=PL
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uZIfy...aynext_from=PL
some of the scenes in mexico, and, south america, etc
are absolutely amasing, captured in its true light
i am NOT sure, how many the link plays through
but, it is well worth watching
+ xxx
Swanny
02-16-2009, 09:22 AM
I found the 2 C's and the N really fast :original:
Swanny
02-16-2009, 09:23 AM
Heres the link
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uZIfyXc8RWk&feature=PlayList&p=138401EEA99371FD&index=34&playnext=2&playnext_from=PL
You missed the h off the front
THE eXchanger
02-16-2009, 05:19 PM
from; www.souledout.org nightsky section
Maria Magdalena and the Stars of Aquarius
<img src="http://api.ning.com/files/OJhUlRjjylbEni2nhwBq18ZtPy0gpRM2o0zD2goOizIRQsgoXW-rtjRPzWN0e84LWc0sivVfPiGpddKHjgWV3nJdMWaZ08gj/AquariusOPHYS.jpg">
<P>
<img src="http://api.ning.com/files/OJhUlRjjylYcfFQ0Up4E4KsItXjcG2Qt8zwZVtuHByPLNWfzAM B3ACJaFJe6roT2r8gjlni0Pd4FxPryOOxifUrFLC2vZlHN/guadalupe_stars.gif">
from; www.souledout.org nightsky section
Maria Magdalena and the Stars of Aquarius
<br><img src="http://api.ning.com/files/OJhUlRjjylbEni2nhwBq18ZtPy0gpRM2o0zD2goOizIRQsgoXW-rtjRPzWN0e84LWc0sivVfPiGpddKHjgWV3nJdMWaZ08gj/AquariusOPHYS.jpg">
<br><img src="http://api.ning.com/files/OJhUlRjjylYcfFQ0Up4E4KsItXjcG2Qt8zwZVtuHByPLNWfzAM B3ACJaFJe6roT2r8gjlni0Pd4FxPryOOxifUrFLC2vZlHN/guadalupe_stars.gif"/>
<br>
<br>"img src=http://api.ning.com/files/UOsLqUu0w-P5EcQbJTQYxjadomJI7URu8u-AI*rgOTcmXq3WXo7M9C7ZH8k8vw3*0v6mlE-73KpZU1PcFdesOMJ*YcAjMiIt/0986756.jpg"/"">
This is the dawning of the age of Aquarius
When the moon is in the seventh house
and Jupiter aligns with Mars
Than Peace will get advantage
And Love will stir the Stars…….
Yesterday we had that most wondrous happening of showering of Aquarian activation…. just a few days after five holy nights and days of full moon of Aquarius…..that did the same things……
The following day I got so many inspirations of what this all means….
the love that will stir the Stars
and why especially the Aquarian stars and their meanings…..
I was shown within clues, links in between different sorts of information…
that all is so fascinating….
I think we all have our revelations and inner knowing of this…
and am just happy to share my visions, insights about this….
<br>img src="http://api.ning.com/files/5FLV3YHSI*-is8ltA0leRfvPOX5Mt8jl2d8KIxM05JOrVJi12ONmc0lrPN1*h FhvxaCQRrRaPCHfSgPZDmyyNkNrZyzDvf9*/glastonburytempleofthestars.jpg"/>
My work only is to link up the different knowledge and information that is coming from many different sources …… and at times giving somehow my own interpretation of these …..
As it is my work, lightwork to go regularly to places like Glastonbury and Avebury ….
Where there are those temple of the stars, Glastonbury zodiac ….
<br>
<br>img src="http://api.ning.com/files/UOsLqUu0w-P5EcQbJTQYxjadomJI7URu8u-AI*rgOTcmXq3WXo7M9C7ZH8k8vw3*0v6mlE-73KpZU1PcFdesOMJ*YcAjMiIt/0986756.jpg"/""/>
<br>
<br>img src="http://api.ning.com/files/5FLV3YHSI**yZ-8rbT4a70rcBv59DSqkH2wEcRwJNUoIVKJgvhQLJ-mbrrXepJP2CAIRYGZl7MCEU18MSQrwNftjlNLvIAcn/glastonburyzodiac.jpg"/""/>
Where druids and mary Magdalene and Jesus danced together ….
Sharing this Starknowledge that somehow I feel so much connected to this ….
That my heart feels and knows that it is true or at least very much connected to truth…..
and a clue, one of meanings of the OV and Holy Grail….
In following passages I write mainly with the words and descriptions of
Margaret bailey whom is a channel for Mary Magdalene
that what She described as the meaning of the holy V or the holy triangle in the winter sky .
I believe to be this holy triangle to be connected to OV and Aldebaran two of the names by which Daystar a most Holy Light Being appeared to Bride
giving her those most beautiful poems, visions, sacred information from the Heavens….
Daystar Ov Aldebaran is more than connected with my beloved teachers Mary Magdanene and Jesus.
Maybe through Sanat Kumara another name for the Peacock Angel or Skanda or Murugan like he is known if Tamil Nadu, India….Many spiritual traditions say that Jesus Christ is spiritual brother of Sanat Kumara, Jesus being named Sananda Kumara….
murugan pic from website of kataragama / patrick harrigan
<br>img src="http://api.ning.com/files/5FLV3YHSI**yZ-8rbT4a70rcBv59DSqkH2wEcRwJNUoIVKJgvhQLJ-mbrrXepJP2CAIRYGZl7MCEU18MSQrwNftjlNLvIAcn/glastonburyzodiac.jpg"/"">
The Holy Kumaras came to earth in time period of Lemuria from the planet Venus….
This also is confirmed by Yogaswami of Sri Lanki ,
one of great Yogi’s of a lineage where also the great Babaji is part of.
painting picture from Bride
This talk about Jesus or Sananda Kumara
like he also is known because he is the twin flame of Mary Magdalene
and so always when one of them appears the other holy one is in one or other way very present as well.
Mary Magdalene and Stars of Aquarius
The age of Aquarius
In Gospel of Saint John the Divine also called John the Beloved
there is the story of the night before the Friday that Jesus was put to death
just before the last supper…. They met someone with a Jar upon his, her head
This is The Jar, or Chalice of Aquarius…..
John the Divine whom was together with Mother Mary
and Mary Magdalene at cross when Jesus died and went to spirit world …
to Holy Mother and Holy Father/
This John the Beloved is playing a most Important role in the Age of Aquarius…
Somehow John Beloved and Mary Magdalene and Jesus ,
those three holy one have a mission that is very linked with each other.
With the sign of this constellation we see a man or a woman with a jar in their hands out of whic
h is flowing the waters of life….
These are the new energies of divine that are transforming all humanity and earth and indeed all planets and moon and sun of our solar system.
The Jar and the waters of life is another symbol for the heavenly holy grail.
And the figure of the watercarrier is Mary Magdalene. It is the chalice of light with which mary is baptizing humanity.
An old name for mary Magdalene is Maria Lucifera or Mary the bringer of Light.
This heavenly chalice is represented and formed by three stars that are part of the constellation of Aquarius.
These three stars are in Oneness with the stars of the great triangle or winter triangle….. Procyon, Sirius and Betelgeuze.
<br/><img src="http://api.ning.com/files/OJhUlRjjylajbAQUbPmGcqT3BVlcNL-Y0gV5MC5HcFda3yle23LTNqMOPeQBPr4l9NHJjE6x0673Ui-JID3hjn-l6VBhebcy/wintertriangle.bmp"/""/>
Graphic: Distant Suns by Virtual Reality Laboratories, Inc
Procyon is part of Canis Minor, Sirius is in the Canis Major and Betelgeuze is visible within the Orion system although it is not part of it.
These stars are forming a triangle that has the form of a chalice or a holy V
and when this triangle that is pointed downward is being brought together or united with the spiritual aspirations and prayers of humanity on earth , which are forming an upwards triangle…..
than these two triangles are forming the six pointed star….. The Star of the New Age.
° Margaret Bailey and Claire Nahmad ° chapter 14 the mystery of John
The Winter Triangle
This heavenly equilateral triangle is a landmark of the winter night sky and is formed by our brightest night sky star, Sirius, the giant star, Betelgeuse, and the brightest star in Canis Minor, Procyon.
PROCYON (Alpha Canis Minoris).
The eastern anchor of the Winter Triangle, Procyon is the luminary of Canis Minor, the smaller dog, and at magnitude zero (0.34) is the sky's eighth brightest star. At a distance of only 11.4 light years, it is the 14th closest star system, which largely explains its brightness.
Betelgeuze
<br>img src="http://api.ning.com/files/OJhUlRjjylbe7Izpk2OBSppvw-vdFrITZOTv3Svx3CpbaDNtleKb9l4wZLvAAk5gdB16kUjHSu6P SM1157DE8QRuPi2GJ9ZI/betelguese.bmp">
At the junction point where the Orion Spur meets with the larger galactic arm can be found one of the vastest stars known in the galaxy, Betelgeuse. A supergiant radiating unbelievable amounts of heat and energy at a distance of, fortunately for us, 520 light years, Betelgeuse knows no equal in sheer volume or area of influence. Over 160 million suns could nestle themselves within its stellar body during its most expansive period (like all variable stars, it fluctuates in size and luminosity).
Seen by the naked eye as an orange-red color, closer observation reveals these colors as well as crimson, pink, violet and indigo. Noisily broadcasting itself via radio waves, it’s the "loudest" star we know of, due in large part to the tremendous amount of magnetic force emanating from its fiery heart.
Sirius ~ The Heavenly Host
Sirius, the "Sparkling One" or the "Scorching One," also called the "Dog Star" and the "Nile Star," is the brightest of the fixed stars, the leader of the hosts of the heaven. Located in the constellation Canis Major, Sirius is nine times more brilliant than a standard first magnitude star. The most accurate modern observations measure its magnitude as –1.42.
The star is a brilliant white with a definite tinge of blue in color, yet in its rapid scintillation it often seems to flicker with all the colors of the rainbow. Sirius is about 23 times as bright as our sun, 2.35 times its mass and 1.8 times our sun's diameter (our sun is about 1 million miles wide). The surface temperature is about 10,000 degrees Kelvin, and the central temperature is computed to be over 20 million degrees. In the last 2000 years, Sirius has changed its position about 1-1/2 times the apparent width of our moon.
Only 8.7 light years from the Earth, Sirius is the fifth nearest star to us. Except for Alpha Centaur, it is the closest of all the stars we can see with our naked eye. The vastness of space is dramatically illustrated by the fact that even such a nearby star is 550,000 times more distant than our sun. Sirius is a member of a moving group of stars often called the Ursa Major stream, with members scattered all over the sky. The most prominent members of this stream are Alpha Ophiuchi, Beta Aurigae, Delta Leonis, and Alpha Corona Borealis — and Sirius.
this information is coming from the amazing website
www.souledout.org nightsky section
<br>
<br>img src="http://api.ning.com/files/UOsLqUu0w-P5EcQbJTQYxjadomJI7URu8u-AI*rgOTcmXq3WXo7M9C7ZH8k8vw3*0v6mlE-73KpZU1PcFdesOMJ*YcAjMiIt/0986756.jpg"/"">
This is the dawning of the age of Aquarius
When the moon is in the seventh house
and Jupiter aligns with Mars
Than Peace will get advantage
And Love will stir the Stars…….
Yesterday we had that most wondrous happening of showering of Aquarian activation…. just a few days after five holy nights and days of full moon of Aquarius…..that did the same things……
The following day I got so many inspirations of what this all means….
the love that will stir the Stars
and why especially the Aquarian stars and their meanings…..
I was shown within clues, links in between different sorts of information…
that all is so fascinating….
I think we all have our revelations and inner knowing of this…
and am just happy to share my visions, insights about this….
<br>img src="http://api.ning.com/files/5FLV3YHSI*-is8ltA0leRfvPOX5Mt8jl2d8KIxM05JOrVJi12ONmc0lrPN1*h FhvxaCQRrRaPCHfSgPZDmyyNkNrZyzDvf9*/glastonburytempleofthestars.jpg">
My work only is to link up the different knowledge and information that is coming from many different sources …… and at times giving somehow my own interpretation of these …..
As it is my work, lightwork to go regularly to places like Glastonbury and Avebury ….
Where there are those temple of the stars, Glastonbury zodiac ….
<br>
<br>img src="http://api.ning.com/files/UOsLqUu0w-P5EcQbJTQYxjadomJI7URu8u-AI*rgOTcmXq3WXo7M9C7ZH8k8vw3*0v6mlE-73KpZU1PcFdesOMJ*YcAjMiIt/0986756.jpg"/"">
<br>
<br>img src="http://api.ning.com/files/5FLV3YHSI**yZ-8rbT4a70rcBv59DSqkH2wEcRwJNUoIVKJgvhQLJ-mbrrXepJP2CAIRYGZl7MCEU18MSQrwNftjlNLvIAcn/glastonburyzodiac.jpg"/"">
Where druids and mary Magdalene and Jesus danced together ….
Sharing this Starknowledge that somehow I feel so much connected to this ….
That my heart feels and knows that it is true or at least very much connected to truth…..
and a clue, one of meanings of the OV and Holy Grail….
In following passages I write mainly with the words and descriptions of
Margaret bailey whom is a channel for Mary Magdalene
that what She described as the meaning of the holy V or the holy triangle in the winter sky .
I believe to be this holy triangle to be connected to OV and Aldebaran two of the names by which Daystar a most Holy Light Being appeared to Bride
giving her those most beautiful poems, visions, sacred information from the Heavens….
Daystar Ov Aldebaran is more than connected with my beloved teachers Mary Magdanene and Jesus.
Maybe through Sanat Kumara another name for the Peacock Angel or Skanda or Murugan like he is known if Tamil Nadu, India….Many spiritual traditions say that Jesus Christ is spiritual brother of Sanat Kumara, Jesus being named Sananda Kumara….
murugan pic from website of kataragama / patrick harrigan
<br>img src="http://api.ning.com/files/5FLV3YHSI**yZ-8rbT4a70rcBv59DSqkH2wEcRwJNUoIVKJgvhQLJ-mbrrXepJP2CAIRYGZl7MCEU18MSQrwNftjlNLvIAcn/glastonburyzodiac.jpg"/"">
The Holy Kumaras came to earth in time period of Lemuria from the planet Venus….
This also is confirmed by Yogaswami of Sri Lanki ,
one of great Yogi’s of a lineage where also the great Babaji is part of.
painting picture from Bride
This talk about Jesus or Sananda Kumara
like he also is known because he is the twin flame of Mary Magdalene
and so always when one of them appears the other holy one is in one or other way very present as well.
Mary Magdalene and Stars of Aquarius
The age of Aquarius
In Gospel of Saint John the Divine also called John the Beloved
there is the story of the night before the Friday that Jesus was put to death
just before the last supper…. They met someone with a Jar upon his, her head
This is The Jar, or Chalice of Aquarius…..
John the Divine whom was together with Mother Mary
and Mary Magdalene at cross when Jesus died and went to spirit world …
to Holy Mother and Holy Father/
This John the Beloved is playing a most Important role in the Age of Aquarius…
Somehow John Beloved and Mary Magdalene and Jesus ,
those three holy one have a mission that is very linked with each other.
With the sign of this constellation we see a man or a woman with a jar in their hands out of whic
h is flowing the waters of life….
These are the new energies of divine that are transforming all humanity and earth and indeed all planets and moon and sun of our solar system.
The Jar and the waters of life is another symbol for the heavenly holy grail.
And the figure of the watercarrier is Mary Magdalene. It is the chalice of light with which mary is baptizing humanity.
An old name for mary Magdalene is Maria Lucifera or Mary the bringer of Light.
This heavenly chalice is represented and formed by three stars that are part of the constellation of Aquarius.
These three stars are in Oneness with the stars of the great triangle or winter triangle….. Procyon, Sirius and Betelgeuze.
<br>img src="http://api.ning.com/files/OJhUlRjjylajbAQUbPmGcqT3BVlcNL-Y0gV5MC5HcFda3yle23LTNqMOPeQBPr4l9NHJjE6x0673Ui-JID3hjn-l6VBhebcy/wintertriangle.bmp"/"">
Graphic: Distant Suns by Virtual Reality Laboratories, Inc
Procyon is part of Canis Minor, Sirius is in the Canis Major and Betelgeuze is visible within the Orion system although it is not part of it.
These stars are forming a triangle that has the form of a chalice or a holy V
and when this triangle that is pointed downward is being brought together or united with the spiritual aspirations and prayers of humanity on earth , which are forming an upwards triangle…..
than these two triangles are forming the six pointed star….. The Star of the New Age.
° Margaret Bailey and Claire Nahmad ° chapter 14 the mystery of John
The Winter Triangle
This heavenly equilateral triangle is a landmark of the winter night sky and is formed by our brightest night sky star, Sirius, the giant star, Betelgeuse, and the brightest star in Canis Minor, Procyon.
PROCYON (Alpha Canis Minoris).
The eastern anchor of the Winter Triangle, Procyon is the luminary of Canis Minor, the smaller dog, and at magnitude zero (0.34) is the sky's eighth brightest star. At a distance of only 11.4 light years, it is the 14th closest star system, which largely explains its brightness.
Betelgeuze
<br>img src="http://api.ning.com/files/OJhUlRjjylbe7Izpk2OBSppvw-vdFrITZOTv3Svx3CpbaDNtleKb9l4wZLvAAk5gdB16kUjHSu6P SM1157DE8QRuPi2GJ9ZI/betelguese.bmp">
At the junction point where the Orion Spur meets with the larger galactic arm can be found one of the vastest stars known in the galaxy, Betelgeuse. A supergiant radiating unbelievable amounts of heat and energy at a distance of, fortunately for us, 520 light years, Betelgeuse knows no equal in sheer volume or area of influence. Over 160 million suns could nestle themselves within its stellar body during its most expansive period (like all variable stars, it fluctuates in size and luminosity).
Seen by the naked eye as an orange-red color, closer observation reveals these colors as well as crimson, pink, violet and indigo. Noisily broadcasting itself via radio waves, it’s the "loudest" star we know of, due in large part to the tremendous amount of magnetic force emanating from its fiery heart.
Sirius ~ The Heavenly Host
Sirius, the "Sparkling One" or the "Scorching One," also called the "Dog Star" and the "Nile Star," is the brightest of the fixed stars, the leader of the hosts of the heaven. Located in the constellation Canis Major, Sirius is nine times more brilliant than a standard first magnitude star. The most accurate modern observations measure its magnitude as –1.42.
The star is a brilliant white with a definite tinge of blue in color, yet in its rapid scintillation it often seems to flicker with all the colors of the rainbow. Sirius is about 23 times as bright as our sun, 2.35 times its mass and 1.8 times our sun's diameter (our sun is about 1 million miles wide). The surface temperature is about 10,000 degrees Kelvin, and the central temperature is computed to be over 20 million degrees. In the last 2000 years, Sirius has changed its position about 1-1/2 times the apparent width of our moon.
Only 8.7 light years from the Earth, Sirius is the fifth nearest star to us. Except for Alpha Centaur, it is the closest of all the stars we can see with our naked eye. The vastness of space is dramatically illustrated by the fact that even such a nearby star is 550,000 times more distant than our sun. Sirius is a member of a moving group of stars often called the Ursa Major stream, with members scattered all over the sky. The most prominent members of this stream are Alpha Ophiuchi, Beta Aurigae, Delta Leonis, and Alpha Corona Borealis — and Sirius.
this information is coming from the amazing website
www.souledout.org nightsky section
+ xxx
piers2210
02-16-2009, 05:27 PM
Only just logged on, but Swanny you crack me up hehe!!
Brilliant thread Susan. So much great info. What about my bible question? I'm not religious or spiritual, and never read the bible, though i did read alot of David Icke. Is it really a mystical jewish/sumerian/egyptian tome from long ago? Should we just take it as a guide to living? (if i ever had the time to read it, its rather long).
Best as ever, Piers
THE eXchanger
02-16-2009, 05:42 PM
a very interesting website on orbs
http://www.psychicinvestigators.net/html/orbs.html
also, i believe ORB is a pure dna strand
THE eXchanger
02-16-2009, 07:47 PM
Bilderberg, and the Grays, You Are On NOTICE!!!
by Rexx Rektal -- check out his crazy flag, with an ass on it !!! LOL
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aOr0aMnCq5A&feature=related
The New World Order
Rexx Rektal will now comment on The New World Order.
There are many people that believe there is a secret society
that decides what people get into office, who becomes the wealthiest,
and who know what the secrets are!
Some people call them the Illuminati,
others call them the Bilderburg Group
, and there are many people that feel so strongly about this
, that Rexx Rektal has been investigating these claims for some time now!
Here is what Rexx Rektal knows for certain;
The Bilderburg Group DOES exist,
but their capacity and intentions are a little unclear. T
hey look like a bunch of investors from the outside,
but there is some evidence of a somewhat more diabolical motive on their part.
It appears they are looking to bind all the countries together,
and to make them easy to control and manipulate from a financial standpoint.
As you may know already, 95% of all the wealth is controlled by only 5% of the people, a
nd those 5% are not happy with their amount at any time!
This is their weakness, their fatal flaw!
If they are hit economically, they will fall, if we choose to hurt them badly
, we simply need to owe them no money,
stopping their growth.
It is a fact that America is in debt to them,
and it is a fact that Americans are in debt to credit card companies controlled by them.
They cannot take over if we are both secure, and watching!
Rexx Rektal urges everyone to pay off their credit cards, and cut them up!
This is something you can, and must do, before it is too late!
The Bilderburg group has been accused of having dealings with the Pleazians,
a group of alien creatures from a somewhat easily accessible planet.
Rexx Rektal cannot confirm or deny their existence yet,
but will when the evidence shows up to do so.
It is claimed that they engineered Mankind, and that the planet is meant to hold only 500 million of us.
It is also stated that there is a plan to eradicate the rest, once the "fit" people are weeded out from them
. As this would essentially kill 7/10ths of the population, it would only leave mostly the wealthy,
and a few people to tend to feed them.
Rexx Rektal does not want this to happen!
You can imagine for yourself what the implications are; like World War 3, or plagues, or famine.
Some people say FEMA will round up "undesirables",
and put them in camps for slaughter. Sounds far fetched?
Remember the Holocaust?
Of course, this can happen again!
So Rexx Rektal has this message for the Bilderburg Group;
Disband NOW, and let US decide our fate! This way, there won't be any TROUBLE!
Category: News & Politics
*********************************
This rather entertaining, and, seriously quite funny
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aOr0aMnCq5A&feature=related
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-17-2009, 12:31 AM
- This is quite an interesting series of videos
on Sir Issac Newton
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NWE_aGqfUDs&feature=PlayList&p=BA46F330FF6 4FD7F&playnext=1&index=3
(approx 4 minutes, for one video)
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yE1BwmA7YsI&NR=1
(approx 4 minutes, for one video)
perhaps, very basic, for many
but, for those, who want a fast track to basic understanding
of newton's laws, they might enjoy it
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-17-2009, 12:40 AM
11/11/08: 2 Degrees Closer
Robert Shapiro/ Various
Before the session started,
Robby shared an experience
that happened from 11:58pm Monday, November 10
until 12:02am on Tuesday.
During that four minutes by the clock in his apartment,
he experienced almost two hours of watching TV,
getting the mail from his box down in the lobby, c
hecking his email and so on.
He asked Grandfather what was happening.
Grandfather said
“You are in a short experience of a portal, Robby, you are experiencing within four minutes of physical time about an hour and forty-five minutes of experiential time. You’re still kind of in it.”
Grandfather
Your world moved about 2 degrees
further toward the more benevolent timeline.
It’s better to think about this as a matter of degrees
than as a decimal point.
There are 360 degrees in a circle.
Then you moved 2 degrees further
toward that acquisition of the plane that is
of that more benevolent Earth
so that you are now,
as a planetary existence,
at 147 degrees of acquisition toward the benevolent Earth experience.
This does not equate to any other representation of 3.47 to 3.52.
This is different.
You’re beyond that now.
You can play this for Melody if she wishes to pursue it.
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-17-2009, 12:45 AM
Gravity is 9.8
Normal Force is the sum of Fy=ma=0
Fn+Fty-Fg=0,
Fn=mg/Ftsin30,
or
Fn+Ftsin30=Fg
Newton's Laws & Vectors (about 10 minutes)
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eMVzfoA9dnA&feature=related
you utilise vectors, if you wish to determine
horizontal acceleration when a force is applied to something at an angle.
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-17-2009, 01:09 AM
The Shift Has Hit The Fan :
Welcome To The Sane Asylum
By Swami Beyondananda
Humanity has shifted its karma into surpassing gear,
and political climate change has come to America .
Thanks to a grassroots up-wising,
we the people huffed and puffed together
in the same direction and the winds of change blew
in a breath of fresh air.
And we can all breathe easier.
The vote in November was more than a vote for a new President.
It was a vote for a new precedent – to overgrow
the "lowest common dominator" paradigm
and take a step towards government of the people,
by the people, for the people
where the government does our bidding,
not the bidding of the highest bidder --
and where the Golden Rule can finally overrule the rule of gold.
In the short term, the up-wising has been successful,
and the American Evolution has begun.
The first big shots have been fired,
and we are on the road to recovering from an eight- year bout
with Mad Cowboy Disease and Electile Dysfunction.
But now, if we want to heal the body politic of conditions
like Deficit Inattention Disorder,
Truth Decay and the deadliest one of all,
an unchecked Military Industrial Complex,
we must elect ourselves.
Spiritually, it's time to quiet our barking dogma
s and evolve past the Ten Commandments
to an even greater realization – the One Suggestion:
"We are all in it together."
Once a critical mass of us chooses to live by this credo,
we can avoid the critical massacre called Armageddon,
create Disarmageddon instead,
and achieve fulfillment as a species -- Humanifest Destiny.
The End of the Age of Nefarious?
Every journey into the light is preceded by a dark passage,
and our entry into the Age of Aquarius is no different.
As predicted in the celebrated quatrain…
"When the goon moves into Lincoln 's house
and stupider aligns with Mars
then greed will guide the planet
and fear obscure the stars ..."
…the Age of Nefarious
delayed the start of the new millennium.
But now the quatrain is heading down a new track,
and soular power is shining a light
on the endarkened corridors of soulless power.
Just as the eight-year journey that took us from
Whitewater to Blackwater
was coming to an end,
some overzealous Bush-bashers hurled footwear
to give the departing regime one final boot.
That was understandable, but unnecessary.
Better we should keep our shoes on,
and use them to stand together at a time
when healing wounds is more important than wounding heels.
Besides, without Bush there could have been no Obama.
His alarming actions awakened more people than Buddha,
and a body politic in a fear-induced coma miraculously regained consciousness.
And now there is a new President: Barack Hussein Obama.
After eight years of insanity,
we can proclaim to the world, " America has a President Hussein!"
So now, we must face another awesome truth:
We are living in a world gone sane.
Welcome to the sane asylum.
Trickle Down Goes Belly Up
It's a good thing our political fates are on the upswing,
as our economy has taken a sharp downturn.
The house of credit cards economy based on trickle down
has gone belly up, and we must face another, sadder truth.
Individually and collectively,
we've been suffering from Deficit Inattention Disorder,
and since we were unable to do the math,
we must now do the aftermath.
It's a buy-o-logical fact.
You cannot spend more than you have
. Nature knows this.
We can use no more energy
than what we have in reserve.
We cannot charge energy on our Ascended Master Card
and repay it next lifetime.
So yes, the casino economy coming down,
but there is an upside to the meltdown.
There is a great opportunity in the crisis
. Consider this. When the dollar hits zero,
we can pay off our entire $10 trillion national debt and hardly feel it!
Meanwhile, over the past eight years
we have seen the fall of reptilian entities like Enronosaurus Wrecks,
and most recently a character named Madoff
made off with billions.
Our entire economic system has been revealed
as an extraordinary ponzi scheme
where ordinary people are left holding the empty bag.
Unfortunately, this is nothing new.
It's the same old needy-greedy where our collective fear
of not having enough -- "scare city" -- has empowered
those privatizing privateers
who are plundering our planet with
their mining operations: that's mine, that's mine, that's mine.
This mining has overmined the planet
and undermined humanity.
Thus, the emergency we face right now.
So, what do we do? I am glad I asked that question.
We must go beyond the fear-based state of emergency,
to a state of emergent seeing.
That is where we emerge and see the genuine wealth
that is all around us:
the virtually infinite energy from Father Sun,
the prolific nourishment Mother Earth brings us every season,
the love we generate from our hearts,
and the inventiveness of our minds.
With this realization, we have a one way ticket out of scare city ...
and we enter a state of a-bun-dance
. That is where we get up off our assets,
move our buns, face the music and dance together.
In using our resources to create good goods
and greater goodness,
we can weave a web of mass construction
that will make us all interdependently wealthy.
Heartland Security and Purple People Power
So ... how do we do this?
How do we go from our habitual "every cell for itself" consciousness
that has caused our current "mining disaster",
to acting on the evolutionary truth that we are in reality
"all cells in the body of humanity?"
How do we shift from survival of the fittest to thrival of the fittingest?
First we must move from the fear-based Homeland Security
to the love-based Heartland Security,
and realize our one true security is in the land of the heart.
While the beliefs in our head fool us all the time,
the love in our heart is foolproof.
When we face up to love, we can face down the fear.
What this means in practical reality is
that we must step across the "red-blue" political divide
that has kept us separate,
and show our true colors as one purple people.
Yes, we have all been wounded by polarizing politics,
so let's give ourselves a purple heart,
and take the next courageous step to cohere
around our shared "heart core" values and become ...
we, the purple.
I have a dream ...
that the rednecks shall lie down with the blue necks,
and we tune out the polarizing mainstream media,
which is sadly a brainwashing machine stuck on spin.
More than ever, we need forums not againstums,
dialogue instead of debate.
When the body politic stops mass-debating
and chooses to have healthy, pleasurable intercourse,
we will finally create a healthy brainchild together.
This February, we celebrate Abraham Lincoln's bicentennial,
and our friend Richard Lederer
(the anagram master known as Riddler Reacher),
tells us that when we scramble the letters in
"Barack Hussein Obama," we get "Abraham is back: One U.S."
You don't have to be a Barack-backer
to see that instead of relying on leaders from above,
the next evolutionary step is for us to become the leaders
we have been waiting for.
I am Lincoln .
You are Lincoln .
We are Lincoln .
And by linkin' together,
we free ourselves from slavery to the divisive beliefs in our minds,
and form a more perfect union in the land of the heart.
Sure, these ideas may seem far-fetched,
but we are nearer to fetching them than ever before.
Remember, we are now living in a world gone sane.
Change is ahead, change is afoot,
and everything is changing from head to foot.
Like it or not, we are destined to have heaven on earth.
Might as well get used to it.
© Copyright 2009 by Steve Bhaerman.
All rights reserved.
To find our Swami's schedule and get a free catalogue,
call toll free (800) SWAMI-BE or visit him online at
http://www.wakeuplaughing.com.
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-17-2009, 01:22 AM
LESSONS and, CHALLENGES
lessons and, challenges
challenges/and, lessons
struggling with something,
or learning new things
and managing to find any outlet that you
we are dualistic in nature,
and, part of that dual nature is dying,
it will NOT eXist, in the new world,
so, it must come out,
so you can counter-balance it, and, get rid of it,
and, then, you can find a higher balance,
with pieces, of yourself, that are in the higher alignments
This is important...
""phoenixes balance dragon energy, perfectly.
if you are NOT working with a phoenix
while working with your dragons,
you should be"" M.H.
we are all downloading ancient information,
and, information for a new world,
and, we are, learning these ancient teachings,
and, new teachings,
oft times, at night, when we are sleeping
""The Phoenix,
burns out old methods that become outgrown or useless.
otherwise, they are still sitting there, holding progress up,
and, it holds vibratory rate down." M.H.
all is a choice, to do, or NOT to do
it all rests with you ...
i hope this is helpful to you
& if you do NOT work, with ancient dragons...
then, you might want to consider, inviting in The Phoenix,
as, a helper, they make great guides :)
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-17-2009, 01:34 AM
A Changing Economy in 2009!
Robert Shapiro/ Grandfather
This is Grandfather.
There is another presence also here who has economic skills.
The debt forgiveness time of foreign countries—
the U.S., not all countries, not all debt—
is coming soon, very soon. In this coming year,
the U.S., having been conditioned as a government
to be more accepting of global participation
as an equal rather than as some authority,
will find itself (of course, not every citizen)
in a position where forgiveness of all types is offered.
One of the most intriguing and benevolent forms of forgiveness
that will come partially, not totally,
for the U.S. government as the representation of U.S. citizens
is a form of debt forgiveness.
The U.S. and others have forgiven other countries for debts
and have supported debt forgiveness globally for some time,
so this is not a new idea.
But to have debts forgiven by some other countries for the U.S.,
at least in part, will be an experience really rarely had by the U.S.
It won’t be entirely new
. If one goes back to the early years of the formation
of the colonies and the independence and all that,
one might find a few bits along those lines.
But without going into history,
the important factor here is that other countries
will be able to be magnanimous in a public way.
And the U.S. government,
whoever is representing and speaking for the government
in those times,
will need to be just as magnanimous and humble.
I think it is important for the U.S. government
to remember that word when they accept such
graciousness and gifting.
You’re not going to have to bow and scrape to receive this—
it will just happen out of the clear blue sky.
And it will be welcome indeed.
+ xxx
judykott
02-17-2009, 02:05 AM
Big Fan of Swami Beyondananda, thanks for posting it!!!
THE eXchanger
02-17-2009, 05:27 AM
- yes, he is a funny guy !!!
also, on Feb 2/2009--the groundhog saw his shadow
and, when the ground hog saw his shadow on feb 2nd,
it was the signal of 6 weeks more of winter,
so---that means, 16 of March, it will be spring :)
NOW, how eXciting is that ???
THE eXchanger
02-17-2009, 02:45 PM
- Next time you have a meal, look at your plate - what colors do you see? If its mostly
white and brown then your diet might be colorblind!
In order to have a healthy diet you need foods from all the food groups and that means a
colorful plate. Just eating meat and potatoes won?t provide you with the essential
vitamins and minerals you need to stay in your best health - you need to add in colorful
fruits and vegetables.
If you want a good balanced diet, here are some colors you might want to see next time
you look down at your plate:
Green
Green colored foods like peas, kale, spinach, honeydew melons, kiwifruit, dark leafy lettuces, and leafy greens
contain lutein which helps maintain good vision and can help reduce the risk of macular degeneration and cataracts.
Another green group includes broccoli, cabbage, bok choy, swiss chard, brussels sprouts, rutabaga, turnips,
cauliflower, and watercress. These foods contain indoles, which can help reduce the risks of cancer and reduce
tumor growth in cancer patients.
Yellow
The yellow orange colored food are high in bioflavonoids, which work in combination with vitamin C to help reduce
the risk of cancer and heart attack. They also contain powerful antioxidants and help maintain healthy skin, strong
bones, and good vision. The foods in this group include oranges, tangerines, pears, lemons, nectarines, grapefruit,
peaches, apricots, pineapple, pineapple, yellow raisins, and yellow peppers.
Blue and Purple
Blueberries, purple grapes, blackberries, black currents and elderberries contain Anthocyanins which can reduce
the risks of heart attack, cancer, diabetic complications, Alzheimer?s disease and age-related memory loss. Dark
purple foods contain phenolics, which are powerful antioxidants and can help to slow the effects of aging.
Orange
Dark orange foods like pumpkin, sweet potatoes, apricots, peaches, carrots, cantaloupes, mangoes, and butternut
squash contain beta-carotene, a powerful antioxident that can help keep your immune system healthy as well as
maintain good vision and can even aid in reducing heart attacks and cancer.
Red
Tomatoes, guava, watermelon and pink grapefruit are all red colored foods. These foods contain lycopene which
has been much publicized lately as helping to protect against prostate cancer. In addition, these foods can help
reduce the risk of breast, and skin cancer as well as reduce the risk of heart attack.
Red onion, cherries, kidney beans, raspberries, strawberries, cranberries, beets, red apples (with the skin), and red
cabbage contain anthocyanins, powerful antioxidants that can help control high blood pressure as well as reduce
the risks of cancer, heart attack, Alzheimer?s disease, and diabetes complications.
One way to get a colorful plate at every meal is to try to fit in 5 servings of fruits and vegetables every day. Try to
include food from all these color groups at least once during the day and you will be surprised at how much your
health improves.
Lee Dobbins writes for the A2Z Vitamin And Herbs Guide For Natural Healing
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-17-2009, 02:58 PM
The Aquarian alignment 14th February 2009
At dawn on 14th February the day dedicated to St Valentine,
the patron saint of Love,
the Moon in Libra enters the seventh house of relationships.
And Jupiter and Mars are aligned in Aquarius
in the twelfth house of spiritual transformation.
Forty years ago,
the intuitive words of a song called Aquarius,
brought the dawning of the new age into our collective awareness:
When the Moon is in the seventh house
and Jupiter aligns with Mars.
Then peace will guide the planets
and love will steer the stars
At dawn on 14th February the Cosmos
actually embodies this perfect alignment to support our collective manifestation of love and peace and dawning of the Age of Aquarius.
The Aquarian chart of 14th February
reveals an incredible concentration of cosmic influences blending
with the energies of Aquarius in the twelfth house.
Expansive Jupiter and energetic Mars are aligned
with the higher purpose of the North Node.
The presence of Chiron the wounded healer offers us
the opportunity to heal the schisms
that have separated us for so long.
Neptune emphasizes collective humanitarian movements
and the co-creation of social justice.
And the presence of the radiant Sun enlightens the entire alignment.
Mercury also in the twelfth house
but just beyond the cusp in Capricorn,
allies with transformational Pluto
to communicate and anchor the Shift throughout our global structures and institutions.
The Moon in Libra in the seventh house emphasizes harmonious
real -ationships.
Venus in Aries in the first house energizes
and empowers dynamic co-creativity.
And whilst Saturn the great task master
in opposition to Uranus the unexpected awakener
is suggesting an ongoing confrontation
as the dregs of the unsustainable old paradigm reluctantly
give way to the untested hope of the new,
their placements in Virgo and Pisces
brings practical altruism and visionary inspiration to the transition.
At 7.25am on 14th February - and for the 18 minutes of the alignment,
I invite you, in the universal heart,
to add your own intention for love and peace
and to co-create the dawning of the Age of Aquarius
to that of the Cosmos.
In whatever way feels appropriate for you, you may choose to align with7.25am (UT) or 7.25am your own local time energizing a wave of intention that will surge around the Earth.
Information sent to eXchanger from Mary Sutherland by Dr. Susan -
Jude Currivan, Ph.D. http://www.judecurrivan.com
HAPPY HEARTS DAY to ALL
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-17-2009, 03:01 PM
information on Ancient Races,
as, well as, The Blue race
http://www.burlingtonnews.net/bluepeople
http://aliens.monstrous.com/blues.htm
THE BLUE RACE AKA:
STAR WARRIORS, MOON-EYES
Description: The Blues are said to have translucent skin, large almond shaped eyes extremely sensitive to light and small of stature.
Origin: They claim to be descendants of Noah who traveled to the Western Hemisphere a few centuries following the deluge and discovered ancient antediluvian cavern systems and ancient technologies which had been abandoned by the antediluvians in deep subterranean recesses. They have been encountered mostly in deep cavern-systems beneath the general region of the Ozarks-Arkansas and surrounding regions.
Attitude : These peaceful people may, according to some accounts, be allied to the 'Nordics' and/or 'Blondes'.
Witness
Allegedly encountered on the moon by our US astronauts according to John Lear and others.
According to Morningsky (Hopi/Apache dancer) the first alien contact started about 1947 - 1948 with the Greys contacting the U.S. Government to form a treaty with them. Another body of Aliens arrived, called the Blues. The Blues advised the government not to deal with the Greys saying it would only lead to disaster. They told the U.S. to follow your own path. They said they would teach with peace and harmony if men would disarm and listen. The military said no deal. (This information can also be verified through the MJ12 papers MS ) So they left, but a few decided to remain and stayed in Northern Mexico and Arizona and made a treaty with the Hopi Indians. These Aliens are known by the Hopi as Star Warriors. The Greys started monitoring the Blues. So the Blues had to flee the reservation and go into hiding, a few of the Elders went with them.
The Hopi legend is that there were two races, the children of the feather who came from the skies, and the children of the reptile who came from under the earth. The children of the reptile chased the Hopi Indians out of the earth; these evil under-grounders were also called two hearts
Mark Miller
As a student of anthropology some 30 years ago, I stumbled across reference to a former race of humanoids that were blue. Once, in addition to the four known races of mankind, there was a fifth race that dwelled on an unknown continent in the middle of the ocean between Asia and Europe (i.e., North America). This race, the most ancient of all, was called the Blue Moovians. They were very tall, about seven feet, and very thin, and had extremely large heads. They possessed all manners of powers of the mind: teleportation, telekinesis, ESP. One day, in response to a stimulus known only to them, they conveyed to regular humans that they had, through their powers of astral projection, located a planet more suitable to their needs in a far distant solar system or galaxy, and all at once they each and every one disappeared from the face of the earth and teleported themselves there, never to be seen or heard from again. This supposedly occurred about 60,000 BC. --Mark S. Miller
Mary
http://www.burlingtonnews.net/bluepeople
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-17-2009, 03:05 PM
- TWO INTERESTING BOOKS by my good friend MARY
Living in the Light – Believe in the Magic
Price $25.00 w/Free Shipping and Handling
http://www.livinginthelightms.com/livinginthelight
Living in the Light has been written to establish a meaningful perspective for our daily life and spirituality.
Within these chapters the veils of secrecy shall be lifted exposing certain truths that have been hidden from our eyes for far too long. An integration of psychology, modern science, physics, Eastern and Western religions and plain old common horse sense interplay throughout these pages examine the mystical dynamics of the world we live in.
**************************************************
“Revelations – Truths Revealed “
Price $25.00 w/ Free Shipping and Handling
http://www.burlingtonnews.net/revelations
In accordance with the Jewish Kabbalists, the civilization of Atlantis was advanced far beyond ours and had brought about their own destruction by disregarding the wisdom of the great teachers, choosing power and materialism over transcendence.
On the back of a dollar bill, one can find a pyramid and the all-seeing Eye of Horus which strongly suggests that not only were our founding fathers the ‘Followers of Horus” but believed it was their destiny to re-build this nation from the ‘ashes of the Phoenix’.
Sir Francis Bacon asserted in his book, New Atlantis, that whatever was going to be built in North America would be Atlantean in its basic archetypal pattern and destiny path, and at some point it would rise to the level of global dominion. Then it would, like ancient Atlantis, have to make a choice between power ‘for the sake of service’ and power for the ‘sake of more power’… and as it decided, ‘the fate of the world would be determined.’
In the writing of this book, it is my desire to enlighten the reader on the true history of North America and our ancestral heritage that took root back when the people of this earth lived together as “one nation…on one continent( before it divided into the continents we have today) …under the ‘Law of One’…”
The United States ‘Pledge of Allegiance’, “One Nation… Indivisible…with Liberty and Justice for All” strongly indicates that our founding fathers not only knew the true history of North America, but believed this country to be the homeland of ancient Atlantis.
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-17-2009, 04:59 PM
Lester, The Marverick, asked me to post this:
The Psycheans are benevolent human extraterrestrials
who have bases in various places on the planet (Earth).
I found out about them after meeting an ufo contactee
by name of Oscar Magocsi in Toronto,Canada some 29 years ago.
Oscar was a real cool guy & eventually under his guidance
I managed to meet the Psycheans physically...
Well they, the Psycheans look exactly like us
& one characteristic that I noticed
is they are very psychic
& maybe that is why they call themselves the Psycheans.
Since the Psycheans look exactly like us then pretty well
the only way to recognize them is through psychic means
so it's mostly very intuitive quite
psychic humans who manage to recognize them.
The Psycheans are allied with many other human ETs like the Plaedians, the Arcturians or the Lyrians.
Well, Oscar Magocsi eventually wrote a book about his own meetings
with the Psycheans & the book is called
'My Space Odyssey in UFOs".
This book is available from me if someone wants it ($32 Canadian plus $11 shipping).
Some of the Psycheans even became part of our history like
"Jason & the Argonauts". It's more than a legend: it really happened...
Sincerely, Lester - maverick4981@yahoo.com
(Lester came to the meeting in toronto on feb 1/2009)
now, i have never meet Psycheans-and, never heard of them,
however, Lester, is quite an interesting fellow, so, perhaps,
others who follow, ufo stuff, will know of Oscar Magocsi
************************************************
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-17-2009, 05:02 PM
Super Spice Secrets: Can This Miracle Spice Stop Cancer, Alzheimer's and Arthritis?
turmeric, curcumin, india, herbs, spices, cancer, alzheimer's, arthritis
By Dr. Mercola
http://articles.mercola.com/sites/articles/archive/2009/02/17/Super-Spice-Secrets-This-Miracle-Spice-Stops-Cancer-Alzheimers-and-Arthritis.aspx
For more than 5,000 years, turmeric has been an important part of Eastern cultural traditions, including traditional Chinese medicine and Ayurveda. Valued for its medicinal properties and warm, peppery flavor, this yellow-orange spice has more recently earned a name for itself in Western medicine as well.
Turmeric comes from the root of the Curcuma longa plant, which is native to Indonesia and southern India, and is widely used as an ingredient in curry dishes and yellow mustard. As research into this powerful spice has increased, it has emerged as one of nature’s most powerful potential healers.
Said Dr. David Frawely, founder and director of the American Institute for Vedic Studies in Santa Fe, New Mexico:
“If I had only one single herb to depend upon for all possible health and dietary needs, I would without much hesitation choose the Indian spice Turmeric. There is little it cannot do in the realm of healing and much that no other herb is able to accomplish.
Turmeric has a broad spectrum of actions, mild but certain effects, and is beneficial for long term and daily usage. Though it is a common spice, few people, including herbalists know of its great value and are using it to the extent possible. It is an herb that one should get to know and live with.”
Turmeric’s Beneficial Effects in a Nutshell
Strengthens and improves digestion
* Reduces gas and bloating
* Assists in the digestion of protein and with rice and bean dishes
* Improves your body's ability to digest fats
* Promotes proper metabolism, correcting both excesses and deficiencies
* Maintains and improves intestinal flora
* Improves elimination of wastes and toxins
Supports healthy liver function and detox
* Turmeric helps increase bile flow making it a liver cleanser that can rejuvenate your liver cells and recharge their capability to break down toxins
* Helps to prevent alcohol and other toxins from being converted into compounds that may be harmful to your liver
* Supports formation of healthy tissue
Purifies your blood
* Stimulates formation of new blood tissue
* Anti-inflammatory: Helps to reduce irritation to tissues characterized by pain, redness, swelling and heat
Contains curcuminoids that fight cancer, arthritis, and Alzheimer’s
* Curcuminoids are potent phytonutrients (plant-based nutrients) that contain powerful antioxidant properties
* Counteract the damaging effects of free radicals in your body
* Relieve arthritis pain and stiffness, anti-inflammatory agent
* Anti-carcinogenic: “Curcumin has been shown to prevent a large of number of cancers in animal studies. Laboratory data indicate that curcumin can inhibit tumor initiation, promotion, invasion, angiogenesis and metastasis.”[1]
* Supports treatment of Alzheimer’s disease: “Because Alzheimer's disease is caused in part by amyloid-induced inflammation, curcumin has been shown to be effective against Alzheimer's. Clinical trials are in progress at UCLA with curcumin for Alzheimer's.”[2]
Curcumin: Turmeric’s Active Anti-Inflammatory “Ingredient”
Most notably turmeric is known for its potent anti-inflammatory properties, which come from curcumin -- the pigment that gives turmeric its yellow-orange color, and which is thought to be responsible for many of its medicinal effects. There are an estimated three to five grams of curcumin in 100 grams of turmeric.
Curcumin has been shown to influence more than 700 genes, and it can inhibit both the activity and the synthesis of cyclooxygenase-2 (COX2) and 5-lipooxygenase (5-LOX), as well as other enzymes that have been implicated in inflammation.[3]
Turmeric’s Cancer-Fighting Properties
In India where turmeric is widely used, the prevalence of four common U.S. cancers -- colon, breast, prostate and lung -- is 10 times lower. In fact, prostate cancer, which is the most frequently diagnosed cancer in U.S. men, is rare in India and this is attributed, in part, to turmeric.
Numerous studies have looked into this potential cancer-fighting link, with promising results. For instance, curcumin has been found to:
* Inhibit the proliferation of tumor cells
* Inhibit the transformation of cells from normal to tumor
* Help your body destroy mutated cancer cells so they cannot spread throughout your body
* Decrease inflammation
* Enhance liver function
* Inhibit the synthesis of a protein thought to be instrumental in tumor formation
* Prevent the development of additional blood supply necessary for cancer cell growth
As for the results of research studies, a study in Biochemical Pharmacology found that curcumin can slow the spread of breast cancer cells to the lungs in mice.[4]
"Curcumin acts against transcription factors, which are like a master switch," said lead researcher, Bharat Aggarwal. "Transcription factors regulate all the genes needed for tumors to form. When we turn them off, we shut down some genes that are involved in the growth and invasion of cancer cells."
A second study in Biochemical Pharmacology also found that curcumin inhibits the activation of NF-kappaB, a regulatory molecule that signals genes to produce a slew of inflammatory molecules (including TNF, COX-2 and IL-6) that promote cancer cell growth.[5]
Turmeric’s Essential Role for Your Liver
Your liver’s primary role is to process and remove toxins carried in your bloodstream. When functioning at its peak, it can filter up to two liters of blood per minute and easily break apart toxic molecules to reduce their toxicity. Your liver is also a crucial part of vitamin, mineral, protein, fat, carbohydrate and hormonal metabolism.
However, poor diet, allergens, pollution and stress can cause your liver to become sluggish, and this can impair its vital functions. This is where turmeric can be a very useful part of your liver support system. Studies have shown that it:
* May increase important detoxification enzymes in your liver
* Induces the formation of a primary liver detoxification enzyme, glutathione S-transferase (GST) enzymes
Turmeric is also a natural cholagogue, a medicinal agent that promotes the discharge of bile from your system. Increased bile flow is important to help your liver detoxify and to help your body digest fats.
Turmeric for Your Heart, Brain and Overall Health
Turmeric inhibits free radical damage of fats, including cholesterol. When cholesterol is damaged in this way, or oxidized, it can then damage your blood vessels and lead to a heart attack or stroke. Therefore, research suggests that turmeric’s ability to prevent the oxidation of cholesterol may be beneficial for your heart. It’s also rich in vitamin B6, high intakes of which are associated with a reduced risk of heart disease.
Meanwhile, turmeric appears to be highly protective against neurodegenerative diseases. In fact, in India levels of neurological diseases such as Alzheimer’s are very low, and studies have shown that curcumin can slow the progression of Alzheimer’s in mice. The compound has also proven capable of blocking the progression of multiple sclerosis.
Further, Professor Moolky Nagabhushan from the Loyola University Medical Center, Chicago, IL, who has been studying turmeric for the last 20 years, believes that turmeric can protect against harmful environmental chemicals, and in so doing protect against childhood leukemia. The research showed that curcumin in turmeric can:[7]
* Inhibit the toxicity of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs) (cancer-causing chemicals in the environment)
* Inhibit radiation-induced chromosome damage
* Prevent the formation of harmful heterocyclic amines and nitroso compounds, which may result in the body when eating certain processed foods, such as processed meat products
* Irreversibly inhibit the multiplication of leukemia cells in a cell culture
Turmeric's volatile oils also have external anti-bacterial action. As such, they may help prevent bacterial wound infections and accelerate wound healing. Johnson & Johnson even sells a curcumin-containing Band-Aid in India!
And the therapeutic potential of turmeric and curcumin do not end there. Evidence suggests the spice may also be beneficial for:
* Cystic fibrosis
* Type 2 diabetes
* Crohn’s disease
* Psoriasis
* Rheumatoid arthritis
* Cataracts
* Gallstones
* Muscle regeneration
* Inflammatory bowel disease
Which Type of Turmeric is Best?
For use in cooking, choose a pure turmeric powder, rather than a curry powder. At least one study has found that curry powders tend to contain very little curcumin, compared to turmeric powder. Turmeric is also available in supplement form and for many this is a more convenient method to obtain these health benefits discussed above, especially if they are from a high-quality organic source and if one doesn’t particularly enjoy the taste of curry.
On my recent trip to India I was able to find a company called Organic India that produces probably some of the best Indian herbs on the planet.
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-17-2009, 05:11 PM
- Interesting work from MARY:
Photo taken by Brad Sutherland while we were investigating the ancient ruins of Aztalan
PHOTOS can be found at:
stone 1
http://webmail.aol.com/41421/aol/en-us/mail/get-attachment.aspx?uid=1.21439022&folder=NewMail&part Id=7
<img src="http://webmail.aol.com/41421/aol/en-us/mail/get-attachment.aspx?uid=1.21439022&folder=NewMail&part Id=7">
stone 2
http://webmail.aol.com/41421/aol/en-us/mail/get-attachment.aspx?uid=1.21439022&folder=NewMail&part Id=8
stone 3
http://webmail.aol.com/41421/aol/en-us/mail/get-attachment.aspx?uid=1.21439022&folder=NewMail&part Id=9
Zola’s grandson found these artifacts while digging up the soil in her rose garden. The area is south of Aztalan, not far from the Wisconsin and Kickapoo Rivers, in the USA
Reader: Zola
The Beltane Fire Festival is the present day practice which evolved from the ancient ceremonies of human sacrifice to Bel, represented by the sun and fire. Do you know when the custom at the Crow Hollow mound (Kickapoo Valley – See Mary Sutherland’s book ‘Revelations’ on the Sacrificial Mound of Crow Hollow MS) ceased to be practiced? Somehow I know that the bearer of the stone was up there. Why did the powers that be want the stone to be found in my garden at the bottom of a two foot hole dug by my grandson SEAN in order to plant a rose bush?
The "Stone", according to the inscription, is from the late Bronze Age (about 800 -1000 B.C.) much older than the Irish Ogam because it omits the vowels. The only source of reference seems to be the one from Vermont in weathered condition. "The inscription reads "Stone of Bel," but when complete it probably read "Stone of Beltane". Since my stone appears to be "complete". I wonder what Ogam mark would have made it read Bel "tane." The deciphering of the Ogam script is fascinating and beyond my scope, but maybe the message has already been delivered.
(Bel-tone = ‘Bel’ + ‘ton’ from A-ton which would be more accurate than Bel-“tane” unless of course “tane” is simply an anagram used to represent Aton”. Tane= A-ten , with the vowels e and o being interchangeable MS )
What you wrote about the discovery of a stele in Oklahoma with the inscription in Iberian Punic, the same as on the "Stone of Bel", extracted from the "hymn to the Aton" by Pharaoh Akhenaten. I retrieved a book given to me before I left the Four Corners. It's a Sci-Fi novel written by Daniel Blair Stewart and based on Akhenaten, but titled "AKHUNATON the Extraterrestrial King". This is written on the back of the title page:
Genesis, Chapter 6, verse 4:
There were giants in the earth in those days; and also after that, when the sons of God came in unto the daughters of men, and they bare children unto them, the same became mighty men, which were of old, men of reknown.
Mary Continues with Part Three:
"The Snake, the Bear, the Smooth White Stone, the Sacred Red Flow-er and most important, I am the Sacred Kingfisher...from the blood who also gave you the Wild Dog which is the Egyptian War Dog, known as the dingo. I am the Living Sun Dance. Red is my hair. Green is my Eyes. Fair is my Skin and hooked is my Nose. I am the Promised Bird King" The Aboriginal of the Finders Rangers have already declared me so. The place where it was declared is a place called BELTANA. To them I am POPPADIDGEEDIDGEE.
MOSES -AARON - MIRIAM AND THE SACRED KINGFISHER
The snake traveled the world and finally bit its own tail back to Australia, from where the Lightning Brothers came. These two men were the biblical MOSES AND AARON, but known to the Egyptians as the Pharaohs AHKTANATEN and SMENKARE. They were not the leader of their people, but it was the sacred sister MIRIAMON or MIRIAM, known to the Egyptians as NEFERTITI.
They died in South Australia after deciding not to take the STAR FIRE any longer. (The star fire was a gift from the 'gods' for immortality). They brought with them the LAW and the sacred color RED. The one "outstanding" life form they left behind was the EGYPTIAN WAR DOG, now called the DINGO. (Canari – CAN)
The daughter traveled with the AID OF FLIGHT and moved through Asia to the North of Australia leaving the DINGO and the STORY OF THE SACRED KINGFISHER along the way until arriving in NOVA SCOTIA. She brought the sacred dog to North America along with the Law. In North America the Dingo became known as the CAROLINA WILD DOG. .
The PROMISE OF THE BIRD KING is fulfilled in the Time of Darkness.....from now on the truth will come forth.
"Red is his hair and hooked his nose. Fair is his skin and green are his eyes" The same description as all tribal people throughout the world have...He is THE BEAR, THE SNAKE, THE SMOOTH WHITE STONE, THE EAGLE, THE SACRED KINGFISHER AND THE RED FLOWER CALLED THE ROSE. (http://www.burlingtonnews.net/rocklake4)
“In Fourteen Hundred and Nine Two,
Columbus sailed the ocean Blue,
To prove that the old maps were true”
Interestingly the third line of this childhood verse was conveniently dropped. The third line indicates that Columbus was not the first discover of the Americas - but actually came here using an ancient map of a race long before his time.
Not only in Europe and the Mid-East, but evidence of these people - their travel - their trade and culture can also be traced to the CANary Islands, which links these ancient people through the root CAN in CAN ary and CANaanites.
Most people “assume” that the name CANARY (canari) originated from the discovery of the yellow birds that populated that area. Not true - According to the Latin definition of Canari, it means ’DOG’ (CAN-ine). When Roman ships visited the islands in the Second Century BC, the original inhabitants revered the dog as a 'SACRED BEING' The Romans called these inhabitants of the Islands ' Dog People’. The islanders veneration of the dog resembles the Egyptians belief in ANUBIS, the dog headed sprit guide who led the souls from the material world , through the veil, to the other side into the afterlife. (In Pharaonic Egypt, at Cynopolis, or 'DOG CITY’, literally tens of thousands of mummified dogs were found buried.) This type of dog ritual can also be found in Aztalan, Wisconsin.
Off the coast of West Africa lie the Canary Islands, which became home to the Guanches. The greatest link we have between the Guanches and the Egyptians comes in the form of pyramids. Using the exact model as those found in ancient Egypt and in Mesopotamia, the Guanches built several small step pyramids on the islands, having an east-west alignment.
These people were described as generally dolichocephalic and fair-featured with blond or red-hair. Males stood over six foot tall with their women approaching six feet in height. Their women were beautiful and many of the
Spanish Gentlemen took them for their wives among the population. The belief that the ancient Canarians were a people favored by a great duration of life became popular at the time of the Spanish Conquest. Many of the early explorers, including Columbus, went there in search of the “Fountain of Youth”. ([The Early Inhabitants of the Canary Islands, By Alf Bajocco, 1965 Part IV cont. http://geocities.com/MotorCity/Factory/2583/Canary4.htm, D. Clarke webmaster]
ANCIENT GOD/KINGS FROM THE WEST BRING CULTURE TO EGYPT
Reference: Jonah G. Lissner
THOTH
The Guanches worshipped the God of the Sun and of Higher Thought, known to them as “MEN-cey”.
The First Egyptian Pharoahs called themselves MENE-es. Ancient Egyptian Writings speak of the great ‘god/kings’ who came before the Pharaohs, describing them to be men of other lands who became ‘Gods of Wisdom” before migrating to Egypt. One of them was known to them as “THOTH” who was designated by historians and Egyptologists as the “Egyptian God of Writing and Wisdom”. The ancient Egyptians spoke of Thoth as being born in a distant country to the WEST, across the ‘Great body of water”.
A catastrophe occurred which darkened the sun and disturbed the gods, but Thoth led them across the sea to an EASTERN country [Egypt]. Thoth is depicted as the "controller of the Flood," (Leyden Papyrus) and the Theban Recension includes the Island of Flame in the Flood story. (Papyrus of Ani, Chap. CLXXV)
In Chapter LXXXV of the Book of the Dead, Thoth rules the "WESTERN DOMAIN," and by the end of the New Kingdom he is called "LORD OF THE WEST". (Seth, 1912) Thoth is depicted standing in sht htp [the "field of peace" known to the Greeks as the Elysian Fields], holding his writing quill and palette. The question is pertinent: Was Thoth an Atlantean god-king? [R. Cedric Leonard, http://www.atlantisquest.com/Hiero.html]
CAUCASIANS AND FLYING CANOES??
Proto-Guanche Explorations to the New World
The Asiatic Indians of Central and South America, traditionally referred to as the indigenous peoples of the New World, although increasing evidence is pointing to a multi-cultural pre-Columbian New World of varying ethnic Asiatic groups as well as Caucasians and proto-humanoid beings of more archaic age, referred to the Columbians as QUETZALCOATL, referring to the plumed serpent-god of the heavens which would return in the form of a white, bearded man in the year 1519 CE (by the calendar of the Europeans of the time); this date was venerated by the Aztecs in TENOCHTITLAN as an eschatological date and preparations were made by the court astrologers of the palace of Montezuma for their return. Other tribes of the New World in both Central and South America also venerated these wise, bearded white men for their previous incarnations and flying canoes which had brought culture, peace and prosperity to these regions in the remote past.
MESUNTIU AND THE ANUNNAKI
Frank Joseph, THE LOST PYRAMIDS OF ROCK LAKE, backs the belief that the God/Kings came from the WEST. He writes of the Egyptians description of a pre-dynastic invasion of the Nile Delta by a 'seafaring people' from the DISTANT WEST . These people were known as the MESUNTIU. The Egyptian word for FOUNDRY is MESNET, so it is safe to assume that these people had the knowledge of metal working.
It was written that the MESENTIU were the people that established Egypt's FIRST ROYAL FAMILY. An event found often in Egyptian Art symbolizes this event in the Falcon Sun God, HORUS, wielding a harpoon from his boat against a hippopotamus. The hippopotamus is the symbol for the pre-dynastic natives.
THE EGYTIAN GOD THOTH - THE MESUNTIU PEOPLE - AND THE BUSH CONNECTION
Reference: Evidence for the Ancestors of the Guanches as Founders of Predynastic Egypt ,JONAH G. LISSNER
According to Jonah G. Lissner, author of “Evidence for the Ancestors of the Guanches as Founders of Pre-dynastic Egypt” there is a clear link to Egypt and the Canary Islands through MEN-CEY. Lissner claims that throughout the Ancient Egyptian history there are references to men of 'other lands' who were GODS OF WISDOM 'BEFORE' migrating to Lower Egypt. One of these GOD KINGS was THOTH, known to the Egyptians as DJEHEUTY, who was given the title, “God of Wisdom, Inventor of writing, Patron of Scribes and the Divine Mediator’. He was depicted as a ‘man with the the head of an Ibis, a scribal palette and reed pen. Thoth was born in a distant country to the West, across the great body of water. Its capital city was by the sea and the land possessed volcanoes. Like Plato's Atlantis, this land had a low mountain or large hill in the center and was sometimes referred to as the “Isle of Flame” (Book of the Dead, Hymn of Rameses IV and Pyramid Texts)
A catastrophe occurred which darkened the sun and disturbed the gods, but Thoth led them across the sea to an “Eastern Country, Egypt.” THOTH is also depicted as the “Controller of the Flood” (Leyden Papyrus) and the Theban Recension includes the Island of Flame in the Flood story. (Papyrus of Ani, Chap. CLXXV)
In Chapter LXXXV of the Book of the Dead, Thoth rules the "Western Domain” and by the end of the New Kingdom he is called "LORD OF THE WEST. ". (Seth, 1912)
THE EGYPTIAN LINK TO AZTALAN -ANGEL MOUNDS AND THE CAHOKIANS
Dogs were the only known animal domesticated by the inhabitants of Aztalan. These animals were provided with ritual funerals, including grave goods in the form of intentionally broken pottery symbolizing mourning and the end of physical existence. The dog was likewise revered at Aztalan's sister city, Angel Mounds, located on the banks of the Ohio River in southern Indiana. The Cahokians were also found to share this same culture and reverence towards the dog.
The EGYPTIAN FIRST FAMILIES WERE BLUE BLOODS.
I am sure that most of you have heard the term blue bloods and the pride some take in stating that their families come from this lineage.
But have you ever stopped to consider where this term comes from? Well you are now going to find out!
The reason these First Royal Families were called Blue Bloods is plain and simple - They actually did have blue blood! It was not hemoglobin based which is common in most human species, but copper based. This would clearly indicate that these First Families were not PURE HUMAN BUT HALF BREEDS OR SEMI HUMAN.
Impossible you say...not if you considerer that copper based blood systems exist to this day in some animal species in South America.
It was for this very reason, an ancient LAW was creating stating these First Families were NOT to marry what they referred to as commoners. Not because they were prejudice, but there was problems with HEMOPHILIA with children born outside of the copper based blood line. Hemoglobin and Copper blood systems did not mix.
To Be Continued…
BUFO RADIO & MULTI-MEDIA PRODUCTIONS
Mary Sutherland
532 N. Pine Street
Burlington, WI 53105
http://www.burlingtonnews.net
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-17-2009, 05:17 PM
pilling The Beans: The Trouble with Soy
By Lorette C. Luzajic
It never crossed my mind that soy - a favourite health food - might be toxic and dangerous. It wasn't the first time. Bottled water, margarine, and gluten grains all come to mind. But soy? The wonder bean?
I was faithful to the plant. I'd been a vegetarian for five years and though I now enjoy the multitude of benefits and gourmand delight that meat and seafood offer, I trusted in plants. Soy was something I'd celebrated, along with everyone else in Vancouver, in my hippie years. Later, even the men in my life enjoyed my "I Can't Believe it's Not Meat" stir fries. After moving back into the omnivore's diet that nature gave me, I still loved miso soup for breakfast and made an effort to regularly enjoy soy proteins.
Who didn't? Even Dad's got soymilk in the fridge- it's great for preventing prostate cancer, right? Even people who never got used to the taste- or shall I admit tastelessness- of soy added it in hopes of reaping the benefits of those amazing nutrients. Isoflavones, genisteins, lectins, saponins, and phytoestrogens- don't these wonderful names signal a whole host of cancer fighting, heart disease preventing, cholesterol-lowering miracles?
What if I said that those fancy words are actually toxins and the soya bean is naturally loaded with all of them? What if I told you that big business soy ran campaigns like Soy 2000 to convince us that these antinutrients were beneficial? What if I told you that soy is not a complete protein, is not widely used in Asia, and is incredibly dangerous for human consumption? What if I told you that the Food and Drug Administration lists soy as a poisonous plant?
The thyroid is a tiny butterfly-shaped gland in the throat. The rate of thyroid problems in North America is epidemic, especially among women. It's so common to have a thyroid disorder that it's easy to forget that's not the natural state of being. Because the thyroid regulates the entire endocrine system, the metabolism, and more, it's a very important body part. The most common disorder is hypothyroidism. This means the thyroid does not produce very much thyroid hormone, and the resulting quagmire of ailments is distressing to say the least - exhaustion, overweight, depression, hair that is dry, falls out, or won't grow, brittle nails, anxiety, skin disorders, feeling too hot or too cold all the time, menstrual problems, metabolic disorders, recurring infections, immune system fall-out, and a whole lot of other fun stuff. Untreated thyroid problems, or a thyroid that responds poorly to lifestyle change and medication, are gateways for a whole host of Hellish things from fibromyalgia to cancer.
When I was diagnosed with hypothyroidism many years ago, it was something of a relief, despite the fact I was not thrilled to have a chronic and serious gland problem. But even less thrilling was the depression that had always hovered around me- I'm a cheerful, festive sort of person, and the unshakeable melancholy didn't seem like me. Worse still was the unexplainable weight gain and the exhaustion and picking up every last cold and flu and Bell's Palsy, a lovely thing that damages the facial nerves and has given me the lopsided features some find sexy, and my 'sneer'. Finding a reason for this slew of complaints that forced me take medical leave from work gave me hope for a vibrant future, or at least one I could make the best of.
The doctor suggested a few ways to support my health in addition to simply popping pills. I was mildly surprised that I was told to avoid soy foods. I learned the word 'goitrogen,' read a bit about thyroid-suppressing foods. I stopped eating all soy foods but didn't make a big deal- I also learned that peanuts, broccoli, and cabbage all have thyroid suppressing properties. Those were good healthy plants, too, just something to avoid the way fibromyalgia patients should avoid nightshade plants or celiacs should avoid wheat. Nothing more.
One day, my godchildren's mother was over, and she asked if I thought soymilk was safe for the kids. Safe? Never thought about it. The vegan girl in the circle said enthusiastically, "yes, of course," without question, which bothered me straight off the bat. Soymilk is way modern and loaded with sugar. For those reasons alone, I would have to say I wasn't sure. Julie borrowed a couple of my nutrition books. I had no idea whether soy was bad for everyone's thyroid or just mine, so I said I'd look it up.
I put on my Nancy Drew outfit and began some nutritional detective work. A clue here and there, some secret passages, a couple of bad guys named phytates and lectins later, I realized I was in the middle of a big ol' can of worms and the only way out was through, down the rabbit hole.
It all starts out rather confusingly- after all, hadn't everyone's favourite health dude Dr. Earl Mindell dubbed the nutrition phenomenon, "The Soy Miracle"? Sure enough, Mindell's Soy Miracle assures me (innocently enough, as the year is 1995, before the mother load of research gets unearthed) that soy is a good food for me. In fact, he writes about how beneficial it is to my thyroid. "Soy may somehow stimulate the thyroid gland to produce more hormone," he writes. This is immediately suspect, as the thyroid-lowering connection is well known, well established, and not controversial. A few pages extol the virtues of the perfect protein and cancer fighting wonder food. The rest shows a bunch of groovy recipes like the Tempeh Reuben sandwich.
Sounds tempting - but it sure doesn't take long in my new detective hat to see some suspicious handshaking. The good doctor thanks the United Soybean Board and Soy Foods Association of America straight off the bat for their help. Hmmmm...
Go figure- looks like many of us forgot the obvious adage Mom told us: if something sounds too good to be true, it probably is.
Think about this: who told you that Asians eat a lot of soy, that they have for thousands of years, that they eat it instead of animal protein, and that soy is why they are so healthy? Soy is monk food, and what could be kinder or healthier than a monk's vegetarian diet?
So who said all this? Your Asian family or friends? Not mine. And here's something shocking: none of it is true.
It was one of the biggest industries in the world, soygriculture, who told you this. I thought it, too, but then I realized I don't really know a lot of Asian families intimately enough to know their customs. The ones I do know cook a great deal of pork, delicious vegetables and rice.
Bur Dr. Mindell says, "In many parts of Asia, soy foods are a dietary staple." But simply looking beyond the Soy Board's claims into history and anthropology, it doesn't take long at all to find out that in fact, the Chinese eat massive amounts of eggs and pork, and very little soy.
Mindell touts how Japan enjoys the longest life span, lower rates of colon, lung, breast and prostate cancer. "Judge for yourself," he says. And we did. We were presented with seemingly obvious information, but advertising is what it was. Because the truth is much different, and lower Asian cancer rates just might be from the lack of un-food in Asian diets and the masses of seafood they consume. The Japanese eat a few TABLESPOONS of soy a day as a condiment.
Monk food? Clean protein? The roots of soy are much more humble. Soybeans were used as crop fertilizer and livestock feed. Knowing soy could be harmful raw, the resourceful Asians made an art out of fermenting techniques to make them digestible. Hence, miso and tempeh, the most edible forms of soy, are important arts in Asian history. What about the nice monks? Moby's sarcasm may not be far off- does the high estrogen content in soy messes with testosterone, making monastic life a little easier on the celibate?
Still, what's the big deal? So it's not Asia's star dish. It's still the picture perfect glow of rosy health, right? A complete protein, low in fat, fighting off cancers and osteoporosis, lowering cholesterol, non-allergenic, brain-building, green, low carbon footprint, and yummy, too - right?
Not so fast. Concerned consumers in both the carnivore gourmands and the garden of Vegan groups are starting to suspect the reality might be more like this: gas, bloating, infant starvation, moobs, a whole host of thyroid problems, coronary disease, anaphylactic shock, Alzheimer's, serious endocrine disorders, a range of menstrual abnormalities and 'female problems,' cancer, low or nonexistent libido, puberty before age ten, hair loss and more. Could it really be? Aren't all of these things among the endless problems soy was going to prevent?
Hundreds of doctors and scientists and consumer advocates worldwide are now expressing concern and caution over soy. But one has devoted her research in recent years to the alarming topic.
"In the mid 1990s I started noticing a lot of articles with headlines like the 'joy of soy' or 'soy of cooking' and was entranced by the claims that soy was good for personal health and also the planet," Dr. Kaayla T. Daniel says. "The reality was another story. I was seeing a lot of sick vegetarians and other health conscious people who ate a lot of soy and seemed to be suffering greatly from it. That aroused my curiosity and I began researching the subject."
She is not a messenger for the dairy industry - she is a citizen and scientist concerned with faulty propaganda and real food. She exposed the soy industry's endless dirty secrets in her book The Whole Soy Story: the Dark Side of America's Favorite Health Food.
While the vast sea of information online and in journals is confusing, jargon-riddled and often pits the debate as a vegetarian/meat-eater's one, Dr. Daniel's book is clear, organized, factual, meticulously documented, and explains all the hard words. Though Daniel, as a nutritionist, obviously sees wisdom in our natural hunter/gatherer diet, it's clear that soy is dangerous for meat eaters and vegetarians alike, and that we must all find alternative foods.
If only the problem were one little toxin. But it takes Daniel nearly 400 pages to cover all the info, plus 44 pages of study references, so that we can verify the sources for ourselves. "It was read for accuracy prior to publication by leading MDs, scientists and toxicologists. And my conclusions have certainly been validated by the recent warnings issued by the Israelis, French and Germans," Dr. Daniel says. This is solid science, but thankfully Daniel is also an engaging writer. "The studies come from a wide variety of sources - universities, clinics, FDA's Laboratory for Toxicological Research, USDA scientists, etc," she explains. "Many of the most damning studies were funded by the soy industry itself."
Here's a brief overview of Daniel's findings:
* soy oil was the first and primary profit centre for soy, and soy was largely responsible for the spread of hydrogenated or trans fats
* most soy is genetically modified
* soy farming is wreaking greater devastation on forests, cottage industries, and family farms than the cattle industry. (If you mistakenly thought soy was a bunch of hippie farmers, like I did, Dr. Daniel tells it like it is: "Let's name names. Monsanto, Dupont, Archer Daniels Midland, Solae . . . Nearly all the old hippie companies have been bought up by the big boys. For example, White Wave is owned by Dean Foods. Some of America's largest food companies now manufacture soy foods or use soy ingredients heavily in their products. Think Kraft, Kellogg, ConAgra, General Mills, Heinz, Unilever Best Foods and Dean Foods.")
* soy is a major allergen, and because it is used as filler in hundreds of products including meats and 'vegetable oil,' people with allergies may be at risk
* soy contains goitrogens, which damage the thyroid
* soy contains lectins, which cause red blood cells to lump together and may trigger abnormal immunity responses
* soy contains oligosaccarides, sugars that cause bloating and gas
* soy contains oxalates, which prevent calcium absorption, cause painful kidney stones and vulvodynia, a vaginal disorder
* many plant foods contain phytates and phytic acid, naturally occurring 'pesticides' to keep plants from being eaten while growing. phytates impair mineral absorption, and in fact, remove many minerals already in the body, including iron, zinc, and calcium. phytates in many foods are alleviated by cooking - soy's phytate levels are high and stubborn.
* isoflavones, lauded as natural estrogens, are serious endocrine disruptors, lowering testosterone, causing menstrual disorders, and cancer cell proliferation
* protease inhibitors interfere with digestive enzymes, saponins may lower good cholesterol and damage intestine
* that all of these plant chemicals can have benefits, and do exist in other foods, to varying levels of edibility: that soaking grains and fermenting beans are ancient food prep traditions
* soymilk is far from a natural food: it is filled with rancid fats and high in sugar
* soy cheeses are largely made with hydrogenated oils (safety level of hydrogenated products? ZERO)
* some health problems that may be associated with soy foods are: bladder, prostate, colorectal, thyroid and breast cancer; precancerous lesions; heart disease; type 2 diabetes; malnutrition; stunted growth; flatulence; pancreatic problems; low libido: early puberty; anemia; zinc deficiency; osteoporosis; intestinal damage; mal-absorption and leaky gut syndrome; kidney stones; allergies; infant death; immune system disruption; thyroid disease - and the list goes on.
This isn't the first time we've been concerned. Before the massive health movement of the late 80s and early 90s, all sorts of articles came out about soy safety. But hardly anyone liked the stuff anyhow, and vegetarians had yet to think of it as a food group. Soy decided to get a makeover, and save itself from the financial fallout that was nigh - when it's dirty toxic margarine secrets would inevitably leak out.
"By 1985, there was a considerable body of research from U.S. Government and university laboratories and British government institutions warning of the health dangers of soy foods, particularly to high-risk consumers such as infants and vegetarian women," says Dianne Gregg, writer of The Hidden Dangers of Soy, and survivor of soy-related illness that nearly killed her.
"These were published in scientific journals. In response, in 1985 the soy processing industry in the U.S. held a number of conferences and devised a program, 'Soy 2000,' the intent of which was to aggressively promote soy as a health food when they already knew it contained biologically active levels of toxins. This involved heavy political lobbying of Congress and Federal regulators, a vast advertising program, planting favorable articles in popular and academic media, obtaining huge Federal farming subsidies, and sponsorship of meetings by the U.S Department of Agriculture. The aim of Soy 2000 was to promote to the consumers that soy was a proven health food with no adverse effects. Their claim was that millions of Asians have been consuming soy in large quantities for thousands of years and are all remarkably healthy as a result. American consumers were expected to believe this, and most of us did!"
Soy's first incarnation in North American consumption was also a health food imposter. After millenniums of wisdom where humans used butter or lard or olive oil, good enough for the Bible and good enough for the world, suddenly margarine was "heart healthy" and "cholesterol-lowering." But lately, studies started talking about how heart disease INCREASED from this new artificial fat, hydrogenated margarine, which our body cannot recognize. OF course it did. This was not a real food.
Sound familiar? It is. Those who perceive of soy as innocent and concerned for your health may be surprised at how big a player soy was in the hydrogenation revolution. Most hydrogenated oil was soy. Now, even junk makers like chips and fast food have pulled these artificial fats out of their products. Hydrogenated oils are liquid plastic and they are poisonous. Most governments place safe consumption levels at ZERO.
Clearly soy, which still defends hydrogenation, did not then have our best health interests in mind, just profit. When the tide turned, they turned up the noise on how healthy soy is, and it became a health food, its history in margarine conveniently blotted from public consciousness.
While the health dangers are considerably ominous, not everyone is in immediate danger of death. But Dianne Gregg came within inches of her life.
Gregg had never been a vegetarian, but slim, health-conscious, and staring menopause head-on, she decided to take charge of her health and began eating soy. "I started to include soy protein drinks for breakfast, and protein bars as a snack. For eight years I was constantly nauseous, bloated, and gaining weight each year. I knew something was wrong but the doctors said it was normal and to accept that I was getting older. In April 2003, I had a soy veggie burger for dinner and that is what did me in. This was the first time I had one. The next morning I was rushed to the hospital because I thought I was having a heart attack ? but I went into anaphylactic shock."
"After four days in the intensive care unit, the doctors diagnosed food poisoning, but I didn't agree. By now I weighed 150lbs. That was more than I weighed in my ninth month of pregnancy!"
Dianne went home, and didn't eat much of anything for a while. When she recovered from her mystery illness, she started her day again with her soy health drink. She began having palpitations and other symptoms. Linking the reaction to the soy, she began her internet research, and found that in addition to very common and possibly deadly allergies, soy is implicated in hundreds of deadly or chronic diseases. Other consumers may not be linking their health problems with their health food. So Gregg wrote her book, The Hidden Dangers of Soy (www.hiddensoy.com).
"My intention was not to bash the soy industry but to make the public aware of what the Western version of soy contains, and that if they are not feeling like themselves, or are developing health issues, to try and eliminate soy and see if they don't feel better. In my book, I have testimonials from others with real horror stories that never attributed it to soy products."
Part of the 'hidden danger' is what's hidden. Gregg says that soy is hiding in everything from meat to chocolate to oil, so people hoping to avoid it don't usually do a good job. "The number of processed and manufactured foods that contain soy ingredients today is astounding. It can be hard to find foods that don't contain soy flour, soy oil, lecithin (extracted from soy oil and used as an emulsifier in high-fat products), soy protein isolates and concentrates, textured vegetable protein (TVP), hydrolyzed vegetable protein (usually made from soy) or unidentified vegetable oils. Most of what is labeled 'vegetable oil' in the U.S. is actually soy oil, as are most margarines. Soy oil is the most widely used oil in the U.S., accounting for more than 75 percent of our total vegetable fats and oil intake. It's found in margarine, shortenings, frozen dinners, canned tuna, mayonnaise, breads, cookies, crackers, canned soup, breakfast cereals, and fast foods to name a few."
Gregg says many women keep eating soy in hope of the benefits, and end up with hypothyroidism. While contributors to the thyroid epidemic may include hormonal birth control products, fluoride content in water, stress, and sugar, soy's strength as an endocrine disruptor should not be underestimated. Especially with soy hidden throughout many foods - you can't eat uncooked broccoli, another goitrogenic food, in high quantities by mistake, for example ? even those who choose not to eat soy may be eating a lot of soy!
Another person who is very concerned about thyroid health is Mary J. Shomon, a patient advocate and best-selling author, whose many books on thyroid and autoimmune diseases I have read and enjoyed, notably Living Well With Hypothyroidism. Shomon is not an anti-soy crusader by any stretch. Her research and advocacy is concerned only with the thyroid. She has no vested interest in vegetarian/omnivore battles, soy business practices, or anything else that remotely relates to my story, except as it may or may not affect the thyroid.
It has been a well-documented fact for decades that soy foods lower thyroid hormone (Drs Doerge and Chang, FDA, Division of Biochemical Toxicology, for starters, and more from 50 years of diverse sources). But the Soyfoods Association of North America is not very concerned about my health. They cheerfully tell me, "Like other plant foods that contain goitrogens, soy can be part of a healthy diet." (Cooking broccoli or peanuts destroys their lower levels of goitrogens, but cooking soy does little to remove them.) They tell me that soy does not cause thyroid problems in healthy people (though even small amounts of the food in a daily diet have been shown to slow a normal thyroid.) They tell me to get enough iodine, which is fair enough, and to take my medicine in between meals so that the soy won't affect the absorption.
Shomon says, "I think that you need to consider the messenger. The soy industry has a vested interest in promoting soy, and downplaying any potential negatives. Again, some soy can have a place in a healthy diet, but stick with the fermented forms you find in Asian foods, like tempeh, tofu, miso, and use it, like the Asians do, more as a condiment." She says, " if over-consumed, especially in its processed, isoflavone-heavy forms, it can have detrimental effects on thyroid health. Soy is a goitrogen, a food that has the ability to slow down the thyroid gland. In some people, over-consumption of soy can trigger a thyroid condition -- or aggravate an existing one."
For the record, I contacted the Soyfoods Association of North America by telephone and email to ask about these claims and to ensure fair storytelling as a journalist whose only vested interest is the truth, not profit or ideology. No representative from any of the soy boards returned my contact.
By far one of the most thorough, informative and wide-ranging info portals on soy danger is Soy Online Services, in New Zealand. Associated with Dick and Valerie James, the content-heavy site shows no agenda but to help people dismantle the confusing array of information. No membership, no fees, no hidden agenda- just the facts, ma'am. Dick James has been correcting misinformation for years, writing letters to governments and health providers on his own time and own dime. His formidable efforts to spread his truth are honourable- Dick has never taken a dime for this time, or for Soy Online Services.
For the Jameses, it all began when his prized parrots began getting sick and dying after switching to miracle-soy-based-bird-food, he decided to get to the bottom of the issue and found astounding horrors surrounding soy foods. A dear young friend also died somewhat mysteriously, and that's how they started researching soy. They launched a legal investigation to get to the bottom of the bird-food issue, as well as the human health implications, and so began Soy Online Services.
Dick James is a man who has generously given his time and energy to educating people about their health. He says it's a "fallacy is to think that vegetarianism equates to soy consumption. It does not." Vegetarians used to eat a wider spectrum of food. Because of marketing and industrial politics, soy is everywhere, even in bird food.
The internet is abuzz with theories hoping to defame the cozy circle of soy opponents, many whom, like the James', are affiliated with the Weston Price Foundation (www.westonaprice.org.) Dr. Kaayla Daniel serves on the board of directors. The foundation follows the nutrition research of Dr. Weston Price, a dentist who wandered the globe studying the diets of diverse people. The foundation heavily encourages traditional diets based on animal foods and vegetables. Their agenda doesn't scare me away: I have a deep respect for the Weston Price research, and these people work hard to advocate safe, humane farming practices, chemical-free food, and old fashioned methods of fermentation and soaking. The diet may sound funny to those used to boxes and cans, but any student of world cuisine or of history and anthropology can tell these are hardly off the wall. Dr. Daniel says, "The Weston Price Foundation is supported by membership dues and private donations and receives no funding from the beef or dairy industries. We recommend an omnivorous diet that includes free-range eggs, grass-fed meat and raw dairy products from happy, pastured cows, but such products do not come from factory farming operations or corporate agribusiness. We support small farmers, humane treatment of animals, sustainable and organic agriculture and the consumer's right to obtain fresh healthy foods directly from local farmers."
The good sense of sustainable and humane farming and traditional food preparation get lost in the extravagant propaganda. "It's all about money. Soybeans were first heavily grown here for the soy oil? the one used most often in margarines and shortenings. But once processors took the oil out of the soybean, they had a lot of soy protein left over. The question was whether they should take it to the landfill and pay to dump it or turn it into another profit centre. Soy protein would make an excellent fertilizer, but unfortunately the chemical fertilizer companies had that market cornered. It is used as a primary ingredient in animal foods, but there are limits on how much they can safely feed to animals... It was initially hard to sell people on the idea of eating soy because it was perceived as either a poverty food or a hippie food. Then marketing experts changed the image of soy to an upscale 'health food.'
And that dear readers, is why all of us think this toxic waste, not healthy enough for animal feed, is a wonder food.
Not everyone is as concerned about phytic acid or lectins as Daniel, James, Gregg and myself. Dino Sarma is a passionate vegan chef with a degree in biology. Though vegetarianism was not historically synonymous with soy-eating, it is now, and Sarma's cookbook, The Alternative Vegan, was the only one I could source that was vegetarian and soy-free.
"Most vegans in the USA and Europe don't really bother with actual vegetables," Sarma laments. "Alternative Vegan is so named because it provides an alternative to your typical vegan cookbook, where it seems like soy and other meat/dairy analogues are so pervasive that non-vegans often feel that you can't eat a vegan diet without them."
Sarma's lively cookbook is teeming with inspiration from India- stuff he learned from mom. He has a flair for international cuisine, and likes to be able to recognize how his food started out. He recalls fondly the markets in Chennai, where people, vegetarian or not, ate a variety of produce. "I can remember the boisterous shouting of the vendors?the sheer amount of colours and smells that surrounded me. I also remember the stunning variety. Spinach did not mean a selection of one or two types of leaves?more like ten or fifteen, each season. ..Squashes and gourds abounded. Jackfruit, lychee, mango, papaya, guava, grapes?the long bananas, the short skinny ones?." Sounds like paradise to me, too.
Most of his recipes are meals simply put together from the produce aisle. He likes to keep things cheap, and he likes to avoid weird ingredients you can't pronounce. There were already more than enough soy cookbooks flooding the market. And while Sarma is not impressed by pricey, flavourless soy 'meats,' he didn't avoid soy because he finds it unhealthy. "Most of my readers aren't really all that concerned about soy, and just like simple, tasty, healthy food," he says. He doesn't worry about getting enough soy for protein. "All food contains proteins in varying amounts," he says. "Get enough calories, and your protein will take care of itself? Eat a varied diet, including lots of whole grains (brown rice, whole wheat berries, millet, quinoa, amaranth,) dark green leafy vegetables (mustard greens, kale, collard greens, radish greens, wild spinach), fresh vegetables, fresh fruit, and some beans, nuts, and legumes to round out your meals." I highly recommend Sarma's book to anybody: vegetables are not just for vegetarians!
As a science major, he's heard the words phytates and saponins before. "If I were to get scared of everything with saponins, I'd also be avoiding yucca, tomato, grapes," he says. Phytates, lectins, these are "commonly found in animal feeds." As for saponins: "Again, the high levels of saponins is found in the feed for dogs, but hasn't been really linked to human food."
Sarma believes in living compassionately and says going vegan is one of the best things he ever did for himself and the world, but that he doesn't ever see a reason "to be a jerk about it." He likes to educate people through colourful produce and joyful eating. And while he does not cook with soy in The Alternative Vegan, he says he has yet to see study against soy that convinces him. When I ask him what he believes, he says, "I don't like to use the word 'believe' when it comes to scientific data. Upon examination of the sources of the soy scare, I sincerely question the motives, the research methods, the data collection methods, the statistical analyses?and the funding organizations."
Amen. Exactly. And after I did, you can be sure I will enjoy wonderful vegetables of every kind, but I will never touch anything- not chocolate, not tuna fish, not salad dressing- that contains unfermented soy, ever again- and as for fermented, I love my tamari on sushi, but that's about all I'll risk.
After the margarine debacle, soygriculture just got lucky. Other food issues like mercury in fish or pesticide-riddled oranges were their own issues, not a spiritual war between two opposing camps. Soy just happened to be there, pumping its health-makeover propaganda just as the vegetarian-meat debate revved up. That debate won't ever be resolved, because people all over the world eat all kinds of different weird things, from insects to blubber to nothing but olives. The vegan versus omnivore question has nothing to do with soy, which is bad for both groups.
But the soy market saw a perfect opportunity to pit big business against two groups that consisted of citizens with a similar concern- what to safely put in our mouths. Soy conveniently became an emotional, spiritual issue: saying soy is bad is the same as saying 'you shouldn't be a vegetarian.' But it isn't. It's just saying soy is bad for you, same as soda or sugar are bad for you. Except that soy might be worse!
If you only read one thing on the topic, make sure it's Dr. Kaayla Daniel's expose. "It's sad that so many people feel that all information must be financially motivated. The truth is that neither I nor New Trends Publishing has ever accepted any funds from the beef or dairy industries or from any government agency."
Meanwhile, Big Soy is happily pocketing everyone's money while they defend one of the most deceptive businesses of all time. Dr. Daniel says many- meat eaters and vegans- have read her work. " I think they owe it to themselves and certainly to their children to educate themselves. Many who have taken that step have come back to me with thanks."
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-17-2009, 06:41 PM
- Curtis is amasing -
www.archmessenger.ning.com
His Radio Show: (occurs daily)
Original Air Date: 2/17/2009 12:00 PM
Archmessenger - Chakra Readings
I read the cumulative Chakra energies of the entire chat room after reading for a caller. Uriel, Kwan Yin, Metatron and others bring information and blessings. Join us every Monday through Friday, right after healing-circle, here on BTR!
www.blogtalkradio.com/archmessenger
and, he moves through peoples chakras,
and, does, a group energy reading, once a day
for a limited time, his work is $50/hr for a session
i highly recommend his work--it truly is amazing
here is a link, to today's show:
http://www.blogtalkradio.com/archmessenger/2009/02/18/Archmessenger-Chakra-Readings
ENJOY-ENJOY-ENJOY
THE eXchanger
02-17-2009, 08:51 PM
Photos from the January 2009 ice storm can be viewed at this website:
http://celestialvision.squarespace.com/our-photos/messages-of-the-ice-january-20\
09/
THE eXchanger
02-17-2009, 08:52 PM
Timeline Bleedthroughs and Guide Changes
From the Journals of DL Zeta
On Sunday, January 26, we had a solar eclipse in Aquarius. In the
weeks prior to the eclipse, the event kept filtering into my
consciousness. I knew my intuition was trying to flag my attention,
but I couldn't devote much mind space to it due to the increasing buzz
about an impending ice storm. My time was consumed with buying
supplies, doing laundry and preparing for a possible power outage. In
the chaos of preparing for the impending storm, I overlooked the fact
that we'd had an eclipse in Aquarius just before Hurricane Ike swept
through here in September.
But I'm getting ahead of myself. First I want to talk about the ice
storm.
The Ghost of Ice Storms Past
The night before the ice storm began, I revisited my memories of the
last major ice storm we had here on December 25, 2000. That storm
began early Christmas morning. Iced in alone and without electricity
throughout the holiday and for the next few days, I began to
experience a "timeline bleedthrough" in which I received the vision
for a new way of being that included possibilities beyond anything I
had imagined. To make this shift, I needed to clear out emotional
"static" -- old fears and programming from the past.
Synchronistically, that ice storm provided me with the opportunity to
confront emotional trepidation around holidays and severe weather -
particularly icy weather. It allowed me to face fears of isolation,
particularly in a desolate environment, and ultimately, physical
death. These were all deep, primal fears dredged up from the
suffering well of collective consciousness.
What happened that icy December in 2000 amounted to a dark night of
the soul that allowed me to "rebirth" my consciousness and awaken to
the wealth of assistance available in the realm of the "unseen" -- the
realm of spirit.
Nine years later, my memories of that time are cast in a glow of
appreciation and gratitude for the life-changing rite of passage the
storm afforded me. I'm grateful and blessed each day by the emotional
freedom, inner strength and spiritual connection I've begun allowing
into my life in the years since that time of ice.
As the ice storm of January 2009 bore down, I doubted it would have
anything approaching the impact of that storm in 2000. I was pretty
certain the same circumstance wouldn't wield the same power.
One thing I haven't mentioned is that there was an eclipse the day of
the December 2000 ice storm. I didn't know it in 2000. In fact, it's
something I found out nine years after the fact. We'll come back to
that in Part 3.
The Ice Storm of 2009
The morning of January 28, I woke to the sound of ice on the roof. A
light rain the night before had turned to sleet and freezing rain. I
woke the moment the electric grid went down. At first, I experienced
an inevitable resistance, impatience and bristling against the
inconvenience. But this all quickly turned to awe and dread of the
powerful forces of nature. For the second time in just over four
months, I felt myself in the sharp teeth of clashing energies.
In the Wake of Hurricane Ike
It in the four months since Hurricane Ike swept through on September
13, leaving a trail devastation in its path, I have found blessings
and healing.
I know everything that's happened has been in accordance with divine
perfection. In the months before the storm, I began receiving visions
of a new living space that would allow us to grow and expand in ways
that are aligned with our spiritual purpose. Inside the space there
would be a greenhouse where Peter could grow vegetables and herbs year
round. There would be a sound-proof audiovisual room where we could
create CDs and DVDs for the ever-growing number of people we work
with. There would be an exercise room where we could focus on
fitness, even in the coldest part of winter. There would be an area
for a hot tub and massage table for relaxation and renewal, a garage
to house our cars, and a writer's loft, a space for inner listening
and writing. By July of last year, I was making drawings and mapping
out the design of the building, not knowing how and when this building
would come to be.
The morning after Hurricane Ike brought the two largest trees on our
property down onto our carport and shed, I stood in the carnage
feeling the weight of the loss. Amid it all, a strong, clear voice
said "Now we build." Three days after the hurricane, we bought a
steel building online and began the cleanup and foundation work to
bring the vision of our building into being. Every step we took -
from dirt work to foundation to erecting the building and putting up
interior walls - brought a healing and renewal. As the New Year
began, I found myself in a place of peace and gratitude.
Even as the dust settled in the wake of Hurricane Ike, a new event was
brewing on the horizon. There is no doubt we are entering new and more
intense weather patterns. Some attribute it to shifting energies
preparing the way for 2012. Some say it is global warming. One thing
I'm certain of. Each experience we undergo contains a message. To
receive the message, we must embrace the experience, open to its
message and receive it with an open heart and mind. I call this
process "surrendering to the storm."
Next: Messages of the Ice, Part 2: Surrendering to the Storm
To view photos of the 2009 ice storm, visit the photo page at our
website, http://www.celestialvision.org
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-17-2009, 08:54 PM
Hello Friends, It is the time of the year where we yearn for the
warmth of the sun as the bear, feeling the depletion of body fat knows
it must soon search for food. Yet knowing that it's life is in
jeopardy if it leaves the den, the dreams go on. This is the
crossroads of consciousness and the time to determine what our goals
are in this year. Prior to the spring equinox we have to decide what
our movements are placed in ideology. What I use is both media
statements, channeled information, and staying in the moment as much
as I can. This circle allows me to understand all of my emotions and
to be honest I am looking for an intellectual debate. I am bored, as I
post many things and rarely have any responses. I am bored because so
many souls are in a given box although many have the lid open. I
listened to Bill Maher and this morning Alexandra Pelosi. Rarely do we
have a democratic leader in Congress and a daughter who sobbed when
McClain lost. The true intellectual debates are very subliminal in the
crossroads but these two truly represent a great part of our country's
mind and it's worth reviewing the highlights. The bear's mind is
seeking expansion which is where we should be. However given the
economic environment the country is entering a 'Protectionist
Government'. Buy America, the stimulus package addresses the wounded
and bleeding. Bill Maher spoke on many subjects including the Michael
Phelps bong incident and shopping in a grocery store. But he advanced
those ethics by saying how the Republicans, who spent like crazy over
the last eight years have the gall to oppose the spending ethic of the
new democratic domination in Congress. Alexandra Pelosi then came to
the stage and in a pure feminist style represented the conservative
needs of this country. It's all about pace you see, which is why I
play golf. The better the pace of my swing the better the shot
becomes. The better pace of my mind, the better results of what I
determine. Daytime TV had a breakthrough and published a gay wedding
between two women. If you really are looking for realized
consciousness, this makes no difference, Michael Phelps bong hit
makes no difference, because the bear knows it all a dream. I know it
feels real, but the reality of our excursion through this experiment
is the the dream world is real, the waking world is the illusion. The
bear teaches us that though we crave the stimulation of the material
world, it is only temporary, like a drug and has little lasting effect
on our soul unless we know what to chose as a truth. The maze of
truths are many, the ones we choose have to be carefully considered.
We have to sort out the impressions of ideas that come to us and the
ones that affect our attitudes and opinions. One is a passive
response that provokes intuitive thought, the other is plaintive
thinking where one represents it's opinions of like and replies. The
position of the bear at this point in the circle is no rebuttal. Just
passively collect ideas and give yourself time to formulate a new
consciousness. Then the ideology of the media graciously falls apart
and you have a spiritual nature the continually migrates and places
new truths about it like a wreath of a new awareness. Namaste Peter
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/celestialvision/message/3766
http://www.celestialvision.org/
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-17-2009, 09:09 PM
and, this is something, i do NOT like to post
but, this is a reality,
whilst many of us, live like roses
there are some,
who as a result, of who we elect,
live like thorns
soon, i hope, we all choose to be a piece of peace
here goes:
In the rubble of Jabal al Rayas
Gaza families struggling to survive in homemade shelters
http://therealnews.com/t/index.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=31&Itemi d=74&jumival=3253
and, you know,
the worst part, is, that we, the people,
do NOT want this,
and, yet, those who we elected to speak for us,
are, NOT doing that eloquently
it makes my heart, very sad
and, the worst part, the choices of a few,
are, NOT the choices of a many,
and, all of us, are in this together
What can we do, to be,
a piece of peace....
whatever, it is,
that, you believe, that you know, that you can do,
it is a time, for action, massive action
it is needed, in this The Pivot of the NOW
In the rubble of Jabal al Rayas
Gaza families struggling to survive in homemade shelters
http://therealnews.com/t/index.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=31&Itemi d=74&jumival=3253
if you can watch this,
without crying,
if you can believe this,
could NOT happen to you,
and, your town - it truly is time,
to give ourselves, a good shake,
to live, in a word, such as this,
is an honour, and, a privledge,
Gaia, the most beautiful world of all
and, yet, these horrific acts,
are done by spineless, and, weak people,
who know NOT, what it means,
to have a heart !!!
These are people, just like, you and, i are people
This war, and, all wars, on this earth,
must come to their end !!!
This is NOT what any type of Creator,
or GOOD GOD, ever intended...
ghandi was a wise one,
it is time, ""to be the changes, we all wish to see in this world"
and, do it NOW
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-17-2009, 11:19 PM
- The Red Haired Race and the Stone People
Mary Sutherland @ Copyright 2009
Part One:
The early gods had their own monarchy, with laws of succession similar to our own and had built a global empire upon the Earth, with great cities, temples and monuments and mighty nations established on several continents. The period of their global rule was the “Golden Age”, the period the Egyptians called “The Zep Tepi” (The First Time), a time when the gods watched over man directly, like a shepherd over his flock. The symbol of this world monarchy was depicted as an eye hovering over a throne. This same eye can be found adorning the United States dollar bill, presented as the missing capstone of the Great Pyramid, underneath which are written the words "New World Order." There is no doubt, this "New World Order" is the global monarchy that our Founding Fathers intended for this nation to participate in all along…symbolized by a pyramid as a representation of an ideal and perfectly ordered authoritarian empire.
The ancient stories tell us that the early gods created a slave race of man. According to the Sumerian legends, the gods created mankind to "bear the yoke of the gods." Seeing man as nothing more than domesticated animals, they furthered their breeding program by creating a hybrid race of “Shepherd Kings” to watch over their flock. This was accomplished through the fusion of the genes of selected humans with those of the "gods".
The quasi-human offspring of the gods were attributed with remarkable traits. They lived for thousands of years and were capable of levitation, dimension-hopping, clairvoyance and other magical powers…all a product of applied eugenics. “Selective unions gave the race the opportunity to breed outstanding magicians whose gift of natural perception and understanding and whose ability to access the “Otherworld” helped to produce and guide brilliant kings.
The Merovingian monarchs, also known as the Grecian Annodoti, the Sumerian Annunaki or the Celtic Tuatha de Danaan, were called the long haired sorcerer Kings and were said to have been able to heal by the laying on of hands, communicate clairvoyantly and telepathically with animals. It is rumored that they each carried a distinctive birthmark in the form of a red cross either over the heart, or between the shoulder blades. Their powers were said to emanate from their long hair and extended to everything they possessed, even down to the tassels on their robes. Many times they are found symbolically depicted with wings, horns and fish scales, which is indicative of power and royal blood.
Many of of these hybrids were described as taking the form of giants, dragons, and sea monsters, while others were said to have been born with a fairly normal human countenance, of which runs the Holy Grail Bloodline.
The first of the kingship line was King Nimrod who ruled with his wife Semiramis, The woman upon whom all goddesses were based. Although Nimrod’s empire spanned the globe he was most known for his building of Babylon and the “Tower of Babel”. Nimrod was the biblical Cain and a Merovingian “Quinotaur”, the mythical ancestor of the Merovingian kings.
The Merovingian bloodline originated during the time of Atlantis, through their founder, King Merovee, who is said to have been the spawn of a "Quinotaur," a giant fish or a sea monster, who raped his mother when she went out to swim in the ocean. Here it becomes clear why he was given the name "Merovee," being that “mer” in French means “sea” and in some traditions, Atlantis was known by the name “Meru” or “Maru”.
North America can be connected to Atlantis and the race of Atlanteans can be connected through the Sumerian titles of "Khat," "Kad," and “Gad”, denoting god/kings. The word "Khatti" is associated with their race and the region that was their capitol was known as "Amarru," which means "The Land to the West". Atlantis became an alternate term for “Amarru” or “Meru”. The land of the gods was symbolized by a “Lion” which represented royalty. America (A-MERU-ka) could thus mean “homeland of the royal god/kings of Atlantis”.
Semiramis, like Venus, was a love goddess, nicknamed the “Mother of Harlots”. She acted as the headmistress of the temple prostitutes, who performed sacred sexual magic in the tower, which was built to represent the sacred world mountain. This sex rite, still practiced by secret societies and occultists today, was known as “pyr”, meaning “magic fire”, and was employed as a symbolic union of the elements of fire and water- male and female energies. This rite of sexual alchemy, which was also ceremonially performed by Semiramis and Nimrod, is secretly referred to by occultists with the Latin phrase: “Rex igne redit et coningo gaudet occulto” meaning “The king returns with fire and rejoices in his hidden bride.”
Replicas of the sacred or world mountain, of which the Tower of Babel was one, can be found all over the world, in the pyramids and stepped ziggurats of the ancient world - from China to Cambodia, from Egypt to North America. All were built to embody the union of the male and female energies of fire and water. They were either built on an island, or surrounded by a moat, or connected to an elaborate system of fountains and they usually contained a sacred fire which burned perpetually at the temple’s peak. In fact, the word “pyra-mid” itself means “fire in the middle.” Often they would have a secret system of tunnels built underneath them, like under the Giza pyramids, or under the temple of Maccu Pichu, to represent the infernal caverns of the world mountain. Like the Tower of Babel, they often consisted of seven steps - seven being the number of godly perfection - and sometimes each step was painted with one of the seven colors of the rainbow, forming a “rainbow bridge” to Heaven - which was indeed the main function of the temple. In fact, the Sumerian word for ziggurat is “duranki”, which means “the binding of Heaven and Earth”, and the word “Babylon” means “gateway of the gods.” Furthermore, in the “pyr ritual” which was performed in a temple’s inner sanctum, the priestess was referred to, in Latin, as “Ianua Coeli”, meaning “Gateway to Heaven” indicating that the ritual (spiritual) mirrored the pyramid or temple (physical).
Every culture has a myth about the sacred world mountain, such as Mount Meru in the East, or Mount Olympus in the west, where the peaks (often twin peaks – 11) reach to the heavens. It is symbolically placed in the “center of the Earth”, the world axis, marker of the celestial pole about which the world turns. It is also Paradise, where the gods live in immortality. And they live not just on the mountain, but in its caverns, which are said to reach down into the very depths of Hell. According to the stories, the mountain is often volcanic and is usually surrounded by a body of water, sometimes with four sacred rivers issuing from its peak. This makes the whole scene a perfect union of the four elements: water (the sea and rivers), fire (the volcanic material within), earth (the mountain itself), and air (the lofty summit of the peak, reaching into the heavens). This mountain is universally remembered as having been a refuge for both gods and men during the Deluge, which is another myth common to all cultures. According to some versions, the mountain was so high that the floodwaters could not submerge it and those who occupied it (the gods) remained safe. In other versions, such as the Judeo-Christian, it is this mountain that was the first dry land Noah, the pilot of the ark and hero of the Flood story, rested upon. In mythology, the Ark is most often occupied by a divine couple, such as Isis and Osiris. In the Greek myth these two were called Deucalion and Pyrrha.
Pyrrha’s name is related to the root word for fire, “pyr.” In fact, both Deucalion and Pyrra are directly related to Prometheus, who first brought fire to Earth. Pyrrha is said to have been named so because of her “fire-red” hair. Deucalion foresaw the Flood and built an ark, which eventually washed up on the peak of Mount Parnassus, the highest peak in the world, and the only bit of land not covered by water. When the waters subsided, they repopulated the planet by magically creating people out of stones, which were cryptically referred to as “the bones of our mother”, i.e. Mother Earth. This race of men was called “the Stone People”, who had exceptional talents, strong physical constitutions and were credited for rebuilding civilization up from the mud and slush of the Deluge
The North American Oneida Indians call themselves ‘the Onyota’a”ka, which means ‘the Stone People’. To this day, each Oneida village gathers at a large rock they call the “sacred tree” to conduct their ceremonial activities. Hiawatha's Belt" was composed of five figures. In the center was the sacred tree, which looks very much like a “pyr-amid”
The symbolism of the belt represents the five original tribes.
From left to right they represent the:
Seneca, the keepers of the Western Door;
Cayuga, the "people of the marsh (reeds)" and "keepers of the Great Pipe”, made from the sacred red stone, which symbolizes “The Old Red Land”;
Onondaga, who were the "name bearers" who kept the wampum belt that contained the history of the Iroquois;
Oneida, the "stone people" symbolized by the Great Tree; and lastly the Mohawk, the "keepers of the eastern door".
The obscured past and folklore of North America is littered with myths of an ancient white race that inhabited the lands prior to the Native American Indians. The “Book of Mormon” describes them as race of Nephite. This could all be easily dismissed as fantasy and far-fetched myth if not for one major obstacle.......the evidence! The American mid-west is covered with pyramids, ceremonial mounds monoliths, and massive land sculptures representing sacred animals and symbols. As modern science and anthropology try to attribute these structures to the American Indians and their ancestors, it is the American Indians themselves that bluntly state..."those structures were here when we arrived"
To Be Continued…. (in part 2)
Reader Response to Part One of “The Red Haired Race and the Stone People”
For those that missed Part One Please Contact me and I will re-send
Reader: Frederic Anderson (One Feather)
So, you’re saying that because of “white superiority” the great constructions of the Maya, Toltec, Aztec, Inca, Hopi, Anasazi and Hopewell cultures had to be created by whites, not American Indians? As an enrolled member of the Potawatomi Nation who has spent a number of years collecting the legends and spiritual ritual of the People, I find it somewhat bizarre that you’re unable to give credit to the indigenous peoples of the Americas. My grandfather was the first member of my family to move away from our reservation but he instilled within me a deep respect and admiration for the First Nation and their unique culture. Perhaps you should spend some time at Cahokia where the very essence of the People can be absorbed and intuitively realized… you might be surprised at what you discover there.
Or even in the woods and meadows of S E Wisconsin and N E Illinois...
Mary
To express ‘superiority over any race’ is not my intent. This article is merely an attempt to shed light on the true history of North America and its entire people. The history of North America was created from fallacy, leaving its people with no roots to grow from and blind to the greatest cover up in the history of mankind. The Native American Indian is but one fraction of the all that became victim to an ‘elitist’ society whose intent was –and is – to keep mankind in servitude to them and the gods they follow. Continuing with this article, I will share with you and others information that I have compiled on the history of the Stone People, Mound builders , Native American Indian and how government changed history to fit the political agendas of those days.
Ekwabet(Watching Over) Potawatomi
(On the forced relocation of the original inhabitants of the Fox River Valley
by the White Man in the 1830s)
“Listen, for I speak but once ….”
As I gaze across the waters of the shimmering Fox River, I see the
smoke of thousands of teepees where I once saw only gentle prairies
and lush forests abundant with game.
Many moons ago, my people were among the first voices
to be heard in this land. We came to live in peace with nature.
We hunted and fished. We married, bore children, and died at our appointed time.
The bones of my people mingle here with the earth. We loved this valley.
It was with great sadness that we had to leave our home. We were few
and the settlers were many. The spirits of my ancestors have never left
this great valley, and occasionally you may glimpse our shadows or
feel our presence as we tread silently along the shores of our beloved Fox River.
Our final prayer as we left our land was that you would love this
valley as much as we loved it. We were one with the earth, sky, and water.
We are the Neshnabek, the “People” of the Valley.
http://www.burlingtonnews.net
Mary Sutherland
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-17-2009, 11:20 PM
The Red Haired Race and the Stone People
PART TWO
Mary Sutherland Copyright 2009
“There were approximately twenty five million inhabitants in America when Columbus ‘discovered’ it;
They were living in societies which in limited respects were ahead of Spain.”
(The God-Kings and the Titans, James Bailey)
The biblical Enoch was known to be the ‘Establisher of Adam’ and Adam is the divine universal manifestation of God, setting up the Adamic cycle of six thousand years, beginning with himself and Enoch, ending with the ‘return of Jesus Christ’. Enoch received and established the wisdom of Adam who lived 930 years and survived the completion of the Pyramid by almost 400 years. (Joshua, in turn, became the establisher for Moses and Paul became the establisher for Jesus.)
Enoch was a Master Builder, the architect for the Great Pyramid in Egypt as well as the pyramids built in Central, South America and Mexico, where he was known as Quetzacoatl, Kulkulcan, and Itzamna. The Southwestern Hopi of North America knew him as the ‘Giver of the Great Fire Clan Tablet’. Enoch told them that when their great white brother, ‘Bahana’, returned they were to seek him out in the land called ‘Masauwa’. (Masauwa is the phonetic spelling of Missoula).
The ‘Book of the Hopi’, prophases that after the Fire Clan migrated to their permanent home, a time would come when they would be overcome by a strange white people. These people would force the Fire Clan (Hopi) to develop their land and lives according to the dictates of a new ruler or they would be treated as criminals and punished accordingly. Enoch told them not to resist but wait for their lost white brother to return. He would be called Pahana (Bahana) and would return to them the missing corner piece of the tablet, deliver them from their persecutors and bring in a new and universal brotherhood of man.
Enoch traveled up the Mississippi River crossed over the Wisconsin River and went into the state of Wisconsin. Here was where the chocolate-colored granite was being mined to make such holy relics as was used for the Ark of the Covenant, in the Holy of Holies and the Capstone of the Great Pyramid. From Wisconsin, he journeyed south, teaching the people the religion of the ‘One True Invisible God – the Wakan-Tanca’.
When Mormon founder Joseph Smith was 14 years old, he claimed to have had a vision of the two Christs. He saw the Father and the Son as two separate people and called them ‘Baha'u'llah’ and ‘Jesus’. In another vision, Smith saw Christ returning to a Temple located in the Rocky Mountains of North America. Up until the time of his death, Smith directed his people to go to the Rocky Mountains "to prepare the way" for the return of Christ.
The Mormons (Latter Day Saints) believe that the resurrected Jesus ministered to the giant Nephites in America. Christ appeared in the temple and allowed their congregation to see and feel his wounds on his hands and feet. According to tradition, the messiah stayed with them for several days, teaching, healing and giving them the commandments.
The Hopi Indians refer to the Round Towers (Watchtowers) as the ‘Snake Houses’. In a narrative describing the origin of the Snake Clan, the wife of the culture hero ‘Tiyo’gives birth to a brood of serpents. The Hopi version describing the serpent being ousted out of the Garden of Eden can be found in the story of Masau’u (Hopi god of death, the earth, and the Underworld-- also spelled Masau or Masaw) and the ‘Snake Mother’. Masau tells ‘Snake Mother’ that her children can no longer live in their homes because they have bitten and killed the Hopi. For their punishment, they will now live under rocks and holes in the ground. The Snake Houses, which were built for them, should never be destroyed and the coming generations should know of the snake’s doom and the loss of their home. However, the reverence the Hopi still give the Serpent people can be found in the following:
“When the snakes were all collected and they were gathered together at night, they took the first snake they had found and washed its head and gave it the name Chüa (he of the earth) and decorated it with beads and earrings. Then the Youth [Tiyo] opened a bag and gave the people cotton and beads and said as the snakes had brought rain the people should now be happy and content, and on every celebration of the Snake Festival good things would be given to them.”
“Chüa” is the Hopi name for the worshipped serpent that initiated their biennial rain ceremony, still performed in Arizona’s high deserts. This name is similar to “Chna,” an English transliteration of the Greek word referring to the Phoenician ‘Land of Canaan’. The biblical ‘Anakim’ were giants, known to have come from Southern Canaan and the ‘giant’ Nephilim were called the ‘Sons of the Anakim’. The Anakim were known to have long necks, adorned with necklaces. The Hopi offerings of earrings and necklaces are particularly significant because the Hopi term ‘naaqa’ means ‘turquoise necklace’ or ‘ear pendant’. Their word ‘Anaaq’ means ‘ouch’, an interjection used to express the pain caused from the ‘bite of the serpent’.
The Hopi and Pueblo cultures of the Rio Grande are descended from the Anasazi. Early American travelers in the Southwest were astounded to find ruined cities and vast cliff dwellings dotting the desert landscape. After examining the ruins, it seemed that the people who had once lived there had simply walked away, vanishing without a trace. The ruins were found littered with beautifully painted pottery, grinding stones, baskets, sandals hanging on pegs, and granaries full of corn. The Navajo Indians reference them as ancient enemies and avoid the ruins, believing them to be inhabited by chindi, a western version of the djinn.
The Anasazi were--so the findings suggested--peaceful farmers, and they attained astonishing results in engineering, architecture, and art. The center of this cultural flowering, from the tenth century to the twelfth, seems to have been Chaco Canyon, New Mexico. Chaco is marked by immense stone structures, some up to four stories high, called Great Houses. The largest, Pueblo Bonito contains some six hundred and fifty rooms and its construction required more than thirty thousand tons of shaped sandstone blocks. The Chaco Anasazi also built hundreds of miles of roads that stretched out from Chaco Canyon across the landscape in arrow-straight lines. They erected shrines, solar and astronomical observatories, irrigation systems, and a network of signaling stations. They constructed more than a hundred Great Houses outside Chaco Canyon, spreading them over fifty thousand square miles of the Four Comers region of the Southwest.
Many of these outlying Great Houses seem to have been connected to Chaco by the radiating pattern of roads. Archeologists today call this cultural explosion "the Chaco phenomenon." But the phenomenon ended abruptly around 1150 A.D., when a vast collapse apparently occurred, and Chaco, along with some of the outlying sites, was abandoned.
It would seem that the North American Indian ‘Snake Houses’, Babylonian WatchTowers, Irish and Scottish Round Towers have a common link to a Serpent Race - The ‘Knights of the Round Temple’.
Burrows Cave, located in Illinois, is another living testament to the ancient people. The Cave was found while Russell Burrows was walking along a path and literally stumbled onto the opening. As he fell, he dislodged a massive stone that, if it had not jammed, would have flipped over and deposited him into a stone chamber that was 12 feet deep. (The stone had then been designed to turn over and seal the intruder permanently into the chamber!)
The cave was a mausoleum or ancient library filled with skeletons and grave furniture, weapons and urns. Carvings were found, depicting the Egyptian dog or jackal headed god, “Anubis". One of the images depicted a "dog " deity in priestly regalia, wearing a bishop-styled hat decorated with a solar emblem. The deity has been identified as the god "So-Bek-Ra", who is so pictured on a temple by the Nile. The figure stands, as the lone representative of an ancient priesthood, against an advancing enemy army. Also found were many carved heads, mostly warrior profiles, wearing Greek, Roman and Egyptian headgear. There are even images of an ancient race wearing feathers and facial designs, some showing clear Meso-American style headdress. Amongst them are ancient mystical and sacred designs, as well as maps, pictures of ships and non-indigenous animals. Astonishingly, one of the carvings portrays the god “Pan”, holding his pipes and consorting with a nymph. Another stone (as well as an ancient metal coin) excavated from the cave depicts the image of an elephant underlined with Hebrew characters.
Archeologists have collected evidence of an elaborate and uniform Earth/Sun religion, associated with the building of flat top temple mounds. These pyramid-like mounds, which carried a permanent fire at the top, contained a variety of art, impressed on copper and stone, depicting animal-headed deities, crosses, swastikas, and people in ceremonial dress performing rituals.
A stone in a dry creek bed in New Mexico, discovered by early settlers in the region, is one of the most amazing archaeological discoveries in the Western Hemisphere. The Ten Commandments, written in ancient Hebrew script, is engraved on its flank! In ‘The Origins and Empire of Ancient Israel’, author-historian Steven M. Collins points out that the “Las Lunas Stone” inscription was written in the same style as the Hebrew inscriptions on the Moabite stone, dated to about 1,000 B.C.
Ancient tablets were found bearing old Hebrew inscriptions, with a man deplited on the front of the tablets holding what resembles the Ten Commandments. These tablets were unearthed in 1860 from an earthen mound in Ohio.
Literally hundreds of inscribed Phoenician, Celtic and Basque stone grave markers have been found in Susquehanna Valley of Pennsylvania, dated to 800-600 B.C., over 2,000 years before Columbus!
An Ogham inscription (the language of the sea people) was found near the Texas Rio Grande River, giving record that the Egyptian-Libyans under the rule of king, Shishonq, had visited North America. The inscription translates as ““A crew of Shishonq the king took shelter in this place of concealment.” The Holy Bible names this king as “Shishak” (Shishonq), describing him as a king of Egypt who invaded the Kingdom of Judah during the time of Rehoboam, son of Solomon, after the kingdom of Israel separated from allegiance to the throne of David. He was a mighty king and plundered the Temple and riches of the kingdom of Judah (see I Kings 14:25-26).
More evidence of early Hebrew-Phoenician presence in North America is found at Mystery Hill, named for the ‘mystery’ over the origin of a large temple observatory site of about twenty acres discovered by early colonial settlers near North Salem, New Hampshire. It included shrines with dedications to the god Baal, a Phoenician-Canaanite deity condemned by the God of Israel. Radiocarbon dating of the site shows that it was inhabited as far back as the second millennium and earlier.
It seems clear that Iberian and Punic speakers were living in Iowa in the 9th century B.C. based off evidence found in 1877 near Davenport, Iowa. Found in an earthen mound was an ancient stele containing a combination of inscriptions of three languages Iberian-Punic [related to Phoenician/Hebrew], Egyptian, and ancient Libyan. During the time of King Solomon of Israel, the leading world alliance of the time was a triple alliance consisting of Israel-Phoenicia, Egypt, and Libya! “The date is unlikely to be earlier than about 800 B.C., for we do not know of Iberian or Libyan inscriptions earlier than this date. (Barry Fell, America B.C) The Iowa stele indicates that the “triple alliance” begun in the days of Solomon, between Israel, Phoenicia, and Egypt/Libya, continued on into the 800s B.C. It probably lasted until Israel was carried away into captivity in 721 B.C. by the growing Assyrian empire. The Bible states plainly that the northern kingdom of Israel, ruled by Ahab, was still “in bed” with Phoenicia during his reign, around 850 B.C. Ahab married the daughter of Hiram, king of Tyre, a woman by the name of Jezebel, a priestess of the Baal-Astarte abomination. The Jewish encyclopedia tells us that Ahab was a very powerful king – one of the four greatest kings of all history! According to the Targum Sheni, four kings reigned over the entire world. They were in order: Solomon, Ahab, Nebuchadnezzar, and Cyrus of Persia. The Aggagah declares that Ahab was one of three or four kings who will have no portion in the world to come (Sanhedrin 10.2). Over the gates of Samaria he placed the inscription: “Ahab denies the God of Israel.” Influenced by his wife Jezebel, he became an enthusiastic idolater like none before him. He left no hilltop in Israel without an idol before which he bowed. He substituted the names of idols for the divine Name of God in the Torah. Ahab is said to have ruled over the “whole world” and “his dominion extended over 252 kingdoms”
(Encyclopedia Judaica, “Ahab,” vol.1, p.439) In the 800’s B.C. , Israel was still a very powerful kingdom, and the triple alliance forged by Solomon with Phoenicia and Egypt was still going strong, in the hands of Ahab. An inscription noting this alliance, by being in three languages of the three kingdoms, found in Davenport, Iowa, attests to the fact of this continuing and powerful entente. Ahab was the most powerful monarch in the world during his time and the triple alliance brought Israel great wealth and might.
Writes Steve Collins:
“A date of 800-700 B.C. for this stele confirms that the triple alliance of Israel, Egypt and Phoenicia lasted long after the lifetime of King Solomon. The Bible records that the ten tribes of Israel forsook worshiping the Creator God after Solomon’s death, and adopted the religious customs of Egypt, Tyre and Sidon.
Biblical accounts show that Israel and Phoenicia were still very closely allied during the reign of King Ahab of Israel (circa 850 B.C.), and there is no evidence that their alliance suffered a breach until approximately 721 B.C., when Israel ceased to be a nation in the Mideast. Therefore the Iowa stele showing that these ancient nations were still working together around 800 B.C. in the New World is consistent with biblical accounts”
In addition to these discoveries, another stele exhibiting the ancient Egyptian-Libyan script was discovered on Long Island in New York. Dr. Barry Fell states that it also probably dates to around the ninth century B.C
Another amazing discovery was made in Oklahoma, where a stele was found giving reverence to the gods Baal and Ra. Its inscription is an extract from the “Hymn to the Aton” by Pharaoh Akhenaten.
Although the dating of Akhenaten is purported to be in the 13th century B.C., new Egyptian dynastic dating methods indicate he was much closer to 800 B.C and he is believed to have been “Solomon”. This Oklahoma stele is written in Iberian-Punic, a language descended from Phoenician-Hebrew, and Barry Fell declares that it is “scarcely older than 800 B.C.”
Evidence suggests the North American mound builders placed Temples at locations that formed an interlocking grid matrix, producing geometric patterns in the shape of five pointed stars. Uncovering the mysteries of these mounds and their builders may be the greatest discovery of the millennia. Josiah Priest, 'Antiquities and Discoveries of the West', argued that the mounds were built by the Lost Tribes of Israel, Egyptians, Greeks and others. William Pidgeon's ' “Tradition of De-Coo-Dah “(1858), states that Chief De-Coo-Dah told him of an ancient race of mound building people who were much more numerous than the present Indians.
The Underwater Pyramid and Dog Worship of Aztalan, Wisconsin
An area near Lake Mills, Wisconsin, was one of the bases of operation for the early Tyranenian miners and traders of the Copper mined in Michigan’s Upper Penisula, dating back to approximately 3000 B.C. During that time, the Wisconsin site was known as ‘Tyranena’. From Tyranena, the traders traveled down the Rock River to the Mississippi River and then down to the Gulf of Mexico.
Lake Mills acknowledged Tyranena and its people by setting aside some land for a park, giving it the name Tyranena Park. The Park is located on the north end of Rock Lake. The quiet wooded trails lead you through ancient glacial drumlin kettles and beautiful views of Rock Lake, where a pyramid lies under its waters. From our calculations, mining operations ceased in or around 1200 B.C. with the Tyranenians leaving the area. Before leaving they flooded the site, leaving a lake to protect their secrets and the dead they left behind.
Mining operations began once again in or around 900 A.D. From the Yucatan and surrounding areas, up the Mississippi and into southern Illinois the Mayan miners and astronomer-priests came. They established their point camp in Tyranena, but renamed it Aztalan. A pyramidal city, Cahokia was used as the center for their intercontinental trade. This second operation lasted until around 1300 A.D.
“In Fourteen Hundred and Nine Two,
Columbus sailed the ocean Blue,
To prove that the old maps were true”
-
Interestingly the third line of this nursery rhyme was conveniently dropped…but as you see this particular line points out that Columbus was ‘not’ the first discover of the Americas - but actually came here using ancient maps made by a race long before his time.
We can now connect the ancient Wisconsinites via their travel, trade and culture to the CANary Islands through the root CAN, a derivative of the word Cain or Canaan.
Many assume that the name Canary (Canari) Islands originated from the discovery of the canaries found populating the island. But, according to the Latin definition of Canari, the word actually means 'DOG', (CANine).
When the early Romans made their first visit to these islands in the Second Century B.C., the natives revered the dog as sacred. Thus, the Romans began calling these natives the ‘Dog People’. The islanders’ worship of the dog mirrors the Egyptian veneration of Anubis, the dog- headed god who led the souls from the material world, through the veil, into the after life. In the Egyptian City of Cynopolis (Dog City), literally tens of thousands of mummified dogs were found buried. Evidence to the veneration of the dog has also been found in Wisconsin, at Aztalan.
To Be Continued (in part 3)
Mary
http://www.burlingtonnews.net
maybe project camelot should interview Mary Sutherland ;)
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-18-2009, 04:30 PM
Originally aired on Monday, Feb 9th,
you can now access this archived show by going to:
http://www.thedrpatshow.com/guests.php?guest=318.
go to Feb 9th/2009 show
Peggy Phoenix Dubro, the originator of the EMF Balancing Technique® to Kerrie O'Connor's Host Hour on the Dr. Pat Show. Peggy and Kerry discuss the importance this energy balancing system has in this world and how it affects the community of consciousness. Originally aired on Monday, Feb9th, you can now access this archived show by going to:
http://www.thedrpatshow.com/guests.php?guest=318.
Peggy will be in Connecticut Friday March 27th through Saturday March 28th for the New World, New Human Conferance at the Norwich Holiday Inn.
Namaste,
Kerrie O'Connor, LLC
Peggy Phoenix DubroPeggyPhoenixDubro
A distinguished international speaker and teacher, Peggy Phoenix Dubro is the originator of the EMF Balancing Technique®, a human to human energy balancing system with thousands of practitioners and hundreds of teachers in over 70 countries throughout the world. Peggy is also the first person to discover the Universal Calibration Lattice®, an evolving system in the human energy anatomy, documented by thousands of EMF sessions over a period of 19 years, and supported by the laws of physics as presented in her book,Elegant Empowerment: An Evolution of Consciousness. Since 1988, she has diligently and extensively mapped the Lattice, and is the foremost authority in the world concerning its form and function. In 1994, she and her husband Stephen founded the Energy Extension Inc., a worldwide organization dedicated to the evolution of human consciousness. Peggy's deep insight, sensitivity and joy for life have endeared her to people on every continent by helping them to develop their innate ability to activate the potentials within themselves. She has over 26 years of experience working with the human energy anatomy and has emerged as a leader in the field of energy balancing. www.EMFWorldwide.com
"Peggy's innovative work with the field of all life leads us to the place in ourselves where love, healing, and peace begin. Her techniques are practical, effective, and they work!" - Gregg Braden- Author of the Isaiah Effect, The God Code, The Divine Matrix.
Peggy Phoenix Dubro Presents:
New World, New Human Conference
in Norwich, Connecticut
The New World, New Human Conference will be helded on
Friday March 27th - Saturday March 28th, 2009 at the
Holiday Inn in Norwich, CT. (Exit 80 off I-395)
Friday Evening Conference Program 7-9pm
(registration at 6:00) workshops will be
The EMFBalancing Technique®-
Honoring Humanity and an
Introduction to Lattice Logic
Saturday, March 28, 9:00am - 5:00pm
A Day with Peggy Phoenix Dubro will include
New World, New Human- Are you an Evolutionary?
with special guest Lutz Rabe
Reframe Your Reality with Lattice Logic
Take Charge of your Life
Defining Moments
An Inspirational Demonstration
To Register go to: http://www.emfworldwidestore.com/emfworldwide/en/peggy-phoenix-dubro/new-world-new-human-conference
Originally aired on Monday, Feb 9th,
you can now access this archived show by going to:
http://www.thedrpatshow.com/guests.php?guest=318.
go to Feb 9th/2009 show
NorthernSanctuary
02-18-2009, 10:18 PM
Peggy comes to Montreal every year for the annual SSF conference. She has a group here and has more classes in the Laurentians for her students after the conference. I went to her 2 day seminar last year. Interesting energy healing technique, and at this point scientifically proven, with a world wide following.
THE eXchanger
02-19-2009, 01:28 AM
Peggy/and, Kerrie are both amasing women
hope a few people here, tune into their show & give it a listen
THE eXchanger
02-19-2009, 02:01 AM
http://technorati.com/videos/youtube.com%2Fwatch%3Fv%3D9fuytJsh7PU
Mike Heiser, PhD, Biblical Scholar on UFOs' . PART 1: (10:02)
http://technorati.com/videos/youtube.com%2Fwatch%3Fv%3D9fuytJsh7PU
all other 9 parts (are here) approx 90 minutes listening time
THE eXchanger
02-19-2009, 03:51 AM
WORKER DEAD AT DESK FOR 5 DAYS
Bosses of a publishing firm are trying to work out why no one noticed that one of their employees had been sitting dead at his desk for five days before anyone asked if he was feeling okay. George Turklebaum, 51, who had been employed as a proof-reader at a New York firm for 30 years, had a heart attack in the open-plan office he shared with 23 other workers.
He quietly passed away on Monday, but nobody noticed until Saturday morning when an office cleaner asked why he was working during the weekend.
His boss, Elliot Wachiaski said: "George was always the first guy in each morning and the last to leave at night, so no one found it unusual that he was in the same position all that time and didn't say anything. He was always absorbed in his work and kept much to himself."
You may want to give you co-workers a nudge occasionally.
Source: New York Times article
The moral of the story:
Don't work too hard.
Nobody notices anyway.
Source: New York Times article
THE eXchanger
02-19-2009, 08:11 PM
i'll be back on the 23rd of Feb/2009
got book-keeping and, accounting that needs to be done
hope everyone has a gr8 weekend
i'll have an answer on the bible, next week ;)
also-if anything is attacking you, send it back 100 times return in love !!!
yup ... kill them, with love -- to us, its what we run on, it is the only thing,
but, to those, who are silly enough to send these energies, its a poison !!!
NOT always, what you send - will be returned to you LOL
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-20-2009, 04:09 PM
Post Comparison- The Forgotten Races of North America and the Earthen Mounds
Manipulation of North American History
The Holy Records of North America
Chapter One of “Revelations – Truths Revealed” by Mary Sutherland
http://www.burlingtonnews.net/revelations
The Holy Records of North America
While effort and time has been spent in far away lands,
tracing time worn trails, breaking through hardened lava of volcanic ruins, sifting through the dust of the Egyptian catacombs
records lie scattered in every state,
legibly written on the surface of the soil,
in the earthen mounds, effigies, ruins and the Herculean embankments of North America.
Many of the ruins of the Old World countries shadow in comparison to North America’s magnificent ‘artificial’ hills and waterways, constructed from the labor of a ‘forgotten’ people.
The historical significance behind the earthen mounds should never be undermined. The earthen mounds were ‘altars of earth’ and were not only recognized, in biblical times, as a holy place but were universally used as an ‘abiding record’. They stand today not only as testament of the antediluvian age of man but to provide us with the first records of man during and after the great cataclysms.
In the days of Adam, sacrifice was offered unto the lord.”
It was then written, “As soon as the waters of the flood receded, Noah built an altar upon which to offer sacrifice unto the Lord.” This being the first work of Noah, in his advent from the Ark, it would date the custom of the construction of altars to ‘antediluvian origin’…a time ‘before’ the flood.
It is biblically recorded that during the migrations of Lot and Abraham - by divine authority - an ‘altar of earth’ was to be built at each place of sojourning and wherever any circumstance of importance occurred.
“An altar of earth shalt thou make unto me; and shall sacrifice thereon thy burnt-offering and thy peace- offering, thy sheep and oxen. In all places where I record my name, I will come unto thee, and I will bless thee.” (Exodus 24-26).
‘In the days of ‘Peleg’, Noah divided the earth between his sons, Shem, Ham and Jephet and they were to go forth and multiply. Africa was given to Ham, the temperate zones to Shem and the frigid zones to Japhet. In every zone they occupied we find the earthen mounds… in a great variety of form and arrangement.
The Berber Project by the late Dr. Barry Fell (Professor Emeritus of Harvard University) states that the Vikings believed North America was, at one time, a peninsula of North Africa. Herodotus described a place ' beyond the Pillars of Hercules where the Carthaginians traded for precious metals. He wrote that the local natives used ‘smoke signals’ to communicate over long distances. (An obvious reference to an ancient custom the Native American Indian adopted from the ancient people.)
We also find historical evidence and the significance of the earthen mounds and temples in Numbers 33:53 where it is recorded that the Israelites were commanded by their god to pluck down and destroy the monuments, temples and statues of the idolaters that built ‘high places’ and worshiped pictures.
By the 1880’s, due to the fear of discovery brought on by an increased interest in archeology, the establishments of Christendom ordered
that all archaeological excavations be brought under
the strictest control, with all funding and undertakings first being approved by the designated authorities.
In 1891, the Egyptian Exploration Fund was established in Britain and, based off its first page of Memorandum and Articles of Association; the modus operandi for modern archeology was established – ‘to promote excavation work for the purpose of elucidating or illustrating the Old Testament narrative.’ This meant if something was found supporting written biblical history, the public would be informed. If the discovery and its information did not ‘support the church’s interpretation’ it was ‘shelved’.
From the desires of James Smithson to create a legacy for himself, the Smithsonian Institution was born. Smithson died in 1829, leaving his fortune to his nephew James Henry Hungerford, stipulating that if Hungerford died without an heir, his inheritance would be passed over to the United States Government to be used for the increase and diffusion of knowledge. Hungerford died in 1835, without an heir,
and the United States Government inherited more than a half million dollars. However, due to some controversy, t
hey did not ‘officially’ accept the money until 1846.
In 1881 the Congress of the United States gave $5000 to the Smithsonian Institution to conduct archeological excavations
for the study of the pre-historic mound builders and their earthen works.
Mr. Wills de Haas of Wheeling, who had studied the Grave Green Mound in Moundsville, West Virginia, was the first to be put in charge of the project. After a year he resigned and was replaced by Cyrus Thomas who continued the project until 1890. By the completion of the project in 1890, over 2000 mounds and earthworks had been studied in the eastern United States.
The Smithsonian wanted to re-write history by suppressing
any evidence that gave credibility to the School of Thought
known as ‘Diffusion’, which is a belief that throughout history there was an interaction of people with world wide travel and trade.
Their goal was to replace ‘Diffusion’ with ‘Isolation’, creating a history whereas civilizations were born and existed, with little or no contact between them. With this new thought, they maintained that even contact between the civilizations of the Ohio and Mississippi Valleys was non-existent except on a rare occasion. This new teaching was not only false but ridiculous, when you consider that the river system reached to the Gulf of Mexico and these civilizations lived as close to each other as the opposite shore of the Gulf.
Manipulation of the history of North America and its cultures was perpetuated through the historical fabrications of their appointed archeologists and historians, based off the political and religious agendas of the time. In an attempt to instill racial bias against the Native American Indian, early American and European archaeologists carefully selected Native American skulls that depicted a being of inferior intelligence. These skulls would then be used as a teaching aide to demonstrate the superiority of the European over the Indian. Scholars would then follow up by disseminating this written propaganda. An example of this can be found in the words of an important government official and popular writer, Henry Schoolcraft (1793-1864), who was ironically married to a woman who was half Native American Indian.
“The Indian has a low, bushy brow, beneath which a dull, sleepy, half-closed eye seems to mark the ferocious passions that are dormant within. The acute angles of the eyes seldom present the obliquity so common in the Malays and the Mongolians. The color of the eye is almost uniformly a tint between black and grey; but even in young persons it seldom has the brightness, or expresses the vivacity, so common in the more civilized races.”
By 1882, the political agenda had changed and there was no longer an interest or desire to profile the Native American Indian as a savage or an intellectually void people. Being that the public opinion of the Native American Indian was very low, they opted to use the Smithsonian archeologists and historians to once again manipulate historical facts and change the history of North America and its cultures.
The Smithsonian created the Bureau of Ethnology and Executive John Wesley Powell hired Cyrus Thomas to head up the fieldwork.
By 1894, Cyrus Thomas muddied the waters of our history again by publishing the Report on the Mound Explorations of the Bureau of Ethnology, proclaiming that the mound builders were ‘not’ a vanished race but the ancestors of the Native American Indian. From that point of time, any focus of pre-existing cultures prior to the Native American Indian was squelched. Once the question of the identity of the mound builders was directed away from any pre-existing advanced cultures, the archeologists then blindly focused all their attention on the development of North American Indian cultures- regardless of validity. On a positive note, however, by linking the living factions of the Native American people with the more ancient mound building people, a faintly successful preservation of the mounds came about.
Native American Indian Tradition Speaks
on the Survivors of Atlantis in North America
The Berber described the inhabitants of Atlantis as wealthy in gold, silver, copper and tin. Not content with these riches, they launched a military invasion of other lands, cut short by the Great Flood that drowned their homeland.
The Atep, Siouan name given to the calumet or ‘peace pipe’, is the single most sacred object among all Native American tribes and smoked only ritually.
It was given to them by the Manitou (Great Spirit) immediately after a catastrophic conflagration and flood destroyed a former world or Age, which was ruled over from a “big lodge” on an island in the Atlantic Ocean.
The survivors were commanded by the Great Spirit to fashion the ceremonial pipes from Catlinite (pipestone), a mineral found only in the southwest corner of Minnesota (Pipestone National Monument) and Barron County (Pipestone Mountain), in northwestern Wisconsin. According to legend, in these two places alone, the bodies of the drowned sinners had come to rest, their red flesh transformed into easily worked stone. The bowl of the ceremonial pipe represents the female principle, while the stem stands for the male, signifying the men and women who perished in the flood. Uniting these two symbols and smoking tobacco in the pipe was understood as a commemoration of the cataclysm and admonition to subsequent generations against defying the will of God.
‘Atali’ lives in the memory of the Cherokee as the home of their ancestors before the Great Flood. The Cherokee called their ancestors ‘Atsilagigai’, which is a rendering of the word for ‘Atlantean’. The Cherokee word ‘Atsilagigai’ means ‘Men from the Place of the Red Fire’ (volcanic island).
The Mississippi Choctaw Indians speak of a time when their people were invaded by the ‘Na-hu-lo’ or ‘The Horned Giants’. The Choctaw described them as a white race of giants with red and blonde hair. These giants wore an extra layer of heavy skin, which made them impenetrable to their arrows, spears and war clubs. The invaders were said to have been cannibals and feasted on the bodies of their enemies.
The Choctaw also tell of yet another race of men who they called the ‘Na-hon-lo’. These people were also of large stature, with fair complexion, linking their origins to the place of the rising sun or the East. Unlike the other group, they were peaceful and tiller of the soil. According to W. D. Funkhouse, Professor of Zoology, author of Ancient Life in Kentucky, these people domesticated the great mammoth and used them as beasts of burden. The mammoths were closely herded and were responsible for breaking down and devouring the forests, creating the prairies that exist today.
The Chippewa, Sandusky and Tawa Tribes also tell of the existence of ‘bearded’ giants. According to Jonathan Brooks, his father, Benjamin Brooks, lived with the Indians for fourteen years and became well-acquainted with their language and traditions. Benjamin told his son that, according to their accounts, the first to occupy this country was a giant race with black beards. Later, another giant race came to the land and either killed or drove off the race of black beards.
Ohio Native American Indian traditions retain the story of two separate races of humans that pre-existed their culture. One was the archaic people, described as having slender bodies and long narrow heads. The other group was the Adena people, described as having massive bone structure and short heads.
The Keetoowah relate the story of a race of giants, known as the Ani-Ku-Tani, a clan of priest-kings and religious aristocracy. The Kutani came to abuse their powers and started oppressing the Keetoowah, taking the best their society could produce and forcing the Keetoowah to build their mounds for religious temples. Not only were the Kutani greatly feared but their oppressive taxation and arrogant domination became deeply resented. This eventually led to warfare resulting in the extermination of the Kutani.
Robert Conley, author of The White Path, writing of the massacre of the Ani Ku Tani, stated that the victory over the Kutani was a hollow one. Without the structure provided by the Kutani, the society of the Real People (Cherokee) collapsed with infighting and increasing violent squabbling. The Kutani had provided them with protection and the Cherokee were left vulnerable to Suwalis, another group who were seeking power over the region and its people. Conley stated that at least one of these priest-kings survived the massacre. He was taken captive by the Cherokee, knowing that he was the only person alive that still carried the knowledge of the great secrets of the ancient priesthood along with a sacred writing that brought physical shape to the language.
Many believe that Prophet Joseph Smith visited the Cherokee in the early 1800's and heard the story of the Ani Ku Ta Ni. It was there that he learned they possessed a writing system and a written record of their history and genealogy.
In 1825, Tuscorora David Cusic wrote, “The Ronnongwetowanca were a powerful tribe of giants and had a considerable habitation. After having endured the outrages of these giants for a great long time, the people banded together to destroy them. With a final force of about 800 warriors, they successfully annihilated the abhorrent Ronnongwetowanca.” According to Cusic, this happened around 2,500 years before the arrival of Columbus in America.
Ancient Miners
“Look for the country of Aztalan, the original country of the Aztecs, as high up at least as the 42nd parallel north; whence, journeying, they at last arrived in the vale of Mexico. In that vale the earthen mounds of the far north become the elegant stone pyramidal and other structures whose remains are now found.” H. P. Blavatsky
The Megalith Builders (4500- 1500 B.C.) were a race of people, erased from our history, who had achieved a knowledge of the sciences far superior to ours today. Traces of their culture in the Americas can be found in the stone structures they left behind during the Bronze Age.
According to an article in the November 1948 issue of Atlantis, Dr. P.L. Collignon’s hypotheses is that the Rhesus negative (Rhneg) Basques were one of the many groups of refugees from Atlantis. Archeologist Sykes, stated in an article he wrote on Blood Groupings in the July 1959 issue of New World Antiquity that the Rhesus negative factor was introduced into Europe thousands of years ago by a migrating people. Although we find a small percentage of rhesus negative people spread throughout Europe; we find a high percentage among the Basques, the Albanians, and Guanches of the Canary or Fortunate Isles.
Approximately 3000 B.C. mining operations began at Tyranena, an area near Lake Mills, Wisconsin. This became one of the bases of operation for the early Tyranenian miners and traders of copper mined in Michigan’s Upper Peninsula. From Tyranena, the traders traveled the Rock River to the Mississippi River and then down to the Gulf of Mexico. The Tyranenians ceased mining operations around 1200 B. C. and left the area. Before leaving they flooded the site, creating a lake to protect their secrets and dead left behind.
In acknowledgement of Tyranena and its people, land was set aside for a park in Lake Mills and given the name Tyranena Park. The park is located on the north end of Rock Lake, which hides the pyramids under its waters.
According to the lunar date given in Plato’s dialogues and the Egyptian records, Atlantis was destroyed in the month of the Goddess Hathor, which corresponds to November 1198 B.C. date.
Approximately 900 A.D. Aztec astronomer-priests and their miners again established a point camp, at the abandoned Tyranenian settlement. Naming the settlement Aztalan, it became a center for their intercontinental copper trade. Around 1300 A.D. they ceased operations and moved southward to Mexico. According to Baron Humboldt, when the Spaniards overran Mexico it was inhabited by a people known as the ‘Azteekin’ or ‘Aztekas’ who were usurpers that came from a country in the north, known as Aztalan. Its location was north of the forty-second degree of north latitude.” (He further examined hieroglyphs or pictures in the Mexican or Azteka manuscript, which depicts this migration.)
H. P. Blavatsky, wrote in The Secret Doctrine, that Baron Humboldt said, “Look for the country of Aztalan, the original country of the Aztecs, as high up at least as the 42nd parallel north; whence, journeying, they at last arrived in the vale of Mexico. In that vale the earthen mounds of the far north become the elegant stone pyramidal and other structures whose remains are now found.”
Dr. Barry Fell, Bronze Age America, cites a passage from the Harris Payrus claiming that some of King David’s huge stockpile of copper ore, used for the building of King Solomon’s Temple, came from the Phoenician's North American trading routes:
After the defeat of the ‘Sea People’, Ramses III, Pharaoh of the XX Dynasty (identified with Plato’s Atlanteans) declares in the Harris Papyrus:
“I sent out an expedition to the land of ‘Ataka’ for the great foundries of copper which are in that place. Our transport ships were loaded. Having located the foundries loaded with metal, loaded as myriads upon our ships, they sailed back to Egypt, arriving safely. The cargo was piled in stores as hundreds of thousands of the color of gold. I let the people see them like marvels.”
Frank Joseph, author of The Lost Pyramids of Rock Lake, explains that Ataka is an Egyptian linguistic inflection of the Atlanteans’ original name for Michigan’s Upper Peninsula. The prefix ‘At’ was often used to designate Atlantean holdings.
Plato describes them as pre-eminent miners of the world’s highest-grade copper.
Ramses mentions ‘foundries’, which suggests that large-scale mining operations existed throughout the Upper Great Lakes area. After the Atlanteans (sea people) were defeated and captured by Ramses, they divulged the location of their copper sources in North America. The Egyptian ships then ventured a transatlantic crossing. He does not indicate any trade negotiations or military operations in Ataka, but simple seizure of the vast amounts of copper, as though there was no one there with whom to barter or fight.
According to an article in the November 1948 issue of Atlantis, Dr. P.L. Collignon’s hypotheses is that the Rhesus negative (Rh Negative) Basques were one of many groups of refugees from Atlantis. Archeologist Sykes, stated in an article he wrote on Blood Groupings in the July 1959 issue of New World Antiquity that the Rhesus negative factor was introduced into Europe thousands of years ago by a migrating people. Although we find a small percentage of rhesus negative people spread throughout Europe; we find a high percentage among the Basques, the Albanians, and Guanches of the Canary or Fortunate Isles.
Aztalan’s ancient miners’ veneration of the dog links them to the people of the Canary Islands and Egypt.
The root ‘CAN’ is a derivative of the word Cain or Canaan and is Latin for Dog. (CAN-ine)
After the early Romans made their first visit to the Islands in the Second Century B. C., they began calling the natives ‘dog people’ due to their worship of the dog. This type of worship mirrors the Egyptian veneration of Anubis, the dog-headed god who led the souls from the material world, through the veil, into the after life.
In the Egyptian City of Cynopolis (Dog City), tens of thousands of mummified dogs were found buried.
**********************************************
Letters to Mary
Name Withheld
Thursday, February 19, 2009
Hi Mary, Thank you for the newsletter.
I would like to send you my comments below regarding what this author writes as an example of my concerns for people who read this.
The pyramids were used by these evil gods and not by ordinary people.
The pyramids were very possibly built for just what the author is writing about, but they were built by and for the evil gods we refer to as Nordic Aryan Alien "Fallen Watchers," "Reptilians" their giant offsprings etc., to be used by them for all sorts of purposes, not to mention traveling in and out of our dimension. The kings who worshipped these gods were human hybrids. Most of us who DO OUR HOMEWORK understand that they were never used as tombs. They were disabled for a very important reason Mary REMEMBER THAT.
Remember ordinary human beings were victims of these entities and their giant off springs. These evil entities are at war with each other. The Battle of Armageddon is a war between these gods with their ruling human hybrid kings ordinary "Sleeping Sheeple" tossed into the mix today.
The wonder of this undiscovered technology draws us in with awe and wonder, however they are the evil satanic forces that have kept humanity in a sort of prison camp environment on earth. Jesus (Yashua) referred to the reptilians as "Snakes" and the Grays as "Scorpions." He told the Jews and Israelites that they were worshipping evil gods.
Please be careful, you are playing the games with these evil gods and I am worried about you. O.K.
MARY's COMMENTS WILL BE IN CAPITAL LETTER BELOW THE PARAGRAPHS
THE SHIFTING OF CONSCIOUSNESS AND THE LANGUAGE OF LIGHT
While it may be evident that the ancient builders built the pyramids and energy focusing structures on the grid points and bands in order to stabilize and harvest energy, it is equally important to know that these sites were also used for “spiritual consciousness”. These pyramidal machines helped attune people to the necessary vibrations in order to make a “DIMENSIONAL SHIFT CHANGE!”
"If you would speak with the gods you must first learn the language of the gods." WE MUST UNDERSTAND THOUGH WHO THESE GODS ARE. THEY ARE EVIL ENTITIES AND NOT GODS AT ALL. THESE SO CALLED GODS OPERATE IN AND OUT OF OUR THREE DIMENSIONAL WORLD AND HAVE THE ABILITY TO MANIPULATE HUMAN BEINGS, EXPECIALLY THOSE WHO “PLAY THEIR GAMES.”
THE USE PEOPLE WITH HYBRID BLOODLINES, TO DO THEIR BIDDING. Through the study of DNA, science of today is beginning to understand the science of the ancient stone people. Today’s opinion on DNA, the ancient cabalistic "Tree Of Life" portrayed in the Biblical Torah, is now coming to be viewed as a “live vibrating structure”, rather than a fixed tape recording. Many scientists now regard DNA as a “shimmering, waveform configuration, able to be modified by light, radiation, magnetic fields or sonic pulses”. THIS IS ESPECIALLY TRUE FOR THOSE WHO HAVE HAD THEIR BLOODLINE MODIED WHO CARRY THE “SERPENT BLOODLINE” FACTOR.
ALSO KEEP IN MIND THAT THOSE PROMOTING THE TORAH AND THE CABALISTIC TREE OF LIFE ARE PROMOTING THE “ALIEN AGENDA’S” THESE TORAH WRITERS WERE IN COMMUNICATION WITH THESE EVIL ENTITEIS THEY WRONGLY CALLED GODS WHEN THEY WROTE THE TORAH AND WHEN THE RULED OVER THE RELIGIONS IN ISRAEL. The ancient Enochians described this to be our first language, a true language of light, known as “Hiburu”. According to the Enochians our first language, “Hiburu”, was a true language of light, coursing through our very nervous system with alphabetic forms emerging from the phosphene flare patterns of the brain. (The same shapes, in fact, born of a spinning vortex) Encoding the natural waveform geometries of the physical world, Hiburu becomes a harmonic language, mimicking the waveform properties of light. The “keys” to the vibratory matrix of reality itself became known as the “keys of Enoch”. The Enochians described sonic equations, encoded within the ancient mantras and god names, capable of directly affecting the nervous system and producing profound effect of healing and higher consciousness states
WHICH MAKES USING THE LANGUAGE OF HEBREW DANGEROUS.
In describing the "language of Light" affecting our DNA, the Enochians further go on to tell us that today’s human DNA, like the ancient ones, will soon be altered and we will evolve beyond our present terrestrial form.
THIS IS THE COMMONLY USED MESSAGE COMING FROM THE CAMPS THAT PROMOTE THE “ALIEN AGENDA” AND IS A PART OF WHAT I BELIEVE JESUS (YASHUA) REFERRED TO AS THE END TIME DELUSION OF MANKIIND. A DELUSION SO PERVASIVE THAT EVEN HIS ELECT MIGHT BE FOOLED. YES WE THE ELECT WILL BE TAKEN AND PROTECTED AT SOME POINT, AND OUR BODIES WILL BE CHANGED SOME HOW TO A TRANSCENDENT TYPE OF BODY, BUT THOSE FOLLOWING THE “END TIME DELUSION” WILL NOT ENTER THE NEW AGE. ONLY THE “MEEK” WILL INHERIT THE EARTH. THOSE FOLLOWING THESE EVIL GODS WILL BE DESTROYED OR HELD CAPTIVE SOON. I DO NOT HAVE TIME TO ELABORATE BUT I THOUGH I WOULD SEND YOU A QUICK WARNING REGARDING THIS DATA.
Mary
Thank you for your comments….and yes I will be careful
*********************************************
Name Withheld
Hi Mary,
Thank you for the article. You have some interesting points in it that I want to take time to review. Especially the rh neg. Hyperborean continent origin.
MARY'S Response,
Yes we have talked quite a few times in the distant past Mary.
I have been busy trying to launce my own website which is not working yet. I am also trying to write a book in the process so I am not talking with people on line these days.
I am very aware that the “Alien Agenda Serpent Bloodline” version of facts
is all over the net regarding the origins of their hybrid Rh Negative bloodline. I simply want people to realize there are two very separate Rh Negative bloodlines groups, one belonging to Jesus (Yashua) and the Nazarene descendents and the other bloodline group that is the “Serpent Bloodline” which is a hybrid line that was bred with
and bred into the PURE Rh Negative bloodline.
Most people publish the flawed data on line that takes the reader back to the Basque, French and Spanish connections for the “Serpent Bloodlines” with out realizing that the bloodline that migrated into these areas, were the ones who bred with the original Scandinavians, which were the Serpent Bloodlines. They were transported into these areas by the “Sea People” and took up residence in Spain, France and the British Isles long after the Scandinavians settled in the areas.
What I find online are people who write a sort of “Copy Cat” article using the data, which promotes the “Serpent Bloodline” data.
Sir Laurence Gardner, (a practicing hybrid himself), has drawn people into this same web of misinformation, disinformation and lies while he promotes his Rh Negative “Serpent Bloodline” version of facts.
YOU Wrote:
I don't know if you read H P Blavatsky's "Secret Doctrine" but she gives information there on what you are studying.
Mary's Comments:
Yes Mary, I am familiar with her work. I do not trust all of her works because she associated with agents who promoted lies, misinformation and disinformation and because she used spirit guides as a source for some of her data.
I don’t disagree with everything she writes about, I am just very picky about her material, however she has opened the door in many very important areas.
If we are living in the End Times than we have to be very suspicious of what goes on in dark rooms, behind closed doors, etc. These guides appear to be “Evil Spirits” pretending to be the “Good Guys.” Many of them are the Nordic Aryan Alien “Fallen Watchers,” or the souls of their hybrid Nephilim, who are looking to in body and exploit human beings, the reptilians are also constantly terrifying human beings and these groups are at war with each other. All of these evil groups have sub groups who work from other dimensions and they are all the enemies of human beings. All FALSELY CLAIMING to be aliens when they are actually demonic other dimensional entities that have a LONG TRACK RECORD of terrorizing and murdering human beings through out history.
So much of the data coming from people who are visited by these guides, or have visions and dreams, which they report on, have experiences that are simply not accurate. Jesus (Yashua) told us to TEST EVERY SPIRIT. Now I am no longer a Christian so I don’t want to sound religious here but I do consider myself to be a Nazarene Gnostic and as such I DO MY HOMEWORK instead of FOLLOWING THE CHRISTIAN VIEW POINTS (which are seriously flawed) and the NEW AGE ALIEN AGENDA CAMPS (who follow these evil guides).
I also rely on science, archeology, astronomy, history, legends, Nag Hammadi documents and in same cases myths in order to DIG FOR THE TRUTH.
In the last 10 years it has become obvious that the New Age and Christian view points dominate the web and neither of these groups DO THEIR HOMEWORK they seem to play COPY CAT games, which represent the view of those groups. None of them DIG DEEPER and come out of their BOXES. It is depressing to go on line these days and then what I most often find at the top of the Goggle search’s are the bloggers who do the same thing. I just thought it was time that someone puts data out their that represents a more true path to what is happening in our world.
I don’t mean to sound like I am on a Soap Box here; I guess I am just venting my frustrations. I am concerned for people who simply fall in line with these two groups with out realizing that both groups are promoting flawed beliefs. It is so much easier to LET THE PACK
lead and fall in line as a “Sleeping Sheeple.”
Mary
I think my answer can best be given by using the words of Thoth from the Emerald Records:
The Emerald Tablets:
"In the form of man moved they amongst us, but only to sight, were they as are men.
Serpent headed when the glamour was lifted, but appearing to man as men among men.
Crept they into the councils, taking form that were like unto men.
Slaying by their arts the chiefs of the kingdoms,
taking their form and ruling o'er men.
Only by magic could they be discovered,
only by sound could their faces be seen.
Sought they from the kingdom of shadows,
to destroy man and rule in his place."
Your writing is quite correct and it is VERY IMPORTANT to learn “HOW TO DISCERN THE SPIRIT”
The greatest “defense” the Devil (Dark Forces) has is in the fact that most people don’t believe in him (them)
************************************************** **
Note, the eXchanger, is simply sharing this information,
it may, or it may NOT be, what we believe, however, we thought
the content of it, was interesting
************************************************** *
marys site: http://www.burlingtonnews.net/revelations
+ xxx
Antaletriangle
02-20-2009, 05:32 PM
Ancient America
Frank Joseph talks about what has been found in the USA and history that is hidden from us. A short interview, but good.
4 audio vids:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JLX8P2wlWdg&feature=PlayList&p=8E6D54FE78EFD747&index=0&playnext=1
THE eXchanger
02-20-2009, 05:58 PM
pyramids in colorado
Pyramids in Colorado - Massive Coverup
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aHEmb1R1bAI&feature=channel_page
(about 1 minute to watch -- amasing)
THE eXchanger
02-20-2009, 06:43 PM
An author with a lot of experience
Dick Stuphen is on this radio show
Soul Agreement with Best Selling Author Richard Sutphen
Dick Sutphen is a bestselling author of 19 New Age books. He offers hundreds of mind-programming CDs to improve your life or manifest psychic experiences. At professional hypnosis conferences, he instructs medical professionals in how to use his life-changing techniques.http://www.dicksutphen.com
at 2/20/2009 -- 2pm est
http://www.blogtalkradio.com/Earth-Angel
or, get in the archieves after 4pm est (today)
Earth Angel Radio is founded and hosted by Carol Guy since 2007. Carol a former host of Contact Talk Radio. She is an Angelic Counselor. Carol is the author of 'A Healthy Mind Leads To A Healthy Body" and her new book, "Coming Out Of the Spiritual Closet: Being An Earth Angel." Carol was given a profound message in 2003 by the angel Elijah to awaken and call forth all other earth angels. She will be sharing her life as an earth angel, and giving angelic guidance. She will be presenting best-selling authors, spiritaul teachers and experts in many fields to guide you on a journey of self-discovery. Carol and the angels will also be offering angel readings. Please come join us.
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-20-2009, 07:25 PM
Saturday Feb 21st
8pm est
JOURNEYS with Rebecca show
has Michael St.Clair
http://www.journeyswithrebecca.com/listen.htm
live / listen - and, call in to ask questions
will be in the archieves
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-20-2009, 07:27 PM
Rebecca's new book
http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/159772081X?ie=UTF8&tag=wwwjourneys0f-20&linkCode=as2&camp=1789&creative=9325&creativeAS IN=159772081X
2012 Wisdom of The Elohim: The Complete Virtual Serenity 12-Part Teaching Series Transcript (Paperback)
by Marshall Masters (Commentary), Rebecca Jernigan (Contributor)
"Chance favors the prepared mind."-Louis Pasteur
A few possess the courage to harvest what they can, and this series of teachings was created especially for them. To help enable them to harvest that which they already know and can feel within the grasp of their own spiritual senses.
To you beloved seekers of light, herein is knowledge to help you to understand the purpose of your own psychic gifts. Use it for the greater good, and your sixth sense will guide you to harvests where all may share in the bounty, in a spirit of love and charity.
If you have not yet awakened your own natural gifts, the knowledge presented here will help you understand those who have. Work with them for the common good, and shower them with love and compassion. In return, you too will awaken your own gifts.
Regardless of your natural abilities, be prepared to challenge your beliefs of the world today, for the world of tomorrow shall be unimaginable. A passing world so horrifying that the gift of seeing beyond the horizon must, as it always has for the ancients, become humanity's saving grace once again.
There is much to survive for, as this dark future is only a brief, transitional phase within a further-reaching transformation of humanity. Beyond it will come a day when all shall enjoy the magnificent harvests of a new and more enlightened future.
Table of Contents
* Part 1 - Our Prophetic Dreams
* Part 2 - We are The Elohim
* Part 3 - Survival Awareness
* Part 4 - Preparedness and Intuition
* Part 5 - Knowledge and Meaning
* Part 6 - Responsibility and Courage
* Part 7 - Integrity and Self-Love
* Part 8 - Fear and Love
* Part 9 - Detachment and Loss
* Part 10 - Duality and The Sexes
* Part 11 - The Gift of Choice
* Part 12 - 2012 and Beyond
* Appendices
All 12 programs in this teaching series can be freely downloaded via the Internet, in both audio and video formats from virtualserenity.com.
Product Details
* Paperback: 152 pages
* Publisher: Your Own World Books (January 1, 2009)
* Language: English
* ISBN-10: 159772081X
* ISBN-13: 978-1597720816
* Product Dimensions: 8.8 x 6 x 0.6 inches
* Shipping Weight: 7.2 ounces (View shipping rates and policies)
* Average Customer Review: No customer reviews yet. Be the first.
* Amazon.com Sales Rank: #195,897 in Books (See Bestsellers in Books)
Popular in these categories: (What's this?)
#24 in Books > Religion & Spirituality > Occult > Astral Projection
#59 in Books > Religion & Spirituality > New Age > Divination > Prophecy
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-20-2009, 07:27 PM
" a lot of older people are leaving this earth...
they do NOT want to go through this shift"
Carol / Earth Angel
THE eXchanger
02-20-2009, 08:00 PM
Five Proven Brain-Manipulating Technologies
Joss Whedon's new show Dollhouse is about a secret organization
that supplies mind-wiped sex ninjas to the rich. It's not set in
the future because neuromanipulated technoslaves could exist
today. Here's proof.
1. We can erase people's memories.
Back in October a study was published in Neuron that proved an
enzyme called CaMKII can erase bad memories while you recall
them. In Dollhouse, the "actives" have their own memories erased
first, and then new memories implanted. The brain-erasure
technology is actually the cornerstone of the operation, as it's
what turns the actives into blank slates ready to be
reprogrammed. Right now, with the cooperation of desperate
people, scientists could be using CaMKII to erase their old
lives. Then they'll just need to implant new personalities and
emotions.
2. We can regulate people's moods with microchips.
Right now, there are a series of implantable microchips on the
market that send out electrical impulses over your nerves that
can soothe a depressed person or reduce seizures. Some call them
neurological pacemakers, and we are discovering new things about
them every day - such as the fact that some can cause instant
orgasm. Wipe somebody's brain, then install these brain
pacemakers, and you might start shaping a whole new person by
controlling what gives them pleasure and what makes them
depressed.
3. We can use brain implants to steer animals left and right.
Several years ago, neuroscientists invented a little rat-sized
brain implant that sent directional signals to the rodent's
brain. Using a handheld remote, scientists sent electrical
signals to the parts of the rats' brains connected to right and
left whisker sensations - and could induce the rats to turn
right or left at the press of a button. Dubbed the "robo-rat,"
the creatures could be used for complicated search and rescueefforts that require crawling into small places. Or they could
be the beta version for a more nefarious technology implanted
into humans' brains that would allow a corporation like the
Dollhouse to remote-control an active's every move, right down
to which street they turn on.
4. Infrared brain scans can predict what people want.
As we reported last week, researchers have discovered that a
simple infrared brain scan can reveal patterns in brain activity
that show simple preferences. Ask a person whether they'd rather
have a dog or a cat, and this scan will give you the answer.
This is the first step towards knowing how to shape people's
preferences. If scientists could trigger a reaction in your
brain that reversed the pattern, they might be able to turn a
cat person into a dog person and vice versa.
5. Human-computer interfaces link human brains directly to
computers.
You may have heard of BrainGate, a technology that uses
electrodes sunk into your gray matter to convert electrical
impulses from your brain into computer commands. It is currently
used by people who are profoundly paralyzed to communicate by
moving a cursor around. If we can open up communication between
brain and computer like that, it stands to reason that the
communication might be two-way. Who is to say there is no secret
organization using a BrainGate-esque technology to reprogram
people's thoughts?
Source: io9
http://io9.com/5155470/five-brain+manipulating-technologies-
that-prove-dollhouse-exists-right-now?skyline=true&s=x
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-20-2009, 08:02 PM
The Canadian government has sanctioned access to approximately 9,500 UFO files through a governmental archives website http://www.collectionscanada.gc.ca/ufo/index-e.html may add a vital item to the discussion agenda: The global economic and environmental imperative to address the presence of UFO craft in increasing numbers worldwide in a clear and transparent manner.
The substantial compilation of UFO documents in Canada's archives represents the single largest disclosure of UFO files to date by a G8 nation. Canada joins England <http://edition. cnn.com/2008/ WORLD/europe/ 05/14/britain. ufos/, France <http://www.washingt onpost.com/ wp-dyn/content/ article/2007/ 03/22/AR20070322 02132.html, Brazil <http://www.cohenufo .org/BrazilianUF ODocumentsReleas ed.htm, Mexico <http://www.prweb. com/releases/ 2004/05/prweb125 722.htm and most recently Denmark <http://www.cphpost. dk/news/article/ national/ 44602-secret- ufo-archives- opened.html in dropping the pretense of denial and opening their UFO/ET files to the public.
The Canadian move serves as an example by America's biggest trading partner that the civilian population can 'handle the truth'. More importantly it is another step down a path Exopolitics observers say will inevitably lead to U.S. admission that some UFOs in fact represent alien craft operating in Earth's biosphere.
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-20-2009, 08:29 PM
- did Terence McKenna use a pseudonym ???
(and, he was really -- John Deere, the great grandson of the Deere corp ???)
Terence McKenna Earth Trust Pt1
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8FesmhV5sDE&feature=related
Terence McKenna Earth Trust Pt2
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BLg580_Uozs&feature=related
(will we add them in) ;)
Terence McKenna Earth Trust Pt3
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jHF4UZrDT9I&feature=related
Terence McKenna Earth Trust Pt4
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Ip7YgNMn01I&feature=related
Terence McKenna Earth Trust Pt5
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5hqavOLQf4Y&feature=related
Terence McKenna Earth Trust Pt6
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=A-2AYfHNAe8&feature=related
Terence McKenna Earth Trust Pt7
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IJKF5GEXDlc&feature=related
Terence McKenna Earth Trust Pt8
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BdHG8Lb3zEo&feature=related
Terence McKenna Earth Trust Pt9
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9zWmQsVRLCE&feature=related
*************************************************
Terence McKenna Earth Trust Pt10
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dVJmnXP7fuc&feature=related
Terence McKenna Earth Trust Pt11
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NFBaVgGHMMc&feature=related
Terence McKenna Earth Trust Pt12
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wt8msPpAykU&feature=related
Terence McKenna Earth Trust Pt13
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7ozQRwAIhoY
Terence McKenna Earth Trust Pt14
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4HdHWuwBZFI&feature=related
Terence McKenna Earth Trust Pt15
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dRUFOF33b0U&feature=related
Terence McKenna Earth Trust Pt16
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=12NyyZYkkzg&feature=related
Terence McKenna Earth Trust Pt17
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=12Oh34xFRKc
Terence McKenna Earth Trust Pt18
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OhlKMCcrLbY&feature=related
Terence McKenna Earth Trust Pt19
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LUrNPmxSbwk&feature=related
Terence McKenna Earth Trust Pt20
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_rOerypG78M&feature=related
Terence McKenna Earth Trust Pt21
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zdMbJy3jFrM&feature=related
Terence McKenna Earth Trust Pt22
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IorKCx4xFVU&feature=related
Terence McKenna Earth Trust Pt23
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HwtPLErDT1E
Terence McKenna Earth Trust Pt24
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YuYaXM4apyk&feature=related
Terence McKenna Earth Trust Pt25
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GNnoEZG2zJ8&feature=related
Terence McKenna Earth Trust Pt26
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nXJAcASd6M8&feature=related
Terence McKenna Earth Trust Pt27
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=W_B62ck-b0I&feature=related
Terence McKenna Earth Trust Pt28
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RifFVdmFi3E&feature=related
Terence McKenna Earth Trust Pt29
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=17vX-XT3sJc&feature=related
Terence McKenna Earth Trust Pt30
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RXc12k1qja4
+ xxxx
THE eXchanger
02-20-2009, 08:32 PM
52,000 rich americans about to get caught ???
http://money.aol.com/news/articles/_a/bbdp/irs-claims-swiss-bank-ubs-kept-us/349972?cid=5
THE eXchanger
02-20-2009, 10:44 PM
Today 2-20/2009
it's a 22/11 type of day -- A master number, and, a gateway 1-1
which is another master number, so, its a double master number day.
The Moon is sitting in Capricorn,
so, it brings to us, the common sense of the sea_goat,
so, we can anchor & ground our thoughts,
into the earth reality...
and, eXpress things.
The Sea-Goat is a climber, and, as such,
it climbs, without us, having to just let our imaginations,
be the thing, that runs away...
this moon in capricorn lights the way,
and, helps us to navigate, and, manifest our dreams.
We also, have several planets in Aquarius,
which is a sign of air, NOT water, and,
it opens up pathways, to cleansing, and, to getting clear,
very clear, on what it is, you wish to dream into your own reality,
so, if you have something to say,
it is time, to blow your wind,
shout it out, to the world,
they are likely to be in the mode of listening...
and, if you, are one, who is sitting, and, waiting, to hear a message,
if you will listen carefully, mercury the messenger, is there to deliver it,
and, you are very likely to hear that message,
blowing in the wind...
there is plenty of good stuff, many real truths,
currently circulating, and, blowing around in the air
Also Mercury the Messenger is here,
to stimulate us, and, push us forward,
and, he prevents us, from goofing off, or slacking off,
he is there, and, he has got messages for you,
so, talk up a storm, or, get quiet, and, really listen
the ethers, are full of good stuff.
Uranus, also has come to dance,
and, this has formed a very high energetic semi square
with his electric energy, and, this ought to light up the day,
with plenty of amasing stuff.
STUFF ??? OR STUFFiNG ???
it is always, and, in all ways your choice !!!
Remember, every choice you make
brings you to another set of consequences
if you do NOT love your consequences
simply, change your choices !!!
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-20-2009, 10:55 PM
When we laugh, natural killer cells which destroy tumors and viruses increase, along with Gamma-interferon (a disease-fighting protein), T-cells (important for our immune system) and B-cells (which make disease-fighting antibodies). As well as lowering blood pressure, laughter increases oxygen in the blood, which also encourages healing.”
“Science of Laughter” Discovery Health Website
“Without humor one’s thought processes are likely to become stuck and narrowly focused leading to increased distress.”
Association for Applied and Therapeutic Humor
“Laughter is very powerful medicine. It can lower stress, dissolve anger and unite families in their resolve to overcome troubled times.”
University of Nebraska.
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-21-2009, 12:22 AM
wow...this is good
The Twilight Zone Tower of Terror trailer
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zNcTE7uzT84&feature=related
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-21-2009, 02:08 AM
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hhHe8C6Qej4&feature=related
852 HZ - Awakening Intuition
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-21-2009, 02:09 AM
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gBrocj_s-wE&feature=related
741 HZ - Consciousness Expansion
+ [xxx
THE eXchanger
02-21-2009, 02:10 AM
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tZrBRQn6K0A&feature=channel_page
528 HZ - Miracle
THE eXchanger
02-21-2009, 02:11 AM
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7ftMa2Rzo54&feature=channel_page
417 HZ - Transmutation
THE eXchanger
02-21-2009, 02:12 AM
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CLuEy2p2bBw&feature=channel_page
639 HZ - Integrating Structures
THE eXchanger
02-21-2009, 02:12 AM
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IJUu-xiJPx8&feature=channel_page
396 HZ - Liberation from Fear
THE eXchanger
02-21-2009, 02:13 AM
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_-OiQygm2uU&feature=channel_page
174 HZ - Foundation
+ [xxx
THE eXchanger
02-21-2009, 02:15 AM
http://www.youtube.com/user/mountainmystic9
ountainmystic9
Style: Broadcaster
Joined: November 15, 2006
Last Sign In: 6 days ago
Videos Watched: 2,722
Subscribers: 2,173
Channel Views: 24,687
Explorations of the mystical, and the esoteric through art, music, meditation, humor and spiritual teachings.
Name: Asa
Source Vibrations is a multidimensional audio-visual project that utilizes numerology, sacred geometry, sonic vibrational healing, solfeggio harmonics, binaural beat frequencies and esoteric symbology to activate the subtleties of the awareness of the nature of being. Through the language of art and music these vibratory data streams, point to the inherent, inter-connected, inter-dependent nature of consciousness and its foundation in Source Intelligence. Riding on the frequency waves of light and sound, are transmissions of Love communicated to the electromagnetic field of the emotional body, depolarizing the duality of separation within the psyche of the human instrument. The call to the unification of opposites pervades these data streams, dissolving the emotional blocks of the unconscious content, in to the waters of the primordial substance of creation.
Breathing...being...beyond believing...what seems,
Seeing...freeing...beyond the deceiving...of dreams.
SV Blog: http://sourcevibrations.blogsp ot.com
City: Milkyway
Hometown: Andromeda
Country: United States
Occupation: Symbol Giver - Vibratory Transmi...
Companies: Source Vibrations
Interests and Hobbies: Alchemy, Qabalah, Gematria, Music Composition, Digital Art, Hypnosis and NLP, quantum physics, sound healing, sustainable living and zero point technologies. http://sourcevibrations.blogspot.com/
Website: http://www.sourcevibrations.com
http://www.youtube.com/user/mountainmystic9
check out the video - on the above link
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-22-2009, 03:38 AM
a world where anything is possible
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rvfseNk9C5A
THE eXchanger
02-22-2009, 04:28 AM
Are Your Supermarket Plums Genetically Modified? Here's How to Find Out!
• A five-digit number beginning with 8 means it's GM
The little stickers on fruits and vegetables have digits that let you know whether they're conventionally grown or organic, and if they're genetically modified (GM). There are many benefits to knowing this information:
• The health risks -- GM foods have been in stores only since the 1990s, so the long-term health risks are unknown
• The environmental risks -- Scientists are concerned that GMOs will reduce biodiversity
• The taste benefits -- People all over the world agree that the range of possible flavors is greater without a few GM foods crowding out the many natural varieties
Here’s what you should look for:
• A four-digit number means the produce is conventionally grown
• A five-digit number beginning with 9 means it's organic
• A five-digit number beginning with 8 means it's GM
Dr. Mercola's Comments:
The GMO giants have been very effective in eliminating legislation that would require them to clearly label GM products and, as a result, most grocery stores in the United States do not post signs next to produce to let you know it’s been genetically modified. So checking the number on the sticker is a simple way to know for sure.
So here is the way you can do it:
If you see a five-digit number that begins with an 8, take a big pass, as that produce is GM. Of course, this tip works not only for plums but for just about any fruit or vegetable in the fresh produce section.
Why Should You Care if Your Produce is GM?
Genetically modified foods are, from my perception, one of the largest threats against the very sustainability of the human race.
Not only are they threatening to contaminate non-GM crops, even those that are labeled organic, so that one day soon ALL crops may be laced with GM elements, but their health risks are only beginning to be uncovered.
And what’s been revealed so far is enough to raise some major red flags.
Just last year, a long-term feeding study commissioned by the Austrian Agency for Health and Food Safety confirmed GM corn seriously affects reproductive health in mice. The results were so worrisome that GM opponents called for an immediate ban of all GM foods and GM crops in order to protect the health of humankind and the fertility of women around the world.
So far, at least 65 serious health risks related to GM foods have been documented by GM expert Jeffrey Smith. Among them:
• Offspring of rats fed GM soy showed a five-fold increase in mortality, lower birth weights, and the inability to reproduce
• Male mice fed GM soy had damaged young sperm cells
• The embryo offspring of GM soy-fed mice had altered DNA functioning
• Several US farmers reported sterility or fertility problems among pigs and cows fed GM corn varieties
• Investigators in India have documented fertility problems, abortions, premature births, and other serious health issues, including deaths, among buffaloes fed GM cottonseed products
Further, GM foods are known to be highly allergenic, and according to Smith’s research, between 1994 and 2001 -- the same time that GMO’s flooded the market -- food related illnesses DOUBLED.
There is also compelling evidence available that GM potatoes may cause cancer in rats. This research, conducted by Dr. Arpad Pusztai, was suppressed for nearly 10 years because industry backers were questioning his results.
Well, in 2007 a Russian study confirmed the link, and Dr. Pusztai was, in short order, suspended from his job, ordered to hand over all his data, and threatened with legal action if he spoke to anyone on the subject.
As time goes on, it is becoming abundantly clear that the safety of GM foods has never been proven. And if you choose to eat them, you are joining one of the largest, most unethical experiments of all time: seeing what happens when people eat GM foods for a lifetime.
In the United States, introducing GM foods into our diet was done quietly and without the mandatory labeling that is required in most other industrialized countries. Without knowing what impact GM foods might have on human health, or letting people know which foods contain GM ingredients, the biotech industry is gambling with your health for their profit.
Which Foods are Most Likely to be Genetically Modified … and How Can You Avoid Them?
Nearly all of these foods are GM so it is wise to avoid them:
• Soy
• Corn
• Cottonseed
• Canola
It would also be wise to limit products made from these ingredients, such as vegetable oils, maltodextrin and high-fructose corn syrup. In fact, because corn and soy are so widely used in processed foods, at least 70 percent of the processed foods at your supermarket contain GM ingredients.
That’s seven out of every 10 products!
Just another strong reason to avoid eating processed foods.
Other GMO products include:
• Some varieties of zucchini, crookneck squash, and papayas from Hawaii
• Milk containing rbGH
• Rennet (containing genetically modified enzymes) used to make hard cheeses
• Aspartame (NutraSweet)
Avoiding all of the products listed above, unless they are certified organic, is one way to cut down on your intake of GM foods. Buying products that are certified organic or that say non-GMO are two other ways to limit your family‘s risk from GM foods, as organic foods are not allowed to contain GM ingredients.
And remember, anytime you’re buying produce a five-digit number beginning with 8 on the product sticker means it's GM. If you are shopping at a farmer’s market or food coop that does not have stickers on the produce, ask the farmer directly whether or not it’s GM.
Particularly in the United States, where GM products are not required to be labeled, it can be difficult to eat a GM-free diet. But I feel strongly that it is one of the more important things you can do for your health, and to help protect the environment.
You Can Vote With Your Pocketbook
If more of us begin to refuse GM foods, food manufacturers will have no choice but to listen. If you’re new to this topic or haven’t yet taken the time to watch The Future of Food, please do so now. It is perhaps one of the most important videos on this subject, and one that everyone in America should watch and pass on to others.
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-22-2009, 04:43 AM
Seeing the Magic Newsletter
by Kerrie O'Connor
Becoming the Magician
Abra Cadabra! We can all use a little magic and fun right now.
We are becoming more enLIGHTened beings, creating Heaven on Earth, by shifting our perception on how we view the world. What we are doing is Re-surrection, entering the "New Age". We have all the wisdom, knowledge and love we need to reclaim our wholeness/Holiness. But we can get stuck in the process and feel this letting go process as 9 deaths. Getting through those patterns can make us feel stuck, scared and alone.
The past 30+ years have brought us many healing modalities that we can use to clear ourselves from old belief patterns, releasing from cellular post traumatic memories deeply embedded within our energy field, allowing us more access to the amazing gifts that are also within our energy field. We all have the Divine Child within, the innocent, loving and happy part of us, the one who knows we are magical beings. This magic is the creative life force that surrounds us and is within us. When we tap into that magic we can unlock doors, release trapped fears and open up pathways within to create more magic in our lives. Remember when you were a child, and you believed in magic? Remember how happy you were waiting for Santa, The Tooth Fairy, The Easter Bunny? Bringing in the energy of "The Wonder of it All", allows you more wonderment, amazement and lasting peace. This will help you go through the letting go process more naturally, with grace and ease. Join me and together we will re-open the door to our Divine Child, unlocking the magic that comes with re- connecting to our Divine Essence, our Angel-Self.
Namaste,
Kerrie
Sunday 2-22-2009 5-7pm EST
Manifesting Magic Tele-Class
$22
Do you remember when you were a child and you believed in magic? Did you ever watch Bewitch, I Dream of Jeannie or Samantha the Teenage Witch and thought I want to touch my nose and magical things will instantly happen. Kerrie will unlock and tap into the "magic" that is within each of our energy fields. The keys are how to access this field of dreams and desires. We will be working with the energies of the New Moon, which will enhance our abilities to unlock the mystical, magic doorways that are waiting to be opened.
This workshop includes a booklet with instructions.
Sign up today for this Tele-class by emailing Kerrie at
union1111@yahoo.com
This class will be recorded and will be available for the following 30 days for repeat listening.
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-22-2009, 05:00 AM
url]www.astro.com[/url] to see where the planets are
************************************************
GET READY, GET SET, GO !!!
by The eXchanger
today is 2/22/2009 - uk time
it's 2 x 22 - which is like double lucky-master numbers
and, it's also 2009 = 2+9= 11 which is another master number-that follows up all year long
PAY ATTENTION 3/8-2009 is an 11/11
Well, we have 7 aspects/planets in Aquarius
The moon/Mercury/Mars/jupiter/neptune
as well as the North Node, and, chiron
and a new sun in Pisces, and, Uranus in Pisces
Chiron at 22 degrees, a master number in Aquarius
Uranus at 22 degrees, a master number in Pisces
Venus is at Lucky 13 degrees.
in the sign of Aries- The Ram
with the ability to really help you push through,
and, get your messages across--put those thoughts out into the ethers,
and, let them spread like a wild-free,
and, Pluto has almost moved in 3 degrees of Capricorn
which, is the sign of the unstoppable sea-goat who can climb!!!
Pisces comes in, to signal a unity
with all the planets in Aquarius,
there is plenty of good stuff, blowing in the wind,
time to blow your wind -- it is a good time to do, just that !!!
Also, it is a good time to blow out cobwebs,
and, to ask for an alignment,
between your higher and lower pieces,
that makeup, everything that you are.
With the sun in pisces,
it can really make you shine,
get ready, and, start to acquire all the knowledge you can,
for it, that knowledge, will be pwoer to you
Also, lots of expansion is taking place --
and, it is time, to expand your emotional / and, intellectual bodies
and, balance that, through your physical body.
Take advantage of all that air, and, breathe in deeply...
take in all the extra breaths, you can,
and, consciously ask to pull into you, all the colours of the rainbow,
that sit, within the ethers...
and, eXhale, anything that is black, and, repeat the process...
it is time, to really add some colour to your palette
and, with seven planets in Aquarius
it is an amasing time, as, the air, feeds the fire,
and, the fire, it needs that air...
Make a decision, set yourself on fire, with desire.
With the Sun in Pisces, it is all about ancient knowledge,
ask to start to remember, and, do that, before you go to sleep at night,
ignite, your ability to really tap into your conscious/and, subconscious,
and, also into the universal consciousness, while you sleep
right NOW, you really can push way beyond, and, really open up
your intellectual/and, mental bodies ...
Pisces is a water sign, and, water holds consciousness...
and, you truly can, create into it -- wish into that water, and,
ask to manifest a whole new you...
Much of the old stuff, the old crappy stuff, is blowing aroud in the air,
and, people, are starting to pay attention, some of them,
are really going to wake up...and, it is really a wonderful time to be on earth,
you came here, to do something, and, the time, to tap into all that you really are, is NOW
Neptune, the ruling planet of Pisces, is sitting at 24 degrees,
Chiron, the wounded warrior, is sitting at 22 degrees, a master number
and, with that said, it's time to heal, and, it is time to rise, and, to shine
time to left all the old illusions go, and, time to paint a bright new tomorrow.
Take time, to really command, and, demand, your personal force, and, your personal power
to flow back to you, it is time also, for a real spiritual wakeup call
it's up to you -- Will it to be, so, it will be
Get ready...get set...and, just go !!!
You do, to be, you be, to do !!!
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-22-2009, 05:27 AM
WORK FROM HOME ... it works !!!
Seven Surprising Stay-Home Salaries
by Lila Daniels
Seven Surprising Stay-Home Salaries
The U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics reports that at last count, 13.7 million Americans were telecommuting. Only one in four had a formal agreement in place with their employers. The vast majority simply arrange with a supervisor to spend a day or two a week out of the office.
In Pursuit of a Telecommute
Highly educated workers were the most likely to telecommute, according to the BLS study. If telecommuting is your goal, career training can be a good first step. Online degree programs are also a great way to see if you've got motivation and discipline it takes to work independently.
The BLS advises telecommuting hopefuls to seek out employers with established telework programs. Certain jobs and industries are more prone to this arrangement, and some of them pay really well. Here are seven stay-home jobs with standout salaries.
Sales Representatives
More than ever, big companies are farming out their sales forces. But instead of jobs going overseas, they're going to the suburbs. According to the BLS, one in five sales reps telecommute. The highest paying sales jobs usually involve technical and scientific products. These sales jobs are more likely to require a bachelor's degree. Studying marketing, business, or communications can be excellent preparation for this line of work.
Stay-Home Salary: $68,270
Financial Analysts
Financial analysts help large companies and non-profit organizations figure out how, when, and where to invest their money. Often employed by investment banks, mutual funds, and insurance companies, the independent nature of the work lends itself to working from the home office. You'll need a bachelor's degree in finance, business administration, economics, or accounting to get in on the ground floor.
Stay-Home Salary: $70,400
Personal Financial Advisors
This is another high finance, home-office profession. Instead of working with large endowments, personal financial advisors help individuals manage their money, protect their assets, and plan for retirement. Financial advisors work for financial services firms or investment and planning firms. A minimum of a bachelor's degree in finance, business administration, or accounting is required.
Stay-Home Salary: $67,660
Web Designers
Two career paths that are particularly well suited to telecommuting are graphic design and computing. These career paths intersect for the job of Web developers, also called Web designers. These creative techies craft a Web site's look and make sure it functions. Most employers are looking for a bachelor's degree, and many schools offer programs specifically in Web site design.
Stay-Home Salary: $47,000 to $71,500
Software Developers
These tech-savvy telecommuters design and develop commuter applications. Therefore, they need to be well versed in programming languages as well as operating systems. A bachelor's degree in computer science or software engineering is required, but your education is likely to pay off. The BLS predicts 38 percent growth through 2016, making this one of the nation's fastest growing occupations.
Stay-Home Salary: $83,130
Accountant
Accounting is all about keeping the fiscal house in order--paying taxes, reporting earnings, analyzing budgets, and guiding investments. The individual nature of the work allows many accountants to routinely work from home. Certification and a degree in accounting are typical job requirements.
Stay-Home Salary: $57,060
Marketing Manager
Managers (in any department) are more likely to regularly work from home. Marketing managers may find creativity blooms with the freedom of the home office. Increasingly, a master's degree in business administration is becoming the norm for marketing managers, though a good track record and a bachelor's degree may suffice.
Stay-Home Salary: $104,400
The Truth Behind the Telecommute
Technically, to be considered a telecommuter you must regularly works eight or more paid hours at home each week. Telecommuting can cut down on a killer commute or carve out more time for the kids. It can help you find a better work-life balance. But let's be clear--there are a few things telecommuting is not designed for.
1. It is not a substitute for child care. Imagine trying to hold a conference call while entertaining your two-year-old.
2. It is not for the recluse. The key to successful telecommuting is communication, particularly with your supervisors.
3. It is not entry-level workers. According to the BLS Occupational Outlook Quarterly, it is far more effective for employees to make a case for telecommuting after proving their value.
Working at home can help you save on skyrocketing gas prices, but it makes financial sense for your employer, too. A study done for the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas showed telecommuters earning $44,000 a year saved their company an average of $10,000. And, telecommuting options improve morale, productivity, and worker retention.
****************************************
i also work from home (part-time) (it allowed me to semi-retire at 28/29-approx 23 years ago)
www.workingwonders.awarenesshealth.com (usa + canada) approx 15 yrs
www.ineways.com/workingwonders (worldwide) approx 24 years
www.rgarden.net/workingwonders (worldwide) approx 15 years
www.workingwonders.matol.com (canada/usa) approx 26 years
www.pyrabang.com/go/workingwonders approx 1 year
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-22-2009, 03:47 PM
- The Universal Life Stream, the Song of the Universe
Mary Sutherland Copyright 2009
"In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God." John 1:1. Here it is definitely stated that something which is called Word is identical with our Creator. The Word of God is everywhere…not just within four walls...or one holy book...or one religion. The Vedas tell us that this is the Abstract sound called “Anahad”, meaning unlimited sound. When one quiets his soul so that he can hear the Divine Voice, he is relieved from all worries, anxieties, sorrow, fear and disease. The soul of the listener becomes the all pervading consciousness. Some train themselves to hear the Word by finding solitude at the seashore, riverbank, woods or being alone in the mountains or deserts. Some concentrate on just playing a musical instrument
What is relatively new to the Western World is the concept of the “Audible Life Stream”, The Living Word of God. In this concept, we are all part of a 'collective consciousness' and the 'body of God', with the Word being our 'direct line' to the Supreme Being, the Universal Consciousness. The Living Word of God can be explained like that of electromagnetic radio waves that fill all space of the cosmic universe. These waves are being transmitted to us. All we need to do is learn how to tune our receiver into them. The East calls this cosmic sound, “Bani”, the music of God. It has been said that once you are able to tune yourself into Bani and hear it, you will be filled with a great joy that is beyond compare. Bani is what the West refers to as the 'Music of the Angels'. Moses heard this very sound on Mount Sinai and Christ told of hearing it when our Heavenly Father manifested himself to Christ in the wilderness. The bells in the church steeple are meant to suggest the same sacred sound, calling man to God. The sounds of the Bani are found through the sounds of nature ie. thunder, the roaring of the sea, the jingling of the bells , the sound of running water, the buzzing of bees, the twittering of the birds, the Vida, the whistle, or the sound of “Shankha”, until it finally becomes the “Hu”, which is the most sacred of all sounds. The word Hu is the spirit of all sounds and words. It belongs to no language but all language belongs to it. This alone is the true name of God, a Name that no people and no religion can claim as their own. It is The Name that cannot be Spoken, but is uttered by every man and living creature. It is hidden in the spiritual body of all words ad sounds., All things and beings exclaim this name of God; for every activity of life expresses distinctly this very sound. The Greeks called it “Logos”, meaning the Divine Word. It is the Divine Current or Wave going forth from God himself and flowing throughout the universe. The very word itself, “Uni-verse”, is defined as 'one song', with uni meaning one and verse meaning song. It is not only an emanation from God, but it is God himself. When any man speaks in this world, he simply sets in motion atmospheric vibrations, but he himself moves in and through those vibrations. It is God himself that vibrates…thus the Living Word in Genesis. It is written that the Word existed before the Light came into the world.
The Light Genesis refers to is Life and both are Electricity, from which springs Matter and Spirit. The Ancients taught us that Light was a form of matter, which is supported today through the radiometer. Scientists are now able to weigh Light through this meter, showing us that not only is Light matter, but it has a force of its own. Today we now are able to physically harness light, using it to transmit and receive audio and video waves. Another use of harnessed light is laser beams and x-rays.
There are those walking among us that have learned to harness and control this very force through their own will of thought. We all have this capability, but few of us have learned how to put it into practice. The key is in understanding the Laws of our Creator. We also need to forget what we have been taught about what is impossible and renew our old beliefs, having absolute faith that everything is possible. Remember...we have been created, dual natured, with a (Divine) Heritage. Our spiritual body is made up of subtle fluids (Aether) and light (Matter and Force). It is also one with the Universal Light which is also made of matter and force.
By overcoming your dependency on physical surroundings and your five sense, you can align yourself to your Higher Self which is also aligned to the Universal Force. Through the use of your Higher (Spiritual) senses, the dimensional veils are lifted and the limitations of time and space vanquish. You will learn how to use your spiritual eyes to see past, present and future events. An Adept can shoot through space and communicate with another physical person, as if that person was in the same room. I use the Adepts as an example, but Jesus Christ told us that we all have these powers. All we need is the knowledge and the faith of a 'mustard seed'. Christ told us that even the 'least' among us are the beloved of God, deserving all the joy that Creation has to offer, and are capable of experiencing and 'performing' miracles, just as he did. The only person or thing that stands in your way is you. You and your old beliefs are your worst nemesis.
Through study and understanding you will find your 'true' path. It is the path less taken, but the rewards are boundless. At the cores of all religion there is one true path. It is here that you find true religion; you find that 'something' that binds the soul to God. We must let go of Ego and put our trust in God's Wisdom and Christ's Promise. When you become anxious, frightened or stressed because of a particular occurrence in your life, separate yourself from that reality. Remind yourself that everything is in accordance with God's Plan. Everything happens as it should and there are no accidents. We are exactly where we suppose to be at that particular time and place.
With no exception, the entire universe works through the Eternal Life Stream. It is omnipresent and omnipotent, awaiting the proper conditions to express itself as a dynamic force in one form or another. There is not a living creature that is without this power. Within this Stream lies the great power of Love, which is affirmed through the words of Christ, "God is Love".
Quantum Physics confirms the presence of the Word, or Eternal Life Stream.. The descriptive words may differ, but the principles are the same. Science states that the essence of our universe is composed of a systematic and synchronized pattern of which we are all part of. It submits that we are a subatomic particle, existing both here and some place else, at the very same time...all connected within the same pattern or reality. Quantum Physics shows us that an observer cannot observe without altering what he sees. Through the Conscious Will of Thought, we can use invisible vibrating energies or waves, consisting of subatomic particles, to create our desires to manifest into the physical world.
Carl Jung coined the term of which we call 'coincidence', as 'synchronicity'. He stood by his belief that synchronicity showed that there was no such thing as a random act or coincidence. Here we see more confirmation of the Eternal Life Stream. Jung reported that synchronicity consists of the universal energies, invisible vibrating waves, similar to radio waves. Through the Audible Life Stream, we not only can pick up on cosmic and universal events, but can physically transmit and receive messages and emotions of others. We can also, through our thought patterns, create events. Everyone, at some time, has experienced this phenomenon. Examples could be explained as being at the right place at the right time. You were thinking of someone and the telephone rings, and it is them on the other phone. Examples of synchronization are endless. God created us (when properly instructed and guided) to be able to have a conscious communication with the entire universe. Most of us cannot imagine the extent of our divine heritage. Upon accepting synchronization in your life, you will learn how to go with the 'flow'. The flow is a natural, effortless unfolding of our lives in a way that moves us towards wholeness and harmony. When we are in the 'flow', occurrences line up, events fall into place and obstacles melt away. It is a time when we feel we are in the right place, at the right time, doing the right things. To have the flow work for you, you must learn to read the guide signs that have been posted for you along your 'life path' and allow them to direct you in your life. Let your mind be open to the signs. Signs could be as insignificant as a bird flying in front of you, a book being dropped in front of a store or a leaf falling and landing in your lap. Flow works according to our beliefs, behaviors and actions. When you are open, willing and trusting, you will experience flow as fulfillment and joy, with a frequent occurrence of synchronicity. If you are fearful, doubtful and controlling, the flow diminishes and your life path becomes full of obstacles and frustration, with a cease of synchronicity. The key here is that what you give of yourself, comes back to you. Your belief system also dictates what you attribute synchronicity to. When it occurs, some of us may thank our luck, or fate, destiny, karma, or an angel. I like to use the saying "Synchronicity happens when God wishes to remain anonymous."
No one or thing is separate of each other within God's design. We all exist as cells within the entire body of the Cosmos, harmoniously working together as one single unit. We are what is called a microcosm, meaning 'small world'. We are a replica of the entire universe, in a smaller version. We have been put together, organized and adjusted to share and correspond to everything within this universe. By understanding the working mechanics of your body, you will then become closer to understanding the mechanics of the Cosmic Intelligence. Because of our construction, we are able to communicate our thoughts throughout the universe as well as use these thoughts to co-create miracles. Through the Ages, most of us have lost the knowledge of how this is done, but this knowledge can be restored. To regain this knowledge, 'ask' from within, through your Christos. See yourself as a living cell of the Divine Intelligence and then 'trust' that your requests will be answered. As the physical brain is in touch with all parts of your body, through its nervous system, the Divine Intelligence is in touch with all it's living souls through the Christos, or Holy Spirit.
Between synchronization and intuition lies a fine line. Although they are two separate phenomena, they almost seem to be two of the same. In comparing the two, keep in mind that synchronicity happens 'out there' against the odds. It is external. Something in the universe seems to swing into place to answer an inner need we have. Intuition, however, is internal. It is our 'inner' knowing. It is our ability to tune into knowledge in a non-rational and nonlinear way. We know something, but just don't know how we know it. But in both cases, it shows us just how much our lives are interwoven with everything within the Cosmic Intelligence and that we live in a world more intricately and holistically organized than we have ever imagined.
Today's science now shows us that all atoms, cells, molecules, plants, animals and humans participate in a flowing web of information. Physicists have shown that if two photons are separated, no matter by how far, a change in one creates a simultaneous change in the other. Through this observance, it would also indicate that one individual's thoughts and actions, being one living cell with the universal body, would have a direct influence on the whole. In the book, 'The Hundredth Monkey', by Ken Keyes, the theory was presented on how each of us affected the whole unit of man. It tells of a group of monkeys that were being studied in Japan. One monkey within the group began washing a sweet potato in a particular way in the salt water there. Soon all of the monkeys began mimicking this deed. That observance in itself was not to be claimed as unusual, but after a certain number of these monkeys continued to act out this washing pattern, the same behavioral pattern developed in another group of monkeys hundreds of miles away. Science has labeled this as 'the critical mass within the species'. They theorize that once a critical mass number is reached, the same behavior begins to appear in all of the other members of that same species. Physicists describe it as a 'phase transition', theorizing that when the molecules of atoms align in a certain way and a critical mass number is reached, the rest of the atoms spontaneously line up the same way. This invisible force does not only apply to the animal kingdom, but plants, insects and everything in the cosmos. Scientists have reported that when liquid matter crystallizes on one part of the planet, the same process occurs almost simultaneously in another, without informational or physical contact.
The next time you feel that your thoughts have no importance, bear in mind that one monkey washing his sweet potato. Close your eyes and allow time and space to fall away, as you become one with the Eternal Life Stream. Set aside your feelings of hate, fear, judgment, vanity and the rest of these deadly passions, as you connect with your universal brothers and sisters. Know that you are not alone in this world. Know that you are unique, but yet you are the same, for you are all one with the Divine Light, The IAM. As a Child of God,, you carry the full potential of your Creator and contain the essence of everything that ever was and ever will be. Through the Divine Laws of Manifestation, you are given the ability, through thought, to create miracles. The greatest miracles are created through the power of Love. If you use this power and join it with others, we have the capabilities to divert wars, hunger, poverty, bigotry, disease and destruction of nature.
Mary Sutherland
http://www.burlingtonnews.net
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-22-2009, 03:48 PM
Overcoming Darkness
The Universal Principal of Energy
Mary Sutherland Copyright 2009
Fear is brought on by ignorance and ignorance projects darkness.
Take away the ignorance of the object you fear and the emotion of fear ceases to be.
What most of us fear is EVIL and it's DEMONS.
By recognizing what evil is and its demons the fear will cease and the demons will vanish …”Know they Enemy”
The Chinese describe emotion as the wind within
By studying the root of the word you will realize that the word E-Motion = E (Energy) M (Motion) = Energy in Motion
EVIL is nothing but ENERGY flowing backwards rather than forward.
Spell your LIVE backwards and you have the word EVIL. The etymology of this word is not accidental.
All life is a question of ENERGY. You are an ENERGY FLOW.
If you allow any resistance to the flow of energy, you create a POLARITY.
POLARITY creates CONFLICT
CONFLICT creates DIS-ASTER which is the nearly complete DISASSOCIATION FOR THE SPIRIT OF LIGHT
Understanding this Universal Principal open your resistance and allow your energy to flow back to the light source. By doing so, you will 'Immediately' become protected because you now in the FLOW OF THE LIFESTREAM.
Think of a DEMON something like this:
The flow of energy ends up getting blocked because of negative emotions being brought on by your personal environment. When this constant flow of energy becomes obstructed it cannot move forward. It builds up and the BACK FLOW builds larger and denser...until it finally becomes an entity of its own (DEMON). To understand this I use the analogy of a stream that has become obstructed. This obstruction blocks the constant flow of the water moving forward. When this happens the water backs up and builds itself into a lake. But if you remove the obstruction that blocks the flow of water, the lake dissipates and allows the water to go back into the stream, flowing forwards once again. If you remove your obstruction of negativity, your demon will also dissipate and you will find yourself once again in the flow of life.
When you are in the flow of life, the universe works for you. All good things abound. If you are still having conflict, then you must work to de-polarize your negative energies. This is done through Love and Forgiveness. Only Light can overcome the Darkness
Mary Sutherland
http://www.burlingtonnews.net
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-22-2009, 03:55 PM
Djwhal Khul here. Tashi Delek.
Alright we are going to begin with what I want to call “Uprising” and it literally is the energies rising up in the form of Earth coming upward to greet the Heavens. Now in this era, we often work with the energies of the heavenly flow coming downwards to greet the earth. But what we need now is to elevate the Earth energies and bring them heavenwards. So I am calling it “Uprising”.
When these energies are strongly present, it makes for a few things in the personal development. One of those would be change, sometimes rather erratic change or constant change like you change one thing and then you go on to change the next thing, and then the next thing. It brings about rapid movement and change that is aligning one more with their divine intent, and that part is very good of course.
Then what it does economically, socially, politically, even to weather patterns, is create also a likewise stirring of those energies.
Now we will come upon, fairly soon here, the Tibetan New Year. Now it is also called Losar. The calculations for those who are wondering about it, is when you have your January 1 New Year, your next new moon is your Chinese New Year and the new moon after that is Tibetan New Year. So that is how it is calculated on an annual basis. You can look it up in the calendars.
If you take a moment to search Tibetan New Year 2009 and you get maybe an independent news agency or something reporting what is going on, you will see that the Tibetans in this uprising of energy are not celebrating Tibetan New Year, not only inside Tibet but also refugees.
So we will be doing a very special call on February 24 to help balance those energies. But that sense that “we are not going to tolerate the old, it is no longer working”, will be seen there. It will also be seen in maybe just the way you relate to how much money is in the bank account or not in the bank account, or how much that stock portfolio is or is not worth these days, or spending habits. It will certainly affect all of the economies around the globe.
So this uprising energy, you will see it working now. I would add quite a bit of the transmuting violet flame to help make that energy softened. I would also put in quite a bit of a pink light, a kind of soft pink. If you are familiar with gemstones, I would go with kunzite [k-u-n-z-i-t-e] or a pink tourmaline color. Either of those two particular shades would be beneficial with the vibration.
The pink tourmaline often comes inside lepidolite, which is a substance to calm the body. There is a drug made from it to sedate or calm the mood a little bit. If there is a need to sort of tone things down to a more peaceful center, the pink tourmaline is more appropriate. If you are working to have more heart chakra presence and expansion, then the kunzite is more appropriate.
So just see this uprising energy coming up from the Earth to greet the Heavens and you can even feel it sweep up through your body. At the same time, there will be waves of it consistently for a couple of weeks now.
Alright. As always, thank you and my love to you.
Djwhal Khul
Channeled by Rev. Terri Newlon
www.TerriNewlon.com
(Spirituality Article, Transcribed by Micheline Ralet)
Channeled Teachings for Everyday Spirituality
Training for Modern Mystics
© 2009 All Rights Reserved – Terri Newlon, Inc.
*****************************************
for info on The Tibet New Year
Monday, February 23, 2009 is Gutor -- averting the negativity of the old year.
Tuesday, February 24, 2009 you should give your house a good cleaning.
Wednesday, February 25, 2009 is New Year, or Losar -- Year 2136, the Earth Ox.
here's a great blog on it:
http://tibetanaltar.blogspot.com/2009/02/tibetan-new-year-2009.html
and, if you want to do an advanced chart
to see where your stars are
but in your natal info on www.astro.com
and, then, set the date for 2/26/2009--& you'll get a combined natal/and, advanced chart
your natal chart advances approx 1 degree per year
so, around the age of 50, you original midheaven - is where you rise
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-22-2009, 04:15 PM
david wilcock and sheldan nidle
latest interviews they just had on rumormill radio
both of them have most profound knowlegde and experiences
around edgar cayce subject, our star sisters and brothers
both of them have direct experiences....
and many fascinating and important things are being talked too
six hours of free sharing
interviewers are truly amazing too....
sheldan nidle was interviewed on thursday twelth of february 2009
david wilcock the day after, friday the thirteenth of february
http://www.rumormillnewsradio.com/archive/2009/2.2009.archiveindexpage.htm
feb 2009
3 hrs with david wilcock
New York Conference -- and Three Free Hours of New Audio!
Friday 2 / 20 / 09
Check out the details of David’s first all-weekend conference — and download another wonderful three-hour radio program, for FREE!
http://divinecosmos.com
http://divinecosmos.com/index.php?option=com_content&task=view&...
By David Wilcock
VERY PROUD TO ANNOUNCE OUR FIRST SELF-PRODUCED CONFERENCE!
The radio show linked below is one of our very best, the audience is saying… we truly covered a dazzling array of subjects. In fact, the host of the radio network told Rayelan he felt it was the best show he’d ever heard her do… and that was quite an astonishing compliment!
Before we get there, we have the news so many of you have been waiting for! We have had an unceasing amount of interest in doing a major East Coast event, and we’ve finally gotten it together!
Our New York Convergence conference will be held the weekend of May 22nd-24th at the Sheraton JFK Airport Hotel in New York. Never before have we done such a comprehensive, far-reaching weekend intensive as this!
Our conference room can hold a maximum capacity of 200 participants, no exceptions — so if you want to go, you probably don’t want to wait very long!
This is going to be something very special indeed. It will be my world debut in front of an audience as the lead singer on Wanderer Awakening, and we will perform many of the greatest pieces from the upcoming album for the very first time — which will feature live vocals, as well as live guitar and live keyboards!
There will be an unprecedented amount of lecture / performance time — fully sixteen hours of shared group experience, loaded with image-rich Power Point presentations, over the Memorial Day Weekend!
I never usually want to ‘commit’ to a lecture overview in advance, but because I will have so much more time than usual in this case — 16 hours as opposed to the typical maximum of 1 to 3 — I will lay it all out right now…
NEW YORK CONVERGENCE ITINERARY
Friday, 7-10 PM: Introduction:
Meet David Wilcock, Larry Seyer, David’s mother (15 mins. ea.)
David’s personal story — Edgar Cayce connection, dreams and synchronicities, psychic readings, current breakthroughs, background on Wanderers (1 hr.)
First set of songs from Wanderer Awakening performed live — David’s world debut as a lead singer!
(You will hear the music as well as behind-the-scenes production notes from David and Larry regarding the story behind each song, and how it fits into the overall archetypal story of the Wanderer.)
Saturday, 10A-12 PM: Atlantean Science Revisited:
Edgar Cayce Readings on Atlantis / Ra-Ta
Law of One Series on Ra’s involvement with Egypt and Atlantis
Worldwide evidence of ancient civilizations — pyramids, ruins, artifacts, written legends
The Global Grid — how all these ancient sites are interconnected in a living energy grid that shapes the Earth, and has multi-dimensional properties
Carl Munck’s Code — worldwide ancient structures refer to their positions on a global set of coordinates with the Prime Meridian in Egypt
Pyramid technology — including breakthrough modern Russian discoveries — healing, consciousness enhancement, weather modification, stabilizing against Earth Changes
Secret societies’ ancient Atlantean knowledge — Illuminati, Freemasons, Founding Fathers of the United States, Great Seal on the dollar bill, et cetera
Stargate technology, Time travel, Looking Glass devices — and their connection to 2012!
Great Pyramid Timeline — what does the future hold?
Saturday, 2-5 PM: The "Source Field":
Exploration of the "time field" — time as a three-dimensional domain
Proof for the existence of a fluid-like ‘aether’ flowing into our reality through the time field
Hans Jenny’s ‘Cymatics’ — sacred geometry in the time field, how it applies to quantum mechanics
What’s the Matter — Comprehensive new investigation of properties of physical matter, how transmutation is possible
Consciousness science — laboratory evidence that our thoughts are united in the Source Field
DNA as a Wave — examination of biology as an emergent Source Field phenomenon
DNA Reshuffling — how DNA from one species can be re-arranged to build another
Saturday, 7-10 PM: The 2012 Enigma Part I … and the 2nd Wanderer Awakening performance:
Interplanetary Climate Change — how our entire Solar System is energetically transforming
A New View of Earth Changes — studies of Earth Changes unrelated to fossil fuel emissions
Cycles of Spontaneous Evolution in the fossil record — how it works and why it is happening again
Galactic Energy Fields — why we’re moving into a new zone of energy in the galaxy and what it will do
Connection between galactic energy fields, DNA and spontaneous evolution
Indigo children phenomenon as sign of change
Proof of human evolution already undergoing rapid changes at this time
Solid scientific link between our position in the galaxy and concomitant effects upon our consciousness
Second set of songs from Wanderer Awakening performed live on-stage!
Sunday, 10-12 PM: The 2012 Enigma Part II / Group Meditation & Visionary Experience:
Ancient religious and spiritual prophecies regarding a Shift of the Ages
Roswell and the Dawn of the Modern UFO Phenomenon
1950s Contactee Testimonies and Prophecies of 2012 and Interplanetary Climate Change
A new look at Biblical prophecies supporting the Spontaneous Event Hypothesis
Comprehensive analysis of Law of One prophecies regarding 2012 — what is expected to happen?
Dreams and visions of a world beyond 2012 — using dreams for spiritual guidance, activating your personal connection with your Higher Self
Group meditation / reading, shared visionary experience, ecstatic ‘toning’
Sunday, 2-5 PM: Audience Q&A, Final Wanderer Awakening Performance:
Questions and answers from audience members (1 hr.)
Final Wanderer Awakening performance / discussion (1 hr.)
Audience interaction and networking, Meet the Speakers (1 hr.)
http://www.rumormillnewsradio.com/archive/2009/2.2009.archiveindexpage.htm
feb 2009
3 hrs with david wilcock
THE eXchanger
02-22-2009, 04:42 PM
Once your focused attention has sufficiently activated a dominant
vibration within you, things - wanted or unwanted - will begin to make
their way into your personal experience. It is law.
Abraham-Hicks
Ask and It is Given p 55
`````````````````````````````````````````````````` ```````
Most people do not *deliberately* offer thought, but instead, they let
their thoughts gravitate to whatever is happening around them: Something
happens. They Observe. They have an emotional feeling response to what
they are observing. And since they usually feel powerless in controlling
what they are observing, they conclude that they have no control over
their emotional response to what they are observing.
We want you to understand that you have absolute control over the set
point that you can achieve. And we want you to understand the extreme
value in deliberately achieving your own set points. Because, once you
expect something, it will come. The details of it may play out
differently - but the vibrational essence will always be an exact match.
Abraham-Hicks
Ask and It Is Given p 63
`````````````````````````````````````````````````` ``
Appreciation and self-love are the most important aspects you could ever
nurture. Appreciation of others and the appreciation of yourself are the
closest vibrational matches to Source Energy of anything we have ever
witnessed anywhere in this Universe.
Abraham-Hicks
Ask and It is Given P 103
`````````````````````````````````````````````````` ``
When you do not have enough money, you want more. But we want you to
understand that the distance you will be traveling is not the distance
between not enough money to enough money, but instead is the distance
between a feeling of insecurity to a feeling of security.
Once you practice the thought that makes you consistently feel more
secure-the money must follow.
Abraham-Hicks
Ask and It Is Given p 295
`````````````````````````````````````````````````` ````
These days, there are some people experiencing intense hardships or
traumas, and
because of how they are living right now, their asking is in a
heightened and intense place. And because of the intensity of their
request, Source is responding in kind. And although the person who is
doing the asking is usually so involved in the trauma that they are not
personally receiving the benefit of their own asking, future generations
- or even current generations who are not, right now, disallowing - are
receiving the benefit of that asking.
Abraham-Hicks
Ask and It Is Given
visit www.abraham-hicks.com
" Every man is the creature of the age in which he lives; very few are
able to raise themselves above the ideas of the time." ~Voltaire
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/GoodThinking/
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-23-2009, 02:49 PM
- Red Haired Race and the Tuatha De Dannan
by Clifford Riley
Firstly Tuatha De Dannan’s modern translation is “People of the Goddess Danu", but which under the Old Irish spelling of Tuath de Danaan translates as "Tribes of the God whose Mother is Anu". The “D” is a 10th Century prosthetic addition because Christian scribes believed Anu was related to the continental Goddess Danu. But who are often referred to as the Tuatha De and referred to as the "Children of Don" within Britain. Reflecting in the fact that Tuatha (meaning “Tribes”) is the plural of Tuath (meaning “tribe”).
Secondly They never came from Atlantis and I’ll explain thus:
Due to the cultural genocide by the invading Romans nothing survives of Britain's pre-Roman culture and traditions. The real history, myths and traditions relating to Stonehenge and other structures were lost. However, the megalithic culture began in Ireland and although it has been invaded numerous times, each invader added to the culture rather destroying the previous. Unlike their continental cousins the Irish Celts did write things down, which were nicely preserved by Christian scribes. As a consequence Ireland's culture, traditions, mythology and cosmology survived more or less intact. Thus, not only is it known why they were built; but who built them (which tribes); but what happened to those tribes, the tribes, clans and septs which they became. Right down to their present day survivors. Thus using these sources, along with archaeology, comparative histories, etc., I'll explain how the knowledge was passed on. Around 3,000 New Grange in Ireland was built, starting the megalithic culture. Its purpose according to Celtic cosmology was an act of symbolic magic in which the light of the sky father would penetrate the womb of mother Earth to make the land fertile. *This was constructed before a tribe called the Nemedians migrated from Ireland and into Europe, taking with them the knowledge of how to build the megalithic structures (such as Stonehenge built around 2,000 BC). Who passed it onto others, who used and modified the techniques and designs…Passing the knowledge onto others. One branch of this tribe settled in what is now Britain and became the ancestors of the ancient Britons. The rest continued on, spreading throughout Europe until finally reaching Thrace, in what is now Greece. Historically, ancient Greece and its predecessor traded with and *learnt from Egypt, which is how the knowledge was passed on from those how built the megaliths to those who built the pyramids…who only used those relevant parts. The Nemedians gave birth to numerous offshoots tribes. One of which were the Formorians, a member of which was a man named Bolg. He was the founder of a tribe (the Fir Bolg or "men of Bolg") which intermarried with Egyptians and migrated northward and eventually returned back to Ireland shortly after the ancestors of the Greeks had invaded the area.
This is supported not just by Irish mythology, comparative history, but by the fact that the Formorians are recorded as being of North African descent, whilst Irish druidry which is created to the Formorians contains clearly Egyptian influences. Another tribe descended from the Nemedian’s was the Danaan. Around 2500 BC they migrated northward through Bulgaria, to settle in that part of Romania known as Transylvania, which historically had by 2,000 BC become the nest from which the Celts came. Remainders of this same tribe stayed in Thrace and became the Danaan's mentioned within Homer's Iliad and in accounts by the Egyptians. In Transylvania they multiplied, going from a tribe called the Danaan, to be known collectively as the Tuatha De Danaan (Tuatha De Dannan in Middle and Modern Irish) which in Modern Irish means "People of the Goddess Danu", but which in Old Irish translates as "Tribes of the God whose Mother is Anu". But who are often referred to as the Tuatha De and referred to as
the "Children of Don" within Britain. Although Danu is seen as a Celtic Goddess she was originally the mother goddess of all Indo-Europeans races.
One member of the Tuatha De had a son called Gaedhal Glas “Gael the Green”, founder of the Gael Celts, who descendants used green as their emblem which is why to this day Irish Gaels are still associated with the colour green. A number of his descendents migrated eastward into Scythia to become the Celto-Scythians, the ancestors of the Milesian Gaels, who to separate themselves from other Gael tribes but to still reflect their decent from Gaedhal Glas adopted the snake as their emblem Others tribes descended from him went westward arriving in Ireland as the Tuatha De Danaan around 1014 BC. This is why the Gaels first arrived in Ireland during the Urnfield period, but who didn't become noticeable until the Halstat, while the Milesian Gaels didn't arrive until the 4th Century BC. The migration of the Milesian Gaels occurred during the 4th Century BC. The accounts given within the Irish annals, are supported by archeology, comparative, histories, etc. The arrival of the Tuatha De is recorded with Cath Maige Tuired "The Battle Of Moytura", in which it states:
"The Tuatha De came with a great fleet to Ireland to take it by force from the Fir Bolg. Upon
reaching Cocu Belgatan, they at once burnt their boats so that they would not think of fleeing to
them. The smoke and the mist which came from the ships filled the land and the air which near
them. For that reason it has been thought they arrived in clouds of mist."
Using shortened versions of this account which ignore references to ships, those who believe in ancient astronauts use them as evidence that the Tuatha De were aliens (but the only references to little green men you'll find within Irish culture are to Leprechauns). *Because both groups had a shared origin, with the Gaels forming an offshoot tribe and the Tuatha De retained their tribal name, they were able to fight and defeat those whose who carried the same tribal name as their ancestors. But they weren't aliens; they weren’t from Atlantis’ nor are they a Lost Israelite tribe. They are the physical ancestors of the Irish, who through various tribes claim descent from one of the tribes which collectively formed the Tuatha De Danaan. To put simply the Irish are descended from differing tribes, which are descended through various offshoot tribes to a single tribe which claimed the God Brian (better known in Britain as Bran the Blessed), who was the eldest son of the Goddess Danu as their tribal ancestor (hence "Tribes of the God whose Mother is Danu"). In the 10th Century Christians scribes trying sort out Irish mythological relationships decided that more Christian activities were more important, so they simply classed the Tuatha De Danaan as the ancient gods of the Irish, even though the Irish openly stated they were all human. Since the incoming Celtic culture was more land based, it replaced the more sky based religions still being practiced, which is why the megalithic culture ends around 1000 BC with their arrival, but continued to be used. Around 600 BC the Greeks encounter these tribes. Finding their name difficult to pronounce and give them the nickname of "Celt", derived from Keilt or kilt, the type of skirt they wore. No Celtic tribe ever called themselves as “Celt”, it’s a nickname given them by the Greeks. Because the Celts called and are The Tuatha De Dannan.
When Christian missionaries arrived in Ireland they went through the entire Irish culture, myths, etc. to provide evidence to support Biblical claims. They couldn’t so they created a series of pseudo myths in which the ancestors of the Irish were placed in contact with Biblical figures. According to one pseudo myth Niúl (of the Tuatha De Dannan), youngest son of Fénius Farsaid, was a wise teacher who at the invite of Pharaoh taught in Egypt. In gratitude Pharaoh gave Niúl land at Campus Circit (also known as Capacyront) beside the Red Sea. *One day Niúl encountered a large group of people near his land and after having talked with them was informed by their high priest, Aaron, that they were Jews and had through the help of his brother Moses escaped bondage in Egypt. Niúl soon formed a friendship with Aaron and asked him whether the Israelites had any provisions, to which Aaron replied that they had very little as they had just left Egypt with only the minimum of provisions. Niúl then told Aaron that he could ask for whatsoever Niúl had and that he shall have wheat and wine for his pleasure. Consequently the Israelites were resupplied and Aaron informed his brother Moses of the gifts kindly provided by Niúl. During the night a snake crawled over the body of Niúl and Scota’s son Gaedheal and bit him (leaving a green mark, earning Gaedheal the suffix of `Glas’) making the child extremely sick. Niúl took his son to Moses who after praying touched the child with the same rod used to part the Reed Sea, healing the child. After doing so Moses had a vision and then informed Niúl that God was pleased with them and that no snake nor any other venomous worm would ever annoy or hurt the child or any of his descendants, nor any beast should never live in the country where the descendants of Gaedheal Glas would live (the vision called this the “Ilse of Destiny”).
Gaedheal Glas became the progenitor of the tribe the Gaels who formed one of the many tribes of the tribes of the God whose mother is Anu. Following this pseudo encounter with the Israelites Niúl, his wife Scota, his descendants remained in Egypt until the time of Sruth (also known as Sru), son of Asruth, son of Gaedheal Glas, when the Egyptians began to persecute them which forced them to return in four ships to Scythia (some claim Crete, but it is was more likely to have been Thrace in Greece). Put simply the Tuath De Dannan/Celts were established as a tribal
collective and within Europe many centuries before the existence of the Tribe of Dan and the Israelite Exodus of between 1500 and 1200 BC. Although Tuatha De does translate as “Tribes of God” which was used to describe the Israelite’s this is down to the nature language. The Tuatha De Dannan did not join, nor are they descended from the Israelite tribe Dan. They are not a lost Israelite tribe.
Whilst the alleged encounter between the Celts and the Israelites would during the Christian period create the belief that the Irish are a lost tribe of Israel, which with the assistance of later fictitious evidence supported by an immense ignorance of Biblical history developed into the belief that the British are a lost tribe of Israel (called “British Israelites” who within this context restrict their meaning of “British” to mean “English”) even though the Welsh have no historical or mythological connection with the Middle East let alone with the Israelites (other than a connection through the Irish), while the mythology and history of the Anglo-Saxons prior to their arrival in Britain have been lost.
The idea of the Tuatha De Dannan as being connected with the Tribe of Dan is a fiction created to serve the purposes of right wing Christian fundamentalists. Equally, those who claim the Tuatha De Dannan were aliens also ignorance this evidence because it requires real research, but it destroys their claims and helps proves that the megalithic structures and the pyramids were of human construction and not alien. I've spent years studying Irish mythology, Celtic Cosmology. I've read Old, Middle and Late Irish texts, etc., had access to texts from private and educational achieves. Including those held by Trinity College Dublin, The Dublin Institute for Advanced Studies, Royal Irish Academy and the Irish Texts Society. As well as gaining an understanding of Classical literature, ancient history and Egyptology.
I am descended from Irish Royality, whose culture; pedigrees, etc. are all preserved. I am descended from one of the various Irish tribes descended from the Tuatha De Dannan. I am sick to the back teeth of having people distort and/or deform my cultural heritage to support their tripe theories. Do some real research. My ancestors aren't an Israelite tribe, they weren't aliens or from Atlantis. As far as I'm concerned to do so is racist.
************************************************** **
Mary
WHAT CAME FIRST – THE CHICKEN OR THE EGG
While we are so busy arguing on what race or religious tradition is most important we miss out on what has been coming down upon us since the ‘BEGINNING OF TIME’…and the people in “the Know” sit back laughing at us as we argue over petty things. But of course it keeps our attention away from the greatest secret of all…THE END OF TIME!
Here are a few pieces of the puzzle I have put together.
1. The idea of the once existence of Atlantis is squelched by our world leaders
2. The origin of the homeland of Atlantis (North America) was hidden from the masses.
3. The origin of ‘mankind’ was hidden from the masses
4. The truth behind our creators was hidden from the masses
5. The technology of the Ancients has been denied to us
6. The true rulers of mankind have been hidden from us
7. The reason behind the building of the pyramids and monuments was falsified
8. All information on the purpose of the sacred sites, the veil and the underworld has been denied to us
9. The Count down time for 2012 has been denied to us
Further pieces of the puzzle:
1. A group of “gods” came to Earth from a place of unknown origin for the purpose of mining Earth’s resources.
2. Atlantis was home to the gods, with outposts established around the world.
3. The “gods” genetically altered the species of man living on earth to be a slave race and created another hybrid race of “shepherd kings” to act as shepherds over their flock of human slaves. These hybrids are the rulers of our world today.
4. During the last cataclysms their technology was destroyed or lost.
5. These “gods” are immortal (either because of their genetic makeup or through some biological technology we are not aware of…but I am pretty sure that the use of “ gold” and “human blood” are part of the equation.)
6. Its probable that some of these gods left earth before the cataclysm but other gods were left behind, to physically walk among men disguised as men (It is most likely that they disguise themselves through the manipulation of vibration or perhaps by some sort of mass induced hypnosis)
7. They live in the shadows and use their hybrid offspring to manipulate the masses
8. The hybrid offspring have been finding all the lost technology and reverse engineering it for the “gods” (This is being done through the guise of archeology and science and financed by the unknowing public. )
9. The Calendar of Stone, Mayan Calendar and other calendars of antiquity were built by slave labor, overseered by the hybrids for the “Gods”. The Information for 2012 was and is not meant for the masses but only for the “gods” of which they have most likely promised to share with their hybrids…when the time comes.
10. Precisely at 11:11 a.m. Dec 21st 2012 these gods will make their move. “Hopefully” it will be their time, when the wormhole opens, that they will be able to escape earth through their stargates and man will be left alone to evolve as they were meant to.
11. Until their plans have come to completion, these gods through their hybrids, will keep mankind distracted using religion, politics and the economy as their distracters. (United we stand…divided we fall)
Excerpt from Mary’s Upcoming Book “The Time Keepers” Copyrighted 2009 Mary Sutherland
The people in the know are well aware of Enoch and the “Calendar in Stone -the Great Pyramid”...and the ending of the present Age. Dr. John Dee (007) was one of those men that not only knew of Enochians but that they originally resided in North America.
North America had been known to Europe since the Viking period, whose maps fell into the hands of the Sinclairs of the Orkneys and from there may have gone via the Templars to the Knights of Christ in Portugal. These first records of America on the Elizabethan maps refer to it as ‘Atlantis’.
John Dee was the first to voice plans for the colonialization of North America, envisioning an ‘Occult British Empire’ that would rule the world from there. He tried to convince the ‘Virgin Queen’ Elizabeth I to lay claim to the land based on its discovery by her ancestor ‘King Arthur’! The colony was to be named ‘Virginia’ after her.
To Dr. John Dee’s credit, he was a scientist, mathematician, and one of the most brilliant men of his age. He was in many ways the father of the British Empire, being that he was the one who was responsible for establishing the legal claims of colonial territories for Queen Elizabeth. He also applied Euclidian geometry to naval navigation, writing several books on the subject and drawing up charts for navigational use as well as designing instruments for the ships at sea to apply the principals he had developed. He eventually amassed a vast library of over 4,000 books on subjects ranging from ancient religions to modern science. Dee used his talents as an astrologer to select the date of the Queen's coronation and was a close friend of Francis Walsingham, head of Elizabeth's secret police. Walsingham used Dee frequently on overseas missions, where he acted as an agent for England. In this capacity, he always signed his correspondence with the Queen with the mark ‘007’ and was used loosely as the model for Ian Fleming's character, James Bond. Dee was also well acquainted with William Shakespeare, who apparently based his characters ‘King Lear’ and ‘Prospero (of ‘The Tempest’) on Dee's complexed life. That last portrayal, of a man influenced and ultimately controlled by his fascination with magic, is perhaps most crucial; for while Dee was a God-fearing man and one of the most accomplished scientists of his day and it was his forays into his magical pursuits that ultimately defined him.
One of Dee’s biographers described him as ‘Elizabethan England’s great magus’. This particular depiction of Dee is important because of the crucial role of the ‘Magi’ (from which the term ‘Magus’ comes from) in the historical events we have described – namely the birth and death …and rebirth of Christ, around which our Western Calendar for the last 2000 years revolved. According to Adrian Gilbert, author of ‘Signs in the Sky’ the Magi were a secret priesthood educated in the Egyptian ‘Orion Mysteries’, who were said to have found their way to the birthplace of Jesus Christ. They are the ‘Three Kings of the Orient’ (Orion) spoken of in the Gospel of Matthew and Gilbert argues that they specifically saw Jesus as a ‘Horus King’ figure.
Dee had an immense effect on later occultists, most notably Aliester Crowley. Both Crowley and Dee had a very influential effect also on the founders of NASA's Jet Propulsion Laboratory!
Dee was heavily involved in a secret society known as the ‘School of Night’, an Elizabethan esoteric school founded by Sir Walter Raleigh, a follower of John Dee. Some of the other more notable members were the Earl of Northumberland and Lord Fernando Strange (Earl of Derby). Derby (both alchemists), Sir George Carey, William Warner and Robert Hues (with Harriot known as the 3 Magi) and the poets Marlowe, Chapman and Roydon. Henry Percy, the 9th Earl of Northumberland was a driving force and financial backer within the group. They usually met at Strange's estate and were viewed with suspicion by the religious leaders of the day because of their easy access to Queen Elizabeth.
Although we don’t know what went on during their meetings nor do we know what they discussed, Sir Frances Bacon gives us a pretty good clue based off a novel he wrote in 1626 he titled ‘The New Atlantis’. ‘The New Atlantis’ reads like a virtual roadmap of what they had discerned from their studies concerning the ancient mystery schools of Egypt. The thrust of the story is of a shipwrecked crew landing on ‘a mysterious shore’ in the New World, where they are greeted and ministered to by ‘a kind, wise old man’ and his servants. The old man is found to be an ambassador of what is revealed as a substantial secret society in the New World. During the course of their stay, many secrets are revealed to them. There are barely veiled references to the ‘Society of Solomon's House’ (an obvious allusion to the Masons -- who in their own lore are the ancient designers of Solomon's Temple), and a flat Egyptian-type (Horus) statement that this society is ‘the very eye of this kingdom.’ The novel also contains references to ‘the coming Apocalypse,’ and states that America is the “Land of Atlantis. It goes on to tell the tale of a vast and technologically advanced civilization overtaken by a catastrophic ancient inundation. That this is simply a thinly veiled master plan for what was to become the ‘United States of America’ could not be clearer.
When Dee decoded the Anni-Domini calendar, it confirmed to the ‘School of Night’ what they had suspected - North America was the “ special” place of antiquity that legends spoke of. Immediately after Dee's calendar work was published, he and Raleigh began to do what was necessary for England (and by extension - their secret society) to establish a foothold in America. By April 1585, after nearly three years of preparation, John White and Thomas Harriot, launched the first serious English expedition to colonize America. Harriot was a student of Dee’s, a close friend of Raleigh…and a member of ‘The School of Night’. Harriot was also very aware of the significance of the 77degree longitude and the 33-year calendar cycle. It was discovered in Harriot’s notes a number of references to the AD Calendar System.
The Galactic Secret
The Pillars of Enoch held the secret of the Coming New Age and its location. Not only did it give the exact location of the New Atlantis…but when time ends for this cycle.
The people in the know are very aware of this and have deliberately kept this information from the masses. In itself, the UFO issue is not the great secret - what is the concern of this society is what the phenomenon may reveal to the masses.
Cyclic Count Down and the Coming “New” Atlantis in North America -
33 year Calendar - 77 Degree Longitude
To see that the new 33 year cycle ‘prime meridian’ was the was the prime directive for the first settlement in North America, you simply need to look at where they first landed. From their landing spot at Roanoke Island, Virginia, Harriot and White were in a perfect position to survey the land and the stars. Although they didn’t know it was exactly 77 degrees West when they arrived there, they did know they were close and, according to Cassidy, the proper longitude was marked out on the map that White brought back.
Things did not go well for the first colony, nor did it go well for the second in 1587. And by 1588, England had her hands full with the invasion of the Spanish Armada. During this time, Dee became famously credited with casting a ‘hex’ on the Armada by conjuring the bad weather which contributed more to the Armada's defeat than anything the English navy did.
As England lost interest temporarily in the New Atlantis, Dee and the ‘School of Night’ set about creating a new movement, which they intended to be the guiding star of their New World. This new movement was ‘The Rosicrucians’ or ‘Order of the Rose Cross.’ Their roots can be traced back to John Dee and a meeting in Luneburg, Germany in 1586. The order openly grounded itself in the ancient Egyptian mysteries of Isis and Osiris (Sirius and Orion) and exerted a great influence throughout Europe's ruling elite from the early 1600's on.
The ‘School of Night’ plans were foiled with the death of Elizabeth in 1603. The throne was taken over by King James I, of Scotland (the first overtly Scottish Rite Masonic Royal) who quickly imprisoned Dee, Raleigh and Bacon. The Masons obviously saw Dee and the ‘School of Night’ as rivals in the quest to dominate the New Atlantis. King James and the Masons must have equally understood the unique significance of the 33-year calendar cycle, because they promptly launched the Jamestown colony, which was located dead on the 77degree W. longitude!
Shortly after Dee and Kelly’s presentation of their calendar treatise to Elizabeth, they traveled to Eastern Europe, where they circulated among the royal houses and carried favor with various emperors and kings. It seemed that they were attempting to spread the knowledge of something among these high houses.
Kelly laid claim to success with alchemy and was knighted by the Holy Roman Emperor Rudolph, ostensibly for his ‘alchemical’ contributions to the Court. Dee left England in late 1583 and traveled through Poland and Bohemia at the invitation of Polish Count Lasky. Lasky had mysteriously appeared in England inquiring about Dee and Kelly's channeling and other occult activities.
Shortly after Dee had returned to England in 1589, a young law student named Johann Bayer (1572-1625) made a contribution to astronomy that almost certainly sprang from this ‘secret knowledge’ that Dee had apparently been spreading in Europe. Bayer was a Bavarian astronomer, who first named stars by assigning them to constellations and giving then Greek letters (alpha, beta, gamma, delta, etc.), in order of decreasing brightness. His seminal work, the ‘Uranometria’ (published in 1603), not only set this new standard for stellar designation but also created several entirely new constellations - one of which will ultimately have a major role in unraveling the mystery we have before us.
Bayer literally ‘carve out’ a new constellation from the stars of Canis Major. Canis Major contains ‘Sirius’ who is the ‘key celestial player’ in this Millennium madness. Bayer's new constellation is also located precisely on the meridian with Orion as a ‘marker’ for some future event. He named this new constellation ‘Columba’, code name for Enoch or ‘dove’ which is representative of the dove sent out by Noah after the Deluge to search for dry land.
How this new constellation is connected to the New Atlantis Dee and Bacon had been seeking, can be found in the constellation’s history and mythology. According to Allen’s ‘Star Names – Their Lore and Meaning’:
"Columba was made up from the southwestern outliners of Canis Major, near to the Ship Argo (Noah's Ark) and so Columba was regarded as the attendant Dove."
And in Genesis 8:6-12:
At the end of forty days, after the flood, Noah opened the window of the ark that he had made and sent out the raven to see if it could find dry land; and it went to and fro until the waters were dried up from the earth. Then he sent out the dove to see if the waters had subsided from the face of the ground; but the dove found no place to set its foot, and it returned to him to the ark, for the waters were still on the face of the whole earth. So he put out his hand and took it and brought it into the ark with him. He waited another seven days and again he sent out the dove from the ark; and the dove came back to him in the evening, and there in its beak was a freshly plucked olive leaf; so Noah knew that the waters had subsided from the earth. Then he waited another seven days, and sent out the dove; and it did not return to him any more.
According to both Peter Tompkins and Robert Temple, ‘Doves’ is also a priestly code for earth measurement. The authors of Genesis chose the dove for this key role because of the geodetic role of doves in ‘primitive’ geographical surveying. ‘Doves’ in the Noah story indicate a need to determine exact latitude/longitude…again…after a major, watery catastrophe.
Robert Temple, author of the "Sirius Mystery", has exhaustively explained the deeper connection between the Argo (the Ark) and Sirius. Most interesting is his discussion of the hidden relationship between the true nature of the companion to Sirius, Sirius B -- the amazing white dwarf -- and a little known visible star in the same constellation of Canis Major, called by the Arabs, ‘Al Wazn’. (Weight)
Temple goes on to equate this nomenclature, applied to a visible member of Canis Major, with the ancient, degenerate, ‘hidden knowledge’ regarding the actual existence of Sirius B, the super dense white dwarf that orbits in the Sirius System, invisible to the physical eye. What Temple did not report was that when Bayer borrowed some of the Canis Major's stars to compose the new constellation Columba in 1603, one key star of the new constellation was his same ‘Al Wazn’. The same star that Temple, just under 400 years later, identifies with a ‘secret’ degenerated knowledge of the Sirian system itself ...
As you see, there is an undeniable connection (through this star, Al Wazn) between the Sirian Complex of the Dogon myth and mythos of Canis Major ... and the constellation of Columba, ‘the Dove.’
The other strong connection to Temple's Sirius Mythos comes with Columba's association with "Argo" -- the Southern Constellation loosely representing ‘Noah’s Ark’ and its classic use as an escape from a great planetary flood/disaster.
Temple refers to the other variants of this same Hebrew story then circulating in the Middle East, including The Egyptian story that stated it was the ark that bore Isis and Osiris over the Deluge. Now..if you refer to the major MIT science historian, the late Livo Stechini (in an appendix to Tompkins: "Secrets of the Great Pyramid"), you find that Stechini makes an excellent case that the ‘doves’ of the Noah story are actually a classic Egyptian reference to ‘a standard Egyptian glyph - for the stretching of meridians and parallels!’
It should be clear to all that have “eyes to see and ears to hear” that the ‘secret’ creation of a visible new constellation called ‘the Dove’ (Columba) in 1603, out of some Canis Major stars, linked with Argo and the entire ‘Sirian’ Complex, was not accidental. It was, instead, secretly emblematic of that precise time of the transposition of the terrestrial Egyptian ‘meridians and parallels’ into the sky!
It would also seem that after the Big Calendar Change, at the end of the 16th Century, those ‘in the know’ wanted a visible Egyptian marker in the sky to denote celestial meridians and parallels. They wanted to visibly mark, in the sky, the orientation of the critical ‘plane of the Earth’s axis’ at the end of the Twentieth Century - when Sirius would cross the Meridian at Midnight in 2000!
Knight and Lomas’s book ‘Uriel’s Machine’, tell of a Sixth Century monk who took the Church from Ireland to Scotland. He was also responsible for importating a ‘sacred stone’ from the Holy Land to be used in all subsequent Scottish and English Coronations. This monk’s given name was ‘Columba’! Centuries later, Our Founding Fathers (mostly Masons from Columba’s new home, Scotland) gave the New Republic the name Columbia. And let us not forget the so-called discoverer of America and the New World - Christopher (Code Name ‘Columbus’). In truth, ‘Columbus’ was only rediscovering the "lost Atlantis" that most learned men of his day already knew was out there. In part, this prior knowledge was reinforced by at least one of the best selling manuscripts of Columbus' time (even Queen Isabella was said to own a copy).
Naming ‘Columbus’ as leader for this 15th Century expedition to the New World was supremely appropriate as a secret code carefully meant to memorialize to ‘the chosen societies’ this ancient geodetic knowledge of the New World and its crucial coming role in the next ‘Event Horizon’.
America: the ultimate "Columba" marker to the celestial ticking clock that only can be understood from this unique New World ... when time runs out -- again.
The sudden astronomical appearance of the "dove" of Columba in sky charts, circa 1603, indicates the need to determine the exact latitude and longitude of ‘God's Longitude’ in the New World, to accurately ‘predict’ the ‘next’ catastrophe.... ergo, the ‘hidden multi-leveled symbology of the Dove.’ And that is exactly how Columba can be used today ... as the clock just south of Orion, to indicate (together with Sirius) exactly how much time we have left ... and measured from the United States... until ‘Noah’ happens again.
What this all implies is that the members of these secret orders had come to believe that there will be another Event Horizon. They believed so much in it, that they set up coded markers, both through a series of ‘staged events’ occurring on the ground as well as clandestine signposts in the sky, in order to prepare their descendants with the appropriate warnings and the ‘time’. They then set about warring over the sacred land of North America that they all believed would play a key role in this coming eschatology.
This rogue society must have understood the danger to their plans if the truth ever came out about the significance of the 33-year cycle calendar. The truth is in that the 33-year calendar was not based on ‘Life of Christ’ but on a ‘Secret’ held close by the Masonic order and on the curious geometry of some very old things in another old ‘Atlantis’ on another world…Cydonia’!
Further Comments to Clifford Riley by Mary Sutherland
Firstly….Geez Lou-ise that word “racists” gets thrown around a lot!
Secondly…Allow me to thank you for some very good research material on behalf of the Irish history concerning the Tuatha De Dannan…HOWEVER…Your research “only” takes you back to ancient Egypt. You state the following: This was constructed before a tribe called the Nemedians migrated from Ireland and into Europe, taking with them the knowledge of how to build the megalithic structures (such as Stonehenge built around 2,000 BC). Who passed it onto others, who used and modified the techniques and designs…Passing the knowledge onto others. One branch of this tribe settled in what is now Britain and became the ancestors of the ancient Britons. The rest continued on, spreading throughout Europe until finally reaching Thrace, in what is now Greece. Historically, ancient Greece and its predecessor traded with and *learnt from Egypt, which is how the knowledge was passed on from those how built the megaliths to those who built the pyramids…who only used those relevant parts.
Yes, they may have learned from the Ancient Egyptians…but the Ancient Egyptians had to have learned from someone as well…of which was documented…and their documentation points right back to North America, Atlantis and the “Gods of Wisdom”!
Following are some of the documentations I have that have influenced my opinion on this matter. If you can show me proof that contradicts this I will be open for discussion.
(Excerpts from Mary Sutherland’s upcoming Book “In search of Ancient Man” – Copyrighted material)
1.) From James Churchward, world known for his research on Lemuria, we learn about Jesus Christ during his time living in the monasteries and lamasaries of the Himalayas and Tibet. According to the monastery records: "When Jesus was a young man, he left his home country and went first to Egypt. There for two years he studied the ancient Egyptian Osirian Tradition. From Egypt he went to India and at Benares and other religious centers studied the teachings of Gautama. He then entered a Himalayan monastery where for 12 years he studied the Sacred Inspired writings of Mu and her Cosmic Forces and Sciences. At the end of 12 years he became a Master: the most proficient Master that has ever been on earth."
Following Churchward compares the Osirian tradition (teachings of Osiris) and the teachings of Jesus Christ:
“In studying the ancient writings I have found that the teachings of Osiris and Jesus are wonderfully alike. Many passages being identical…word for word and line for line. This is not to be wondered at…they were both preaching and teaching the first and Inspired Religion of Man, which they both learned from the same school – ‘The Sacred Inspired Writings of Mu’.” “Both Jesus and Osiris were, unquestionably, inspired instruments of the ‘Great Nameless’, sent on earth to show the children of this world the paths which lead to happiness.”
While the Egyptians worshipped him as a god, others claimed him to have been a high priest that lived during the time of Lemuria and Atlantis. Churchward found tablets referencing Atlantis and among them a history of Osiris: it reads:
''Osiris was born in Atlantis 22,000 years ago (according to reckoning of time). When a young man he went to the Motherland to study for the Priesthood. When he became a Master he returned to Atlantis. There he devoted himself to eliminating the extravagances, superstitions, misconceptions and inventions that had crept into the Atlantean Religion. He then installed again the original religion of love and simplicity. He was then made the High Priest of Atlantis, a position he held during a long life. When he passed on, the Religion was called after him…The Osirian Religion or Osirian Tradition.” This religion was carried to Egypt by Thoth and became the religion of Egypt.”
2.) The biblical Enoch, son of Jared, was known to be the ‘Establisher of Adam’ and Adam is the divine universal manifestation of God, setting up the Adamic cycle of six thousand years, beginning with himself and Enoch, ending with the ‘return of Jesus Christ’. Enoch received and established the wisdom of Adam who lived 930 years and survived the completion of the Pyramid by almost 400 years. (Joshua, in turn, became the establisher for Moses and Paul became the establisher for Jesus.)
Enoch was a Master Builder, the architect for the Great Pyramid in Egypt as well as the pyramids built in Central, South America and Mexico, where he was known as Quetzacoatl, Kulkulcan, and Itzamna. The Southwestern Hopi of North America knew him as the ‘Giver of the Great Fire Clan Tablet’. Enoch told them that when their great white brother, ‘Bahana’, returned they were to seek him out in the land called ‘Masauwa’.
The ‘Book of the Hopi’, prophesies that after the Fire Clan migrated to their permanent home, a time would come when they would be overcome by a strange white people. These people would force the Fire Clan (Hopi) to develop their land and lives according to the dictates of a new ruler or they would be treated as criminals and punished accordingly. Enoch told them not to resist but wait for their lost white brother to return. He would be called Pahana (Bahana) and would return to them the missing corner piece of the tablet, deliver them from their persecutors, and bring in a new and universal brotherhood of man.
Enoch traveled up the Mississippi River, crossed over the Wisconsin River and went into the state of Wisconsin. Here was where the chocolate-colored granite was being mined to make such holy relics as was used for the Ark of the Covenant, in the Holy of Holies and the Capstone of the Great Pyramid. From Wisconsin, he journeyed south, teaching the people the religion of the ‘One True Invisible God – the Wakan-Tanca’.
From the ‘Dan Records of Enoch’, the Irish St. Brendan came to know that a continent existed beyond the sea which was divided by a great river. In the early 500’s he left his homeland and set sail for the world of the Atlanteans. He later wrote a book about his travels, titling it, ‘The Voyage of St. Brendan’. In this book, the Irish monk described the vision of North America and tells of a maiden coming to him, telling of a great land across the western sea – a land divided in half by a mighty river (the Mississippi). She then gave him the prophecy of the Second Coming of Christ who would appear in North America.
Ancient Ogham writings have been found in the caves of West Virginia that date prior to 1000 A.D. More examples of Ogham writing have been reported throughout the ‘Ogham Corridor’ which is located southeast of LaJunta, Colorado and stretches down to the upper Cimarron River into the Oklahoma Panhandle.
During the time of Columbus, ‘The Voyage of St. Brendan’ was very popular. After studying the book, Columbus came to believe that by going to America he would become instrumental in the fulfilling of the prophecy given to St. Brendan. To obtain support and financial backing, Columbus wrote and presented his book of prophecy to the King and Queen of Spain. With their blessings and support, Columbus set sail for America, following the maps, graphics and directions found in the ‘Book of St. Brendan’. When Columbus entered the Gulf of Pariah, he was sure he had found the Garden of Eden and proclaimed it as such. He was also convinced that it was here that he would find the returned Christ, his heavenly temple and the New Jerusalem (City of Gold) and that his arrival would usher in the prophesied 1000 years of peace.
Although I am not as up on Irish history as you I am aware of some of its history and from what I understand Tara was the sacred home for the Ari (later the Ari-ish or Irish) who ranked below the Illi gods, yet above the people. Ireland (Ari-Land) takes its name from the Aris (lion / ili-on - in Hebrew) or Arians. Ireland is considered the Great Motherland of the Aryan race. The mysterious Hyksos or "Shepherd Kings" of ancient Egypt who invaded Egypt and then reigned in that land of the Nile as Pharaohs. They were Semites, also known as the Ibaru, or the Eabrach of Ireland. They were an ancient race of ‘Arch-Magi’ who venerated the stars and the zodiac, who had "churches" all over the world and later became known as the ‘Hibiru’ and then later ‘Hebrew.
The Lebor Gabala Erren (“The Book of Invasions"), compiled during the 12th century A.D., describes the mysterious Tuatha de' Danann as arriving in Ireland from beyond our concept of space and time, coming from a place known in Gaelic legend as Tir Na' nOg, ‘The Land of Eternal Youth’. The Tuatha de’ Danaan were a race of Celtic giants and ‘father gods’ that dwelt in underground kingdoms or inside the hollow mountains. They were also known as Davana, Áes Sí, Áes Sídh, Áes Sídhe, Áos Sídhe, the Children or Tribe of the Goddess Danu, Davana, the Hill Folk, People of Anu, Anunnaki, People of Enki, Shining Ones, Creator Gods, Danann
"In this way they came, in dark clouds from northern islands of the world. They landed on the mountains of Conmaicne Rein in Connachta, and brought darkness over the sun for three days and three nights. Gods were their men of arts, and non-gods their husbandmen."
When they arrived in Ireland, they brought with them their four sacred treasures; The Stone of Destiny; the Sword of Lugh; the Spear of Victory and the Caldron of the Gods, from which no company ever went away from unsatisfied. These treasures were housed in the ‘Cave of Treasures’, inside the Mountain of God, where a perpetual flame burns. The Mountain of God is known as Tara, Illi’s gateway or Ish-Tar Gateway to the Otherworld. Passage tombs or mounds, called Sidhe (pronounced ‘she’) dot the surrounding countryside. From the earliest dawn of Irish mythology Keltic rites have been performed there.
The Tuatha Dé Danaan, the direct descendants of the biblical Elohim, was described by W.Y.Evans-Wentz as a race of majestic appearance and marvelous beauty, in human form but yet divine in nature. They were divided into two classes - those that shine and those that were opalescent and seemed to be lit up by a light within themselves.”
*"And it came to pass, when men began to multiply upon the face of the earth, and daughters were born unto them, The "the sons of God (Elohim) saw daughters of men that they were fair; and they took unto them wives of all which they chose.... There were giants in the earth in those days; and also that when the sons of God (Elohim) came in unto the daughters of men, and they bare children of them, the same became mighty men of old, men of renown." (The Sumerians called them the Anunnaki (nunn meaning ‘fish’ and aki meaning ’light’) and the Irish called them Lords of ‘Illi’ (light)
These Creator Gods had the ability to control the light of the sun through the power of blue stones that had miraculous powers. According to Irish mythology, E.A. (Enki) led the Anunnaki in search of the “blue stones that cause ill,” (illumination, luminescence, enlightenment). He found the stones at the place called Ar(ili), which is known today as Ireland.
These stones hold the exotic ‘missing’ or ‘hidden’ (‘black’) matter of the universe and are symbolized as the Philosopher’s Stone or the Black Stone. Crystallized into Earth density the black stones shifted their vibration into blue stones.
The cluster of three orbs symbolize these stones, just as they do the Word or Life Force of God. According to legend, when a human places themselves in resonance with the blue stone’s life force, he or she is transformed from a human into a god.
Both Irish and Iraqi mythology revolved around the secret teachings of the blue stones of E.A. Before founding the civilization in ancient Sumeria, E.A. settled Ireland. According to Sir Laurence Gardner, Irish mythology of the Anunnaki predates Sumerian civilization by a thousand years or more. Like Sumeria, Ireland comes into its history as a full-fledged kingdom with its sudden origin perplexing many historians.
Prior to the Tautha De Danaan, Ireland was inhabited by a race of giants known as the Firbolgs and Formorachs, a giant ‘Sea People’ who had come to the Island after a great flood had destroyed their former kingdom. When the Tuatha De Danaan arrived by air, in a mist, on the first day of Beltain, the Firbolgs saw nothing but the mist lying on the hills.
King Eochaid, son of Erc, the ruler of the Firbolgs, had dreamt of the coming of the Danaans (the men of Dea). After their arrival, Eochaid sent his greatest champion, Sreng, to learn of this new race. He was sent back by the Tuatha De Danaan with a message that they would not fight the Firbolgs - if King Eochaid would cede them half the land. Unwilling to relinquish any part of his kingdom the Firbolg King decided take up battle against the new arrivals, which he ultimately lost.
Although the Firbolgs lost the battle, the Tuatha De Danaan gave them Connacht to dwell in and put the tribes under their protection. They went on to teach them the arts, architecture, mathematics and their science. The essence of Tuatha De Danaan science stems from music - the controlled manipulation of sound waves, which became recorded in legend as the ‘music of the spheres.’ They also mapped out the natural interphase points across the globe and lived in relative peace with the Celtic tribes of Ireland, often times intermarrying with them. The descendants of the Tuatha Dé Danann became known as the Daoine Sídhe (faery folk).
Later, a rival force of Annunaki the Celts called the ‘Na Fferyllt’ or ‘Dragon Kings’ returned to Earth. Wanting to re-claim Earth and have the humans as slaves, they played the people like pawns against the Tuatha De Danaan, exploiting them and filling them with fears and jealousy. The Tuatha De Danaan retaliated by taking the war to the ‘Na Fferyllt’ and extending the battlefield from Earth to the other planets. This war became immortalized as ‘The War in Heaven’.
The Tuatha De Danaan and their followers were conquered in a battle at Taillte by the Milesian Scots, (Royal Tribe of Judah) who had invaded Ireland in 1268 B.C. Not wanting to be ruled by these invaders, the Tuatha De Danaan built a massive underground fortress, which is known today as New Grange. They used their Druids to blight the fields of the Milesians. The majority of the Tuatha De Danaans joined with the Sidhe and dwelt in the hills, eventually melding with them. These people later became known as a nation of roving warriors, characterized by their blue eyes, pale faces and long, curly yellow and red hair.
Although most of the history telling of the Israelite coming to Britain and Ireland has been either modified or lost, the fragmented record of the ‘Welsh Triad’, sheds light on the Tribe of Judah’s warrior king, Joshua (Mose’s minister and successor). According to these records, Joshua was known in the Isles as ‘Hu Gadarn’. Gardarn is a Welsh word meaning ‘The Mighty’ and Hu is the short form of the Old Celtic name ‘Hesus’. The people accompanying Joshua to the Isles were called ‘The Cymry’ (Cumrah)... “First was the race of the Cymry, who came with Hu Gadarn - from the ‘Land of Sumer’ to Yns Prydain.”
The Triad credits Hu Gadarn as the establisher of the ‘Fferyllt’. Although ‘Na Fferyllt’ is the name for the Anunnaki led by Enlil that fought against the Tuatha De Danaan (Enki), the Welsh also use the word ‘Fferyllt’ as a reference to ‘Druid Alchemist’ and the ‘Books of Merlyn’.
Hu Gadarn mnemonically systematizes the wisdom of the ancients by formulating a pattern of letters or words (poetry) as a vehicle to aid the memory of the ‘Cymri’. He was given credit as the inventor of the writing method of Ogham script placed on sticks. (To confuse future historian, the Benedictine Monks made counterfeit Ogham sticks and spread them throughout the lands they traveled. St. Patrick, in his religious zeal, burnt 180 books belonging to the Irish Druids and the ancient language became forbidden to read or write. Lay persons illegally learning and using Ogham were given the “geasa,” or the Druid death curse. A 14th century Irish monk prevented its total loss when he copied some 70 versions of it from older manuscripts into the “Ogam Tract” of the ‘Book of Ballymote, now in the Irish Museum, located in Dublin, Ireland.)
************************************************** **
Hu Gadarn further established, among other regulations, that a ‘Gorsedd’ or Assembly of Druids and Bards must be held on an open, uncovered grass space, in a conspicuous place, in full view and hearing of all the people. According to Isabel Hill Elder, ‘Druid and Culdee’, the Ox was depicted on Hu Gadarn's standard.
The war finally abated and a pact was struck between the Tuatha De Danaan and the rival Annunaki. They agreed to combine their genes for the creation of a new race, which were called the ‘Archons’ or ‘First Folk’. According to ‘Savage Sun, Parallax Red’, both races were to leave the physical planes of Earth. The Tuatha De Danaans were thought to have left this world as a united people from New Grange, venturing back to the mystical Tir-na-nog. The other Anunnaki also left, except for Enlil (Jehovah) and his followers who chose to stay and rule over the people of Earth as a god, using the ‘hybrids’ to establish his laws through the lands.
************************************************** *****
THE eXchanger
02-23-2009, 02:50 PM
Miracles
A TRUE EXAMPLE OF A MIRACLE FROM GOD….
A little girl went to her bedroom and pulled a glass jelly jar from its hiding place in the closet.
She poured the change out on the floor and counted it carefully. Three times, even. The total had to
be exactly perfect. No chance here for mistakes.
Carefully placing the coins back in the jar and twisting on the cap, she slipped out the back door and made her
way 6 blocks to Recalls Drug Store with the big red Indian Chief sign above the door.
She waited patiently for the pharmacist to give her some attention, but he was too busy at
this moment. Tess twisted her feet to make a scuffing noise. Nothing…She cleared her throat with the most
disgusting sound she could muster. No good, finally she took a quarter from her jar and banged it on the glass counter. That
did it!
'And what do you want?' the pharmacist asked in an annoyed tone of voice. I'm talking to my brother
from Chicago whom I haven't seen in ages,' he said without waiting for a reply to his question.
'Well, I want to talk to you a bout my brother,' Tess answered back in the same annoyed tone. 'He's
really; really sick ... and I want to buy a miracle.' I beg your pardon?' said the pharmacist.
'His name is Andrew and he has something bad growing inside his head and my Daddy says only a
miracle can save him now. So how much does a miracle cost?'
'We don't sell miracles here, little girl. I'm sorry but I can't help you,' the pharmacist said,
softening a little. 'Listen, I have the money to pay for it. If it isn't enough, I will get the rest. Just tell me how
much it costs.'
The pharmacist's brother was a well dressed man He stooped down and asked the little girl, 'What
> kind of a miracle does your brother need?'
'I don't know,' Tess re plied with her eyes welling up. I just know he's really sick and Mommy says he
needs an operation. But my Daddy can't pay for it, so I want to use my money.'
'How much do you have?' asked the man from Chicago 'One dollar and eleven cents,' Tess
answered barely audibly And it's all the money I have, but I can get some more if I need to.'
'Well, what a coincidence,' smiled the man, “A dollar and eleven cents…the exact price of a miracle
for little brothers.”‘ He took her money in one hand and with the other hand he grasped her mitten and said 'Take me to where
you live. I want to see your brother and meet your parents. Let's see if I have the miracle you need.'
That well dressed man was Dr Carlton Armstrong, a surgeon, specializing in neuro-surgery. The operation was completed free of charge and it wasn’t long until Andrew was home again and doing well.
Mom and Dad were happily talking about the chain of events that had led them to this place. 'That surgery,' her Mom whispered
'was a real miracle. I wonder how much it would have cost?'
Tess smiled. She knew exactly how much a miracle cost….one dollar and eleven cents....plus the faith of a little child.
In our lives, we never know how many miracles we will need.
A miracle is not the suspension of natural law, but the operation of a higher l a w.
I know you'll keep the ball moving!
Here it goes. Throw it back to someone who means something to you!
A ball is a circle, no beginning, no end. It keeps us together like our Circle of Friends. But the
treasure inside for you…..is to see the treasure of friendship you've granted to me.
Today I pass the friendship ball to you. Pass it on to someone who is a friend to you.
Driving in the rain
I wonder how many people know about this ~ A 36 year old female had an accident several weeks ago and totaled her car. A resident of Kilgore, Texas she was traveling between Gladewater & Kilgore. It was raining, though not excessively, when her car suddenly began to hydro-plane and literally flew through the air. She was not seriously injured but very stunned at the sudden occurrence!
When she explained to the highway patrolman what had happened he told her something that every driver should know - NEVER DRIVE IN THE RAIN WITH YOUR CRUISE CONTROL ON. She thought she was being cautious by setting the cruise control and maintaining a safe consistent speed in the rain.
But the highway patrolman told her that if the cruise control is on when your car begins to hydro-plane and your tires lose contact with the pavement, your car will accelerate to a higher rate of speed making you take off like an airplane.
She told the patrolman that was exactly what had occurred.
The patrolman said this warning should be listed, on the driver's seat sun-visor -
NEVER USE THE CRUISE CONTROL WHEN THE PAVEMENT IS WET OR ICY,
along with the airbag warning. We tell our teenagers to set the cruise control and drive a safe speed - but we don't tell them to use the cruise control only when the pavement is dry.
The only person the accident victim found, who knew this (besides the patrolman) was a man who had had a similar accident, totaled his car and sustained severe injuries.
NOTE: Some vehicles (like the Toyota Sienna Limited XLE) will not allow you to set the cruise control when the windshield wipers are on.
If you send this to 15 people and only one of them doesn't know about this then it was all worth it. You might have saved a life
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-23-2009, 02:51 PM
Vortex Science by Mary Sutherland Copyright 2009
The Illusion of our Reality
Long before modern science knew anything about the processes of perception or the structure of matter, the eighteenth-century German philosopher Immanuel Kant had drawn a clear distinction between our perception of reality and the actual object of perception. He argued that all we ever know is how reality appears to us—what he referred to as the phenomenon of our experience, "that which appears to be". The underlying reality he called the noumenon, meaning "that which is apprehended", the thing perceived.
At the time, Kant's arguments were a watershed in Western thinking. They were, as Kant himself saw, the equivalent of a Copernican Revolution in philosophy. Whereas Copernicus had effectively turned the physical universe inside out, showing that the movements of the stars are determined by the movement of the earth, Kant had turned the epistemological world inside out, putting the self firmly back at the center of things. We are not passive experiencers of the world; we are the creators of the world we experience.
Because all we ever know is the product of the mind operating on the raw sensory data, Kant reasoned that our experience is as much a reflection of the nature of the mind as it is of the physical world. This led him to one of his boldest and, at the time, most astonishing, conclusions of all. Time and space, he argued, are not inherent qualities of the physical world; they are a reflection of the way the mind operates. They are part of the perceptual framework within which our experience of the world is constructed.
It seems absolutely obvious to us that time and space are real and fundamental qualities of the physical world, entirely independent of my or your consciousness—as obvious as it seemed to people five hundred years ago that the sun moves round the earth. This, said Kant, is only because we cannot see the world any other way. The human mind is so constituted that it is forced to impose the framework of space and time on the raw sensory data in order to make any sense of it all.
Strange as Kant’s proposal may have seemed then, and strange as it may still seem to many of us today, contemporary science is proving him right.
The Khemitians (Ancient Egyptians) believed that we all have the capacity for 360 senses, rather than the five senses that we acknowledge. These other senses are re-awakened by self-empowerment activities including positive intent, meditation, healing energies, attunements and by pilgrimages to key sacred sites. All of these activities raise our vibratory rate and therefore act as triggers for clairvoyance, clairsentience, clairaudience and much more that cannot be readily identified by current levels of understanding. These senses can also be empowered by the elements.
www.burlingtonnews.net
__________________
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-23-2009, 06:01 PM
- HOW TO BEAT THE N.W.O
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rWZlvuVt04c&eurl
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-24-2009, 03:10 AM
Hi... take the time to give this a listen .
An interesting perspective from Gregg Braden.
http://www.thecrowhouse.com/nwofs.html
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-24-2009, 04:29 AM
some more stuff about Mary ....
some interesting comments from her readers
www.burlington.net
*************************************
Reader Response to Part One and Two of “The Red Haired Race and the Stone People”
For those that missed Part one or two please contact me and I will re-send
Reader: Frederic Anderson (One Feather)
So, you’re saying that because of “white superiority” the great constructions of the Maya, Toltec, Aztec, Inca, Hopi, Anasazi and Hopewell cultures had to be created by whites, not American Indians? As an enrolled member of the Potawatomi Nation who has spent a number of years collecting the legends and spiritual ritual of the People, I find it somewhat bizarre that you’re unable to give credit to the indigenous peoples of the Americas. My grandfather was the first member of my family to move away from our reservation but he instilled within me a deep respect and admiration for the First Nation and their unique culture. Perhaps you should spend some time at Cahokia where the very essence of the People can be absorbed and intuitively realized… you might be surprised at what you discover there.
Or even in the woods and meadows of S E Wisconsin and N E Illinois...
Mary Sutherland
To express ‘superiority over any race’ is not my intent. This article is merely an attempt to shed light on the true history of North America and its entire people. The history of North America was created from fallacy, leaving its people with no roots to grow from and blind to the greatest cover up in the history of mankind. The Native American Indian is but one fraction of the all that became victim to an ‘elitist’ society whose intent was –and is – to keep mankind in servitude to them and the gods they follow. Continuing with this article, I will share with you and others information that I have compiled on the history of the Stone People, Mound builders , Native American Indian and how government changed history to fit the political agendas of those days.
Reader: Mark E.
So.........you’re saying that the whites are superior to all others? Where do people come up with the nonsense? My goodness, just read, learn, interact and maybe even discuss things…but to bring up things in an argumentative race based confrontation, well, it just shows you why we still have wars and rumors of wars.........
Sure enjoy reading all your lines. Hope to see you soon. Mark
Mary Sutherland Responds:
Well hopefully I will be able to finish this article without causing a War of the Worlds.. I believe that in June we are putting an expedition together with Frank Joseph…so I hope to see you here for it! Haunted Woods and the Underwater Pyramids of Rock Lake!
Reader: Zola
Mitakuye Oyasin (We are all related) B
Winchell tells us that Adam is derived from the red earth. The radical letters ÂDâM are found in ADaMaH, "something out of which vegetation was made to germinate," to wit, the earth. ÂDôM and ÂDOM signifies red, ruddy, bay-colored, as of a horse, the color of a red heifer. "ÂDâM, a man, a human being, male or female, red, ruddy." ("Preadamites," p.161.)
There is evidence that, from the highest antiquity, red was a sacred color; the gods of the ancients were always painted red. The Wisdom of Solomon refers to this custom: "The carpenter carved it elegantly, and formed it by the skill of his understanding, and fashioned it to the shape of a man, or made it like some vile beast, laying it over with vermilion, and with paint, coloring it red, and covering every spot therein."
The idols of the Indians were also painted red, and red was the religious color. (Lynd's MS. "Hist. of Dakotas," Library, Hist. Society, Minn.)
The Cu****es and Ethiopians, early branches of the Atlantean stock, took their name from their "sunburnt" complexion; they were red men.
The name of the Phœnicians signified red. Himyar, the prefix of the Himyaritic Arabians, also means red, and the Arabs were painted red on the Egyptian monuments.
The ancient Egyptians recognized four races of men--the red, yellow, black and white men. They themselves belonged to the "Rot," or red men; the yellow men they called "Namu"--it included the Asiatic races; the black men were called "Nahsu," and the white men "Tamhu." The following figures are copied from Nott and Gliddon's "Types of Mankind," p. 85, and were taken by them from the great works of Belzoni, Champollion, and Lepsius.
THE RACES OF MEN ACCORDING TO THE EGYPTIANS
In the same way we find that the ancient Aryan writings divided mankind into four races--the white, red, yellow, and black: the four castes of India were founded upon these distinctions in color; in fact, the word for color in Sanscrit (varna) means caste. The red men, according to the Mahâbhârata, were the Kshatriyas--the warrior caste-who were afterward engaged in a fierce contest with the whites--the Brahmans--and were nearly exterminated, although some of them survived, and from their stock Buddha was born. Not only the Mohammedan and Christian but the Buddhistic religion seem to be derived from branches of the Hamitic or red stock. The great Manu was also of the red race.
The Egyptians, while they painted themselves red-brown, represented the nations of Palestine as yellow-brown, and the Libyans yellow-white. The present inhabitants of Egypt range from a yellow color in the north parts to a deep bronze. Tylor is of opinion ("Anthropology," p. 95) that the ancient Egyptians belonged to a brown race, which embraced the Nubian tribes and, to some extent, the Berbers of Algiers and Tunis. He groups the Assyrians, Phœnicians, Persians, Greeks, Romans, Andalusians, Bretons, dark Welshmen, and people of the Caucasus into one body, and designates them as "dark whites." The Himyarite Arabs, as I have shown, derived their name originally from their red color, and they were constantly depicted on the Egyptian monuments as red or light brown. Herodotus tells us that there was a nation of Libyans, called the Maxyans, who claimed descent from the people of Troy (the walls of Troy, we shall see, were built by Poseidon; that is to say, Troy was an Atlantean colony). These Maxyans painted their whole bodies red. The Zavecians, the ancestors of the Zuavas of Algiers (the tribe that gave their name to the French Zouaves), also painted themselves red. Some of the Ethiopians were "copper-colored." ("'Amer. Cyclop.," art. Egypt, p. 464.) Tylor says ("Anthropology," p. 160): "The language of the ancient Egyptians, though it cannot be classed in the Semitic family with Hebrew, has important points of correspondence, whether due to the long intercourse between the two races in Egypt or to some deeper ancestral connection; and such analogies also appear in the Berber languages of North Africa." These last were called by the ancients the Atlanteans.
When science is able to disabuse itself of the Mortonian theory that the aborigines of America are all red men, and all belong to one race, we may hope that the confluence upon the continent of widely different races from different countries may come to be recognized and intelligently studied. There can be no doubt that red, white, black, and yellow men have united to form the original population of America. The red-haired people are a distinct variety of the white stock; there were once whole tribes and nations with this color of hair; their blood is now intermingled with all the races of men, from Palestine to Iceland. Everything in Europe speaks of vast periods of time and long. continued and constant interfusion of bloods, until there is not a fair-skinned man on the Continent that has not the blood of the dark-haired race in his veins; nor scarcely a dark-skinned man that is not lighter in hue from intermixture with the white stock.
Mary Responds:
Thank you Zola. Sorry I had to edit the email somewhat, but I will try to get the rest of the info into this article before it is finished.
Thank you for sharing this information with us. Will you be going on the expedition in June with us? Rock Lake and the Haunted Woods?? Will also see you this summer for an expedition of the sacrificial mounds of the Kickapoo Valley.
Zola also sent this link as recommended reading
http://www.sacred-texts.com/atl/ataw/ataw101.htm
Reader: Frederic Anderson
The Las Lunas Stone: Found near Albuquerque New Mexico a stone which has carved on it, the Decalogue. Some have touted this as proof that ancient Hebrews visited and were settled in the Americas. But, there are several problems with this.
While the stone seems to use the old Hebrew / Canaanite / Phoenician script, there are very distinct Greek characters as well. Looking at the actual stone it is difficult not to notice the deltas and tau's on the inscription. Remember that since the late first and second century, Hebrew was written using the calligraphic block script that you would see in any Torah you would see today. The meticulous scrutiny by rabbis over the scribing of copies of holy script is unbelievable, and any actual Jewish writings would reflect this ethic.
I think that it is likely that someone copied this from a copy of an old Hebrew/Greek copy of the Decalogue. While they thought they were transcribing ancient Hebrew, they didn't realize that this type of script has more Greek elements and style to it than ancient Hebrew.
The articles suggests that it might be of Samaritan origin, because of the Greek characters, I personally think that this is possible, but highly unlikely.
Also note that it is written out of sequence. The first commandment which starts on line one continues on line 3. Line 2 looks like it was inserted, as the carver realized his mistake. This indicates transcription or copying!
Remember, it was a popular belief of the 16, 17, and early 1800 that the American Indians were of Semitic origin, and might have been some part the lost tribes of Israel. It is within the context of this environment that Joseph Smith wrote the Book of Mormon, and there is a good possibility that it is they who were responsible for this stone. (Currently, a genetic tracing study based on DNA clearly connects Native Americans with Mongolian/Asian peoples and suggests that a variety of American Indian peoples are less than four generations apart from people in central Asia. No evidence can be found to support the idea that Native Americans are directly related to Jews through actual DNA testing.)
According to the Bible, the Hebrews had very little or no seamanship. Only during Solomon is this mentioned, and even then, as the story goes, it is through the expertise of Hiram of Tyre, a Phoenician, that their seamanship comes. After Solomon dies, there is little more mention of it.
Conclusion: Fake, put there by the Mormons in an attempt to prove the Book of Mormon. However, the forger was copying from a copy of an early Byzantine manuscript. This explains the Greek chars, the misplaced lines, and the Greek-ish styling.
As for the rest of the article I don’t have time to debunk the assumptions made one by one. I still believe my ancestors, the Hopewell, evolved a high culture, disbanded due to environmental changes and evolved to become identified as the Algonquin (Woodland) peoples. Parallel evolution and similarities in tribal attachment to animal totems and clan identity is simply logic… if a Hopi observes a snake shedding its skin he’ll create a myth around snakes symbolizing renewal and growth, just as someone in central Asia or Africa would do.
As for the LDS, if Smith’s proclamation about the Indian being the “lost tribe” were taken seriously, one would think the Indians of Utah would have been welcomed into the fold and embraced by the pilgrims on their arrival at the shores of the Great Salt Lake… the fact is the Mormons treated the indigenous peoples of the region abysmally.
Laissez Les Bons Temps Rouler!!!!
Response from Mary
Although you are referring to artifacts found as Fake I do not see any substantial evidence on your part to back your allegations. I am not arguing your point; rather I am just asking you to back your conclusions with something we can “use” to further our research with. If something in history is wrong, then it must be righted. But to simply “say” it is wrong, based on your own personal observation is quite a stretch. I hope that others reading the article may enlighten us as to the validity behind your conclusions.
Reader: Mander
Most interesting research. The Oasphe (Bible) Book written in 1880 had this information. Ray Palmer reproduced copies of the book in The Amhearst Press,(Wisconsin) in the 1950's through the 1970's.
Response from Mary
Thanks for the helpful information and Lead. I hope that everyone follows up on it. I will check it out.
************************************************** ****
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-24-2009, 03:18 PM
Ancient Symbol,
you can utilise to antidote poisons
Snake bites, mosquito bites, rashes, etc.
Trace this pattern with a metal object near or on the wound,
repeat every few minutes.
Swelling will go down and poisons will be muted.
Start from the bottom and trace lines 1 through 5.
(note Line 5, is both line 4/and, 5)
THE eXchanger
02-24-2009, 04:17 PM
we can show you a lot about symbols
and, how to utilise them --
the above symbol, can be utilised for a myriad of things
which, we will get into
we have now had 7000 views,
and, have 502 friends,
and, plan to start positing some stuff,
that will really help you prepare
(and, also dream up a new reality)
lets all start asking why we are here,
what is our real mission, real purpose, real task,
we did all decide to be here, in this time,
yes, i think, it is time,
time to bring, it all back to the round
if you have questions--ask them to the thread
the questions i get privately, i can't handle the same questions
from different people over/and, over again ....
best to do as bill ryan says...
""put it right out in the open""
or, email questions /
and, i will "hide" who it is, that, you are
and, respect your privacy that way
lets all be, the eXchangers, that we really truly are !!!
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-24-2009, 04:48 PM
Always remember, that the moon is influenced
by Pisces, along with Pluto...
and every decision you make, is a choice
and every choose you make, creates a new set of consequences,
if you do NOT love your current set of consequences,
then, simply change your choices !!!
Karma is simply what you incur,
as a result of the choices
Many of you, are at points, where you are about to pick up
good karma for good karma, and, even philanthropic karma,
which is a lot to do, with what, Bill & Kerry, are doing on earth right now,
if you haven't given lately, and, you can, you should.
It is also, where someone might see what you are doing,
and, offer to help you, myself, i am getting a little of that,
people, like wayne/our great photographer here, helping me
with photographs, to go, on my website, so, that is exciting.
So, always think, of this
your consequences, could be something you truly love
there is great potential, waiting for you to ask to pick it up,
so, start a process of asking for that now.
When, the moon appears, new in the sky,
it is always all about new begginings/and, new starts,
and, there isn't a better time, to do that, than now...
also, it is, at a 60 degree angle to Pluto,
and, that makes for very positive things to start to occur,
The Planet of Pluto, is all about changes & transformations,
when it sits in Pisces.
Perhaps, it is a time, where your rubber, really will hit the road,
and, you can propel yourself into taking a much deeper look,
into all that truly does surround you,
so many things, are sitting there, in the ethers,
simply awaiting you, to ask, to invite them in,
ask, that those things, be in 100% alignment with your mission,task,
and, purpose, and, your real reason for being, and, ask, that anything,
that is NOT in that 100% alignment, for it to depart, and, for it to leave,
making you free, of anything that will hold you back,
and/or slow you down, ask that it be taken away,
and, ask, that it NEVER be allowed to return !!!
asking -- works !!!
it is time, for you,
to make your choice,
so, you can rise,
so, you can shine
all of our notes, are part of the song
when we all sing together,
it will be sum_thing,
something, awe_sum
sum_thing, awesome
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-24-2009, 06:42 PM
200 old painting of ufo's in japan
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sP7GgDCJAcQ
THE eXchanger
02-24-2009, 07:51 PM
The Story of Uncle
I recently had the pleasure of meeting of Angaangaq an Eskimo-Kalaallit Elder (see photo to right) whose family belongs to the traditional healers of the Far North from Kalaallit Nunaat, Greenland. His name means “the man who looks like his uncle” and he is affectionately called ‘Uncle’ by many. I attended an intensive weekend with Uncle called ‘Returning to the Sacred Fire’ in Orillia, Ontario where Uncle shared a teaching from the Eskimo-Kalaallit people about ‘Melting the Ice in the Heart of Man’. Uncle invites us to travel the distance from our minds to our hearts bringing about personal transformation and global healing for the times to come.
An ancient prophecy that is told by Uncle’s Elders is that one day the Sacred Fire will return home to the people on the Top of the World. July 16-19, 2009 there will be a Fire and Ice Ceremony in Greenland focusing on the significance of the melting of the Big Ice. Indigenous peoples from the Four Directions will ceremoniously bring ashes from their Sacred Fires to the people on the Top of the World and together with the newly grown trees of Greenland, a single fire will be lit melting the ice in the heart of man.
This is a picture of my friend Martha from www.shamanismcanada.com/blog & Uncle
http://www.shamanismcanada.com/blog/http://lh5.ggpht.com/_BxWGEe_hdu0/SaQisZkP1zI/AAAAAAAAE-w/2V9B25gIHSc/s512/IMG_0835.JPG
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-24-2009, 07:57 PM
‘From Dark Side of the Light Chasers’ by Debbie Ford
“One does not become enlightened by imagining figures of light,” said Jung, “but by making the darkness conscious.”
Can you recall a time you were triggered by someone else’s behaviour?
Intense feelings such as jealousy, anger, and resentment towards another are indications that the shadow is present.
The shadow represents the aspects of ourselves
that we do not wish to look at or claim.
When we choose not to take ownership of our own ugliness, selfishness, greediness or laziness,
we project these qualities onto others in the form of judgment.
Many of us would rather run when in a conflict
with another because this is where the many faces
of the shadow show up.
It is much easier to play the blame and shame game
than it is to face our own shadow.
I have witnessed many conflicts happening around me recently,
and have been struggling with
how I can be of assistance in bringing peace to these conflicts.
I lay in bed one evening asking for guidance
from the Helping Spirits around the conflicts t
hat were presenting themselves.
This is the dream I had that night…
Shadow Dream:
I was walking down a dark road at night in a busy city.
There were other people with me.
I saw a white van down the road,
and a dark male abducting a woman,
dragging her into the back of the van
. No one else saw this but me,
even though they were with me.
My eyes met the abductor’s eyes,
and I reached for my cell phone to call 911.
I continue walking down the same busy street
and a gunshot is fired next to my face.
The man had come up behind me and fired the shot as a warning,
killing someone else.
He whispered into my ear
“I know you saw what I did and now I’m going to have to kill you”.
He then disappeared.
I did not experience a deep sense of fear and continue walking
down the same road.
The man abducts me, and my hands are tied.
I do not resist and surrender to the situation.
Before bringing me into the van, we sit on a bench along the sidewalk.
He begins to tell me his story, and how he is feeling empty and lost, as though something is missing. I look deep into his eyes and say
“Do you know what I do? I work to help heal people’s souls”.
Suddenly his dark shadowy face begins to melt exposing his innocence and vulnerability…and then I awoke!
What can we learn about the Shadow from a Shamanic perspective?
The Helping Spirits can help us face our shadow and own the aspects of ourselves that we fear while embracing the gifts that lie beyond.
Home Practice
* Journey to the dark side of the moon, to learn about the nature of the shadow and what gifts lie beyond it.
* Journey with your Helping Spirit back through the threads of time bringing healing to an aspect of yourself that desires attention.
www.shamanismcanada.com/blog
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-24-2009, 08:55 PM
Our next EVENT:
FREEFREE
Sheva Carr -- Fyera! Heart Math
Tuesday, February 24th at 6:00pm Eastern
TO ATTEND THIS EVENT, CLICK THIS LINK NOW...
http://instantTeleseminar.com/?eventid=6301668
DIAL IN: 1-212-461-5860
Caller Pin: 2050#
(Please check the webcast page immediately
before the event...this number may change)
Wednesday, February 25, 2009 at 6 PM EST
Meg Blackburn Losey
TO ATTEND THIS EVENT, CLICK THIS LINK NOW...
http://instantTeleseminar.com/?eventid=6301731
DIAL IN: 1-212-461-5860
Caller Pin: 2050#
=======================
Sheva is a doctor of Oriental Medicine
and the founding CEO of an LA based
stress management training company
called "Fyera!," licensed by HeartMath.
Fyera, pronounced "Fee-air-ah," is
defined as a great feeling in your
heart, when your arms fly up over
your head and a "yes!" to life flies
out of your mouth.
"Fyera" is the opposite of stress.
Sheva is also the Executive Director
of the nonprofit Fyera Foundation and
the Sunflower SunPower Kids.
She is an expert on stress because- well-
she's had a lot of it! - before she
discovered and was cured by the research
and tools from HeartMath that she now teaches.
Sheva's clients, including top performers in
sports and entertainment, as well as health
care providers, entrepreneurs and political
leaders, are empowered to boost performance
and relieve anxiety, depression and stress
while getting the leading edge in their
performance through the power of the heart.
Sheva speaks to and educates people all over
the world on how to beat stress through access
to heart intelligence, and on how to receive
the benefits of the heart's impact on consciousness,
health, performance, creativity and social change.
(This is NOT archieved)
except in formats, that are available for sale (i think)
never-the-less
this heart math, could be interesting !!!
tune in tomorrow, for it
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-25-2009, 03:40 PM
In Search of the Holy Grail and the Lore of the Vampire
Excerpt taken from upcoming book “In Search of Ancient Man”
Mary Sutherland Copyright 2008
www.burlingtonnews.net
Evolution of the Surface and Subterranean Dwellers
Imagine the sun being blotted from the sky, unprecedented storms, global flooding, high winds, earthquakes and volcanic activity filling the atmosphere with ash, reducing the weather to sub zero temperatures. Conditions like this would make it next to impossible to survive on the surface. Now imagine that some were privy to the upcoming cataclysms and had prepared underground cities for just such an event.
During these super storms the “chosen” went underground ground where they lived relatively safe, preserving the knowledge and memories of the civilization they left behind. The rest of the people were left on the surface to face the full effects of the cataclysms. As time went by, both the surface and subterranean people would have evolved in accordance to their environment.
The surface people would have suffered severe trauma with fear and superstition influencing their lives dramatically. Having lost everything, along with their food supply they resorted to cannibalism. Radiation exposure and extreme temperatures would have created various degrees of mutations and their skin color would have darkened due to an increase of melanin, a pigment that creates hair, skin, and eye color.
Ancient stories of the subterranean people describe them as people of the night, having the ability to shapeshift or camouflage their appearance. Their skin was described as ranging from white to blue in color and they had large glowing eyes. Their strange appearance to the surface people is thought to have been the contributor behind the stories of vampires, werewolves and demonic creatures of the night.
Having no exposure to the sun’s rays, the subterranean people would have lacked melanin, causing their hair to range from white to light colored and their skin tone to range from white to blue. Their eyes evolved to such a degree as to see in near or complete darkness. In the retina of the eye the pigment cells (rods and cones) adjust or regulate the entering light. The most notable feature of any nocturnal species is the size of their eyes. An owl’s eyes fill over one half its skull and some species have evolved tubular eyes as a means of increasing their size. On a dark night, flash a bright light at your dog or cat's eyes and you will see, as if by magic, their eyes glow in the dark. This is caused by a thick reflective membrane called the tapetum lucidum (meaning "bright carpet"), an adaptation for night vision. As light is reflected off the tapetum, the animal's eyes appear to glow in the dark.
Although there has been no study of the subterranean people, we can theorize their evolution based off scientific studies done on plants and animals. Pigmentation of some animals, such as the chameleon and flounder, changes to resemble different backgrounds thus allowing them to escape detection by their enemies. In the squid the chromatophores (containing melanin granules) are controlled by muscles and can expand from an almost invisible pinpoint to 60 times their original size, giving the whole animal a dark appearance.
The subterranean people were of the Dragon or Pendragon lineage, with their reigning head always known as “Draco”. These lines were afflicted with a gene disorder known as ‘Porphyria Variegata’. Modern diagnosis of people suffering from ‘Porphyria cutanea tarda’ finds their skin to be pathologically sensitive. Exposure to light can cause scarring, hair growth and disfiguration. People having Porphyria Variegata’, also known as the ‘vampire genone’ have been diagnosed as being deficient in ‘four enzymes’. Not being able to produce the enzymes in their own body, periodically these enzymes need to be replenished from another source – human blood. For thousands of years Anunnaki hybrid women, known as ‘Flow-ers’ or Temple Virgins’, provided those stricken with the deficiency, their menstrual fluid which was high in the four needed enzymes, plus serotonin and melatonin.
The Subterranean and Children of the bloodline may have become highly addicted to these natural drugs found in human blood and this may have been the reason behind the human sacrifice frenzy encouraged by Serpent Priests around the world. Melatonin, produced in the pineal gland and released into the blood, acts as an endocrine hormone. It’s a wonder drug of sorts, boosting the immune system and increasing longevity. It can reduce the damage caused by some types of Parkinson’s disease and plays a role in preventing cardia arrhythimia. Melatonin has been touted by some as an anti-aging agent following the results of an experiment done by an Italian researcher who reported that in a laboratory experiment, older mice appeared to grow younger and live longer after receiving melatonin. Some evidence suggests that melatonin may, in fact, lighten and enhance one's mood considerably. Melatonin is also associated with the production of some of the strongest hallucinogens known to man.
Another natural drug of choice for the children of the dragon line was Seratonin, which is also produced by the Pineal gland. Seratonin has similarities with smoked drugs such as DMT and is associated with the hallucinogenic aspects of dreaming, producing vivid and lifelike dreams and out of body experiences. It can make one feel extreme levels of love, enhances the sense that everything is connected and also enhances noise and color. Seratonin is essential to the body. The body cannot do without it. A low seratonin metabolism is connected with depression, crime, drug abuse, reckless behavior and suicides. And low levels seem to be connected with bad and poor behavior and leads to poor judgment. The brain craves DMT and serotonin. It stimulates the mind but an over stimulation can lead to a different set of problems. High levels can be associated with schizophrenia, psychosis, mania, mood disorders, social withdrawal, brain disease, autism, and Alzheimer’s disease as well as blood disorders.
Porphyrias have been detected in all races, multiple ethnic groups on every continent including Caucasians, Asians, Africans, Peruvian, Mexican Hispanics, Native Americans, Laplanders and Australian aborigines. There are also high incidence reports in areas of India and Scandinavia.
The Scandinavian source of porphyria has been traced to the Sami, an indigenous people of Finland who are noted for their shamanistic practices that include sacrifice and dream weaving. Their language, including the languages of Finland, Estonia, Hungary, Transylvania, and Romania have ties to languages in small groups of Russians - on both sides of the Urals and are branches of Uralic languages and Altaic languages.
The links between porphyrias and mental illness have been noted for decades. In the early 1950's patients with porphyrias (also known as Porphyric Hemophilia) showing severe symptoms of depression or catatonia were treated with electroshock.
The insanity exhibited by King George III, evidenced in the regency crisis of 1788, inspired several attempts at retrospective diagnosis. The first suggestion that a physical illness was the cause of King George's mental derangement came in 1966, in a paper "The Insanity of King George III: A Classic Case of Porphyria", with a follow-up in 1968, "Porphyria in the Royal Houses of Stuart, Hanover and Prussia". It has also been imagined that King Nebuchadnezzar of Babylon suffered from some form of porphyria (Daniel 4). Several sources on this disorder are the January 6 1968 British Medical Journal (which had a 100 page article on vampirism), January 13 1968 British Medical Journal which had an additional 6 articles on Vampirism and European Black Nobility. Dr. Martin Rohl also wrote The Purple Secret and the website http://srs.sanger.ac.uk has some more interesting work on the subject.
The Bennu Bird or Bird of Return and The Phoenix symbolizes this gene disorder, describing the bird’s need to regenerate at regular intervals. The word “Vampire” also bears an appellation that is named after this process. In folklore the vampire is mistranslated as ‘one that returns from the grave’ instead of the true meaning - ‘one who returns to feed and regenerate.’
In the old tradition of the Dragon and Pen Dragons the ultimate holders of the ‘Malcu’ became known as the ‘Princes of Darkness’ and proclaimed by the Church as ‘Vampires’. As detailed in Bloodline of the Holy Grail, the brutal Catholic Inquisitions of the Middle Ages set against all the church declared heretics that supported the Messianic Blood Royal (the Sangréal) of the Dragon Kings over the corrupted dogma of the bishops. Many of the victims were classified as occultists and witches and charged with upholding the ancient and heretical cult of Draco, the Prince of Darkness.
The book ‘Dracula’ by Bram Stoker is a ‘book of codes’ and is based off the alchemy secrets from the early ‘Mystery Schools’. Bram Stoker was an officer in the ‘Emperior court of the Dragons’ and was prominent as an officer in the ‘Ordo Templi Orientas’ which is the Order of the Eastern Temple, the most sacred and scientific branch of any ‘Templar’ organization in the world. They were originally with the ‘Essene’ blood brotherhood of Qumran and their motto was ‘God is Man’.
As the story goes, back in the 15th century, a prominent Chancellor of the Court was Prince Vlad III of Transylvania-Wallachia, who built the citadel of Bucharest. Vlad was Count Dracula, meaning 'son of Dracul' - a name by which his father was known within the Court from 1431. Vlad was a prince of harsh disciplines but the establishment's real fear of Dracula was not his savage treatment of enemies (such things were commonplace during this era) but his in-depth knowledge of alchemy and the ancient Star Fire customs. Having attended the Austrian School of Solomon in Hermannstadt, he had an in-depth scientific understanding of the bodily effects of melatonin and serotonin. According to the Romanian annals, Vlad was a high melatonin producer adversely affected by sunlight. Consequently the Transylvanian myth was born with Bram Stoker portraying him as The Prince of Darkness who drank the blood of virgins.
Much of the early folklore was based upon the Grail and Dragon traditions. Fairies, for example, means ‘fair folk’ and is a derivative of ‘fee’ or ‘fey’ which relates to ‘fate’ or ‘destiny’. In the Celtic tradition, royal families were said to carry the ‘fairy blood’, meaning that they carried the fate or destiny of the Grail bloodline. The Grail Princesses were often called ‘elf-maidens’ and were the designated guardians of the earth, starlight and forest, as demonstrated in Tolkien's Lord of the Rings ‘elven’ race.
In the old language of southern Europe, a female elf was a ‘ylbi’, and from this word comes the town name of Albi, the Languedoc centre of the Gnostic Cathars (the Pure Ones) in the Middle Ages. When Pope Innocent III launched his brutal thirty-five-year military assault upon the Cathars from 1208, his campaign was called the 'Albigensian' Crusade because it was set against the supporters of the Albi-gens ('elven blood').
The Canaan Kings were the first Pen Dragons of history and carried the highest of the Anunnaki substance. Because the Star Fire increased their perceptions and awareness they were considered like gods themselves. Their stamina levels and immune systems were dramatically strengthened and their anti-aging properties were immense giving them and extraordinary life span…until the Decree of Jehovah.
During the time of Abraham, Jehovah issued the edict against the Star Fire "thou shalt not take of the life blood". From that point on, through the lines of Abraham we see the life span of the people diminish, going to a more normal life span of what we see today. But, according to the Mesopotamian and Egyptian history records, in the kingly succession from Cain, this did not happen.
By the time the line gets to King David, it has becomes special again. What happened? It would seem that the line of Abraham went somewhere else and then comes back in again …and it did …it moved into Egypt. Some have suggested that when Abraham took his wife Sarah to Egypt, she captured the love of Lord Enlil who impregnated her. If this is true, then the seed that sprang from this union would have indeed been special again, being that Enki was pure Anunnaki and the child of Sarah and Enki would have been hybrid.
According to contemporary historical records, during the time of Abraham, Sumer was sacked by an invasion. The Sumerian and Arcadian Records state that in 1960 B.C. Babylon was invaded by people coming in from Syria and Persia and the country fell. Abraham fled Ur and went North, eventually moving into Canaan. The Records state that Ur was destroyed, “ The country’s blood now fills its holes like a hot bronze in a mould, bodies dissolve like fat in the sun, the temple the dynasty is destroyed, smoke lies on our cities like a shroud. The Anunnaki have abandoned like migrating birds". The destruction of the Tower of Babel, the leaving of the Anunnaki and the collapse of the Sumerian Empire fall into the same timeline. According to Genesis, Jehovah (Enlil) had punished the people, who had said:‘Let us build a city and a tower so the top may reach the heavens and let us make a name for ourselves less we be scattered abroad’.
To understand what happened we must first realize that while transcribing the events the tower was misinterpreted as to what it really was. The Texts used the word ‘Shem’ in describing the tower. This word comes from the word ‘Shaman’ which is the root word of ‘Shema’ which means ‘points to the sky’. Shema comes from the word ‘Shemana’ which is an anagram for ‘Anashem’. The Sumerians used the word ‘Ana’ to describe something that was of a ‘bright shining metal’ and the word ‘Shem’ was used to describe something that ‘pointed to the sky’. This bright shining metal object that was built and pointed upwards was recorded as a ‘tower’.
According to Scripture, Jehovah says, "I shall come down and confound the language of all the earth" when in fact this is indeed what happened…however, we may have misinterpreted the original message. The ancient texts record ‘hordes’ of invaders coming into their land and sacking their country. After the destruction, the invaders came in from all sides, and the people of the country knew not their own language anymore. The confusion of language may have simply been the result of an influx of people speaking other languages, which would have naturally confounded the original language of the country, prior to the invasion.
After the Anunnaki left, a significant change took place in the Star Fire practice. Without the Anunnaki godddesses, the pure blood of the Star Fire was no more. Before leaving, however, the Anunnaki taught the priests of the secret order how to make Star Fire. The Star Fire Priests were given the titles ‘Master Craftsmen’ and ‘Cain’. The first of the Cains or Master Craftsmen was a sixth generation descent known biblically as ‘Tublecain’. Scripture describes him as an ‘art master of metals.’
A Master Craftsman lost in translation was Joseph, the father of Jesus Christ. The early Greek editions of the New Testament describe Joseph as a Master Craftsman, skilled in the arts of Star fire and metallurgy. When it was translated into English, the Master Craftsman who’s principal job was to manufacture the ‘gold of the gods’ was changed to ‘Carpenter’, a craftsman of wood.
In the Old Testament book of Exodus, Lord Jethro gave Moses the Anunnaki ‘Tablets or Stones of Destiny’, which held the ‘cosmic knowledge’. Moses was also taught how to build the Tabernacle and the Ark of the Convenant …then instructions were given to him on how to make ‘Shew Bread of the Covenant,’ a Star Fire substitute. Although we find very little mentioned concerning the Shew Bread, we do have a reference to it in ‘The Lord’s Prayer’, “Give us this day, our daily ‘bread”’. The Book of Leviticus also references the Shew Bread stating, “take the white flour and bake the cakes there of, put pure frankincense on each row". The word flour is later written in the book as ‘powder’.
Mystery School Records point to this white powder as being ‘gold’. This is significant being that in the Book of Exodus, we find Moses taking the Golden Calf that the Israelites had made, burning it in the fire, grinding it into a powder, casting it upon the water and giving it to the Children of Israel to drink. To make the white powder the Master Craftsman, Moses, needed to begin with gold.
The Star Fire was known as the ‘Gold of the Gods’ and this ‘Gold’ brought forth truth and wisdom. The recipients of the Star fire were said to move into the realms of heightened awareness or consciousness because of its inherent melatonin and serotonin elements. This realm the recipient moved is called the ‘Plane of Sharon’, the ‘Plane of the Orbit of Light’ and the Star Fire was the ‘root to the light’.
The Shew Bread was the food for the Egyptian Messiahs and can be found in the Dragon Court Records. Although we associate Messiahs to the Hebrew, the Egyptians also had their Messiahs called ‘Messasihs’ and because they were anointed with the ‘Mesa’ they were called ‘The Dragons’.
The mystery of the Star Fire starts at the end of Abraham and then is picked up again with David when he is in Egypt, where the Egyptians still carried on the practice of the Star Fire. Again we see the Star Fire connection with Moses and the ‘Mana from Heaven’ that fed the Children of Israel. According to Scripture, when the children of Israel saw it, they said to one another, "it is mana because they knew not what is was". Moses said this is the bread. The mana is then described to be white like snow and tasted sweet, like honey. (The ‘Antiquities of the Jews’ explains that the root ‘man’ from ‘mana’ means ‘what is it?’ and we also find the root ‘man’ or ‘mana’ in the word ‘Shemana’ which was used earlier describing the Tower of Babel and the events that took place.)
In France’s Chartres Cathedral a statue can be found of the great priest king, Melchizedek, offering bread/wine to Abraham. This statue is quite unique in the fact that all other statues of priests are offering the bread and wine as separate items, as is the usual communion custom. Melchizedek offers the two together in the chalice, which represents the wine as the bread and the bread as the wine. According to the Templar Records this act depicts the very moment when the ‘red’ wine representing the Star Fire (menstrual blood of the Anunnaki goddessess) was substituted with the ‘Shew Bread’ or ‘Mana’.
The Philosophers Stone is said to be that which transforms base elements into gold. This is deemed to be the case, in both a high metallurgical sense and the spiritual sense.
There are two different states of gold. One state exists in this dimension and is matter. Monatomic gold exists in a different dimension but gives the ‘perception’ of matter. The Master Craftsman takes the first state of gold and transforms it into monatomic gold or the Star Fire. Monatomic gold is the white powder gold that doesn’t look like metal anymore. It is the hidden ‘Mana’…hidden because it doesn't look like what it is. It's still gold and it's secret was known by the Master Craftsmen. We are like the hidden Mana.
In the ‘Rosarian Philosopher’ the hidden stone was described in terms of geometry. Make a round circle of the man and the woman, draw out of this a square, out of the square a triangle, make a round circle. You will have the stone of the philosophers, We'd all recognize this as the drawing by Leonardo Da Vinci.
One symbol used to represent the Star Fire is the cross in the circle. Another one found is that of two pyramids. One is an ordinary upright triangle and the other triangle is turned up the other way with one representing light or spirit and the other represents matter. When the two interlock they become the ‘Gem’ which represents the ‘Spirit of Matter’.
According to a video made by David Hudson the formula that monatomic gold is based on is (0 = + 1 + - 1). This is a sum that can only work as an equation…it simply doesn’t work when we it is applied to our ‘reality’, as we would see it as ‘nothing’. But our reality of nothing is only an illusion …being that ‘nothing’ is really ‘something merely ‘hidden’ from our spectrum of vision. When the negative (-1) is added to it’s positive (+1) the ‘Plane of Sharon’ or the ‘Plane of the Orbit of Light’ is created, which exists in another dimension. When it is in that other dimension, even a feather will tip the scales against it - such is the case with monatomic gold. We can not only make it weigh less than itself, we can actually make it physically disappear. That doesn’t mean it's gone, because it can be brought back. It simply means it has moved into the ‘Plane of Sharon’.
Not only are there Star Fire and Red Gold but White Gold, which we know today as Platinum. This metal was known to the ancient Sumerians and ‘re-discovered’ in 1803. It is most likely the very metal the Sumerian Texts referenced when they described the Highward Fire Stone, Fire Stone Ana, Shem An, Shem or the ‘Tower’ of Babel as shiny, white metal’ that pointed ‘upwards to the heavens’ or ‘highward’. The metal in the ‘highward’ state falls into a category that we call high spin metallurgy. Only by understanding the science of high spin metallurgy, can one apply the principal of (0 = +1 + -1). At this point one can branch right off and go for hours and hours about alchemy and turning metals into gold. The important thing to recognise here is that there were metals, used at the time, that they were manuevering the "Master Craftsmen", into a highward or high-spin state. A state at which the electrons react differently to what they do in the normal metallic state. And it's at that point, that we are, actually moving the metal into another direction, into a highward state, into a high spin state. Through sequences of heating and cooling, it has been proved now, that one can actually take these metals and cause them to rise and fall hundreds of times there optimum weight and weigh down to less than nothing…into the "Plane of Sharon".
There are chemical companies in the organic therapy industry that manufactures meletonin and serotonin supplements, but the secretions are taken from dead animals, which is quite inadequate compared to the live human. Upon the moment of death, the secretion ceases and dies almost immediately. The manufactured supplements made from gold and platinum metal are much better. They charge the glands causing them to produce more natural hormones. The Old Records tell us that the ‘Red Gold’ affects the pineal gland and the ‘White Gold’ affects the pituitary gland. By taking substances from both, you will be producing both Meletonin and Serotonin. Serotonin feeds the pineal gland, which in turn produces more Melotonin. So, by taking both of them, you ‘eat from the plant of life’ …and as Genesis states, “
Behold…he has become like one of us!” (Sir Laurence Gardner, NEXUS Conference –Sydney
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-25-2009, 04:02 PM
I believe that 2007 = The Year of NINE
however, i think this message, is excellent
AND, 9/9/9 was 9-9-2007
however, what is a date in time ?
we just have, what is in this NOW
enjoy it, it is a good message
love/susan
the eXchanger
FROM: http://lightworker.com/beacons/2009/2009_02-EndofSeperation.php
The Group - End of Seperation
Greetings from Home
Critical Juncture of Time and Space
Dear ones, your journey has taken you to a time and space
which has brought you to a critical junction.
We wish to address what is directly ahead for you this year.
2009 has become a very critical launching point for the new humanity.
We are so incredibly excited
. You are evolving and bringing the Earth and every part of it with you.
Your evolutionary path has placed blinders over your eyes
to walk around bumping into one another,
not knowing where you were going or what it was about.
Now you are taking full charge and the blinders are starting to come off.
You are finding that you are god and that you have the same creative abilities as what you consider god to be
. In fact, you have been using those creative abilities in every moment of every day and yet you are unaware of it. That is changing.
Also, the way you communicate and interact with others is also rising to the next level and that is now spreading over the entire globe. Yes, you have a world leader that is offering hope.
Yes, he is a channel and yes, you have opportunities to tap into your own energy at this point and change your own reality to the next level because of these changes that you have set into motion.
Nine = Completion
Let us speak of the year 2009 for the nine is the magical part of this number. If you look to your own numerology and studies you will see
that nine is a completion number.
This is a big date and in fact, we ask you all to celebrate the 09/09/09
that will be taking place September ninth of this year
. It is a landmark.
It is simply an opportunity to celebrate light in a new way
because the old ways are ending
and that is one aspect of the completion.
Dear ones, what we ask you to celebrate is the completion of separation.
In the beginning, you were in the first dimension
and you were an integral part of god.
You were part of what you call the creator of Home,
for at Home there is no separation.
Everyone is part of each other.
God, in his infinite wisdom,
was able to do all things with the exception of one
. He could not see or study himself/herself
because there was no contrast, or polarity.
So you left the first dimension
and traveled through the second and were imprinted with duality
in the second dimension.
You carry that even today because in a field of duality
you only see light when there is darkness, love when there is fear.
You only see the opposites within a field of duality and that, too, is ending. As you move to the next level, the field of triality is now beginning.
The illusions were that you only saw the opposite ends;
you only saw the greatest love and the greatest fear,
the greatest light and the greatest darkness.
These are the illusions and because the third position, t
he higher self, is making the straight line of duality
into a triangle which we call triality.
That is the new connection to the higher self.
The higher self can see from a different position.
Because of that, you are moving into a field of triality
where you will still have the light and dark, but the new position
of your higher self will balance it
and you will begin to understand that it is not a linear line, but a circle.
The triangle is the beginning of that perception.
In the beginning of mankind you needed the contrast that the line gave you. But now you have advanced to a level where the contrast is no longer needed for humans to see god.
A lot of areas of separation are ending but above all, the separation of countries must end. It has begun its downward spiral at this moment.
For you to step to the next level, the countries, the communities, the states and all the places you have separated so cleanly so that you could see yourself, are now coming back together as one. We are telling you this because living with no separation is difficult for humans.
Deep Contact = Ending Separation
We have spoken before of the level of deep contact
which is now available to you on a conscious basis every moment of every day. Instead of communicating with a person at one level,
you may now go to the gut level of communication and with very few words you can communicate with another soul on the heart and soul level. Because of that, new possibilities are arising.
Humans in general are also loosing tolerance for the extreme separation that currently exists. What is the good news?
No more secrets on planet Earth…and that is nice.
It is not bad news at all, is it? It will be difficult for many because you have so encased yourselves within an energy field.
You love your privacy, and your sacred space. You will never loose your sacred space or your heritage.
Those pieces of you will always be there. Now humanity will find the new connections that do not require the separation that was needed before. This will be happening on many different levels.
Countries will not cease to exist but humans will soon begin to blur those lines in the sand. The separation of hearts will begin to end this year and it is only a matter of time before Earthlings become Earth brothers.
You are one in the same way that you are one at Home.
Now you are starting to see that through deep contact
which is about going right to the soul level,
right to that part of another person which is also you,
that part that you share with them.
The magic now begins because as this takes place, humanity will begin to form a united Earth. With this comes the release of tension within the Earth herself as she absorbs your energy.
You are a part of her the same as you are part of each other.
This is why you are so attracted to crystals. They are the highest vibrational range of the mineral kingdom.
They will speak to you if you listen.
The Earth will speak to you if you listen.
Humans resonate with the crystal part rather than the rock or elemental parts because it is closer to your vibrational range.
The Earth needs your help in many ways.
There are many different ways of correcting and working with the Earth. It is now becoming popular to live green and that is helping her.
When you release the need for the separation of hearts, you open the door for the evolution on all levels. This is taking place now.
News is Not New
We ask you to look around at world events and become aware of what is taking place. Please, do not watch the news and believe what is seen there.
Watch the news with a skeptical eye and with the possibilities of what is missing.
Watch the news from a higher perspective and see the larger picture.
Please keep in mind that news is not new.
It only reports events that have already happened.
Keep your eye on the bigger picture and do not buy into the doom and gloom of how bad things supposedly are.
You will change your own reality first then change everything around you. Friends, neighbors, family, and those you work with will start to evolve very rapidly to end that separation.
Of course there will be fear since it is a normal process for humans.
Fear is only the unknown and once you fill in that vacuum,
you may not like what you see.
There will be fear, for many people will feel like they are losing their sacred space and their privacy.
Humans will find different words to describe what is taking place. It is the separation of large groups of people that cause war on this planet. Humans believe they are separate from one another.
Who are you bombing, yourselves? Yes.
Islamic Evolution
The year 2009 will see changes in many areas.
We do not like to use the word religion for just that one word implies a separation which does not exist.
Separation is a human illusion.
The year 2009 will begin to show changes in the Arab world.
Arabs and those of Islamic faith are now coming to into the consciousness of all people on Earth. It has happened like most changes first through conflict.
Soon those who have been promoting hate and those invested in these conflicts will fail. As that happens there are great possibilities of unity.
We ask you to study it, look at it, become aware of what is taking place for those differences are diminishing every day and fear can only dissolve with knowledge. We ask you to take a look at the Koran or Google Islam.
Look for the ways in which you are alike instead of the ways you differ. Then, as these changes begin taking place, you can support it.
A new generation is entering, make room for it and this time the separation begin to end. It is a part of the process and preparation for the beautiful year of 2012 which is directly ahead.
In order to birth the new Earth, dear ones, the separation must end and now is the time when you can reach into your heart and feel the connection instead of the opposition.
Now is the time when you can make a difference.
Flexible Belief Systems Are Not ‘BS’
We wish you would all travel to different places on Earth
and stay in people’s homes so that you could see how people
live their lives almost identically to you.
Belief systems are what we call BS.
As the evolution of humanity continues flexible belief systems will support unity while rigid ones will support only separation.
As the separation diminishes in this year, you will start to see more how your own belief systems have restricted you from finding Home here on Earth.
Allow your brains and your hearts to open to possibilities that humanity has never seen before.
The magic of The New Planet Earth is beginning right now.
The birth of the new Earth and the new humanity can only be here when the new Earth is reborn.
That, dear ones, is not scheduled for 2012, it is scheduled for 2010.
The separation that holds you apart, the separation of hearts,
must now end for this to happen
and we are so grateful that you pay attention to this.
You do not understand our perspective of you and we
wish to pull aside the veil for just a moment
so that you can see yourselves through our eyes.
You would never doubt yourselves if you saw what we do.
You would always walk with pride;
you would always walk with the light of Home
just over your shoulder.
No matter which way you wanted to turn,
it would always be there to light your path.
You cannot fail.
That is something you must know.
It is not possible for you to fail for you are god and god does not fail.
Our purpose is nothing more than to spread our wings to reflect the magnificence of humans. Our purpose is to help you to re-member who you really are and that is only possible to do when you start releasing the separation between the worlds of planet Earth.
Ending Separation will Trigger First Contact
We will tell you that something else is taking place quite rapidly.
It is only a matter of years before other entities enter this Earth
from other realms. T
hey have been here all along in other dimensions.
You call them ET’s.
They are simply beings from other games.
We hate to disappoint you but you are not the only game
in the universe.
Yes, you are the one that is changing everything
and all the attention is on planet Earth and the Earth beings
for you have taken a game of free choice
and have raised your vibration to start remembering.
That has never happened before in this context.
Because of it, all eyes are on the universe and the Earth beings here.
You think of yourself as hiding alone in your room when you are lonely, feeling unsupported and not remembering who you really are, but you have no idea that there are billions of beings watching you over your shoulder. And you are worried about privacy, if you only knew.
Parental Races will Help
Many of these beings are from your original parental races including the Pleiadians, the Sirians, the Arcturians and three more
are here to help you evolve to the next level.
They are here to help in any way they can
because they also helped to seed planet Earth.
They were there at the beginning.
They are part of your parental races
and because of this they have come together again
to help you close the separation that was once needed.
That is why all humans are starting to see strange things.
Multidimensionality is now possible because of your advancement.
You are starting to see that you are not one person,
but have multiple aspects of yourself
You often wonder why things are.
Why does one goes into a coma?
Why does a person want to leave this Earth but cannot?
Why does a person who really wants to stay suddenly die?
Some of it does not make any sense,
but it is because of the multidimensional self.
All dimensions of a soul share three things:
the instant of birth,
the life lesson they are working with and the instant of death.
If all 11 dimensions are healthy and you are not in your dimension, sometimes you go into a coma to wait for the others.
That is what happens to many people a
nd that will become clearer because the entities
that are coming from these other games,
these other worlds, have access through the multidimensional capabilities.
You think of ETs with great powers, advanced technologies and such because they can walk through the walls and do thing you can not.
To them, dear ones, there simply is no wall.
They live in a dimension where they just walk with little or no separation.
That is the final piece we wish to address because the separation
between the dimensions is also diminishing rapidly
. This may also cause fear if you are not prepared.
But if you simply look at your movies, your books, your television,
you will see more and more things about multidimensionality
every single day.
This is happening to implant it into the collective mind of humanity so that when it starts to happen you will understand the concepts.
All of it is about the ending of separation and that is where you are this day. That is the most important part we wish for you to focus on this year.
How can I be “like” instead of “separate”?
How can I find commonalities rather than the differences?
We tell you that it is only a slight shift in perception. Many of you are so sensitive that you are afraid to do that.
You know that if you lose your separation, you will pick up the world’s problems. You will not.
Your energy spent in raising another heart will make you stronger
than you know.
There is a collective healing taking place
and you are a very big part of that.
We challenge you, Lightworkers,
who feel the connection of this family,
to take the sword and bury it.
Take those separation devices and lose them.
Stretch out and get to know your neighbors.
You humans think of this country here fighting that country over there…
over what? T
hey forgot what the argument was years ago and yet,
lives are still constantly lost in these arguments.
War is self propagating and it is obvious that humans still have that to learn.
When you see both sides of the veil, you will see both sides of any argument you will see that it is something that needs to be resolved as one heart.
It is not about right and wrong because right and wrong do not exist.
Those are only the outside corners, dear ones.
Now you begin to see that with a field of triality.
You will begin to see that there is room for many different flavors in between that you have not seen before.
Do you understand that if you were attacked by beings from outer space, you would all bond together instantly?
You would all be working together to save planet Earth.
Do that now not in opposition of something,
but in union of something---in union of the human heart.
That is the next evolution that is taking place and it begins this year.
Backup Plans Put You Here at the Perfect Time.
This is a magical time.
Many of you are in back up plans.
Many of you did not have your original parents
that you hoped for because the timing of your birth was critical.
Many of you have postponed entry so that you could be here at this moment.
You made it.
You are the ones that will change planet Earth.
You have asked to do so and now you are being given all the tools.
That is what the technology is for dear ones.
That is why deep contact is available now.
That is why you are able to move to the next level
and we are so very proud of you.
You are starting to re-member who you really are
and that has been our hope all along.
Now you will re-member enough of your own heritage
so that you would know there is no separation.
As you hug another person,
feel the heartbeat as one and not as two.
Know that will lead you out into the universe and planet Earth
will become a garden place.
It will become the library of the universe because everyone
will travel here to see how you did it.
All energies and all entities and all future references
that will be made to planets and other games
will look upon planet Earth to see how it was done,
how they still stayed in the physical bodies and ended separation.
We are so very proud of you.
We leave you with only three simple reminders.
Treat each other with the greatest respect.
Nurture one another every chance you get.
Play well together.
Espavo
The group
THE eXchanger
02-26-2009, 02:33 PM
Today 26th day of Feb, 2009
(2+2+6=10/1) so, it's a 1-11 day
The conjunction of a Pisces Moon
and, Uranus - can make things feel, a little crazy
Spend the day, tying up loose ends
as, the moon is about to shift into Aries
at 4:23 PM EST/1:23 PM PST
The Ram, is allowing you, to put some energy,
behind things, you do NOT have completed,
and, if you give that, a good butt, towards completion,
you will tie up, a lot of loose ends.
tomorrow me move into a
(2+2+7/2009)
which is a natural 11-11
Also Mercury the Messenger,
is at a 60 degree angle, to Venus The Lady of Love,
and, when they arrive together, like this in the sky,
they dance -- so, perhaps, this will open up some rare doors,
in the arena of love ...
i hope everyone has a busy & a great day
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
02-27-2009, 02:12 AM
secret rulers
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gAcxGD6-c-E&feature=PlayList&p=45ABD221BD27E9A2&index=0&play next=1
(29 videos that are very good)
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
03-02-2009, 07:35 PM
As, we move toward December 21st, 2012,
which, is NOT the end of the world,
but, it is, simply an alignment of stars,
with The Milky Way, or galatic centre,
there will emerge,
the symbol of The Ouroboros,
which is, the central point which resides
near the star system of Sagittarius,
where, the serpent will appear, to be eating its tail.
For the line up, of the Milky Way, to the centre of this galaxy,
which occurs, at the time of the winter solstice,
on the 21st day of the twelfth month, of the year 2012,
it is, merely the end of The Age of The Suntelia Aion,
as, the scholar of Greece, referred to it, and, on that date,
the sun, shall make a rise, out of the mouth of The Ouroboros,
and, it will, simply mark, the dawning of a new new age,
The Age of Aquarius.
Already many sky alignments, are occurring,
that are signaling the approach of this significant alignment of
constellations/and, of stars
Get ready to ask, to step into a full rememberance
of who, and, what it is, that, you really are
and, why it is, you have chosen to put in an appearance
at this time ...the time, to forge an alliance
with all of your assortment of lower & higher selves,
is NOW -- ask, and, it shall be given to you ...
there are NO secrets,
for truth is, just that, truth,
and, it is totally up to you,
to discern, what is, your truth.
do it, to be, it
be it, to do, it
command, and, demand,
with all that you are,
so, it is,
all, that you can will it be
will it to be, so, it will be, and, so iT iS
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
03-10-2009, 06:54 PM
Channel Ilene Hetherington:
(i have veiled the name of the person,
who is inflicted with this, and, it is NOT me,
i received this, from a very valuable source, of information)
it is related to:
MORGELLANS DISEASE
Here is the channeling:
I am requested to ask this question for ( -------name---------- )
She has what is called Morgellans disease.
She has live things coming out of skin,
mental disharmony, lesions,and constant itching
inside and out. What is this and what can be done?
HERE is the channeled response:
We will address this issue two parts.
one being the entity known as Morgellans
and one being the entity known as (---name---_
This a many layered disease process
which is fueled by an entity of 4th dimensional origins.
Certain engineers and science were impressed up
by species being of the 4th dimensional realm.
To develop products in the realm of living beings
to be used to infest crops.
These scientists were subject to contact
because of their activities in the solar plexus chakra, namely greed.
Their motive is monetary profits.
The Orion beings did make contact and impress upon these beings
a method to bringing into reality
a 4th dimensional etheric thought form
which became an entity of infection.
Understand that before certain negative thought forms can manifest,
there must be fertile soil within the beings,
in order to provide the catalyst for certain experiences.
In your culture there is a tremendous negative fascination
with interference in infection and control by alien cultures.
Many books and movies giving that thought form.
Those who vibrate to energy of victim or depression
These two combined together
make one open to certain manipulation by infectious agents.
It would be wise in those households ;
Where we find those infections agents firstly,
to follow a program of mental hygiene of which any
negative material of any kind is removed not consumed.
Not thru hearing, sight.
Specifically video games,movies,
books, which imply victim hood
or bring on a depressed
state of mind.
In these households we should find material
which promotes light heartedness,comedies, healing's ,
growing flowers, aroma therapy, no alcohol, no tobacco.
We must lighten the atmosphere
and begin using mental and
emotional means of empowerment.
Specifically this Orion tool is being used to promote fear,
victim hood and control.
To those in your population who have need of a catalyst of
regaining their personal strength and power.
It is given for certain beings to establish within them, the
direct relation to their creator,
The source of all existence.,
It is not a curse or punishment.
It is a within their karmic path to experience this illness
as a means of growth.
In the case of your channel who is speaking,
due to the fact that the Orion beings who do not want
this information disseminated (of control and cures of this illness,)
they did send an emissary to deplete her vitality.
However she is continually surrounded by protection therefore
she is immune to such attach.
We will not permit her to be in a mind set which would
permit her to experience such an activity and she is too
advanced to be susceptible to such control.
Therefore we proceed.
As we scan the structure of this infecting agent
we find that it has a quality Chameleon like.
This agent does morph from bacterial, to fungal to mucoid,
to spores and something similar to a spirochetes.
It is intelligent.
It is more advanced in its development than a virus or bacterium.
It has its own intelligence.
It is used by the Orion to create fear and specifically depression.
It also creates a terrible sense of unease
,with crawling energies
within the body.
It moves within the blood.
The colon mush be kept clean. (*** see below)
The treatment for this entity are many fold.
but namely we target the increase of the oxygen within the body,
(**** see below)
we protect the cellular integrity of the skin and inner
surfaces which surround the cells,
We enhance the immune system.
This entity has the ability to switch off a key receptor within
the cell that activates the immune system.
It is transmitted from person to person. it is in the air.
There are certain spore like beings which emerge periodically
from clusters which do move from person to person.
We begin with treatments,
Understand as the entity learns
its host it mutates to become resistant specifically within that host.
There fore the host should try various avenue of defense.
But most important is surrounding them with uplifting thoughts,
and people. Anything that brings them joy.
Also to avoid discussing or dwelling upon the disease with other people.
his grows the negative thought form which permits
the spread of this infection.
The entity lives on fear and depression.
That is its sustanous in the body.
These are carried as chemistry
signals within the body .
Therefore we change the body chemistry
.with the use of certain food stuffs and change of mind set.
Then the person who is afflicted no longer is a viable host.
We begin with protective foods and useful foods
Raw almonds, sunflower seeds
Raw sesame and flax seed
raw coconut, raw leaves of basil
raw leaves of peppermint
raw leaves of lemon balm,
yams, pomegranate
cooked beets, parsnips
kale and spinach cook or raw.
cabbage, brussel sprouts
any sprouting seed, alfalfa , red clover
mung bean sprouts,
cilantro,
walnuts raw,
apricots flesh and inner nut cracked and consumed.
keep in house flowers,
lavender oil bath, (***** see below)
we move to applications to the skin. Try these.
Crushed leaves of basil, apply to wound and all area of skin.
As poultice at night, application of aloe Vera gel direct from plant.
Pure castor oil may be mixed together with aloe Vera.. application.
Thymus Bulgarus essential oil of thyme - straight
one drop at time on lesions.(may irritate for a minute)
Basil oil may also be tried internally taking the Thymus Bulgarus
essential oil placing in capsules and take every other day 2 caps
with meal.or medicinal oil which much be purchased from reputable
company which sell for medicine. purposes.
As we scan most are manufactured in Europe.
Dioxychlor taken internally or used in gel form externally.
This product increases oxygen content of the body.
Aloe Vera taken direct from plant or taken in gel caps in liquid form.
Take three times daily. It can be mixed with apple juice.
as much as can tolerable.
Rescue remedy= Bach flower remedy for despair.
(******* see below)
Chestnut remedy for depression.
Elm for strengthening
Eat ripe plantain, strengthens integrity of cellular walls (type of banana)
Soak body in clay bath to which oil of lavender has been added.
Eat chives, garlic abundance. leeks.
avoid process foods artificial sweeteners ,
process meats, MSG
soda, microwave, and canned food,
Question; could information go to government offices to do some
thing about it.?
They are aware warriors from Orion
regularly influence scientists
to create biological weapons and pesticides and disease entities
to control populations.
They are aware at the highest levels of
what this implies.
The awareness is present, the desire to change is not.
question; Then those who are exposed to this agent can stay in
a positive thought form configuration and that will protect them.?
yes, As we did state.
They become unsatisfactory hosts for this being.
Because there is intelligence present
in this disease entity.
One must deal with it on the mind level.
It is very suggest able.
to the chemicals involved in the human brain
which control mood.
it thrives on Adoline,
It does not thrive on Oxytosin which are happy
chemicals.
Therefore working to produce these chemicals
thru any activity
which provides pleasure is poisonous to these beings.
Most specifically is contentment.
Any who are experiencing this disease
must understand that
this is a karmic choice,
which is highly layered and complicated
therefore taking responsibility
for ones state of mind regardless
of circumstances, of which the body is existing,
is the most
important key in this experience.
Therefore though offered as a
catalyst of negativity, for an aware individual,
it can be used for
a catalyst for rapid spiritual growth.
question -What states are experiencing this spraying?
Southwestern, Texas, New Mexico, Colorado, western states,
water ways, southwestern seaboard spreading everywhere. Eventually.
This is of no consequence,
as this planet has been deemed to ascend.
We feel complete with this information at this point.
If there are other questions in the future we will be available to answer.
Channel Ilene Hetherington for XXX XXXXXXXXX questions
*******************************
Anyway, i also concur,
with what has been channeled above...
The eXchanger suggests,
the following sources/for products mentioned:
*** experience & clear / www.workingwonders.awarenesshealth.com
(for colon health/and, for cleansing parasites)
& complete for a product with many ingredients
mentioned above - for a simple 1 oz vitamin/mineral daily dose
**** vitamin O - oxygenates www.rgarden.net/workingwonders
***** real lavender oil
real thyme oil
real peppermint oil
aloe vera
purge / parasiste product
www.workingwonders.ineways.com
*******
(i have a special pack of a product, that is better than rescue rememedy)
will come back, and, post it details on it,
it is available for approx $35/and, contains a myriad of homopthic rememdies
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
03-10-2009, 11:58 PM
If this doesn't touch you there is something wrong...
I seldom pass along inspirational stuff, but this one got to me.
I believe, in these difficult and mean-spirited times
in which we live, there needs to be a message of Hope.
We can all use a single image that speaks to us of love,
harmony, peace, and joy.
An image that suggests the universality of us all.
I have been sent that image,
and I want to share it with you all.
All I ask is that all of you take a moment to reflect on it....
the candians here, probably KNOW what type of a store
the rainbow is rising over (the beer store)
+ xxx
Carmen
03-11-2009, 01:26 AM
Susan, re Morgellons disease, I have just found an article in "Uncensored" magazine about a morgellons sufferer.This person seems to have found a cure, quite by accident I quote:
"I have been a Morgellons sufferer for over ten years. Recently, I discovered, quite by accident, something that is literally making it disappear from my BODY. I have experimented with various "super baths" fillling the tub with hot water and putting in things like lemons, baking soda, dish detergent, laundry detergent, alcohol, etc.
Well, one day about four months ago, I was filling the bath and I was pretty dirty from housecleaning so I put some Sun powdered laundry detergent with colorsafe bleach into the water, just a tad, because it really cleans the skin.
Anyway , I left the bathroom for a minute or two and heard a crash that sounded like one of my cats getting into something. When I returned nothing seemed amiss, so I slid into the water for a soak.
Everything seemed normal until the bubbles parted, and I got the sight of a Morgellons sufferers' lifetime dream: those black and grey specks MIGRATING OUT OF MY SKIN AS FAST AS THEY COULD IN DROVES BY THE HUNDREDS FROM EVERY SQUARE INCH OF MY BODY!!
And even as I saw that, I also noticed several large oblong things "dissolving" in the bottom of the tub. I picked one up, and it was an alfalfa tablet. Then I noticed the bottle on the counter next to the tub was overturned, and obout 25 of them had fallen into the water! They were the cause of the migration of all things Morgellon out of my skin in a fantastice migration for about an hour.
Brown flecks, black flecks, fibers, white patches of fibers drifted off the surface of my skin like No Problema, see ya later, something I had NEVER BEEN ABLE TO ACCOMPLISH WITH ANY OTHER TOPICAL AGENT.
THE MIGHTY ALFALFA HAS SINCE CONQUERED MORGELLONS IN MY BODY., The scabs are gone, the fibers are history, the patches of fibers are all taped to a piece of wax paper and about to be went off to a research lab that has requested them.
I am sending you my testimonial in hopes that other sufferers will at least know some relief from the scourge of the skin."
This may be of help to Morgellon sufferers out there
Love and Light
Carmen
THE eXchanger
03-11-2009, 03:25 AM
CHECK IS OUT
it's on sale here for $1/box
http://www.dollartreedirect.com/store/product_details.php?category=45&pg=1&pid=318&dolla rtree_direct_PSID=kp2aditf2j2k1kf8abfj8v8726
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
03-11-2009, 04:14 AM
The Illusions of Consciousness and Evolution
First let me (Simeon) acknowledge
that I realize that the most popular take on consciousness
these days is that everything is consciousness.
In fact this was the model of viewing reality that I once used as well.
Perhaps the model I am using now is really not all that different
than many of the other models being used out there.
However, semantics may make it seem that way.
Lets just say that I am therefore offering you the possibility
of adjusting the meanings of a few words like sentience, intellect
and consciousness,
and then viewing the nature of reality a bit differently from that new perspective.
Many years ago I read a number of Rudolph Steiner's books.
He brought forth the concept that there were three phases of collective evolution taking place on this planet.
He labeled these the "Sentient Soul Evolution," the "Intellectual Soul Evolution" and the "Consciousness Soul Evolution."
This information took me into a deep mystical journey
that lasted a couple of years.
I actually felt that Steiner was with me as a guide in that journey.
It felt like he had much more to offer on this than what had ever gotten written down in his time on Earth and that he was eager to help reinforce that within the collective soul in some way.
Through the course of this mystical journey
I actually was given a model to redefine the nature of consciousness
and therefore reality itself.
I now would say that everything in the universe has sentience
versus consciousness.
Sentience is a form of awareness that is moving out like a vector from a point source.
In anthropological terms this would be awareness of other,
of that outside of self.
Consciousness is what happens when that ray of sentient awareness
is bent back upon itself.
As sentient awareness bends back upon itself it starts to become self-aware.
It is the development of the intellect that has enabled some sentient beings to start becoming self-aware and thus conscious beings.
So herein we also have a reasonable definition
of what the purpose of our intellect truly is as well.
Our intellect is meant to facilitate our process of becoming self-aware.
Yet, the intellect has also found many other interesting things
to do as well!
As a collective we are only now beginning to start using our intellect for its intended purpose.
Humans and some of the animals on the planet
are in various stages of developing self-awareness and thus consciousness. Once we have become fully self-conscious,
which means there is nothing within us that we are no longer unconscious of, the need for the intellect will no longer exist and the evolutionary curve will eliminate it from our experience and along with that dissolution will go many of the problems that the intellect has created.
Intellect here is synonymous with the operative modalities
of the concrete and abstract aspects of our human minds.
Higher mind operates in pure fields of awareness
that does not have cognitive components.
Higher mind operates at unity, therefore there is no need for any cognition of self or other, they are perceived as all being part of one organism.
Instant access to all that exists within that larger organism is always available to Higher Mind.
Another way of saying this is that Higher Mind is fully multi-dimensional and almost completely unrestricted and is therefore pure consciousness.
When you observe your own thoughts, you use Higher Mind.
Who is it that is doing the observing?
It certainly is not the thinking mind, that which will usually identify itself as you. That observation occurs through an awareness which lies out beyond all thought processes.
It is within a field of pure consciousness.
The question now arises that if Higher Mind is pure consciousness
then why do we have this further projection into a more limited form of awareness which we are calling sentience?
To truly understand this requires that we also truly understand the singular purpose for everything in the universe.
Some years ago I went through a series of meditations lasting
about four months seeking to know the purpose of life.
I first was taken on a journey to expand my concepts
around what life itself was.
Then I had a very powerful mystical experience which allowed me to directly experience the Universal Heart of God.
It was being referred to as the Universal Heart Crystal.
It was a most incredible experience and it changed me forever.
In the direct experience of these energetics I was opened up and a holographic reality-ball entered my heart chakra.
I then came to understand that the singular purpose of all of life
and creation, of every particle, wave, ion, atom and being that exists anyplace in the universe, is to expand the beauty, textures, colors and radiance of love in the Universal Heart.
Any time any aspect of the universe expresses the love
that is its foundation and root of existence in a way
that resonates at the frequency of higher forms of love (phi harmonics) it leaves a unique imprint upon the Universal Heart Crystal.
This imprint is like no other, it is unique.
No two expressions of love are ever the same, they are like snowflakes, each one being unique with its own colors, textures and radiance.
Therefore what I was experiencing in my mystical vision
was the aggregate of all those expressions of love throughout eternity.
This was the most profoundly beautiful thing
I have ever seen in my inner eye.
Each time any of us expresses our higher love nature we add
to the beauty of this exquisite holographic entity in the universe
and instantly all beings and the entire creation has been enhanced.
I encourage you to meditate and ask to be brought into direct experience with the Universal Heart Crystal, God's Heart,
in your own unique way.
Please share your experience with me if you do.
Now back to answering our question which I restate here:
if Higher Mind is pure consciousness then why do we have this further projection into a more limited form of awareness which we are calling sentience?
Life, or what I now call the Sacred Flow of Life which is life beyond the limitations of temporal forms, has this eternal propensity to generate new fractals of reality for beings to experience.
New fractals of reality allow additional unique expressions of love to emerge in interaction with and response to the fractal reality itself.
This thereby continues to fuel the possibilities for expanding the beauty, textures, colors and radiance of love in the Universal Heart of God which is the singular purpose for everything's existence.
It may take a bit for this to sink in.
I had a very powerful experience that literally embedded it into the fabric of my being.
Yet, it may take some time for this awareness to fully entrain the depths of your cellular consciousness to its new point of reference if such a profound experience is not forthcoming for you for whatever reason.
I am being inspired to bring this forth at this time outside of
the deeper format I have been working with it in over the last few years, which is/was my Radiant Heart Initiations .
This is a major re-alignment needing to take place in the collective
over the next several decades.
Those who have engaged the Radiant Heart Initiations have been surrogates for the collective consciousness in this regard.
Many others have done the same in their own way as well I'm sure.
Moving into this alternative model of consciousness is really about understanding that the greater field of consciousness divides itself down
into a myriad of fractals reducing itself as far as sentience or beyond,
and then letting the natural life impulse of love carry it back
to its full state once again.
This is simply so that the beauty of love can keep expanding.
This awareness has changed the way I view evolution.
Evolution is only part of a greater revolution,
just as its etymology suggests.
It occurs within a fractal of reality that is purposely limited to further
expand the beauty of love in God's heart.
When it returns to its full state of consciousness nothing has changed
in that regard.
However, the beauty of love within the Universal Heart Crystal
as a result of the unfoldment of that fractal within the Sacred Flow of Life has been greatly expanded, and as such, the entire creation has been enhanced as well.
The moral of this story?
There is no individual evolution, it is an illusion.
There is no evolution of consciousness, it is also an illusion.
Yet, we must fully embrace both to fully transcend the illusion and participate in the singular purpose for all of creation.
Take advantage of every opportunity the Sacred Flow of Life brings you
to express your higher love nature -- there is no shortage of opportunities.
We will then together accelerate the unfoldment of our fractal of reality
on Earth and beautify the universe according to our shared purpose in common -- to BE the love we are!
Many blessings to you in the power of our mutually expressed love beingness. . .
by Simeon Chiron Nartoomid
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
03-11-2009, 04:22 AM
"Looking Within, Never Away."
Tonight as I waited for the tram home, I met a past self of mine.
It was dark, windy and the atmosphere was ominous and threatening.
I had bags of shopping and the only thing I wanted was to get home quickly
in order to beat the rain.
That is when a man came walking down the street
. He was obviously very stoned, or out of his mind due to some other substance.
He was walking, almost crawling, at a snail's pace - thinking he was continually dropping ten dollar notes along the pavement. He would crouch down almost to the ground, searching for those elusive, 'disappearing', illusory, ten dollar notes. Then he would just close his eyes and fall asleep in mid-reach.
I looked away.
I didn't need to see this. He was not my 'responsibility'.
His state was his own fault, I thought to myself. But then I looked at him.
And I saw my Self -- A past clubbing self -- a past 'me' that used to get so off his head,
that he would take a whole half hour just to find a ten dollar note in his wallet
to buy a packet of cigarettes.
'He' would constantly fall into a state of rapturous sleep on whatever club-couch he happened to be sitting on.
'He' was not only my 'sleeping' self - He was my UNCONSCIOUS self.
As I watched this sleeping, falling man several metres from me,
all of these realizations came to me in an instant.
I was not separated from this man.
This man was ME. I AM this man!
Any idea that this man and I were not One was merely a very clever and intricate illusion.
Several guys were further up the street - watching, snickering and laughing at this sleeping man. By now, two of his ten dollar notes had indeed fallen onto the ground. I looked up the street and saw my bus approaching.
And then I willed the ferocious wind to stop.
And it did.
I walked over to the man, picked up his money and handed it to him.
He awoke with a start. He wanted to shake my hand.
And then he thanked me. My only words to him were,
"Wake up, and stay Awake...At least until you get Home".
I had missed my bus.
But I had caught something else much more profound.
I had caught on to 'who' I AM, who 'I' was, and who 'I' will always be - every ONE.
And everything I have done,
and will ever do for another will invariably come back to me, and vice versa, and versa vice.
That sleeping man met a little Angel tonight.
And I know if I had never helped him, then I too,
would have never been helped by the many angels who have come into my life over the years.
Such is the grand, sacred circle of The One SELF.
The wind mysteriously started up again,
but it could not blow away the tears of profound gratitude and grace
that streamed down my face after that sublime encounter.
Tonight I healed, helped and loved without condition, a once 'fragmented' part of my Self.
Tonight, I brought a lost aspect Home.
You can look for Angels in your life...
Or you can BE the Angel.
~~~
Written by Another Point of You : Omnitheus Oneironaut.
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
03-20-2009, 12:53 AM
If this doesn't make you think...
i'm NOT sure, what will
http://sivers.org/genius
your comments would be welcomed:
THE eXchanger
03-25-2009, 02:24 PM
A carrot, an egg, or a cup of coffee ???
Which One are you ???
Please Read
You will never look at a cup of coffee the same way again.
A young woman went to her mother
and told her about her life
and how things were so hard for her.
She did not know how she was going to make it
and wanted to give up,
She was tired of fighting and struggling.
It seemed as one problem was solved, a new one arose.
Her mother took her to the kitchen.
She filled three pots with water and placed each on a high fire.
Soon the pots came to boil.
In the first she placed carrots
, in the second she placed eggs,
and in the last she placed ground coffee beans.
She let them sit and boil; without saying a word.
In about twenty minutes she turned off the burners.
She fished the carrots out and placed them in a bowl.
She pulled the eggs out and placed them in a bowl.
Then she ladled the coffee out and placed it in a bowl.
Turning to her daughter, she asked,
' Tell me what you see.' -----------
'Carrots, eggs, and coffee,' she replied.
Her mother brought her closer and asked her to feel the carrots.
She did and noted that they were soft.
The mother then asked the daughter to take an egg and break it.
After pulling off the shell, she observed the hard boiled egg.
Finally, the mother asked the daughter to sip the coffee.
The daughter smiled as she tasted its rich aroma.
The daughter then asked, 'What does it mean, mother?'
Her mother explained that each of these objects
had faced the same adversity: boiling water.
Each reacted differently.
The carrot went in strong, hard, and unrelenting.
However, after being subjected to the boiling water,
it softened and became weak.
The egg had been fragile.
Its thin outer shell had protected its liquid interior,
but after sitting through the boiling water,
its inside became hardened.
The ground coffee beans were unique, however.
After they were in the boiling water, they had changed the water.
'Which are you?' she asked her daughter.
'When adversity knocks on your door, how do you respond?
Are you a carrot, an egg or a coffee bean?
Think of this: Which am I?
Am I the carrot that seems strong,
but with pain and adversity do I wilt and become soft and lose my strength?
Am I the egg that starts with a malleable heart,
but changes with the heat?
Did I have a fluid spirit, but after a death, a breakup, a financial hardship or some other trial, have I become hardened and stiff?
Does my shell look the same, but on the inside am I bitter and tough with a stiff spirit and hardened heart?
Or am I like the coffee bean?
The bean actually changes the hot water,
the very circumstance that brings the pain
. When the water gets hot, it releases the fragrance and flavor.
If you are like the bean, when things are at their worst,
you get better and change the situation around you.
When the hour is the darkest and trials
are their greatest do you elevate yourself to another level?
How do you handle adversity?
Are you a carrot, an egg or a coffee bean?
May you have enough happiness to make you sweet,
enough trials to make you strong,
enough sorrow to keep you human
and enough hope to make you happy.
The happiest of people don't necessarily have the best of everything; they just make the most of everything that comes along their way.
The brightest future will always be based
on a forgotten past;
you can't go forward in life until you let go of your past failures
and heartaches.
When you were born, you were crying and everyone around you was smiling.
Live your life so at the end,
you're the one who is smiling
and everyone around you is crying.
You might want to send this message
to those people who mean something to you (I JUST DID);
to those who have touched your life in one way or another;
to those who make you smile when you really need it;
to those who make you see the brighter side of things
when you are really down;
to those whose friendship you appreciate;
to those who are so meaningful in your life.
If you don't send it,
you will just miss out on the opportunity to brighten someone's day with this message!
May we all be COFFEE!!!!!!!
+ xxx
fossileyesed
03-25-2009, 05:47 PM
Thank you Susan
peace and love
kent
Carmen
03-25-2009, 05:59 PM
Yes Susan, Thank you, a great story. Its not so much what happens to us in this life that is of importance, but how we respond to what happens to us. Our growth, our evolution/enlightenment is imbedded in our choices, freewill, to respond in any given situation. To be the heroe of our own life and realize our divine attributes, or to fall back to a victumhood that is familiar.
Love and Light
Carmen
THE eXchanger
03-25-2009, 06:08 PM
THIS IS REALLY IMPORTANT
it will really touch your heart !!!
WATCH THIS: http://sivers.org/genius
AND, READ ALL THE COMMENTS: http://sivers.org/genius
Last week I was at the TED Conference
and saw this talk by Elizabeth Gilbert
IT REALLY speaks
to every musician and writer I know.
I promise the 19 minutes will be very well-spent.
Then I’m curious to hear your thoughts, below.
Do you feel songs come “through” you?
Do you wait for inspiration?
Or do you just work and work no matter what?
Do you feel you’ve already achieved your “greatest hit”?
Or is your greatest work yet-to-come?
I think other musicians would be curious to hear your thoughts on this too, since it’s often a very lonely pursuit,
so feel free to leave a comment at the bottom of this page.
© 2009 Derek Sivers
URL :
http://sivers.org/genius
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
03-25-2009, 06:15 PM
Also, it is a nice idea, to recogise posters, who do good threads,
by scoring them !!!
(as, it helps keep them at the top)
we get a lot of private emails ...
and, we know that some of what we blog here,
it really has helped me to eXpand, and, to grow,
and, more importantly, it has helped many others
(egg me on) :mfr_lol:
we were so inspired watching
this link: (mentioned above)
and, now, mentioned below:
http://sivers.org/genius
Reading the comments there,
on that site,
really touched my heart,
in a big way !!!
eXchanging with everyone else here, also,
eXpands and, touches my heart
Thank you, for all the good eXchangeS :thumb_yello:
:thumb_yello: 7777 views :)
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
03-26-2009, 02:38 PM
The Dark insectiles are known by some as mud shadows,
this is due to them being a dark brown shadow when seen by,
or I should say noticed by some people that can see, actually they can be from black/grey
through to a baby **** type yellow or dirty gold colour
it depends on the type and what they are feeding on.(every thing organic, especially us).
The following is more factual than the author realizes,
and he is definitely on the right track, they do feed on us,
take care what you eat, they love coke etc with it in you.
Just an interesting observation if you go to any butchers shop you will notice that the butchers always have a clear complexion do you know why? Guess.
The mud shadows have a large supply of red meat to feast on instead of their host the butcher. Enjoy.
Geoff
-- --------------------------------------------------------
Slight of Hand in Health
By Philip N. Ledoux
http://educate-yourself.org/pnl/slightofhand21may05.shtml
May 21, 2005
Ken,
A recent post of chem3 led to the grey matter rumbling. The following is the result.
Steven Dainis was trying to CONNECT da dotzzz!! re. Health.
I have slightly edited his post for easier comprehension
for those who didn't read the complete thread. I will pick up the story after the below introduction
(Steven's post).
THIS thread here is very interesting!!!
There is a core truth buried herein with your conversation.
I'm reading here that we have some products that get altered
ever so slightly and that alteration makes them VERY harmful to the human health & well-being.
Pure unprocessed cane-sugar is full of electrolites and trace-minerals, VERY good for us!!
Along come the poison, white processed sugar, a
nd ants won't even touch the stuff!!
SO VERY MANY consumables all around us altered ever so slightly
, almost indiscernibly so, and BAM(!!!) a new enemy to human health & well-being
is spread to the masses!
This is Tim Rifats' & my core belief,
that there is a type of predator attached to 99.5% of each human born.
Called a mud-shadow and sits above the crown chakra.
It is a long story.
But, what if all these mud-shadow parasites had a common agenda.
As all parasites do, they siphon food.
These also siphon energy, mostly,
Rifat says, NEGATIVE-energy. Rifat says they love sexual energy, too,
but pass that energy along UP their chain of command.
But, these mud-shadows have a vested interest in us, their prey, to be in NON-health
. We are no use dead, but in partial sickness they get more "food" to feast on
as they ride around un-noticed by humanity for millennia.
steven.
.................................................. .................
Way back when the fig-leaf crew started cooking, the mud shadows started rejoicing,
because mankind started to be slightly ill from the effects of cooked food.
In the garden man had been a "raw eater".
A step in the direction of poor health, not enough to kill,
and feasting for the mud shadows.
Then somewhere along the way, mankind started raising and tending animals.
That of itself was no problem until mankind decided to slaughter the animals for food.
Man's gut in perfect condition takes 12 hours from eating to excrement.
A carnivore's gut in poor condition takes 6 hours.
Man is not a carnivore nor is s/he an omnivore
. Another step in the direction of poor health, not enough to kill,
and more feasting for the mud shadows.
Then mankind discovered that if he "spiced" his rotting meats heavily, they were now palatable.
Another step in the direction of poor health, not enough to kill, and more feasting for the mud shadows.
Then mankind learned how to concentrate the sugars in plants.
How sweet it tasted!
Three quarters of the cost of a wedding reception in the 15th Century
went for sugar in its many varieties.
It threw a bad curve ball at the eater, but after a few days of recovery all was normal again.
A temporary feast for the mud shadows
. Then in the 19th, 20th and 21st Century mankind was able to have excess sugars every day of his life.
One of the biggest underlying factors of sickness in humans and pets.
Another step in the direction of poorer health, not enough to kill,
and more feasting for the mud shadows.
Then mankind wanted to have the finer foods of life that only royalty and the rich could afford.
Machinery ground the grains finer and finer until the 19th, 20th and 21st Century mankind
was adding to the "sugar" overload problem because in digestion,
the finely ground grains converted instantly into sugar.
Another step in the direction of poorer health, not enough to kill,
and more feasting for the mud shadows.
Then the food giants discovered that instead of puffing grain via a vacuum process (healthy novelty foods) they puffed via a pressure-quick-release process which changed the molecular structure into a poison.
Everything looked the same, nobody let the cat out of the bag and bottom line profits rose considerably.
Another step in the direction of poorer health, not enough to kill, and more feasting for the mud shadows.
The Orientals developed a food seasoning that required a slow fermentation process known as MSG,
which was healthy.
Along came the American chemists with their magical test tubes and using a waste product of the sugar industry, MSG now became a poison to many people.
Another step in the direction of poorer health, not enough to kill,
and more feasting for the mud shadows.
And then honest men told the story of what excess sugars were doing to man's health.
Many acted upon the preaching.
The chemical scientists went to work to help mankind continue dietary sinning by developing sugar substitutes.
Back in the days of Theodore Roosevelt, Saccharine was a "standard" sugar substitute actually a pure poison.
An honest doctor's preaching started the original FDA which attacked similar problems
with the tiger teeth imbedded in the original enabling law.
When he tackled "Coke" the total structure was dismantled and erased from history.
Another step in the direction of poorer health, enough to kill some but not too many,
and more feasting for the mud shadows.
Then the god of science created Monsanto which bought out the demi-god Searles
who had developed aspertame and the PR mini-gods renamed it Nutra-Sweet
and a dozen other false sounding names.
It was so bad that doctors couldn't find the culprit because it mimicked two dozen major illnesses.
Another step in the direction of poorer health, enough to kill more but not too many,
and more feasting for the mud shadows.
And running all through the 20th Century the edible oil industry learned how
to add a hydrogen atom to rancid oils and with a little chemical flavoring magic
it sold as "it tastes like real butter" and a hundred other little PR sins.
And concurrently it was learned that one could take the waste from pressure extracting seed oils
and chemically treat it to extract even more oil than the original process,
and with a little moonshine-still-magic could reuse the solvent over and over,
albeit much was left in the oils.
All these cheap, oils pushed the "good", expensive oils off the supermarket shelves resulting in the total body's cells changing from flexible chemically active units into leathery, stiff cells not able to function properly.
Another step in the direction of bad health, enough to kill more but not too many more,
and more feasting for the mud shadows.
Since the 17th Century mankind himself, without any outside or etheric help has been slowly ruining his health at an accelerated pace.
I believe that since that time, the mud shadows have not needed to expend any energy to create feasts for themselves, mankind has the mud shadows in the obese status.
Philip N. Ledoux
----------------------------------------------------------
© Copyright 2005 Educate-Yourself.org All Rights Reserved.
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
03-31-2009, 06:03 PM
Energy Report:
from www.truthloveenergy.ning.com / TROY
JUNE 2009
[note: every year has a pattern of energy that can be described as a kind of "personality," so the energy reports are Michael's interpretation of that energy using the Overleaf System; these are not predictions, but merely observations of momentum and pattern generated by actions and choices, similar to how weather patterns can be observed and reported.]
We described May as a "slippery" month that could be experienced much like a roller coaster. We described it in such a way as to capture the combination of releasing an attachment to control and a move into trust, because as much movement and twists and turns as there may be, you are still "on track." The experience may have seemed swift to some, and slow to others, but the point would still remain that May might have encouraged a trust in your self and those who are in your life, even as they seem to throw you off course.
June marks the end of the emphasis on the energy of the MODE of Passion. In the month that transitions between emphases, the energy can show up as amplified or muted. We see the pattern as becoming amplified.
The Mode emphasizes relationships and Passion is the medium for the relationships. In our system, Passion describes the spectrum between Self-Actualization and Identification. On the broader end of the spectrum, Passion describes how one becomes more of who he or she is through their experiences in relationships (which refers to relationships with anything, not just people), and on the more restricted end on the spectrum Passion shows up a an attachment to symbols that have been deemed representative of how one sees oneself.
With the amplification we see for June, we would think that most of you will be exploring the more restricted end of Passion (negative pole: Identification), looking more closely at what you have installed in your life as symbols of your identity. Many of you may not know what those attachments and symbols are until they are shaken from their foundation, so to speak. As they come up for examination, we would suggest an effort away from reaction. We would usually say that for you to react, or not, is your choice, and whether you do, or not, is still a valid choice, but we point out here that a reaction, while still a choice, is an anatomic choice, which simply means that it is a reactionary navigation for protection of the body. When one's identity is threatened, it is quite easy to fall into reactionary levels of navigation, shutting down, withdrawing, recoiling, flinching, running, passing out, etc. So while it is technically still a choice, it is not a conscious process of choosing, but a protective/defensive process. That kind of navigation is important in life, so we do not suggest that it is a "bad" thing; we can say with confidence that many of you, in one life or another, or in one situation or another, saved yourselves from harm through the use of your anatomic levels of choice. In this case, however, that kind of reaction may be triggered, but it has little relevance in terms of threat. It is simply a shaking up of the symbols to which you have grown attached. These symbols can range from your relationship to the public (reputation), to your relationship with money or career, your relationship with a spouse or loved one, your relationship to your future, your past, etc. It is anything that you feel strongly represents your identity. It is those things that one may find either falling away, or at least up for examination as a means to not stifle your identity by being so attached to the symbols that there is no room for evolution. Of course, for many there is no sense of necessity for conscious evolution and this is a valid path. In those case, the shaking may not be obvious, or if it is, the symbols will be immediately replaced or put back into place to secure the personal identity. In that regard, the choice is yours. Evolution of consciousness can only be slowed, never halted.
For those of you who choose to do so, awareness can be brought to your topsy-turvy month and when/if your attachments and identity are shaken, you can then use that opportunity to examine just what those symbols mean to you in terms of your sense of self. Understanding how much of "you" may have been invested in, or lost in, the symbol may shed light on where your "wheels have been spinning," or how you have slowly, and possibly unconsciously, moved your life into a sleeping pattern that has lost its sense of inspiration.
KEY CONSIDERATIONS FOR JUNE
What we can suggest for those who resonate with this report is to keep a keen eye turned to any area of your identity that seems to be shaken up in the weeks of June. Make a note of what exactly has happened, delineating it down to a Symbol and what that Symbol Means To You. The Symbol may be tangible, or it may be a concept, but the Meaning will most likely be glaring. There is really nothing more to do than to have an conscious conversation with yourself from there, to decide if this has become an anchor against your evolution, or if it is working just fine. Keep in mind that an anchor against your evolution can be as subtle as contentment. If you find that you are/were "content" with Symbol and its Meaning, you may have simply become resigned to it. True Contentment would feel as if life is moving in a direction you had envisioned, whereas Resignation will have felt like a long pause with the vision you had once held seeming further and further away. Keep in mind that the Symbol is not the problem. It does not have to be removed from your life, and it can be replaced rather easily if you find it has fallen away, but rather the Attachment to the Symbol that can be problematic.
Once you have assessed what is true for you, your next steps and choices would most likely unfold far more clearly and with a return to a sense of vision and improvment of self on more levels than before.
As June unfolds, the more consciously one explores these upsets and shakes in this light, the more easily and quickly a shift back toward Flow (the Goal for the year.)
June 21st appears to be a Nexus [a shift in collective perspectives] themed in CLARITY. This clarity comes from the movement into the energies of Summer and the Attitude for the year, which is Idealism. We will speak more to that in July, but as the end of June comes around, a sense of higher perspective, vision, and a clarified pattern may come to light for many of you. If June feels as if one is suddenly "in the dark," July would be that movement back into light. June 21st may be that shift that brings just enough "light" into your perspective so that shapes can be seen again, and a sense of navigation can return.
We will add that many of our students, while acknowledging the impact of the shocks and shakes of June, may be pleasantly surprised at their strengths, patience, resourcefulness, honesty, and relief when they realize how much of themselves was being lost in these symbols, and the joy of having a sense of return to wholeness.
KEY PHRASES FOR JUNE MIGHT BE
WHEN I FEEL I CANNOT SEE WHAT'S AHEAD, IT'S OKAY TO TAKE TIME TO LOOK INSIDE
MY LIFE HAPPENS FROM ME, NOT TO ME
WHEN PARTS OF MY LIFE or IDENTITY ARE SHAKEN,
IT IS AN OPPORTUNITY TO RETURN TO BEING "ME" AGAIN
TROY www.truthloveenergy.ning.com
piers2210
03-31-2009, 06:44 PM
Great thoughts, Susan, worthy of sticking on the fridge or something....
Just to add to what you say:
People should remember that most things are the opposite of what you think.
For instance, try this: in order to hold on to what you love, you must let it go.
Can we let others that we love be free, without control or possessiveness?? True love must involve freedom.
Can we truely overcome jealousy? Can you still love your girlfriend after she slept with someone else? Of course!
And try this: we always draw towards us what we fear most
Those who confront evil, fear, even if thieves, prostitutes or murderers, are closer to heaven than those whose cosy world view deliberately shuts out evil and denies it exists.
These are two of the key esoteric learnings about life, passed down through the centuries.
We are here to learn. Go out and learn something new everyday.
THE eXchanger
03-31-2009, 07:48 PM
www.truthloveenergy.ning.com troy
july energy report
July marks the shift of emphasis from RELATIONSHIPS/Mode (or how one relates to something or someone or self) to PHILOSOPHY/Attitude (or how one tends to create, filter, and interpret the meaning of experiences). The months from April, May, and June can sometimes be difficult and extreme because of the emphasis of examining the space between you and someone, something, or self. Depending on what is found in that space, the experience can be inspiring or challenging. Though this kind of examination is available throughout the year and the lifetime, those months do allow for greater clarity. Now the clarity and emphasis moves into examining your truths about yourself, your life, and the world.
The overall Attitude, or Philosophy, of this year appears to be best described in our system as SPIRITUALIST, with a Positive Pole of Verification, and a Negative Pole of Belief. Regardless of your Overleaves, if you have any interactivity with the world beyond yourself, you may begin to see the general Attitude of the Spiritualist come into play among people, politics, events, etc. The Spiritualist Attitude describes a philosophy of POSSIBILITY and POTENTIAL. With this year being couched in the energy of the King and Emotional Centering, and with the shift now toward interpreting life experiences as having possibilities and potential, it would not surprise us to see our students finally feeling some rooting and implementation of what they have seen as actions needing to be taken to fulfil their inspiration. In other words, it may suddenly dawn on many of our students that the only key missing between self and potential, or self and possibility, is the action required to follow the inspiration. We say "suddenly dawn" because for many this shift in realization may come as a "what the hell was I thinking/doing/feeling before?" The path ahead may seem much more obvious than was before and with such clarity that it may seem silly that it wasn't seen until now. Keeping in mind that July through September is specifically a time for exploring perceptions of reality can help help shed light on why some things were not as obvious before.
The experience of such extremes as were felt in the previous months may begin to balance now as paths, actions, directions begin to become clearer. In fact, we could describe July with a keyword of DIRECTION. The rest is up to you, of course, but the Direction, the actions, the paths will most likely be clearer than may have been for a while. On the Positive end of this Spiritualistic influence, one would match ones sense of direction and action against the reality of possibility and potential; one would VERIFY that the next steps are bearing the fruit of ones inspiration. To "Verify," the Positive Pole of Spiritualist, one is merely acknowledging the possibilities and potentials, but asking the hard question of "but is this true?" along the way. This sense of "true" can most easily be sensed as valid or false when measured against how it is making you feel. In this case, if you continue to feel inspired, then "the path is true." Even with obstacles, challenges, discouragement, if you have a feeling of inspiration along the way, then hold true to your course, if you choose. Even if you are having trouble implementing the steps, the actions, but can sense the direction still holds inspiration for you, hold true to your course until you have confirmed otherwise.
The Negative Pole of this experience would be in what we describe as BELIEF, which is a blind movement and direction based on Hope and Faith, but with very little questioning, if any, to verify if the direction and movement is fulfiling the possibilities and potentials. We describe this as a means to help you to be aware of how you are moving forward, but we do not describe this as a means to deter you from this Negative Pole. For many, a "leap of faith" is quite important and as fruitful as any other, more conscious, choices. We only describe this as the more limited end of the spectrum of perception in terms of Spiritualist. In fact, those who have felt the necessity to turn to hope, faith, and blind movement, can attest to this sense of restriction and limitation against choice. If you feel a need to leap forward in this way, it simply means you can see no other option, but this may be just the leap you needed to get into a clearer space. We can only suggest that "when you land," you can then seek to Verify if where you have landed is true to your sense of inspiration and direction of potential.
THINGS TO CONSIDER FOR JULY:
1. ORGANIZE YOUR DAY
Make a list of "things to do" in your day ahead, or the next day, so that your mind and body are free to work through that list without the overwhelm of floating anxieties and directions, allowing you to see your progress in a satisfying and inspiring way
2. MEDITATE
We rarely suggest an activity such as this as we usually focus on considerations that are already a part of the routine of most of our students' lives, but for July, we can say that mediation could almost be considered vital to the sense of inspiration, direction, and possibilities of the year ahead. By "meditate," we describe a triad of effort that starts with Examination, moves into Implementation, and then into Realization. For July, it would do our students well to Examine which of the primary centers (Moving, Emotional, or Intellectual) is least-used or most out of balance, (this should be rather obvious to most of you) and then Implement a behavior that brings about that Centering into your life. If you lack balance of Movement, then for a part of your week, your day, empahsize Movement: take a walk longer than you normally would; literally exercise; dance; stretch; do Yoga, etc. If you lack Emotional balance, then expose yourself to elements that provoke or soothe your emotions, such as listening to music (actually listening to it, not just having it as background); experiencing a live concert or performance; watching the sky, sunset, clouds; sitting with nature; etc. If you lack balance of Intellect, then for part of your week or your day, implement Intellectual experiences such as crossword puzzles, brain teasers; singing; shouting out randomly in nonsensical sounds to provoke laughter; telling the truth to a friend or self; writing a list of gratitude; sitting still; etc. On the other side of these experiences one would find the Realizations that come as part of Meditation.
3. SHARE YOUR TRUTHS
By this we mean to find ways not to hide, protect, or defend your truths, but to find confidence and comfort in sharing your truths with others. This does not mean imposing your truths, or displaying them, but gently sharing when the contexts arise. Many of our students do not realize how often they defend, hide, or protect the truths about themselves and their interpretations/philosophies about life, but your truths are just ideas that mean something to you. They do not have to mean anything to anyone else. They do not have to be global or universal. But if they mean something to you, then to share them is to embrace yourself, to accept yourself, and to open yourself to broader truths, while inviting others to experience the same.
July appears to be free of any major shifts in reality (Nexuses),
so the month should feel more solid, with a sense of more presence in your life
than might have been felt for a while.
troy www.truthloveenergy.ning.com
THE eXchanger
03-31-2009, 07:50 PM
Elderly Italian man at confession
An elderly Italian man who lived on the outskirts of Rimini, Italy, went to the local church for confession.
When the priest slid open the panel in the confessional, the man said: "Father ..... During World War II, a beautiful Jewish woman from our neighborhood knocked urgently on my door and asked me to hide her from the Nazis. So I hid her in my attic."
The priest replied, "That was a wonderful thing you did, and you have no need to confess that."
"There is more to tell Father. She started to repay me with sexual favors. This happened several times a week, and sometimes twice on Sundays."
The priest said, "That was a long time ago and by doing what you did, you placed the two of you in great danger but two people under those circumstances can easily succumb to the weakness of the flesh. However, if you are truly sorry for your actions, you are indeed forgiven."
"Thank you, Father. That's a great load off my mind. I do have one more question."
"And what is that?" asked the priest.
"Should I tell her the war is over?”
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
03-31-2009, 07:50 PM
The Hotel Bill
Next time you think your hotel bill is too high you might want to consider this:
My wife and I are travelling by car from Vancouver to Winnipeg. After almost twenty-four hours on the road, we were too tired to continue, and decide to take a room, but we only planned to sleep for four hours and then get back on the road. When we checked out four hours later, the desk Clerk; hands us a bill for $350.00. I explode and demand to know why the charge is so high.
I tell the clerk although it's a nice hotel; the rooms certainly aren't worth $350.00. When the clerk tells me $350.00 is the standard rate, I insisted on speaking to the Manager.
The Manager appears, listens to me, and then explains that the hotel has an Olympic-sized pool and a huge conference centre that were available for us to use.
'But we didn't use them!'
'Well, they are here, and you could have,' explains the Manager.
He goes on to explain we could also have taken in one of the shows for which the hotel is famous. 'The best entertainers from New York, Hollywood, and Las Vegas perform here,' the Manager says.
'But we didn't go to any of those shows’.
'Well, we have them, and you could have,' the Manager replies.
No matter what amenity the Manager mentioned, I replied, 'But we didn't use it!'
The Manager is unmoved, and eventually I gave up and agreed to pay.
I write a cheque and give it to the Manager. The Manager is surprised when he looks at the cheque.
'But sir,' 'this cheque is only made out for $50.00.'
'That's correct, 'I charged you $300.00 for sleeping with my wife.'
'But I didn't!' exclaims the Manager.
'Well, too bad,' 'She was here and you could have.'
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
03-31-2009, 11:29 PM
MARCH ENERGY REPORT :
Energy Report: MARCH
February 26, 2009 at 5:00pm
As March comes into passing, it appears to us that the positive pole of the Goal of Flow (freedom) will finally find some emphasis for many of our students. The experience of just "letting life happen" and "going with the flow" may come to feel fairly comfortable and familiar to many as March unfolds. It looks to us to be quite a "slippery" month, in that to navigate it one may find that trying to control events or plan too strictly is simply burdensome.
March may feel as if it comes and goes rather quickly for most of our students, but it also looks to have potential for leaving some playful, important, and pivotal moments. Despite it's slipping by rather quickly, it appears to be one of the more productive months of these first three months of the year, though much of what will seem productive in retrospect may have seemed frivolous or whimsical at the time.
In addition to all of this, we see that many of you who have lived with frustrating, repetitive, and paralysing patterns within the life may find some relief if you follow through with your sense of inspiration. This means a break from addictions, from solitude, from boredom, from anxiety, from most of the more unappealing patterns that may have felt imposed upon you for the past months or years. This will not mean they are gone, but that a break can be experienced and this break can help bring you clues as to how to implement a permanent break, if you choose to follow through and make a change in the direction your life flows.
We do not have much to say about March because of this emphasis on Flow, but we can offer a few key areas of awareness as you navigate the month.
When one is dealing with an emphasis on Flow, it can sometimes be confusing as to what is more important for considering: the internal flow or the external flow. In other words, if one is pressed to make a choice, there are often a few clear paths revealed externally, but internally there is a resistance and a focus in other directions that are far more appealing to the Personality. What we suggest in times where Flow is a priority is to consider the EXTERNAL paths of flow over your internal paths. While your internal navigation is certainly important and valid, if one wants to flow, or move toward freedom, it important to consider what is presenting itself to you in the moment. We are not speaking of completely disregarding your internal flow, but that when it comes to material or external world directions and navigation, it is often far more accurate to your path than your internal, often over-thought, over-emotional data bank of possibilities. For example, if you are in a situation where you are losing your home and two people have offered to help in your transition or nurturing during that loss, it can often be met internally with resistance and an effort to figure out other options so that you are not in a dependent situation. This is a valid response and if one can find a solution to match the internal ideal, then that can be followed if one chooses to follow it, however, when situations arise and offers for solutions present themselves, those solutions are often an important part of a faster recovery or move in a desired direction, even if on the surface it does not appeal to you. This does not mean you have to take an offer that is profoundly distasteful or repulsive to you, but that it is Good Work to explore whether your Chief Negative Features (or Fear) is keeping you from a clearer external path than what you can find internally at the moment.
KEY WORDS and PHRASES for MARCH might be:
WHICH IS EASIER?
However begrudging or resistant you may be, which path presenting itself to you honestly feels easier? If you find that sticking to your internal ideals is keeping you stuck, versus being open to a path that is presenting itself, it may be important to consider that clearer path; if you choose to do so.
WHICH IS MORE FUN?
Again, however begrudging or resistant you may be, which path presenting itself could be quite an adventure and add to your spectrum of skills and experiences? It's not always about matching your internal ideals that may only be concerned with superficial levels, but about your deeper needs for adventure, freedom, and expression.
LIFE IS AN EXPERIMENT, not a PRESCRIPTION
Keeping in mind that that your life is not condemned to previous experiences, patterns, or expectations can help to free many of you from trying to squeeze your world into self-imposed or socially-imposed constraints of prescription. In other words, what you bring to life, how you live it, where you choose to go, how you choose to go, and whether it is "good for you," or not is all for you to determine. We are not speaking here of crossing boundaries with your choices in a way that would harm others, unless you choose to do so, though the repercussions of that are often quite unpleasant and counterproductive, but that your personal sphere of creativity is YOUR sphere with which anything can be done. This freedom is something that allows for your experimentation, which will include disappointments, failures, and pain, but it is yours. It is not always necessary to be "safe," or to move through the life by the prescriptions that come from consensus.
from my friend, Troy www.truthloveenergy.com or www.truthloveenergy.ning.com
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
04-01-2009, 03:50 AM
- Creating the Canadian Radiant Zones
a place for sustainable community - art/music & spirituality
basically, the world's most unique spiritual community & learning centre/university
Location: Plans for 2 or 3 locations in Canada
One in Ste. Lucie, PQ
One in Ontario
One in Western Canada
This is a huge project, and, we have a lot of skill & talent,
amongst, those who where at the meeting in Feb 2009.
I have room, for approx 22 people / RSVP please
Join us, for a part/or full day
on SUNDAY APRIL 12/2009
from 10am-12 noon
POTLUCK Lunch 12-1pm
from 1pm-6pm
Will post an agenda for the meeting:
(if anyone has the list, of emails from the last meeting)
please forward it to workingwonders@aol.com
If you wish to present something,
contact me, otherwise,
if you have ideas,
for what, you want on the agenda,
please feel free, to table your suggestions...
& i will create/draw up an agenda,
arrive any time: after 9:30 am
LOCATION OF MEETING:
(Will be revealed to those who email us)
QEW & Hurontario Street aka Hwy 10
Mississauga, Ontario L5G 2R9
(there is guest parking -- or, you can park
next door at the HUF GYM/store,
at Crestlawn/and, South Service Road,
and, walk in - it takes about 2-3 minutes)
Things to bring:
Pot Luck Lunch - bring 1 dish to share,
along with , 1 plate, 1 spoon, 1 fork, and, 1 knife
along, with a Coffee Cup / and, Water Bottle
We will supply: coffee/tea - sugar & milk
juice/filtered water/ice cubes etc.,
PLEASE RSVP - Room for approx 22 people
(see thread for meeting APRIL 12/2009)
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
04-02-2009, 02:29 PM
- This is about 5 minutes of video...
showing the most fantastic precision drumming you will probably ever see
a notch or two up from what you see in marching bands for football games.
This footage was taken in Switzerland.
http://www.biertijd.com/oudbruin/content.php?article.668
There are some neat movements in the video - enjoy!
and, interesting that at times, the #;s 11 - 7 - 5 - 18 - 13, etc., show up; in the choreography
enjoy enjoy enjoy
love/susan
the eXchanger
http://www.biertijd.com/oudbruin/content.php?article.668
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
04-05-2009, 05:13 PM
MAY 2009
WWW.truthloveenergy.ning.com / troy
April began an emphasis on the Mode for the year and this continues into May
with most of our students experiencing the height of this emphasis now before it may soften a bit in June.
The Mode for this year has been described as Passion by us,
and this means that April through June would have an emphasis on relationships, or relating,
and how those relationship contribute to fulfilling the potential for all involved.
When this is done in a Positive way, the potential is followed and met to some degree of fulfillment,
and when this is done in a Negative way,
attachment to superficial symbols of fulfillment
can leave one losing ones identity to those symbols of specialness,
instead of fulfilling ones own true, unique potential.
[note: every year has a pattern of energy that can be described as a kind of "personality,"
so the energy reports are Michael's interpretation of that energy using the Overleaf System;
these are not predictions, but merely observations of momentum and pattern generated by actions and choices, similar to how weather patterns can be observed and reported.]
That being said, May looks to be a slippery month, so to speak. If April could be seen as a rather paced month leading to the top of a slide, then May is the sliding down. For many April seems to have evaporated into the air of experience with only a few solid memories, but this is because that month was one of exploring possibilities for direction, being adaptable, and doing ones best to enjoy the scenery along the way, if you will. Most of our students have found a sense of build up to this precipice, this top of the slide, and may now find themselves nervous, excited, anxious, and drawing on courage to "let go" into the tremendous Flow that May might bring.
For most of our students, May might be found to be a "one thing after another" month, but not necessarily in a difficult way; more in a surprising way. For those who feel this streamlined movement of energy into May, the feeling may be similar to having walked the amusement park and have chosen the Roller Coaster. Sitting in the car of this ride, one knows that it is all a matter of Trust and thrilling pleasure for the rest of this ride.
We do not choose the slide or the roller coaster randomly. Both are quick, possibly with turns and twist and loops, but with very specific directions, taking one to a specific place. In addition to this, both describe a rather circular experience in that neither take you very far from where you started, but both are full of movement, excitement, and potential joy. We chose these metaphors because May might be the same, in that nothing "new" will have happened, and your twists and turns ahead may not take you very far in any obvious way, but ones thrill in throwing up ones hands and enjoying the ride can bring a tremendous delight to the ride. Fear, stress, hanging on for dear life, or wishing for a halt or return to the safety of where you began will not change the ride or your path.
We will point out here that this "roller coaster" experience is not an imposed experience, but a result of diving in to thrill of surrender and trust. We see many as moving in to a point where the bombardment of media and troubled times can only be processed to a certain extent before either collapsing in fear, or throwing ones hands up and enjoying the ride, knowing that for a short while, worry and anxiety is not going to change a thing. This "throwing up of hands" is not from exasperation, but from sheer delight in embracing the spectrum of life and pulling from the deeper memories that assure that all is well. Any impact or control you may have over your life will be obvious, but those areas not able to be controlled or wished away can be found to be a part of the ride, not obstacles to battle.
The "slipperiness" of May is to such an extent that we would not be surprised if this were played out in several collapses, mud/land slides, avalanches, etc. We realize this is far more destructive of an energy than what we described above, but any time a certain structure of energy pattern is predominant, then weather and larger-scale events often shape themselves around that, locally and globally. This gives creative exit points for those Essences who are looking for one. Although it could be said that events like this are often the result of collective patterns of choice and action, it is not something that can be controlled to any great extent, any more than your walking through a bed of leaves can keep a whirlwind from kicking up that pulls the leaves into a pattern behind you.
Knowing that this energy is moving through May can help one to either step out of the way, take cover, or join the flow and ride it to a new level of experience regarding familiar contexts.
KEYWORDS and PHRASES for May might be:
I CAN CHOOSE TO ENJOY THE RESULTS OF MY CHOICES EVEN AS THEY CARRY ME ON TO BETTER CHOICES
HAVING NO CONTROL MIGHT BE AN INVITATION FROM ESSENCE TO ENJOY THE RIDE
ENJOYING THE RIDE DOES NOT EQUATE HAVING NO CHOICE
ENJOYING THE RIDE DOES NOT EQUATE LOSS OF POTENTIAL
Keep in mind that the emphasis over May would seem to be in the realm of relationships, so the "ride" may be found in having to make room for the choices made by others in your life that seem to move you in directions that seem to lack control. This is a good time to raise the possibility that, on some level, you have allowed certain fragments into your life to bring to you experiences that you would not have chosen, or would have been able to create, on your own. In other words, this could be a time for absolute, blissful trust in the circle of life you have created or allowed in to your life to this point, however close or far they may be from you. Examining the invitations or impact from others does not remove your capacity for choice, but does increase your ability to navigate more joyfully, playfully, and softly.
WWW.truthloveenergy.ning.com / troy
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
04-05-2009, 05:14 PM
JUNE 2009
Energy Report:
from www.truthloveenergy.ning.com / TROY
JUNE 2009
[note: every year has a pattern of energy that can be described as a kind of "personality," so the energy reports are Michael's interpretation of that energy using the Overleaf System; these are not predictions, but merely observations of momentum and pattern generated by actions and choices, similar to how weather patterns can be observed and reported.]
We described May as a "slippery" month that could be experienced much like a roller coaster. We described it in such a way as to capture the combination of releasing an attachment to control and a move into trust, because as much movement and twists and turns as there may be, you are still "on track." The experience may have seemed swift to some, and slow to others, but the point would still remain that May might have encouraged a trust in your self and those who are in your life, even as they seem to throw you off course.
June marks the end of the emphasis on the energy of the MODE of Passion. In the month that transitions between emphases, the energy can show up as amplified or muted. We see the pattern as becoming amplified.
The Mode emphasizes relationships and Passion is the medium for the relationships. In our system, Passion describes the spectrum between Self-Actualization and Identification. On the broader end of the spectrum, Passion describes how one becomes more of who he or she is through their experiences in relationships (which refers to relationships with anything, not just people), and on the more restricted end on the spectrum Passion shows up a an attachment to symbols that have been deemed representative of how one sees oneself.
With the amplification we see for June, we would think that most of you will be exploring the more restricted end of Passion (negative pole: Identification), looking more closely at what you have installed in your life as symbols of your identity. Many of you may not know what those attachments and symbols are until they are shaken from their foundation, so to speak. As they come up for examination, we would suggest an effort away from reaction. We would usually say that for you to react, or not, is your choice, and whether you do, or not, is still a valid choice, but we point out here that a reaction, while still a choice, is an anatomic choice, which simply means that it is a reactionary navigation for protection of the body. When one's identity is threatened, it is quite easy to fall into reactionary levels of navigation, shutting down, withdrawing, recoiling, flinching, running, passing out, etc. So while it is technically still a choice, it is not a conscious process of choosing, but a protective/defensive process. That kind of navigation is important in life, so we do not suggest that it is a "bad" thing; we can say with confidence that many of you, in one life or another, or in one situation or another, saved yourselves from harm through the use of your anatomic levels of choice. In this case, however, that kind of reaction may be triggered, but it has little relevance in terms of threat. It is simply a shaking up of the symbols to which you have grown attached. These symbols can range from your relationship to the public (reputation), to your relationship with money or career, your relationship with a spouse or loved one, your relationship to your future, your past, etc. It is anything that you feel strongly represents your identity. It is those things that one may find either falling away, or at least up for examination as a means to not stifle your identity by being so attached to the symbols that there is no room for evolution. Of course, for many there is no sense of necessity for conscious evolution and this is a valid path. In those case, the shaking may not be obvious, or if it is, the symbols will be immediately replaced or put back into place to secure the personal identity. In that regard, the choice is yours. Evolution of consciousness can only be slowed, never halted.
For those of you who choose to do so, awareness can be brought to your topsy-turvy month and when/if your attachments and identity are shaken, you can then use that opportunity to examine just what those symbols mean to you in terms of your sense of self. Understanding how much of "you" may have been invested in, or lost in, the symbol may shed light on where your "wheels have been spinning," or how you have slowly, and possibly unconsciously, moved your life into a sleeping pattern that has lost its sense of inspiration.
KEY CONSIDERATIONS FOR JUNE
What we can suggest for those who resonate with this report is to keep a keen eye turned to any area of your identity that seems to be shaken up in the weeks of June. Make a note of what exactly has happened, delineating it down to a Symbol and what that Symbol Means To You. The Symbol may be tangible, or it may be a concept, but the Meaning will most likely be glaring. There is really nothing more to do than to have an conscious conversation with yourself from there, to decide if this has become an anchor against your evolution, or if it is working just fine. Keep in mind that an anchor against your evolution can be as subtle as contentment. If you find that you are/were "content" with Symbol and its Meaning, you may have simply become resigned to it. True Contentment would feel as if life is moving in a direction you had envisioned, whereas Resignation will have felt like a long pause with the vision you had once held seeming further and further away. Keep in mind that the Symbol is not the problem. It does not have to be removed from your life, and it can be replaced rather easily if you find it has fallen away, but rather the Attachment to the Symbol that can be problematic.
Once you have assessed what is true for you, your next steps and choices would most likely unfold far more clearly and with a return to a sense of vision and improvment of self on more levels than before.
As June unfolds, the more consciously one explores these upsets and shakes in this light, the more easily and quickly a shift back toward Flow (the Goal for the year.)
June 21st appears to be a Nexus [a shift in collective perspectives] themed in CLARITY. This clarity comes from the movement into the energies of Summer and the Attitude for the year, which is Idealism. We will speak more to that in July, but as the end of June comes around, a sense of higher perspective, vision, and a clarified pattern may come to light for many of you. If June feels as if one is suddenly "in the dark," July would be that movement back into light. June 21st may be that shift that brings just enough "light" into your perspective so that shapes can be seen again, and a sense of navigation can return.
We will add that many of our students, while acknowledging the impact of the shocks and shakes of June, may be pleasantly surprised at their strengths, patience, resourcefulness, honesty, and relief when they realize how much of themselves was being lost in these symbols, and the joy of having a sense of return to wholeness.
KEY PHRASES FOR JUNE MIGHT BE
WHEN I FEEL I CANNOT SEE WHAT'S AHEAD, IT'S OKAY TO TAKE TIME TO LOOK INSIDE
MY LIFE HAPPENS FROM ME, NOT TO ME
WHEN PARTS OF MY LIFE or IDENTITY ARE SHAKEN, IT IS AN OPPORTUNITY TO RETURN TO BEING "ME" AGAIN
TROY www.truthloveenergy.ning.com
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
04-07-2009, 12:05 AM
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
www.truthloveenergy.ning.com troy
july 2009 energy report
[note: every year has a pattern of energy that can be described as a kind of "personality," so the energy reports are Michael's interpretation of that energy using the Overleaf System; these are not predictions, but merely observations of momentum and pattern generated by actions and choices, similar to how weather patterns can be observed and reported.]
June's spike of final emphasis on Passion and Mode manifested in several interesting ways on a scale that shook large pockets of fragments and their sense of identity and symbols, from the seemingly unusual string of deaths among popular icons to the bloody battles of Iran. It would be helpful to look back over June to examine how these events on a global scale are macrocosmic reflections of the microcosmic events in an individual life. We see that most of our students found themselves in positions that questioned their sense of identity and if that questioning is followed by comprehension and resolution, then this can help set the tone for the move through the next few months of emphasis on the Attitude of Idealism. Comprehension and resolution would come from an honest look at the attachments to symbols as a form of identity and to embrace those symbols while understanding that the symbols are not the same as the qualities. Symbols can come and go, but the qualities inherent in your identity and being exist with or without their external representation. Being dependent on symbols is like being dependent on paper and pen for your thinking. Your thinking exists with or without the pen and paper. Even when paper and pen become extensions of your thinking, your thinking does not cease if the pen and paper are removed.
July brings with it a shift from an emphasis on relationships and personal identity to an emphasis on philosophical perceptions and your sense of need for improvement.
The Attitude in our system is a component of Personality that describes the philosophical stance of the lifetime, the basic perception of the world and how experiences are interpreted through that primary philosophy. There are 7 basic philosophies, or Attitudes, and while each of you will already have your own as part of your Personality, the time frame of a year can also be described in terms of the general philosophy "in the air," so to speak. This year, it appears the general mood is one of continued improvement and an emphasis on seeking out, identifying, and altering flaws. This would mean to us that most of our students may find themselves intentionally focusing on, or "accidentally" stumbling upon, one or more components of the life, Personality, or environment, internally or externally, that are ready for improvement.
For those who have come to comprehend and resolve the exploration of identity and symbols over April, May, and June, then July may start off with "your feet hitting the ground, running." It will be clear to those fragments WHAT needs or wants improvement, and the direction would be on the HOW. For those who feel some amount of overwhelm, confusion, or dismissal of the events of April, May, or June, then July may start off with the exploration of WHAT.
For those who start off July with an emphasis on exploring WHAT, it would mean a sense of distraction with what exactly it is that holds you in a pattern, or keeps you from feeling as if you are fulfilled, moving forward, or making an impact in areas of effort. For some, this will show up as a literal distraction, generating a sense of lacking concentration or presence, until there is a grasp on exactly what to improve. This would be a time of strong, self-scrutiny on the positive end, and a time of vague disappointment on the more negative end.
For those exploring the WHAT, we would suggest that your exploration not be one of discovery, but one of DECISION. In other words, you do not have to wait for the so-called flaws to reveal themselves, or for the obstacles that can use some transformation to be uncovered. Instead, you can remind yourself that this is YOUR life, and that the design of your being, your days, and directions are simply a product of your choices. Decisions are the path to Choices. Decisions are a Path, and Choices are a Pivot. Decisions shape your days, and Choices shape your life.
So, instead of being distracted, waiting, or wandering, you can make the decision as to what to improve TODAY. It does not have to be that pivotal thing that would improve everything, but you will find your way to that pivotal thing much more comfortably and quickly when you start making Decisions to shape your focus of the day, which will then lead to Choices, and those moments of Choice will be clearer when they come around.
For those who found a strong sense of awareness about personal symbolism and identity over April, May, and June, your July might start off immediately aware of WHAT could use some improvement, even if begrudgingly, and so your month may emphasize the HOW of the process. By this we mean that it is no longer a mystery as to what part of your development has lead to a pattern of immobility or repetitiveness and it is now up to you to do the work of either transforming that or embracing that.
In both cases of What or How, the spectrum of Idealism may come into play. On the positive end of the spectrum there is COALESCENCE, which is not only the awareness of all of the ingredients and steps that must come together to fulfill a vision, but also the awareness of the effort that this requires. On the negative end of the spectrum there is NAIVETY, which is the experience of being blinded or distracted by the end-goal, or vision, without any attention to the steps and efforts that may be required to get there; it can also be the constant disappointment and frustration with how things SHOULD BE vs how things ARE, forgetting the time, energy, and patience that may be required for change.
Idealism always sees room for improvement, and there is always room for improvement, so it is an exhausting philosophy for some. Since there is always room for improvement in nearly everything, since evolution is in an on-going process, then there can tend to be a constant emphasis on flaws and short-comings. When this comes from the positive pole of Coalescence, the flaws, short-comings, and improvements are seen as a gentle informative process for directing visions, efforts, and choices. When this comes from the negative pole of Naivety, the flaws, short-comings, and improvements are seen burdens, disappointments, and a constant source of comparisons that always leaves one feeling empty, angry, depressed, or frustrated. Keeping these poles in mind can help each of you through the next few months of self-improvement and your sense of progress toward your visions.
KEY CONSIDERATIONS FOR JULY might be:
BECAUSE I CAN SEE IT DOES NOT MEAN I AM (or he/she is) THERE.
BECAUSE I CAN SEE IT DOES NOT MEAN EVERYONE ELSE CAN (or cares to).
DECISIONS CREATE THE PATH TO CHOICES; CHOICES CREATE THE LIFE.
FULFILLING A VISION IS A PROCESS, NOT A PREDICTION.
FLAWS ARE ONLY BREAKS IN THE PATTERN YOU CONSIDER THE IDEAL
THE PROCESS OF IMPROVEMENT IS KIND AND PATIENT
TROY www.truthloveenergy.ning.com
EpiphaMe
04-08-2009, 12:34 AM
My goodness Susan... I consider you... it's not worry..
but I wonder just how do you do it...
these vast posts???
Frequent and on many other sites as well???
Your stamina is to be acknowledged, is what i'm saying.
Love & heartfelts!
Shirley
THE eXchanger
04-08-2009, 06:31 AM
(Prayers to ITALY at this time and to all )
This is the English translation of a poem that spread widely among Chinese netizens after the May 12 earthquake, by an anonymous author on the Internet.
Hold onto Mom, My Child
In memory of children who lost lives in the earthquake
Come, my child,
Hold onto mom's hands.
The road to Heaven is too dark.
I'm afraid you might be hurt again.
Come, hold mom's hands tightly.
Let mom go with you.
Mom, I'm afraid.
The road to Heaven is too dark.
I can't see your hand.
Since the fallen walls took away the sunlight,
I shall never see your gentle eyes.
Move on, my child,
The road ahead has no worries,
No books that you can't finish,
Nor dad's complaints.
You must remember dad's face and mine,
In the next life,
We shall be together again.
Don't worry, mom,
The road to Heaven is crowded,
There are my classmates and pals.
Don't cry, we all say
Anyone's mom is our mom.
Mom, every child has a mom.
In the days without me,
Give your love to other children.
Mom, mom, don't cry.
Tears won't shed light on our path.
Let us go away.
I'll remember your face and dad's looks.
Let's promise,
In the next life, we'll be together again.
Source: Xinhua
+ xxx
piers2210
04-08-2009, 09:58 AM
Sounds like you should watch the Italian film "Cinema Paradiso", an absolute masterpiece, which takes you back to the past, to long lost memories....of course you need a full box of tissues at the ready....
"In times like these, escape is the only way to stay alive and continue dreaming"...a quote from Cinema Paradiso.
P.
Antaletriangle
04-10-2009, 11:47 AM
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fY79KbCptTo
Out and about in the City of Mississauga with Mayor Hazel McCallion.
A city with no debt.
THE eXchanger
04-15-2009, 06:24 PM
- MASTERKEY
Nature compels us all to move through life. We could not remain stationary however much we wished. Every right-thinking person wants not merely to move through life like a sound-producing, perambulating plant, but to develop - to improve - and to continue the development mentally to the close of physical life.
This development can occur only through the improvement of the quality of individual thought and the ideals, actions and conditions that arise as a consequence. Hence a study of the creative processes of thought and how to apply them is of supreme importance to each one of us. This knowledge is the means whereby the evolution of human life on earth may be hastened and uplifted in the process.
Humanity ardently seeks "The Truth" and explores every avenue to it. In this process it has produced a special literature, which ranges the whole gamut of thought from the trivial to the sublime - up from Divination, through all the Philosophies, to the final lofty Truth of "The Master Key".
The "Master Key" is here given to the world as a means of tapping the great Cosmic Intelligence and attracting from it that which corresponds to the ambitions, and aspirations of each reader.
Every thing and institution we see around us, created by human agency, had first to exist as a thought in some human mind. Thought therefore is constructive. Human thought is the spiritual power of the cosmos operating through its creature man. "The Master Key" instructs the reader how to use that power, and use it both constructively and creatively. The things and conditions we desire to become realities we must first create in thought. "The Master Key" explains and guides the process.
"The Master Key" teaching has hitherto been published in the form of a Correspondence Course of 24 lessons, delivered to students one per week for 24 weeks. The reader, who now receives the whole 24 parts at one time, is warned not to attempt to read the book like a novel, but to treat it as a course of study and conscientiously to imbibe the meaning of each part - reading and re-reading one part only per week before proceeding to the next. Otherwise the later parts will tend to be misunderstood and the reader's time and money will be wasted.
Used as thus instructed "The Master Key" will make of the reader a greater, better personality, and equipped with a new power to achieve any worthy personal purpose and a new ability to enjoy life's beauty and wonder.
F.H. BURGESS
*************************************
There are many today who claim The Master Key System is the greatest book ever written.
It is simply one of the finest studies in personal power, metaphysics, and prosperity consciousness that exists.
And The Master Key System was among the first books to use the phrase Law of Attraction, which has become such a popular term today when referring to the most powerful force in the universe.
Covering everything from how to create abundance and wealth to how to get healthy, the author Charles F Haanel leaves no stone unturned.
With precision, he elucidates on each topic with logic and rigor that not only leaves you feeling good, but also thinking good.
The book was banned by the Church in 1933 and has been hidden away for decades.
Rumor has it that while he was attending Harvard University, Bill Gates discovered and read The Master Key System. It was this book that inspired the future founder of Microsoft to drop out of the University and pursue his dream of "a computer on every desktop." You probably know the results...
It is Silicon Valley's secret that almost every entrepreneur who made a fortune in recent years did so by studying the words Mr. Haanel penned around 100 years ago! Almost every millionaire and billionaire in the Valley read The Master Key System by Charles F. Haanel. Since this book was no longer in print until recently, copies of The Master Key System became a hot commodity in the Valley.
The book was also one of the major inspirations behind the hit movie known as "The Secret" and is now known to have inspired the writing of the world's most famous success book Think And Grow Rich.
Also available to read for free on PsiTek is Charles F Haanel's other classic metaphysical books: Mental Chemistry and You
http://www.psitek.net/pages/PsiTekTMKSContents.html
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
04-15-2009, 06:31 PM
MORE MASTERKEY
Some men seem to attract success, power, wealth, attainment, with very little conscious effort; others conquer with great difficulty; still others fail altogether to reach their ambitions, desires and ideals. Why is this so? Why should some men realize their ambitions easily, others with difficulty, and still others not at all? The cause cannot be physical, else the most perfect men, physically, would be the most successful. The difference, therefore, must be mental - must be in the mind; hence mind must be the creative force, must constitute the sole difference between men. It is mind, therefore, which overcomes environment and every other obstacle in the path of men.
When the creative power of thought is fully understood, its effect will be seen to be marvelous. But such results cannot be secured without proper application, diligence, and concentration. The student will find that the laws governing in the mental and spiritual world are as fixed and infallible as in the material world. To secure the desired results, then, it is necessary to know the law and to comply with it. A proper compliance with the law will be found to produce the desired result with invariable exactitude. The student who learns that power comes from within, that he is weak only because he has depended on help from outside, and who unhesitatingly throws himself on his own thought, instantly rights himself, stands erect, assumes a dominant attitude, and works miracles.
It is evident, therefore, that he who fails to fully investigate and take advantage of the wonderful progress which is being made in this last and greatest science, will soon be as far behind as the man who would refuse to acknowledge and accept the benefits which have accrued to mankind through an understanding of the laws of electricity.
Of course, mind creates negative conditions just as readily as favorable conditions, and when we consciously or unconsciously visualize every kind of lack, limitation and discord, we create these conditions; this is what many are unconsciously doing all the time.
This law as well as every other law is no respecter of persons, but is in constant operation and is relentlessly bringing to each individual exactly what he has created; in other words, "Whatsoever a man soweth that shall he also reap."
Abundance, therefore, depends upon a recognition of the laws of Abundance, and the fact that Mind is not only the creator, but the only creator of all there is. Certainly nothing can be created, before we know that it can be created and then make the proper effort. There is no more Electricity in the world today than there was fifty years ago, but until someone recognized the law by which it could be made of service, we received no benefit; now that the law is understood, practically the whole world is lit by it. So with the law of Abundance; it is only those who recognize the law and place themselves in harmony with it, who share in its benefits.
The scientific spirit now dominates every field of effort, relations of cause and effect are no longer ignored.
Return to top
The discovery of a region of law marked an epoch in human progress. It eliminated the element of uncertainty and caprice in men's lives, and substituted law, reason and certitude.
Men now understand that for every result there is an adequate and definite cause, so that when a given result is desired, they seek the condition by which alone this result may be attained.
The basis upon which all law rests was discovered by inductive reasoning which consists of comparing a number of separate instances with one another until the common factor which gives rise to them all is seen.
Return to top
It is this method of study to which the civilized nations owe the greater part of their prosperity and the more valuable part of their knowledge; it has lengthened life, it has mitigated pain, it has spanned rivers, it has brightened the night with the splendor of day, extended the range of vision, accelerated motion, annihilated distance, facilitated intercourse, and enabled men to descend into the sea, and into the air. What wonder then that men soon endeavored to extend the blessings of this system of study to their method of thinking, so that when it became plainly evident that certain results followed a particular method of thinking it only remained to classify these results.
This method is scientific, and it is the only method by which we shall be permitted to retain that degree of liberty and freedom which we have been accustomed to look upon as an inalienable right, because a people is safe at home and in the world only if national preparedness mean such things as growing surplus of health, accumulated efficiency in public and private business of whatever sort, continuous advance in the science and art of acting together, and the increasingly dominant endeavor to make all of these and all other aspects of national development center and revolve about ascending life, single and collective, for which science, art and ethics furnish guidance and controlling motives.
The Master Key is based on absolute scientific truth and will unfold the possibilities that lie dormant in the individual, and teach how they may be brought into powerful action, to increase the person's effective capacity, bringing added energy, discernment, vigor and mental elasticity. The student who gains an understanding of the mental laws which are unfolded will come into the possession of an ability to secure results hitherto undreamed of, and which has rewards hardly to be expressed in words.
Return to top
It explains the correct use of both the receptive and active elements of the mental nature, and instructs the student in the recognition of opportunity; it strengthens the will and reasoning powers, and teaches the cultivation and best uses of imagination, desire, the emotions and the intuitional faculty. It gives initiative, tenacity of purpose, wisdom of choice, intelligent sympathy and a thorough enjoyment of life on its higher planes.
The Master Key teaches the use of Mind Power, true Mind Power, not any of the substitutes and perversions; it has nothing to do with Hypnotism, Magic or any of the more or less fascinating deceptions by which many are led to think that something can be had for nothing.
The Master Key cultivates and develops the understanding which will enable you to control the body and thereby the health. It improves and strengthens the Memory. It develops Insight, the kind of Insight which is so rare, the kind which is the distinguishing characteristic of every successful business man, the kind which enables men to see the possibilities as well as the difficulties in every situation, the kind which enables men to discern opportunity close at hand, for thousands fail to see opportunities almost within their grasp while they are industriously working with situations which under no possibility can be made to realize any substantial return.
Return to top
The Master Key develops Mental Power which means that others instinctively recognize that you are a person of force, of character - that they want to do what you want them to do; it means that you attract men and things to you; that you are what some people call "lucky", that "things come you way" that you have come into an understanding of the fundamental laws of Nature, and have put yourself in harmony with them; that you are in tune with Infinite; that you understand the law of attraction, the Natural laws of growth, and the Psychological laws on which all advantages in the social and business world rest.
Mental Power is creative power, it gives you the ability to create for yourself; it does not mean the ability to take something away from someone else. Nature never does things that way. Nature makes two blades for grass grow where one grew before, and Mind Power enables men to do the same thing.
The Master Key develops insight and sagacity, increased independence, the ability and disposition to be helpful. It destroys distrust, depression, fear, melancholia, and every form of lack limitation and weakness, including pain and disease; it awakens buried talents, supplies initiative, force, energy, vitality - it awakens an appreciation of the beautiful in Art, Literature and Science.
Return to top
It has changed the lives of thousands of men and women, by substituting definite principles for uncertain and hazy methods - and principles for the foundation upon which every system of efficiency must rest.
Elbert Gary, the chairman of the United States Steel Corporation, said "The services of advisors, instructors, efficiency experts in successful management are indispensable to most business enterprises of magnitude, but I deem the recognition and adoption of right principles vastly more importance."
The Master Key teaches right principles, and suggests methods for making a practical application of the principles; in that it differs from every other course of study. It teaches that the only possible value which can attach to any principle is in its application. Many read books, take home study courses, attend lectures all their lives without ever making any progress in demonstrating the value of the principles involved. The Master Key suggests methods by which the value of the principles taught may be demonstrated and put in actual practice in the daily experience.
Return to top
There is a change in the thought of the world. This change is silently transpiring in our midst, and is more important than any which the world has undergone since the downfall of Paganism.
The present revolution in the opinions of all classes of men, the highest and most cultured of men as well as those of the laboring class, stands unparalleled in the history of the world.
Science has of late made such vast discoveries, has revealed such an infinity of resources, has unveiled such enormous possibilities and such unsuspected forces, that scientific men more and more hesitate to affirm certain theories as established and indubitable or to deny certain other theories as absurd or impossible, and so a new civilization is being born; customs, creeds, and cruelty are passing; vision, faith and service are taking their place. The fetters of tradition are being melted off from humanity, and as the dross of materialism is being consumed, thought is being liberated and truth is rising full orbed before an astonished multitude.
Return to top
The whole world is on the eve of a new consciousness, a new power and a new consciousness, a new power and a new realization of the resources within the self. The last century saw the most magnificent material progress in history. The present century will produce the greatest progress in mental and spiritual power.
Physical Science has resolved matter into molecules, molecules into atoms, atoms into energy, and it has remained for Sir Ambrose Fleming, in an address before the Royal Institution, to resolve this energy into mind. He says: "In its ultimate essence, energy may be incomprehensible by us except as an exhibition of the direct operation of that which we call Mind or Will."
Let us see what are the most powerful forces in Nature. In the mineral world everything is solid and fixed. In the animal and vegetable kingdom it is in a state of flux, forever changing, always being created and recreated. In the atmosphere we find heat, light and energy. Each realm becomes finer and more spiritual as we pass from the visible to the invisible, from the coarse to the fine, from the low potentiality to high potentiality. When we reach the invisible we find energy in its purest and most volatile state.
Return to top
And as the most powerful forces of Nature are the invisible forces, so we find that the most powerful forces of man are his invisible forces, his spiritual force, and the only way in which the spiritual force can manifest is through the process of thinking. Thinking is the only activity which the spirit possesses, and thought is the only product of thinking.
Addition and subtraction are therefore spiritual transactions; reasoning is a spiritual process; ideas are spiritual conceptions; questions are spiritual searchlights and logic, argument and philosophy is spiritual machinery.
Every thought brings into action certain physical tissue, parts of the brain, nerve or muscle. This produces an actual physical change in the construction of the tissue. Therefore it is only necessary to have a certain number of thoughts on a given subject in order to bring about a complete change in the physical organization of a man.
Return to top
This is the process by which failure is changed to success. Thoughts of courage, power, inspiration, harmony, are substituted for thoughts of failure, despair, lack, limitation and discord, and as these thoughts take root, the physical tissue is changed and the individual sees life in a new light, old things have actually passed away, all things have become new, he is born again, this time born of the spirit, life has a new meaning for him, he is reconstructed and is filled with joy, confidence, hope, energy. He sees opportunities for success to which he was heretofore blind. He recognizes possibilities which before had no meaning for him. The thoughts of success with which he has been impregnated are radiated to those around him, and they in turn help him onward and upward; he attract to him new and successful associates, and this in turn changes his environment; so that by this simple exercise of thought, a man changes not only himself, but his environment, circumstances and conditions.
You will see, you must see, that we are at the dawn of a new day; that the possibilities are so wonderful, so fascinating, so limitless as to be almost bewildering. A century ago any man with a Gatling Gun could have annihilated a whole army equipped with the implements of warfare then in use. So it is at present. Any man with a knowledge of the possibilities contained in the Master Key has an inconceivable advantage over the multitude
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
04-15-2009, 07:47 PM
Sounds like you should watch the Italian film "Cinema Paradiso", an absolute masterpiece, which takes you back to the past, to long lost memories....of course you need a full box of tissues at the ready.... "In times like these, escape is the only way to stay alive and continue dreaming"...a quote from Cinema Paradiso.
MORE MASTERKEY
Some men seem to attract success, power, wealth, attainment, with very little conscious effort;
others conquer with great difficulty; still others fail altogether to reach their ambitions, desires and ideals.
Why is this so?
Why should some men realize their ambitions easily, others with difficulty, and still others not at all?
The cause cannot be physical, else the most perfect men, physically, would be the most successful.
The difference, therefore, must be mental - must be in the mind; hence mind must be the creative force,
must constitute the sole difference between men.
It is mind, therefore, which overcomes environment and every other obstacle in the path of men.
- P.[/QUOTE]
+ When the creative power of thought is fully understood, its effect will be seen to be marvelous.
But such results cannot be secured without proper application, diligence, and concentration.
The student will find that the laws governing in the mental and spiritual world are as fixed
and infallible as in the material world.
To secure the desired results, then, it is necessary to know the law and to comply with it.
A proper compliance with the law will be found to produce the desired result with invariable exactitude.
The student who learns that power comes from within, that he is weak only because he has depended on help from outside, and who unhesitatingly throws himself on his own thought, instantly rights himself, stands erect, assumes a dominant attitude, and works miracles.
************************************************** ***************************
THE eXchangers comments below:
- isn't that the truth !!!
in times like these, we need to dream
+ It is evident, therefore, that he who fails to fully investigate and take advantage of the wonderful progress which is being made in this last and greatest science, will soon be as far behind as the man
who would refuse to acknowledge and accept the benefits which have accrued to mankind
through an understanding of the laws of electricity.
- ask/ask/ask, to awaken the dreamer (from the times of Lemuria)
oft times, it does, do, just that, and, you awaken !!!
+ Of course, mind creates negative conditions just as readily as favorable conditions, and when we consciously or unconsciously visualize every kind of lack, limitation and discord, we create these conditions; this is what many are unconsciously doing all the time.
- Thanks Piers, for sharing that
+ This law as well as every other law is no respecter of persons, but is in constant operation and is relentlessly bringing to each individual exactly what he has created; in other words, "Whatsoever a man soweth that shall he also reap."
- we hve never seen that movie
+ Abundance, therefore, depends upon a recognition of the laws of Abundance,
and the fact that Mind is not only the creator, but the only creator of all there is.
Certainly nothing can be created, before we know that it can be created
and then make the proper effort.
There is no more Electricity in the world today than there was fifty years ago,
but until someone recognized the law by which it could be made of service,
we received no benefit; now that the law is understood,
practically the whole world is lit by it.
So with the law of Abundance; it is only those who recognize the law
and place themselves in harmony with it, who share in its benefits.
- Cinema Paradiso
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wEFugVbzsSo
+ The scientific spirit now dominates every field of effort,
relations of cause and effect are no longer ignored.
Return to top
The discovery of a region of law marked an epoch in human progress.
It eliminated the element of uncertainty and caprice in men's lives,
and substituted law, reason and certitude.
Men now understand that for every result there is an adequate and definite cause,
so that when a given result is desired, they seek the condition by which alone
this result may be attained.
The basis upon which all law rests was discovered by inductive reasoning which
consists of comparing a number of separate instances with one another
until the common factor which gives rise to them all is seen.
Return to top
It is this method of study to which the civilized nations owe the greater part of their prosperity
and the more valuable part of their knowledge; it has lengthened life,
it has mitigated pain, it has spanned rivers, it has brightened the night with the splendor of day,
extended the range of vision, accelerated motion, annihilated distance, facilitated intercourse,
and enabled men to descend into the sea, and into the air.
What wonder then that men soon endeavored to extend the blessings of this system
of study to their method of thinking, so that when it became plainly evident
that certain results followed a particular method of thinking it only remained to classify these results.
This method is scientific, and it is the only method by which we shall be permitted to
retain that degree of liberty and freedom which we have been accustomed to look upon as an inalienable right, because a people is safe at home and in the world only if national preparedness mean such things as growing surplus of health, accumulated efficiency in public and private business of whatever sort,
continuous advance in the science and art of acting together, and the increasingly dominant endeavor to make all of these and all other aspects of national development center
and revolve about ascending life, single and collective, for which science, art and ethics
furnish guidance and controlling motives.
The Master Key is based on absolute scientific truth
and will unfold the possibilities that lie dormant in the individual,
and teach how they may be brought into powerful action,
to increase the person's effective capacity, bringing added energy, discernment, vigor and mental elasticity.
The student who gains an understanding of the mental laws which are unfolded
will come into the possession of an ability to secure results hitherto undreamed of,
and which has rewards hardly to be expressed in words.
Return to top
It explains the correct use of both the receptive and active elements of the mental nature,
and instructs the student in the recognition of opportunity;
it strengthens the will and reasoning powers, and teaches the cultivation
and best uses of imagination, desire, the emotions and the intuitional faculty.
It gives initiative, tenacity of purpose, wisdom of choice, intelligent sympathy
and a thorough enjoyment of life on its higher planes.
The Master Key teaches the use of Mind Power, true Mind Power,
not any of the substitutes and perversions; it has nothing to do with Hypnotism,
Magic or any of the more or less fascinating deceptions by which many are led to think
that something can be had for nothing.
The Master Key cultivates and develops the understanding which will enable you to control the body
and thereby the health. It improves and strengthens the Memory.
It develops Insight, the kind of Insight which is so rare, the kind which is the distinguishing characteristic of every successful business man, the kind which enables men to see the possibilities as well as the difficulties in every situation, the kind which enables men to discern opportunity close at hand, for thousands fail to see opportunities almost within their grasp while they are industriously working with situations which under no possibility can be made to realize any substantial return.
Return to top
The Master Key develops Mental Power which means that others instinctively recognize
that you are a person of force, of character - that they want to do what you want them to do;
it means that you attract men and things to you; that you are what some people call "lucky",
that "things come you way" that you have come into an understanding of the fundamental laws of Nature,
and have put yourself in harmony with them; that you are in tune with Infinite;
that you understand the law of attraction, the Natural laws of growth, and the Psychological laws
on which all advantages in the social and business world rest.
Mental Power is creative power, it gives you the ability to create for yourself;
it does not mean the ability to take something away from someone else.
Nature never does things that way. Nature makes two blades for grass grow
where one grew before, and Mind Power enables men to do the same thing.
The Master Key develops insight and sagacity, increased independence,
the ability and disposition to be helpful. It destroys distrust, depression, fear, melancholia,
and every form of lack limitation and weakness, including pain and disease;
it awakens buried talents, supplies initiative, force, energy, vitality
- it awakens an appreciation of the beautiful in Art, Literature and Science.
Return to top
It has changed the lives of thousands of men and women,
by substituting definite principles for uncertain and hazy methods
- and principles for the foundation upon which every system of efficiency must rest.
Elbert Gary, the chairman of the United States Steel Corporation,
said "The services of advisors, instructors, efficiency experts in successful management
are indispensable to most business enterprises of magnitude, but I deem the recognition
and adoption of right principles vastly more importance."
The Master Key teaches right principles, and suggests methods for making a practical application
of the principles; in that it differs from every other course of study.
It teaches that the only possible value which can attach to any principle is in its application.
Many read books, take home study courses, attend lectures all their lives without ever making any progress in demonstrating the value of the principles involved. The Master Key suggests methods by which the value of the principles taught may be demonstrated and put in actual practice in the daily experience.
Return to top
There is a change in the thought of the world. This change is silently transpiring in our midst, and is more important than any which the world has undergone since the downfall of Paganism.
The present revolution in the opinions of all classes of men, the highest and most cultured of men as well as those of the laboring class, stands unparalleled in the history of the world.
Science has of late made such vast discoveries, has revealed such an infinity of resources,
has unveiled such enormous possibilities and such unsuspected forces, that scientific men more and more hesitate to affirm certain theories as established and indubitable
or to deny certain other theories as absurd or impossible, and so a new civilization is being born;
customs, creeds, and cruelty are passing; vision, faith and service are taking their place.
The fetters of tradition are being melted off from humanity, and as the dross of materialism is being consumed, thought is being liberated and truth is rising full orbed before an astonished multitude.
The whole world is on the eve of a new consciousness, a new power and a new consciousness,
a new power and a new realization of the resources within the self.
The last century saw the most magnificent material progress in history.
The present century will produce the greatest progress in mental and spiritual power.
Physical Science has resolved matter into molecules, molecules into atoms, atoms into energy,
and it has remained for Sir Ambrose Fleming, in an address before the Royal Institution,
to resolve this energy into mind. He says: "In its ultimate essence,
energy may be incomprehensible by us except as an exhibition of the direct operation
of that which we call Mind or Will."
Let us see what are the most powerful forces in Nature. In the mineral world everything is solid and fixed.
In the animal and vegetable kingdom it is in a state of flux, forever changing, always being created and recreated. In the atmosphere we find heat, light and energy.
Each realm becomes finer and more spiritual as we pass from the visible to the invisible, from the coarse to the fine, from the low potentiality to high potentiality.
When we reach the invisible we find energy in its purest and most volatile state.
And as the most powerful forces of Nature are the invisible forces, so we find that the most powerful forces of man are his invisible forces, his spiritual force, and the only way in which the spiritual force can manifest is through the process of thinking. Thinking is the only activity which the spirit possesses, and thought is the only product of thinking.
Addition and subtraction are therefore spiritual transactions; reasoning is a spiritual process; ideas are spiritual conceptions; questions are spiritual searchlights and logic, argument and philosophy is spiritual machinery.
Every thought brings into action certain physical tissue, parts of the brain, nerve or muscle. This produces an actual physical change in the construction of the tissue. Therefore it is only necessary to have a certain number of thoughts on a given subject in order to bring about a complete change in the physical organization of a man.
Return to top
This is the process by which failure is changed to success. Thoughts of courage, power, inspiration, harmony, are substituted for thoughts of failure, despair, lack, limitation and discord, and as these thoughts take root, the physical tissue is changed and the individual sees life in a new light, old things have actually passed away, all things have become new, he is born again, this time born of the spirit, life has a new meaning for him, he is reconstructed and is filled with joy, confidence, hope, energy. He sees opportunities for success to which he was heretofore blind. He recognizes possibilities which before had no meaning for him. The thoughts of success with which he has been impregnated are radiated to those around him, and they in turn help him onward and upward; he attract to him new and successful associates, and this in turn changes his environment; so that by this simple exercise of thought, a man changes not only himself, but his environment, circumstances and conditions.
You will see, you must see, that we are at the dawn of a new day; that the possibilities are so wonderful, so fascinating, so limitless as to be almost bewildering. A century ago any man with a Gatling Gun could have annihilated a whole army equipped with the implements of warfare then in use. So it is at present. Any man with a knowledge of the possibilities contained in the Master Key has an inconceivable advantage over the multitude
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
04-17-2009, 11:44 AM
questions from part 1
1.What is the world without in its relation to the world within?
The world without is a reflection of the world within.
2. Upon what does all possession depend?
All possession is based on consciousness.
3. How is the individual related to the objective world?
The individual is related to the objective world by the objective mind; the brain is the organ of this mind.
4. How is he related to the Universal Mind?
Return to top
He is related to the Universal Mind by the subconscious mind; the Solar Plexus is the organ of this mind.
5. What is the Universal Mind?
Universal Mind is the life principle of every atom which is in existence.
Return to top
6. How can the Individual act on the Universal?
The ability of the individual to think is his ability to act upon the Universal and bring it into manifestation.
7. What is the result of this action and interaction?
Return to top
The result of this action and interaction is cause and effect; every thought is a cause and every condition an effect.
8. How are harmonious and desirable conditions secured?
Harmonious and desirable conditions are obtained by right thinking.
Return to top
9. What is the cause of all discord, inharmony, lack and limitation?
Discord, inharmony, lack and limitation are the result of wrong thinking.
10. What is the source of all power?
+ xxxx
THE eXchanger
04-28-2009, 06:24 PM
part 2
Our difficulties are largely due to confused ideas and ignorance of our true interests. The great task is to discover the laws of nature to which we are to adjust ourselves. Clear thinking and moral insight are, therefore, of incalculable value. All processes, even those of thought, rest on solid foundations.
The keener the sensibilities, the more acute the judgment, the more delicate the taste, the more refined the moral feelings, the more subtle the intelligence, the loftier the aspiration -- the purer and more intense are the gratifications which existence yields. Hence it is that the study of the best that has been thought in the world gives supreme pleasure.
The powers, uses and possibilities of the mind under the new interpretations are incomparably more wonderful that the most extravagant accomplishment, or even dreams of material progress.
Thought is energy. Active thought is active energy; concentrated thought is a concentrated energy. Thought concentrated on a definite purpose becomes power. This is the power which is being used by those who do not believe in the virtue of poverty, or the beauty of self-denial. They perceive that this is the talk of weaklings.
The ability to receive and manifest this power depends upon the ability to recognize the Infinite Energy ever dwelling in man, constantly creating and recreating his body and mind, and ready at any moment to manifest through him in any needful manner. In exact proportion to the recognition of this truth will be the manifestation in the outer life of the individual.
Part Two explains the method by which this is accomplished.
PART TWO
1. The operations of the mind are produced by two parallel modes of activity, the one conscious, and the other subconscious. Professor Davidson says: "He who thinks to illuminate the whole range of mental action by the light of his own consciousness is not unlike the one who should go about to illuminate the universe with a rushlight."
2. The subconscious’ logical processes are carried on with a certainty and regularity which would be impossible if there existed the possibility of error. Our mind is so designed that it prepares for us the most important foundations of cognition, whilst we have not the slightest apprehension of the modus operandi.
3. The subconscious soul, like a benevolent stranger, works and makes provision for our benefit, pouring only the mature fruit into our lap; thus ultimate analysis of thought processes shows that the subconscious is the theatre of the most important mental phenomena.
4. It is through the subconscious that Shakespeare must have perceived, without effort, great truths which are hidden from the conscious mind of the student; that Phidias fashioned marble and bronze; that Raphael painted Madonnas and Beethoven composed symphonies.
5. Ease and perfection depend entirely upon the degree in which we cease to depend upon the consciousness; playing the piano, skating, operating the typewriter, the skilled trades, depend for their perfect execution on the process of the sub-conscious mind. The marvel of playing a brilliant piece on the piano, while at the same time conducting a vigorous conversation, shows the greatness of our subconscious powers.
6. We are all aware how dependent we are upon the subconscious, and the greater, the nobler, the more brilliant our thoughts are, the more it is obvious to ourselves that the origin lies beyond our ken. We find ourselves endowed with tact, instinct, sense of the beautiful in art, music, etc., or whose origin or dwelling place we are wholly unconscious.
7. The value of the subconscious is enormous; it inspires us; it warns us; it furnishes us with names, facts and scenes from the storehouse of memory. It directs our thoughts, tastes, and accomplishes tasks so intricate that no conscious mind, even if it had the power, has the capacity for.
8. We can walk at will; we can raise the arm whenever we choose to do so; we can give our attention through eye or ear to any subject at pleasure. On the other hand, we cannot stop our heartbeats nor the circulation of the blood, nor the growth of stature, nor the formation of nerve and muscle tissue, nor the building of the bones, nor many other important vital processes.
9. If we compare these two sets of action, the one decreed by the will of the moment, and the other proceeding in majestic, rhythmic course, subject to no vascillation, but constant at every moment, we stand in awe of the latter, and ask to have the mystery explained. We see at once that these are the vital processes of our physical life, and we can not avoid the inference that these all-important functions are designedly withdrawn from the domain of our outward will with its variations and transitions, and placed under the direction of a permanent and dependable power within us.
10. Of these two powers, the outward and changeable has been termed the "Conscious Mind," or the "Objective Mind" (dealing with outward objects). The interior power is called the "Subconscious Mind," or the "Subjective Mind," and besides its work on the mental plane it controls the regular functions which make physical life possible.
11. It is necessary to have a clear understanding of their respective functions on the mental plane, as well as of certain other basic principles. Perceiving and operating through the five physical senses, the conscious mind deals with the impressions and objects of the outward life.
12. It has the faculty of discrimination, carrying with it the responsibility of choice. It has the power of reasoning - whether inductive, deductive, analytical or syllogistic - and this power may be developed to a high degree. It is the seat of the will with all the energies that flow therefrom.
13. Not only can it impress other minds, but it can direct the subconscious mind. In this way the conscious mind becomes the responsible ruler and guardian of the subconscious mind. It is this high function which can completely reverse conditions in your life.
14. It is often true that conditions of fear, worry, poverty, disease, inharmony and evils of all kinds dominate us by reason of false suggestions accepted by the unguarded subconscious mind. All this the trained conscious mind can entirely prevent by its vigilant protective action. It may properly be called "the watchman at the gate" of the great subconscious domain.
15. One writer has expressed the chief distinction between the two phases of mind thus: "Conscious mind is reasoning will. Subconscious mind is instinctive desire, the result of past reasoning will."
16. The subconscious mind draws just and accurate inferences from premises furnished from outside sources. Where the premise is true, the subconscious mind reaches a faultless conclusion, but, where the premise or suggestion is an error, the whole structure falls. The subconscious mind does not engage in the process of proving. It relies upon the conscious mind, "the watchman at the gate," to guard it from mistaken impressions.
17. Receiving any suggestions as true, the subconscious mind at once proceeds to act thereon in the whole domain of its tremendous field of work. The conscious mind can suggest either truth or error. If the latter, it is at the cost of wide-reaching peril to the whole being.
18. The conscious mind ought to be on duty during every waking hour. When the "watchman" is "off guard," or when its calm judgment is suspended, under a variety of circumstances, then the subconscious mind is unguarded and left open to suggestion from all sources. During the wild excitement of panic, or during the height of anger, or the impulses of the irresponsible mob, or at any other time of unrestrained passion, the conditions are most dangerous. The subconscious mind is then open to the suggestion of fear, hatred, selfishness, greed, self-depreciation and other negative forces, derived from surrounding persons or circumstances. The result is usually unwholesome in the extreme, with effects that may endure to distress it for a long time. Hence, the great importance of guarding the subconscious mind from false impressions.
19. The subconscious mind perceives by intuition. Hence, its processes are rapid. It does not wait for the slow methods of conscious reasoning. In fact, it can not employ them.
20. The subconscious mind never sleeps, never rests, any more than does your heart, or your blood. It has been found that by plainly stating to the subconscious mind certain specific things to be accomplished, forces are set in operation that lead to the result desired. Here, then, is a source of power which places us in touch with Omnipotence. Here in is a deep principle which is well worth our most earnest study.
21. The operation of this law is interesting. Those who put it into operation find that when they go out to meet the person with whom they anticipate a difficult interview, something has been there before them and dissolved the supposed differences; everything is changed; all is harmonious; they find that when some difficult business problem presents itself they can afford to make delay and something suggests the proper solution; everything is properly arranged; in fact, those who have learned to trust the subconscious find that they have infinite resources at their command.
22. The subconscious mind is the seat of our principles and our aspirations. It is the fount of our artistic and altruistic ideals. These instincts can only be overthrown by an elaborate and gradual process of undermining the innate principles.
23. The subconscious mind cannot argue controversially. Hence, if it has accepted wrong suggestions, the sure method of overcoming them is by the use of a strong counter suggestion, frequently repeated, which the mind must accept, thus eventually forming new and healthy habits of thought and life, for the subconscious mind is the seat of Habit. That which we do over and over becomes mechanical; it is no longer an act of judgment, but has worn its deep grooves in the subconscious mind. This is favorable for us if the habit be wholesome and right. If it be harmful, and wrong, the remedy is to recognize the omnipotence of the subconscious mind and suggest present actual freedom. The subconscious being creative and one with our divine source will at once create the freedom suggested.
24. To sum up: The normal functions of the subconscious on the physical side have to do with the regular and vital processes, with the preservation of life and the restoration of health; with the care of offspring, which includes an instinctive desire to preserve all life and improve conditions generally.
25. On the mental side, it is the storehouse of memory; it harbors the wonderful thought messengers, who work, unhampered by time or space; it is the fountain of the practical initiative and constructive forces of life: It is the seat of habit.
26. On the spiritual side, it is the source of ideals, of aspiration, of the imagination, and is the channel through which we recognize our Divine Source, and in proportion as we recognize this divinity do we come into an understanding of the source of power.
27. Some one may ask: "How can the subconscious change conditions?" The reply is, because the subconscious is a part of the Universal Mind and a part must be the same in kind and quality as the whole; the only difference is one of degree. The whole, as we know, is creative, in fact, it is the only creator there is, consequently, we find that mind is creative, and as thought is the only activity which the mind possesses, thought must necessarily be creative also.
28. But we shall find that there is a vast difference between simply thinking, and directing our thought consciously, systematically and constructively; when we do this we place our mind in harmony with the Universal Mind, we come in tune with the Infinite, we set in operation the mightiest force in existence, the creative power of the Universal Mind. This, as everything else, is governed by natural law, and this law is the "Law of Attraction," which is that Mind is creative, and will automatically correlate with its object and bring it into manifestation.
29. Last week I gave you an exercise for the purpose of securing control of the physical body; if you have accomplished this you are ready to advance. This time you will begin to control your thought. Always take the same room, the same chair, and the same position, if possible. In some cases it is not convenient to take the same room, in this case simply make the best use of such conditions as may be available. Now be perfectly still as before, but inhibit all thought; this will give you control over all thoughts of care, worry and fear, and will enable you to entertain only the kind of thoughts you desire. Continue this exercise until you gain complete mastery.
30. You will not be able to do this for more than a few moments at a time, but the exercise is valuable, because it will be a very practical demonstration of the great number of thoughts which are constantly trying to gain access to your mental world.
31. Next week you will receive instructions for an exercise which may be a little more interesting, but it is necessary that you master this one first.
Cause and effect is as absolute and undeviating in the hidden realm of thought as in the world of visible and material things. Mind is the master weaver, both of the interior garment of character and the outer garment of circumstance
James Allen
QUESTIONS from this section:
11. What are the two modes of mental activity?
Conscious and subconscious.
12. Upon what do ease and perfection depend?
Ease and perfection depend entirely upon the degree in which we cease to depend upon the conscious mind.
13. What is the value of the subconscious?
It is enormous; it guides us, warns us, it controls the vital processes and is the seat of memory.
14. What are some of the functions of the conscious mind?
It has the faculty of discrimination; it has the power of reasoning; it is the seat of the will and may impress the subconscious.
15. How has the distinction between the conscious and subconscious been expressed?
"Conscious mind is reasoning will. Subconscious mind is instinctive desire, the result of past reasoning will."
16. What method is necessary in order to impress the subconscious?
Mentally state what is wanted.
17. What will be the result?
If the desire is in harmony with the forward movement of the great Whole, forces will be set in motion which will bring about the result.
18. What is the result of the operation of this law?
Our environment reflects conditions corresponding to the predominant mental attitude which we entertain.
19. What name has been given to this law?
The Law of Attraction.
20. How is the law stated?
Thought is a creative energy, and will automatically correlate with its object and bring it into manifestation.
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
06-07-2009, 06:18 PM
My name is Robert Dowing and I do go by Bob.
19 days ago I passed over to my original state.
My job while in physical form
was part of the financial network that controls the world,
what you are familiar
with called the Illuminati,
so I got firsthand reports on most of the financial
interactions and controls that go on
, on this planet and a few others.
This process is so highly controlled with ego and power
that a lot of them destroy themselves in trying to be in charge
and run everything as they see fit.
Most people have no idea of the interactions
of this overwhelming power source that
controls the world.
A lot of you are aware now that what you hear and see on
the news and elsewhere, is an entire manifestation of non-truth
and that has got to the point that if you did show the truth,
very few would accept it or believe
it.
For some reason I was connected to a race of beings from the Pleiades
and
without knowing it,
I was guided throughout my life to sort of keep the lid on
things, as I did just before my passing away last month.
I realized what I was
doing and was able to make some sense out of my very unconnected life.
Once you realize that everything is being controlled by just a few and countries and governments are just a show place to hold people's attention and make them
think they are part of something,
which makes them much more manageable.
At this point of realization is when the inhabitants of the planet will start to
divide and break down.
The ones that I was affiliated with, even though there
were many disputes going on between us
, we were still able to keep the lid on
most big projects in the world.
Now, everything is breaking apart.
One of the main concepts of war is unemployment,
mixed with greed, can cause a
mass exodus off of the planet.
This is what the powers that be are banking on
and to some level they will succeed.
But now that I'm on a much higher plane,
with a much broader view,
I can witness a totally different outcome than it
looked like from my physical state.
I was just told a lot of you have the
knowledge to re-integrate thought into reality and will not have to experience
the destruction of humanity as we know it.
Before I crossed to the other side, I had no idea it was another process that
was being developed by many of you and
I'm sure many of you still don't realize
how powerful you have put this manifestation into place.
What it looks life
from here is different communities all over the world that are taking on this
responsibility and the interesting thing is most of them don't realize they are
tied in to a community that is keeping the energetic field balanced,
so this pattern can be held in place without a lot of destruction.
People don't have to know each other to form a new alliance,
they just have to
have the same constructive mental process
in place and understand the universal
laws, and live by them, and not look for some outside power
that is going to
save everybody.
Everybody is responsible for themselves, and the more you are
responsible, the more you draw in the same energy
and become one with the ones
that have the same values.
There are approximately 20% of the worlds population
that are not originally
from Earth.
Many of them have to shift how they look in order to be part of the
community without freaking anybody out.
There is a small group who I worked
with that are cold-blooded beings, these are not the ones I'm talking about,
these are all separate entities, with entirely different agendas. We don't have
to get into this because it will not have an overall sense of what is in the
process of happening.
For many years this planet has run totally by fear and violence
and the need to
get even.
Now this time there is a new breed of beings that cannot be affected
by this unnecessary way of thinking,
because they are starting to use energy and
bring in manifestation from the heart and not the ego.
Basically, everything is
going to look pretty rough for a short time until the energy switches and the
20% becomes one.
At this point, there will not need to be any sort of police
force or military, because there will not be anything to control.
I guess I was given this job because I saw what mankind
is using his power for and basically
to destroy himself.
This new method is being introduced into your civilizations
and will allow everybody to experience life in a much more harmonious way.
There are still people who suffer under belief systems, and by removing this
concept of understanding, allows you to see the entire process as it really is,
not just stories and storybooks that go nowhere. When visitors came here
approximately 30,000 years ago and extracted all the gold they could for their
own personal need, they created a system of human beings that,
at that time,
would pretty much follow anything that was set before them
and by using a
process that they devised called fear,
they were able to control most of the
world and get them to extract the gold for their purpose.
Well, different
people came and left during this time
and used the inhabitants on this planet to
their own personal greed.
And that is where I came in. I belong to one of the
families that were doing the controlling.
The whole time I was in physical
form, I just felt that this was a non-productive way to operate a business
called Earth, but had no clue how to cut from this, so I wasn't able to until I
crossed into a non-physical condition
and have found a number of ways to explain
this through others that are able to pass this information on.
Most all the governments of your planet have been so indoctrinated into a
process that has absolutely no form to operate from, so it is quite difficult to
extract yourself from this process.
Many people have enlightened themselves out
of the first process, which is understanding that a good portion
of the planet
is controlled by people
that don't have their best interest in mind.
As soon as
you reach the second stage and understand
how you create and process by thought,
this gives you some freedom from the controlled element
that has been
established on the Earth.
Mother Earth wants to take her last step out of any
control. In order for this to take place, it will take a certain mental
structure that will allow everything that is taking place as perfection, and not
try to change anything, at this point, and only at this point.
This opens up
the gates for the higher consciousness to operate in.
The ones that are going to be starting this new line of thought are in training
at this time and will be introducing this new energetic field at any time.
This information has many concepts that will interact with the process now and will allow mankind to open up to information that has been lost or purposely denied for thousands of years.
The ones that are denying you from this information are
in the process of moving their power very rapidly at this time.
The only ones
they can still control
are the ones that think they are being watched and
monitored, which cannot be possible
unless there is fear involved.
When different races of people arrived at this planet,
which most were brought
here basically as mental slaves,
which are people being controlled by thought
and emotion.
So to understand this, if you are looking for physical labor to do
your bidding for you and you had no emotional tie to anything,
you would pick
the ones from different areas of the universe
that used emotions to process
with, because you could basically set up a system
on the whole planet and
control from any means you saw.
This doesn't necessarily mean this is a
negative process, this is just the only one
they knew how to accomplish their
goal was in many different factors.
The one thing they did not understand
is that the ones they brought here and the
ones that were already here,
even though they had an emotional outlet controlled
by fear, they had a gland that was placed in the center of their brain,
that if
it was ever activated,
would allow them to understand how
they were being
manipulated and controlled by the ones in power,
just by using their emotions
for this process.
Once they realize now that this little pineal gland,
combined with the emotion,
is one of the most powerful creative forces a human being can
use for processing this and allows you to see in multiple dimensional realities.
This is like anything, the more you see the more you can respond to whatever the
situation requires.
This process cannot be used if whatever this connection is,
is not processed through the heart.
The pineal gland is totally designed to
operate on a very high spiritual level,
not in a low dimensional form for
greater power,
the power that I just passed over from.
Someone who understands
this process and has no clue
how to defend themselves from it, because they have
no emotions and no pineal gland
that will allow them to see through their highly
developed retina in their eye,
that the human species have acquired.
Another process that we will be introducing
into our awareness is levitation.
When you are using levitation as an exponentially
combined thought process, and
use this focus with others joined,
gives you a tremendous ability to disconnect
the gravitational pull around the object
that you are trying to move in.
Basically, you are denying the law of gravity
in that small area and redoing
this process jointly, by focusing all at the same time.
By placing their hands
on top of this large object,
you can basically stir it into place and use lasers
to cut the stone that is being laid in place,
which gives you a perfect match to
the structure that it is connecting to.
There are three processes involved that
is; levitation, laser light and sound,
and the ability to tie these three
together.
Basically, you want to understand how it all comes together.
This process isn't that difficult and monuments,
walls or even pyramids can be
erected quite efficiently. .......
The ones of you that have made a predetermined conscious decision
to lead this
monatomic process onto the Earth as it changes,
will be going through a lot of
physical transference.
Most of it will be just a foreign feeling to you and
some could be a little uncomfortable.
As long as you know that it is changing
to increase your physical stamina and mental clarity,
it makes it much easier to
go through.
As the Earth's cognition with its inhabitants
becomes more in line with her
frequency, balancing everything that Mother Earth
has experienced will be part
of your being.
This will give all the ones that are connected to this new
frequency a tremendous jump into the new way to process thought,
by not using
reference points to make a decision
is one of the main connections with the
Earth.
Learning to communicate with the Mother will be your next big conquest
because all information you receive will be pure
and not referring anything from
the past and once you reach this,
you will elevate quite fast.
You have been
receiving more tools lately to allow this to become
part of your growth
experience.
One of these tools is understanding and using scalar processing, so
by using this process to balance their energy fields around you
and then applying your individual enhancement with others,
without ego,
you manifest a
creative force that hasn't been used
since the Atlantis era.
Another part of your history that isn't much publicized is your moon.
It was
brought here by outsiders,
not originated on the Earth, about 500,000 years ago.
The planet that is among the most associated with
, had self-destructed, so it,
was not really needed were it was.
It was reduced down to space dust and
lasered to the vicinity of Earth.
What it does is help keep it stable,
like a helicopter does with its tail rotor.
As time goes on you will be more educated
to the history and the amazing process that have taken place
to get you to this point,
which makes the planet very stable at this time.
So, now we can start
working on the inhabitants
and see what we can do about getting this stable,
without using some belief system or religion,
because both of these concepts
just stop any growth.
Information, in order for anything to grow,
must be continuous and that is on any level.
You have to be able to see the whole story
to understand in the form of reality and truth.
Something that is beginning to take place,
it is called collective energy,
this is where you gather in small groups
and discuss the process you have collected
and share with each other.
By using this process without having a debate or an
ego contest and to share information,
this is where you connect exponentially,
which will transform energy into a higher frequency.
In most cases, in third dimension,
everybody wants to tell what they know
and then will argue the point
that they are right.
As soon as this transpires, you have disconnected energy
and that has been put in place and the meaning cannot flow
to a higher point.
Any time you use the words disagree,
it not only stops the mental connection you
have with whoever you are communicating with,
but it makes the energetic field
disconnect between you.
The idea is to keep a flow of creative energy going
between the two parties and stay out of set patterns
that you might have
allowed into your conscious or unconscious programming.
There is one process
that I would like to reintroduce into your creative
experience and that is before you incarnated onto this plane in a third
dimensional condition,
you knew how the process would work before you became a
product of this environment.
Each one of you knew and understood the
consequences of living in an environment with basically
very few tools to
process with, but you also knew that this process
has more rewards than any
other.
Now you are about to reengage in a life process that allows you freedom
from a very controlled environment.
The original plan, many thousands of years ago,
was to keep the planet's
inhabitants around a billion people.
They would keep bringing in different
strains of diseases, but they weren't aware of how fast human beings can
reproduce,
and also how advanced they become mentally and spiritually connecting
with the Source.
So, at this point, they are starting to take measures to
eliminate the ones that are in the way.
This can be done in many ways, using
plagues, or diseases or just plain negative programming
they receive on the
evening news.
If you give someone enough negative news, they will just
eliminate themselves from the system.
Of course what I'm saying is just what
their plans are, since I'm out of that situation
, it might have just been
changed some,
but I don't think very much.
As you know, this whole system
started up about 30,000 years ago,
when laborers were brought to earth and
harvested gold.
The whole thing got a little out of hand because the ones in
control didn't realize the potential human beings have when joining their
energies together.
Because human beings are so easily led,
they didn't realize
that they were capable of extracting and understanding
how to cut away from the
control that had been put on.
Now it is time for all original people from the human race
and some that have
been brought in to learn to use their abilities that were designed for you.
Your mental and physical body are able to withstand
much more mentally,
physically and spiritual demand than ever before.
There is enough programmers
on the planet at this time,
to reintroduce the processes that were used before
the great mental takeover by the ones
that are so-called in charge at this time.
My advice is; don't even try to change anybody,
allow everything to flow
together at its own pace.
It is virtually impossible for anyone living with a
belief system to understand the new process
that is inundating Mother Earth at
this time.
So, spending any amount of time with these souls would not benefit a
thing.
Many of you have learned to listen to your inner self
and are preparing for the
changes that are taking place at this time.
These changes are going to be more
significant than ever before.
Mother Earth is getting her people back and the
people are getting Mother Earth back.
This is the original design, which will
work best in this semi-quadrant of destiny.
The word destiny in this case, is
that all living beings have already completed their mission
and it is in its
final stage,
which will mean all the discomforts of ego,
control and power will
cease to exist.
These are the three main broad bands that keep you in control
by outside beings that are trying to use
Earth's processing for minerals to
their advantage.
Once they are incapable of controlling you and you realize how
the system has been set up and you have been controlled by others
for thousands
of years, they will lose their power.
In fact, they are losing at this time,
very rapidly.
There is nothing you have to fight or pray for support or more
control for this to happen.
All you have to have is a heart connection with
your people and Mother Earth
and from this point just sit back and wait.
This is kind of a strange job for myself because
I was basically on the other
side when I was in my physical appearance.
What I am now I can see very well
what is transpiring is a worlds energy expanding
into a whole new dimensional
collage of experiences.
That is all for now.
Bob.
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
06-07-2009, 06:18 PM
************************************************** *
Yenom By Sara Deutsch
Once upon a time play and work were the same. People did what they loved to do and gave freely to their neighbors of their talents and energy. Everyone prospered. A woman who loved to make bread, baked many loaves at the same time and gave one to each of her neighbors. A man who was good at fixing things went from house to house, repairing things for everyone in the village. Another who loved to sew, created bright colored garments for everyone. The village was like a big family with each member doing what they choose and getting what they needed in exchange.
But then it happened that someone dug up bright glowing stones that were so beautiful that everybody wanted some. They called it yenom. So the villagers began baking bread, fixing things, sewing--in exchange for yenom. And then they would trade yenom for what they wanted. Instead of continuing to live simply in the present like the plants, birds.and animals who relied on the natural flow of energy and give-and-take in nature, the villagers began to store and hoard a supply of yenom. Now life became more complicated and it was necessary to store the yenom and print paper that stood for it and account for yenom that was borrowed and lent. And now people began to do things for yenom they did not freely choose to do. Work separated from play. Doing boring, unpleasant and meaningless things earned more yenom than doing fun, imaginative, creative and playful things. So people began to choose between work and play. Those who choose to follow their hearts and create and play had fun but very little yenom. Those who worked earned great stores of yenom and had beautiful dwellings and possessions but lost touch with joy and purpose and had little time to appreciate what they earned. People built great buildings and institutions based on the exchange of yenom. Some starved because they did not have yenom while others had too much.
Bad times came and no more yenom could be found anywhere. All digging stopped. Some say the rich hoarded it and since there was no more they would not share it. Because there was no more yenom there were no more jobs because what could reward work if there was no yenom? Everything stopped. People were hungry, bored, unfulfilled and miserable, all because there was no more yenom.
But then a surprising thing happened. A woman who liked to bake had enough flour to bake a dozen loaves of bread. She kept one loaf and gave 11 loaves to her neighbors. Each neighbor was delighted and gave her something in return. She got back tomatoes, blueberry preserves, gardening help, firewood, a hand-me-down sweater, babysitting, a massage and other useful gifts.
The idea spread wildly. Instead of being poor and bored, each person began to do what they loved for someone who needed it. Each who received offered something they loved to make or do in return. More and more energy was mobilized because people who were getting the attention and nurturing they needed had more energy to give! They began to realize they did not need yenom to live. Yenom was just a substitute for energy. And we all have unlimited energy and unique gifts and skills to offer!
*********************************************
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
06-17-2009, 08:16 PM
Mayan Ceremonial Priest Speaks on 2012 Prophecies
THE WORLD WILL NOT END IN 2012
By Mayan Ajq'ij ,Carlos Barrios
Carlos Barrios was born into a Spanish family on El Altiplano, the highlands of Guatemala. His home was in Huehuetenango, also the dwelling place of the Maya Mam tribe.
With other Maya and other indigenous tradition keepers, the Mam carry part of the old ways on Turtle Island (North America).
They are keepers of time, authorities on remarkable calendars that are ancient, elegant and relevant. Mr .Barrios is a historian, an anthropologist and investigator. After studying with traditional elders for 25 years since the age of 19, he has also became a Mayan Ajq'ij, a ceremonial priest and spiritual guide, Eagle Clan.
Years ago, along with his brother, Gerardo, Carlos initiated an investigation into the different Mayan calendars. He studied with many teachers. He says his brother Gerardo interviewed nearly 600 traditional Mayan elders to widen their scope of knowledge.
"Anthropologists visit the temple sites," Mr. Barrios says, "and read the inscriptions and make up stories about the Maya, but they do not read the signs correctly. It's just their imagination... Other people write about prophecy in the name of the Maya. They say that the world will end in December 2012. The Mayan elders are angry with this. The world will not end. It will be transformed. The indigenous have the calendars, and know how to accurately interpret it, not others.
The Mayan Calendars comprehension of time, seasons, and cycles has proven itself to be vast and sophisticated. The Maya understand 17 different calendars, some of them charting time accurately over a span of more than ten million years. The calendar that has steadily drawn global attention since 1987 is called the Tzolk'in or Cholq'ij.
Devised ages ago and based on the cycle of the Pleiades, it is still held as sacred. With the indigenous calendars, native people have kept track of important turning points in history.
For example, the day keepers who study the calendars identified an important day in the year One Reed, Ce Acatal, as it was called by the Mexicans. That was the day when an important ancestor was prophesied to return, "coming like a butterfly. " In the western calendar, the One Reed date correlates to Easter Sunday, April 21, 1519 the day that Hernando Cortez and his fleet of 11 Spanish galleons arrived from the East at what is today called Vera Cruz, Mexico.
When the Spanish ships came toward shore, native people were waiting and watching to see how it would go.
The billowing sails of the ships did indeed remind the scouts of butterflies skimming the ocean surface. In this manner was a new era initiated, an era they had anticipated through their calendars. The Maya termed the new era the Nine Bolomtikus, or nine Hells of 52 years each. As the nine cycles unfolded, land and freedom were taken from the native people.
Disease and disrespect dominated.
What began with the arrival of Cortez, lasted until August 16, 1987 - a date many people recall as Harmonic Convergence. Millions of people took advantage of that date to make ceremony in sacred sites, praying for a smooth transition to a new era, the World of the Fifth Sun.
From that 1987 date until now, Mr. Barrios says, we have been in a time when the right arm of the materialistic world is disappearing, slowly but inexorably. We are at the cusp of the era when peace begins, and people live in harmony with Mother Earth. We are no longer in the World of the Fourth Sun, but we are not yet in the World of the Fifth Sun. This is the time in-between, the time of transition.
As we pass through transition there is a colossal, global convergence of environmental destruction, social chaos, war, and ongoing Earth changes.
All this, Mr .Barrios says, was foreseen via the simple, spiral mathematics of the Mayan calendars. "It will change," Mr. Barrios observes.
"Everything will change." He said Mayan Day keepers view the DEC. 21,2012 date as a rebirth, the start of the World of the Fifth Sun. It will be the start of a new era resulting from and signified by the solar meridian crossing the galactic equator, and the earth aligning itself with the center of the galaxy.
At sunrise on December 21, 2012 for the first time in 26,000 years the Sun rises to conjunct the intersection of the Milky Way and the plane of the ecliptic. This cosmic cross is considered to be an embodiment of the Sacred Tree, The Tree of Life, a tree remembered in all the world's spiritual traditions.
Some observers say this alignment with the heart of the galaxy in 2012 will open a channel for cosmic energy to flow through the earth, cleansing it and all that dwells upon it, raising all to a higher level of vibration.
This process has already begun, Mr. Barrios suggested.
"Change is accelerating now, and it will continue to accelerate. " If the people of the earth can get to this 2012 date in good shape, without having destroyed too much of the Earth, Mr. Barrios said, we will rise to a new, higher level. But to get there we must transform enormously powerful forces that seek to block the way.
A Picture of the Road Ahead: From his understanding of the Mayan tradition and the calendars, Mr. Barrios offered a picture of where we are at and what may lie on the road ahead: The date specified in the calendar Winter Solstice in the year 2012 does not mark the end of the world. Many outside people writing about the Mayan calendar sensationalize this date, but they do not know.
The ones who know are the indigenous elders who are entrusted with keeping the tradition.
"Humanity will continue," he contends, "but in a different way. Material structures will change. From this we will have the opportunity to be more human."We are living in the most important era of the Mayan calendars and prophecies. All the prophecies of the world, all the traditions, are converging now. There is no time for games. The spiritual ideal of this era is action. Many powerful souls have reincarnated in this era, with a lot of power. This is true on both sides, the light and the dark.
High magic is at work on both sides. Things will change, but it is up to the people how difficult or easy it is for the changes to come about. The economy now is a fiction. The first five-year stretch of transition from August 1987 to August 1992 was the beginning of the destruction of the material world. We have progressed ten years deeper into the transition phase by now, and many of the so-called sources of financial stability are in fact hollow. The banks are weak.. This is a delicate moment for them. They could crash globally if we don't pay attention. If the banks crash ... then we will be forced to rely on the land and our skills. The monetary systems will be in chaos, and we must then rely on our direct relationship with the Earth for our food and shelter.The North and South Poles are both breaking up. The level of the water in the oceans is going to rise. But at the same time land in the ocean, especially near Cuba, is also going to rise.
A Call for Fusion: As he met with audiences in Santa Fe, Mr. Barrios told a story about the most recent Mayan New Year ceremonies in Guatemala. He said that one respected elder, who lives all year in a solitary mountain cave, journeyed to Chichicastenango to speak with the people at the ceremony. He delivered a simple, direct message. He called for human beings to come together in support of life and light.
Right now each person and group is going his or her own way. The elder of the mountains said there is hope if the people of the light can come together and unite in some way.
Reflecting on this, Mr. Barrios explained: "We live in a world of polarity: day and night, man and woman, positive and negative. Light and darkness need each other. They are a balance. Just now the dark side is very strong, and very clear about what they want.
They have their vision and their priorities clearly held, and also their hierarchy. They are working in many ways so that we will be unable to connect with the spiral Fifth World in 2012.
"On the light side everyone thinks they are the most important, that their own understandings, or their group's understandings, are the key. There's a diversity of cultures and opinions, so there is competition, diffusion, and no single focus. As Mr. Barrios sees it, the dark side works to block fusion through denial and materialism. It also works to destroy those who are working with the light to get the Earth to a higher level. They like the energy of the old, declining Fourth World, the materialism.. They do not want it to change. They do not want fusion. They want to stay at this level, and are afraid of the next level. The dark power of the declining Fourth World cannot be destroyed or overpowered. It's too strong and clear for that, and that is the wrong strategy. The dark can only be transformed when confronted with simplicity and open-heartedness. This is what leads to fusion, a key concept for the World of the Fifth Sun."
Mr. Barrios said the emerging era of the Fifth Sun will call attention to a much-overlooked element. Whereas the four traditional elements of earth, air, fire and water have dominated various epochs in the past, there will be a fifth element to reckon with in the time of the Fifth Sun: ether.
The dictionary defines ether as the rarefied element of the Heavens. Ether is a medium. It permeates all space and transmits waves of energy in a wide range of frequencies, from cell phones to human auras.
What is "ethereal" is related to the regions beyond earth: the heavens. Ether the element of the Fifth Sun is celestial and lacking in material substance, but is no less real than wood, stone or flesh. "Within the context of ether there can be a fusion of the polarities," Mr. Barrios said.
"No more darkness or light in the people, but an uplifted fusion.
But right now the realm of darkness is not interested in this. They are organized to block it. They seek to unbalance the Earth and its environment so we will be unready for the alignment in 2012. We need to work together for peace, and balance with the other side. We need to take care of the Earth that feeds and shelters us. We need to put our entire mind and heart into pursuing unity and fusion now, to confront the other side and preserve life, to be Ready for this Moment in History.
Mr. Barrios told his audiences in Santa Fe that we are at a critical moment of world history. "We are disturbed," he said. "We can't play anymore. Our planet can be renewed or ravaged. Now is the time to awaken and take action. Everyone is needed. You are not here for no reason. Everyone who is here now has an important purpose. This is a hard, but a special time. We have the opportunity for growth, but we must be ready for this moment in history."
Mr. Barrios offered a number of suggestions to help people walk in balance through the years ahead. "The prophesied changes are going to happen," he said "but our attitude and actions determine how harsh or mild they are. We need to act, to make changes, and to elect people to represent us who understand and who will take political action to respect the earth. Meditation and spiritual practice are good, but also action. It's very important to be clear about whom you are, and also about your relation to the Earth. Develop yourself according to your own tradition and the call of your heart. But remember to respect differences, and strive for unity. Eat wisely. A lot of food is corrupt in either subtle or gross ways. Pay attention to what you are taking into your body. Learn to preserve food, and to conserve energy. Learn some good breathing techniques, so you have the mastery of your breath. Be clear. Follow a tradition with great roots. It is not important what tradition, your heart will tell you, but it must have great roots. We live in a world of energy. An important task at this time is to learn to sense or see the energy of everyone and everything: people, plants, animals. This becomes increasingly important as we draw close to the World of the Fifth Sun, for it is associated with the element ether - the realm where energy lives and weaves. Go to the sacred places of the earth to pray for peace, and have respect for the Earth which gives us our food, clothing, and shelter. We need to reactivate the energy of these sacred places. That is our work.
One simple but effective prayer technique is to light a white or baby-blue colored candle. Think a moment in peace. Speak your intention to the flame and send the light of it on to the leaders who have the power to make war or peace. We Have Work to Do.
According to Mr. Barrios this is a crucially important moment for humanity, and for earth. Each person is important. If you have incarnated into this era, you have spiritual work to do balancing the planet. He said the elders have opened the doors so that other races can come to the Mayan world to receive the tradition.
The Maya have long appreciated and respected that there are other colors, other races, and other spiritual systems.
"They know," he said, "that the destiny of the Mayan world is related to the destiny of the whole world. "The greatest wisdom is in simplicity," Mr. Barrios advised before leaving Santa Fe. "Love, respect, tolerance, sharing, gratitude, forgiveness. It's not complex or elaborate. The real knowledge is free. It's encoded in your DNA. All you need is within you. Great teachers have said that from the beginning. Find your heart, and you will find your way.
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
06-17-2009, 08:18 PM
Post Comparison- THE BRICK
A young and successful executive was traveling down a neighborhood street, going a bit too fast in his new Jaguar. He was watching for kids darting out from between parked cars and slowed down when he thought he saw something. As his car passed, no children appeared. Instead, a brick smashed into the Jag's side door! He slammed on the brakes and backed the Jag back to the spot where the brick had been thrown. The angry driver then jumped out of the car, grabbed the nearest kid and pushed him up against a parked car shouting,
'What was that all about and who are you? Just what the heck are you doing? That's a new car and that brick you threw is going to cost a lot of money. Why did you do it?'
The young boy was apologetic.
'Please, mister.... please, I'm sorry but I didn't know what else to do,' He pleaded. 'I threw the brick because no one else would stop...' With tears dripping down his face and off his chin, the youth pointed to a spot just around a parked car. 'It's my brother, 'he said 'He rolled off the curb and fell out of his wheelchair and I can't lift him up."
Now sobbing, the boy asked the stunned executive, 'Would you please help me get him back into his wheelchair? He's hurt and he's too heavy for me.'
Moved beyond words, the driver tried to swallow the rapidly swelling lump in his throat.. He hurriedly lifted the handicapped boy back into the wheelchair, then took out a linen handkerchief and dabbed at the fresh scrapes and cuts. A quick look told him everything was going to be okay. 'Thank you and may God bless you,' the grateful child told the stranger. Too shook up for words, the man simply watched the boy push his wheelchair-bound brother down the sidewalk toward their home.
It was a long, slow walk back to the Jaguar. The damage was very noticeable, but the driver never bothered to repair the dented side door. He kept the dent there to remind him of this message:
'Don't go through life so fast that someone has to throw a brick at you to get your attention!'
God whispers in our souls and speaks to our hearts. Sometimes when we don't have time to listen,
He has to throw a brick at us. It's our choice to listen or not.
+ xxx
burgundia
06-17-2009, 08:37 PM
THE BRICK
A young and successful executive was traveling down a neighborhood street, going a bit too fast in his new Jaguar. He was watching for kids darting out from between parked cars and slowed down when he thought he saw something. As his car passed, no children appeared. Instead, a brick smashed into the Jag's side door! He slammed on the brakes and backed the Jag back to the spot where the brick had been thrown. The angry driver then jumped out of the car, grabbed the nearest kid and pushed him up against a parked car shouting,
'What was that all about and who are you? Just what the heck are you doing? That's a new car and that brick you threw is going to cost a lot of money. Why did you do it?'
The young boy was apologetic.
'Please, mister.... please, I'm sorry but I didn't know what else to do,' He pleaded. 'I threw the brick because no one else would stop...' With tears dripping down his face and off his chin, the youth pointed to a spot just around a parked car. 'It's my brother, 'he said 'He rolled off the curb and fell out of his wheelchair and I can't lift him up."
Now sobbing, the boy asked the stunned executive, 'Would you please help me get him back into his wheelchair? He's hurt and he's too heavy for me.'
Moved beyond words, the driver tried to swallow the rapidly swelling lump in his throat.. He hurriedly lifted the handicapped boy back into the wheelchair, then took out a linen handkerchief and dabbed at the fresh scrapes and cuts. A quick look told him everything was going to be okay. 'Thank you and may God bless you,' the grateful child told the stranger. Too shook up for words, the man simply watched the boy push his wheelchair-bound brother down the sidewalk toward their home.
It was a long, slow walk back to the Jaguar. The damage was very noticeable, but the driver never bothered to repair the dented side door. He kept the dent there to remind him of this message:
'Don't go through life so fast that someone has to throw a brick at you to get your attention!' God whispers in our souls and speaks to our hearts. Sometimes when we don't have time to listen, He has to throw a brick at us. It's our choice to listen or not.
Beautiful message...
THE eXchanger
06-19-2009, 04:10 PM
5 Minute Management Course JJJ
Lesson 1:
A man is getting into the shower just as his wife is finishing up her shower, when the doorbell rings.
The wife quickly wraps herself in a towel and runs downstairs.
When she opens the door, there stands Bob, the next-door neighbor.
Before she says a word, Bob says, 'I'll give you $800 to drop that towel.'
After thinking for a moment, the woman drops her towel and stands naked in front of Bob, after a few seconds, Bob hands her $800 and leaves.
The woman wraps back up in the towel and goes back upstairs.
When she gets to the bathroom, her husband asks, 'Who was that?'
'It was Bob the next door neighbour,' she replies.
'Great,' the husband says, 'did he say anything about the $800 he owes me?'
Moral of the story:
If you share critical information pertaining to credit and risk with your shareholders in time, you may be in a position to prevent avoidable exposure.
Lesson 2:
A priest offered a Nun a lift.
She got in and crossed her legs, forcing her gown to reveal a leg.
The priest nearly had an accident.
After controlling the car, he stealthily slid his hand up her leg.
The nun said, 'Father, remember Psalm 129?'
The priest removed his hand But, changing gears, he let his hand slide up her leg again.
The nun once again said, 'Father, remember Psalm 129?'
The priest apologized 'Sorry sister but the flesh is weak.'
Arriving at the convent, the nun sighed heavily and went on her way.
On his arrival at the church, the priest rushed to look up Psalm 129. It said, 'Go forth and seek, further up, you will find glory.'
Moral of the story:
If you are not well informed in your job, you might miss a great opportunity.
Lesson 3:
A sales rep, an administration clerk, and the manager are walking to lunch when they find an antique oil lamp.
They rub it and a Genie comes out.
The Genie says, 'I'll give each of you just one wish.'
'Me first! Me first!' says the admin clerk. 'I want to be in the Bahamas , driving a speedboat, without a care in the world.'
Puff! She's gone.
'Me next! Me next!' says the sales rep. 'I want to be in Hawaii , relaxing on the beach with my personal masseuse, an endless supply of Pina Coladas and the love of my life.'
Puff! He's gone.
'OK, you're up,' the Genie says to the manager.
The manager says, 'I want those two back in the office after lunch.'
Moral of the story:
Always let your boss have the first say.
Lesson 4
An eagle was sitting on a tree resting, doing nothing.
A small rabbit saw the eagle and asked him, 'Can I also sit like you and do nothing?'
The eagle answered: 'Sure, why not.'
So, the rabbit sat on the ground below the eagle and rested. All of a sudden, a fox appeared, jumped on the rabbit and ate it.
Moral of the story:
To be sitting and doing nothing, you must be sitting very, very high up.
Lesson 5
A turkey was chatting with a bull.
'I would love to be able to get to the top of that tree' sighed the turkey,'but I haven't got the energy.'
'Well, why don't you nibble on some of my droppings?' replied the bull. They're packed with nutrients.'
The turkey pecked at a lump of dung, and found it actually gave him enough strength to reach the lowest branch of the tree.
The next day, after eating some more dung, he reached the second branch.
Finally after a fourth night, the turkey was proudly perched at the top of the tree.
He was promptly spotted by a farmer, who shot him out of the tree.
Moral of the story:
Bull **** might get you to the top, but it won't keep you there..
Lesson 6
A little bird was flying south for the winter.
It was so cold the bird froze and fell to the ground into a large field.
While he was lying there, a cow came by and dropped some dung on him.
As the frozen bird lay there in the pile of cow dung, he began to realize how warm he was.
The dung was actually thawing him out!
He lay there all warm and happy, and soon began to sing for joy.
A passing cat heard the bird singing and came to investigate.
Following the sound, the cat discovered the bird
under the pile of cow dung, and promptly dug him out and ate him.
Morals of the story:
(1) Not everyone who ****s on you is your enemy.
(2) Not everyone who gets you out of **** is your
friend.
(3) And when you're in deep ****, it's best to keep your mouth shut!
THUS ENDS THE FIVE MINUTE MANAGEMENT COURSE
+ xxxx
THE eXchanger
06-19-2009, 04:45 PM
The Sun enters the sign of the crab / cancer
on the 21st, of June 2009
8:35 pm est /
and/or, at 1;35 am on June 22/2009 in the UK
Six 22's - in an 11 year - this is profound
1+3+5 = 9 - so, it is all about NEW BEGINNINGS , and, COMPLETION
For when the sun enters into Cancer
it moves itself through the spiritual gateway
where your spirit can blends with the seven elements,
that continually surround it
For it is the longest day, of light,
in the northern hemisphere
For it is the shortest day, of light,
in the southern hemisphere
and, the solstice it is a powerful time
It is a time of birth / and, re-birthing
of yourself, be sure, to:
ask, ask, ask - to empower yourself
ask, ask, ask - to bring back your full force/and, your full power to your equation
so, that, you might be, who it is, that you truly are
Will it to be, so, it will be ...
it is a time of great celebration
sunday is also Father's Day - so, celebrate the divine masculine
as, well, as, the divine feminine, in all that is
In the NORTHERN hemisphere:
the seeds of the spring,
are, coming forth, and, blooming into the summer
and, it leads us forward,
into the new harvest
of this fall
In the SOUTHERN hemisphere:
you have moved from the harvest of your spring seeds,
into the time of winter,
t makes the time of winter,
where the harvest has been pulled in,
and, it is a time, to focus,
on gathering, and, re-gathering your seeds,
so, the spring, will be a time of great planting for you.
so, enjoy this time, of light ...
pay great attention to your being
and, i'll end this with a clip from Kristamurti, one of my old mentors
Kristamurti --(my old mentor/when i was 16)
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5jnzx6-df6Q&eurl=http%3A%2F%2Fmountzion144%2Ening%2Ecom%2 Fforum%2Ftopic%2Fshow%3Fid%3D2127676%253ATopic%253 A194395%26xgs%3D1%26page%3D1&feature=player_embedd ed
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
07-06-2009, 05:24 PM
How old is Grandpa???
Some of you may or may not have seen this in another format
but it's still accurate.
This is great info for those who think us older folks
are kinda' wierd (or something like that).
How old is Grandpa???
Stay with this -- the answer is at the end. It will
blow you away.
One evening a grandson was talking to his grandfather
about current events. The grandson asked his grandfather
what he thought about the shootings at schools, the computer
age, and things in general.
The Grandfather replied, "Well, let me think a
minute, I was born before:
' television
' penicillin
' polio shots
' frozen foods
' Xerox
' contact lenses
' Frisbees and
' the pill
There were no:
' credit cards
' laser beams or
' ball-point pens
Man had not invented:
' pantyhose
' air conditioners
' dishwashers
' clothes dryers
' and the clothes were hung out to dry in
the fresh air and
' man hadn't yet walked on the moon.
Your Grandmother and I got married first, . . .
then lived together.
Every family had a father and a mother.
Until I was 25, I called every man older
than me, "Sir".
And after I turned 25, I still called policemen
and every man with a title, "Sir."
We were before gay-rights, computer- dating,
dual careers, daycare centers, and group
therapy.
Our lives were governed by the Ten
Commandments, good judgment, and
common sense.
We were taught to know the difference
between right and wrong and to stand
up and take responsibility for our actions.
Serving your country was a privilege; living
in this country was a bigger privilege.
We thought fast food was what people ate
during Lent.
Having a meaningful relationship meant
getting along with your cousins.
Draft dodgers were people who closed
their front doors when the evening breeze
started.
Time-sharing meant time the family spent
together in the evenings and weekends-not purchasing condominiums.
We never heard of FM radios, tape decks, CDs,
electric typewriters, yogurt, or guys wearing
earrings.
We listened to the Big Bands, Jack Benny,
and the President's speeches on our radios.
And I don't ever remember any kid blowing his
brains out listening to Tommy Dorsey.
If you saw anything with 'Made in Japan ' on it,
it was junk.
The term 'making out' referred to how you
did on your school exam.
Pizza Hut, McDonald's, and instant coffee
was unheard of.
We had 5 &10-cent stores where you could
actually buy things for 5 and 10 cents.
Ice-cream cones, phone calls, rides on a
streetcar, and a Pepsi were all a nickel.
And if you didn't want to splurge, you could
spend your nickel on enough stamps to mail
1 letter and 2 postcards.
You could buy a new Chevy Coupe for $600,
. . . but who could afford one?
Too bad, because gas was 11 cents a gallon.
In my day:
' "grass" was mowed,
' "coke" was a cold drink,
' "pot" was something your mother cooked
in and
' "rock music" was your grandmother's lullaby.
' "Aids" were helpers in the Principal's office,
' " chip" meant a piece of wood,
'< /SPAN> "hardware" was found in a hardware store and
' "software" wasn't even a word.
And we were the last generation to actually believe that a lady needed a husband to have a baby. No wonder people call us "old and confused" and say there is a generation gap... and how old do you think
I am?
I bet you have this old man in mind...you are in
for a shock!
Read on to see -- pretty scary if you think about
it and pretty sad at the same time.
Are you ready ?????
This man would be
only 59 years old!
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE eXchanger
08-02-2009, 12:06 AM
STORY OF THE WEEK
GRATITUDE IN A BROKEN HEART
By Lyndra Hearn Antonson
The only reoccurring childhood nightmare I ever had was about
cats taking over the world. I would wake up, get out of bed, and
act out a new ending to the dream in which I befriended the enemy
cats by feeding them milk and saved the day. For most of my life,
being around cats caused me to sneeze and itch and made my eyes
water. As I got older, I seemed to be okay as long as I didn't
actually touch cats or stay too long in a home where cats resided.
I really liked Dale, my husband-to-be. He had two cats, so I decided
it was time to make my peace with them. Binx was easy. A tabby with
golden eyes and fur the same color, he was very shy and hid whenever
I arrived at Dale's house.
Buzz was another entity entirely. A black and white tortoise shell
cat, he seemed to have multiple personality disorder. At once, he
would coax me in, acting as if he was ready to be my closest buddy
for all time. The next moment, in the midst of my innocent petting,
he would suddenly hiss as if I were his foe. I would jump back,
heart racing, and commit to never trying to be his friend again.
This cycle repeated until a life-death crisis occurred. Dale and I
returned to his house from Christmas shopping to discover Buzz lying
half-dead in a pool of blood, moaning in pain. We rushed him to the
vet who told us Buzz was in rough shape and would likely not make it.
While in the veterinary hospital, we learned that Buzz had a cell
mast tumor on his head that was inoperable. The tumor would swell
and create histamines that caused his stomach to bleed and resulted
in his vomiting blood. Even when he improved and was able to return
home, his condition was precarious.
Having been so close to losing Buzz made me realize how much I'd
grown to love the little crabby bugger! While Dale was working his
usual 24-hour shifts, I stopped by after work to make sure Buzz was
okay and to apply Jin Shin Jyutsu (healing energy) treatments to
the ailing cat. I don't know what it was exactly that caused Buzz
to see me differently. All I know is that from that time onward,
Buzz loved me, too.
Over the next two years, Buzz miraculously survived two more of
these near-death episodes. Dale and I knew that Buzz's tumor would
eventually lead to his death, but we hoped to have many more good
years with him.
It was Sunday, October 3, one week before our greatly anticipated
wedding. As we were preparing for bed that evening, Buzz suddenly
began to howl in that familiar way that signaled he was in pain
and big trouble. I assumed we'd bring him to the emergency vet as
we'd done three times before. They'd treat him, and we'd bring him
home. But Dale knew otherwise.
Dale and Buzz were dear buddies. The love bond between them was
palpable and could melt the hardest of hearts. Through their inner
communication, Dale understood it was Buzz's time to go.
This was completely unacceptable to me. As far as I was concerned,
there was no way that God would allow Buzz to die the week of our
wedding. It was too sick of a cosmic joke to play on anyone. We
would take Buzz to the vet, and he would rally as he had before.
Dale's certainty finally woke me from my fantasy of denial. There
was calmness in his knowing that, no matter how much we fought
against it, this was simply Buzz's time to go.
After a sleepless night of crying and comforting Buzz and each other,
Dale went into work to let his employer know he had to return home
as quickly as possible. We scheduled an appointment with our vet
to assist Buzz in leaving his worn out body. As I awaited Dale's
return, I sat on the floor cuddling Buzz. His breathing became more
irregular. I called Dale and said, "You need to get home now." Five
minutes after Dale's return home, Buzz left his physical body.
We were both devastated. At that moment, I was so overcome with
grief and anger that I didn't even care about our wedding. I
imagined walking down the aisle with a red-blotched face as the
photographer and videographer captured the event. I didn't even
care what I looked like. Nothing else mattered.
Dale and I walked through the day in slow motion. We used a wedding
present check to purchase a blue spruce tree and planted it in the
backyard. We lovingly added Buzz's body and our dog Jack's ashes to
the earth along with the tree. We named it our "Buzz-Jack-Wedding"
tree. This sacred honoring of our beloved family members helped to
ground and comfort me.
After the initial shock wore off, I accepted that the timing of
Buzz's death was somehow necessary. But why? Why did Buzz have to
die six days before our wedding? I continued to pose the question
inwardly.
As I lay on the acupuncturist's table the following day after
asking this question, I received the answer. Jack, who had been
my beloved dog for 12 years and had passed four months earlier,
and Buzz had both fulfilled their missions with us. They had come
into our lives to offer love and companionship until Dale and
I found each other. Our wedding was the beginning of a new cycle
together. It was not right for Jack or Buzz to continue with us into
our new cycle. They each needed to begin their own new cycles and
adventures elsewhere. They had finished what they came here to do.
Buzz was allowed to stay a while longer to be with us after losing
Jack. But he, too, had to leave before the wedding. He stayed as
long as he possibly could while giving us time to recover before our
wedding. The day after Buzz died, my sister arrived from out-of-town,
and our total focus re-shifted from my being concerned about the
cat's health to looking forward to our wedding and the celebration
of our love and commitment.
Although my heart still ached, I was overwhelmed with gratitude
for this incredible man I'd finally found and was going to marry;
for our many friends and family arriving to help us celebrate; and
for these amazing souls in animal bodies who touched our lives in
ways words can't describe. They were leaving us in great hands!
Visit www.angelanimals.net/nlimage16.html to view images of Buzz
and Jack.
BIO:
Lyndra Hearn Antonson is a Certified Professional Life Coach with
a specialty in love and relationships. Learn more about her at
www.joyofthejourney.org.
SOMETHING TO THINK ABOUT:
What special missions have animals had in your life?
* * * * *
ANGEL ANIMALS QUOTES OF THE WEEK
"Those who are silent, self-effacing and attentive become the
recipients of confidences."
--Thornton Wilder
"The average dog is a nicer person than the average person."
--Andrew A. Rooney
"One touch of Nature makes the whole world kin."
--William Shakespeare
* * * * *
+ xxxx
THE eXchanger
08-02-2009, 12:08 AM
The One Infinite Creator's Wings –
After a forest fire in Yellowstone National Park , forest rangers
Began their trek up a mountain to assess the inferno's damage.
One ranger found a bird literally petrified in ashes, perched
Statuesquely on the ground at the base of a tree.
Somewhat sickened by the eerie sight,
he knocked over the bird with a stick.
When he gently struck it, three tiny chicks scurried from under
their dead mother's wings.
The loving mother, keenly aware of
Impending disaster, had carried her offspring to the base of the
tree and had gathered them under her wings, instinctively knowing
that the toxic smoke would rise.
She could have flown to safety but had refused to abandon her
babies.
Then the blaze had arrived and the heat had scorched her
small body, the mother had remained steadfast ...because she had
been willing to die, so those under the cover of her wings would live.
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
08-02-2009, 12:13 AM
Proofreading is a dying art! What do you think?
Man Kills Self Before Shooting Wife and Daughter
This one I caught in the SGV Tribune the other day and called the Editorial Room and asked who wrote this.
It took two or three readings before the editor realized
that what he was reading was impossible!!!
They put in a correction the next day.
I just couldn't help but sending this along. Too funny.
----------------------------------------------------------
Something Went Wrong in Jet Crash, Expert Says
No ****, really? Ya think?
----------------------------------------------------------
Police Begin Campaign to Run Down Jaywalkers
Now that's taking things a bit far!
----------------------------------------------------------
Panda Mating Fails; Veterinarian Takes Over
What a guy!
----------------------------------------------------------
Miners Refuse to Work after Death
No-good-for-nothing' lazy so-and-so's!
----------------------------------------------------------
Juvenile Court to Try Shooting Defendant
See if that works any better than a fair trial!
----------------------------------------------------------
War Dims Hope for Peace
I can see where it might have that effect!
----------------------------------------------------------
If Strike Isn't Settled Quickly, It May Last Awhile
Ya think?!
----------------------------------------------------------
Cold Wave Linked to Temperatures
Who would have thought!
----------------------------------------------------------
Enfield ( London ) Couple Slain; Police Suspect Homicide
They may be on to something!
----------------------------------------------------------
Red Tape Holds Up New Bridges
You mean there's something stronger than duct tape?
----------------------------------------------------------
Man Struck By Lightning: Faces Battery Charge
He probably IS the battery charge!
----------------------------------------------------------
New Study of Obesity Looks for Larger Test Group
i guess, they weren't fat enough -- feed them more MSG
----------------------------------------------------------
Astronaut Takes Blame for Gas in Spacecraft
That's what he gets for eating those beans!
----------------------------------------------------------
Kids Make Nutritious Snacks
Do you think they taste like chicken?
----------------------------------------------------------
Local High School Dropouts Cut in Half
Chainsaw Massacre all over again!
----------------------------------------------------------
Hospitals are Sued by 7 Foot Doctors
Boy, are they ever tall!
----------------------------------------------------------
And the winner is....
Typhoon Rips Through Cemetery; Hundreds Dead
Did I read that right?
THE eXchanger
08-02-2009, 12:20 AM
Newsflash!
The British are feeling the pinch in relation
to recent terrorist threats in Islamabad
and have raised their security level from
"Miffed" to "Peeved."
Soon, though, security levels may be raised yet
again to "Irritated"
or even "A Bit Cross." B
rits have not been "A Bit Cross"
since the blitz in 1940
when tea supplies all but ran out.
Terrorists have been re-categorised from
"Tiresome" to a "Bloody Nuisance."
The last time the British issued a "Bloody Nuisance" warning level was during the great fire of 1666.
The French government announced yesterday that it has raised its terror alert level from "Run" to "Hide".
The only two higher levels in France are "Collaborate" and "Surrender."
The rise was precipitated by a recent fire that destroyed France 's white flag factory, effectively paralysing the country's military capability.
It's not only the French who are on a heightened level of alert.
Italy has increased the alert level from
"Shout loudly and excitedly" to
"Elaborate Military Posturing."
Two more levels remain:
"Ineffective Combat Operations" and
"Change Sides."
The Germans also increased their alert state from
"Disdainful Arrogance" to
"Dress in Uniform and Sing Marching Songs."
They also have two higher levels:
"Invade a Neighbour" and
"Lose".
Belgians, on the other hand,
are all on holiday as usual,
and the only threat they are worried about
is NATO pulling out of Brussels.
The Spanish are all excited to see their new submarines
ready to deploy.
These beautifully designed subs have glass bottoms
so the new Spanish navy can get a really good look
at the old Spanish navy. :mfr_lol:
Americans meanwhile
are carrying out pre-emptive strikes, on all of their allies, just in case.
In the Antipodes...
New Zealand has also raised its security levels - from
"baaa" to
"BAAAA!".
Due to continuing defence cutbacks
(the air force being a squadron of spotty teenagers
flying paper aeroplanes
and the navy some toy boats in the Prime Minister's bath),
New Zealand only has one more level of escalation,
which is
"Shut, I hope Austrulia will come end riscue us".
In the event of invasion,
New Zealanders will be asked to gather together
in a strategic defensive position called "Bondi".
Australia, meanwhile,
has raised its security level from
"No worries" to
"She'll be right, mate".
Three more escalation levels remain,
"Crikey!',
"I think we'll need to cancel the barbie this weekend"
and "The barbie is cancelled".
There has not been a situation yet
that has warranted the use of the final escalation level.
So, The Barbie is still on !!!
THE eXchanger
08-02-2009, 12:25 AM
Hopi Prophecy: A Message From The Elders
You have been telling the people that this is the Eleventh Hour.
Now you must go back and tell the people that this is The Hour.
Here are the things that must be considered:
* Where are you living?
* What are you doing?
* What are your relationships?
* Are you in right relation?
* Where is your water?
* Know our garden.
* It is time to speak your Truth.
* Create your community.
* Be good to each other.
And do not look outside yourself for the leader.
This could be a good time!
There is a river flowing now very fast.
It is so great and swift that there are those who will be afraid.
They will try to hold on to the shore.
They will feel like they are being torn apart, and they will suffer greatly.
Know the river has its destination.
The elders say we must let go of the shore, push off toward the middle of the river, keep our eyes open, and our heads above the water.
See who is there with you and celebrate.
At this time in history, we are to take nothing personally, least of all ourselves!
For the moment we do, our spiritual growth and journey comes to a halt.
The time of the lonely wolf is over.
Gather yourselves!
Banish the word struggle from your attitude and vocabulary.
All that we do now must be done in a sacred manner and in celebration.
We are the ones we have been waiting for.
The Elders,
Oraibi, Arizona
Hopi Nation
Sun, 24 Mar 2002
Hopi Prophecy: A Message From The Elders
YouTube - Hopi message from Elders
THE eXchanger
08-02-2009, 12:27 AM
FROM THE HEART of THE WORLD
http://video.google.nl/videoplay?docid=-1017803527565999153&hl=nl
THE eXchanger
08-02-2009, 12:37 AM
Humanity has been searching for the purpose
and meaning of Life since the beginning.
Sometimes we get it, and sometimes
we simply and completely miss the point,
as we are in these modern times.
Today we see only the surface of Reality.
But seldom do we look beyond the surface to the core.
When we find what is beyond Life and Death,
before the beginning of Creation,
the very Source of all that is,
and that which is not, then we can breath and remember the Truth,
and as it has been said a million times, the Truth will set you free.
In this show we will head in a myriad of directions
to slowly expose this Truth, and have fun doing it.
This is important, for fun is an intimate part of the Truth.
In our first show we will bring up the subject of the
date December 21, 2012.
There are hundreds of articles, books and even movies based upon this date, for the world has been hearing for many years this date as part of a perceived prediction coming from the Maya in Mexico, Belize and Guatemala.
In fact, this date of December 21, 2012
is not what it seems.
It was the world; archeologists, universities, governments,
and students of Mayan studies that made these interpretations of Mayan history and the predictions that we are exposed to
But they are not accurate according to the Maya.
How do I know?
Because the head of the Mayan Council
and all 440 Mayan tribes, Don Alejandro Cirillo,
personally told me so.
According to the Maya themselves,
they have not said one word in the last 527 years
and so everything that we read,
hear or see about the Maya is not coming from the Maya.
So in our first web cast,
I have been given the go ahead to begin to reveal to you
what is really being predicted,
and this is very different than what we have heard,
for only part of the first half of the prediction has been exposed.
And it is the second half of the prediction that is so illuminating.
So cuddle up, light a candle,
get a cup of hot tea and meet me on the web
on Wednesday July 29, 2009. We have much to share.
http://www.fyi-fla.com/specialrequests/
go to the website to hear this program - its quite interesting
+ xxx
JesterTerrestrial
08-02-2009, 12:42 AM
:mfr_lol: What a bunch of dim wit writers!!!
War Dims Hope for Peace
Don't worry eXchanger!!! I got a huge peace light for this beautiful planet earth!
http://i588.photobucket.com/albums/ss328/JesterTerrestrial/PillarOfLight.jpg
THE eXchanger
08-02-2009, 12:45 AM
:mfr_lol: What a bunch of dim wit writers!!!
Don't worry eXchanger!!! I got a huge peace light for this beautiful planet earth!
http://i588.photobucket.com/albums/ss328/JesterTerrestrial/PillarOfLight.jpg
indeed, you do -- along with quite a team of helpers
esp. your little "faere"
congratulations on the birth of Jasper
i can't wait, to meet the little guy !!!
THE eXchanger
08-02-2009, 12:49 AM
THOUGHT YOU MIGHT ENJOY THIS:
'Someone asked the other day,
'What was your favorite fast food when you were growing up?'
'We didn't have fast food when I was growing up,' I informed him.
'All the food was slow.'
'C'mon, seriously. Where did you eat?'
“It was a place called ‘at home’ I explained!
Mom cooked every day and when Dad got home from work,
we sat down together at the dining room table,
and if I didn't like what she put on my plate
I was allowed to sit there until I did like it.”
By this time, the kid was laughing so hard
I was afraid he was going to suffer serious internal damage
, so I didn't tell him the part about
how I had to have permission to leave the table.
But here are some other things
I would have told him about my childhood
if I figured his system could have handled it :
Some parents NEVER owned their own house,
never wore Levis, never set foot on a golf course
never traveled out of the country or had a credit card.
In their later years they had something
called a revolving charge card.
The card was good only at Sears Roebucik.
Or maybe it was Sears & Roebuck.
Either way, there is no Roebuck anymore. Maybe he died.
My parents never drove me to soccer practice.
This was mostly because we never had heard of soccer.
I had a bicycle that weighed probably 50 pounds,
and only had one speed, (slow).
We didn't have a television in our house until I was 19.
It was, of course, black and white, and the station went off the air at midnight, after playing the national anthem and a poem about God;
it came back on the air at about 6 a.m.
and there was usually a locally produced news
and farm show on, featuring local people.
I was 21 before I tasted my first pizza, it was called 'pizza pie'.
When I bit into it, I burned the roof of my mouth
and the cheese slid off, swung down,
plastered itself against my chin and burned that too.
It's still the best pizza I ever had.
I never had a telephone in my room.
The only phone in the house was in the living room and it was on a party line.
Before you could dial, you had to listen and make sure some people
you didn't know weren't already using the line.
Pizzas were not delivered to our home but milk was.
All newspapers were delivered by boys and all boys delivered newspapers -- my brother delivered a newspaper six days a week. It cost 7 cents a paper, of which he got to keep 2 cents. He had to get up at 6 a.m. every morning.
On Saturday, he had to collect the 42 cents from his customers. His favorite customers were the ones who gave him 50 cents and told him to keep the change. His least favorite customers were the ones who seemed to never be home on collection day.
Movie stars kissed with their mouths shut. At least, they did in the movies. There were no movie ratings because all movies were responsibly produced for everyone to enjoy viewing, without profanity or violence or most anything offensive.
If you grew up in a generation before there was fast food, you may want to share some of these memories with your children or grandchildren. Just don't blame me if they bust a gut laughing.
Growing up isn't what it used to be, is it?
MEMORIES from a friend :
My Dad is cleaning out my grandmother's house (she died in December) and he brought me an old Royal Crown Cola bottle. In the bottle top was a stopper with a bunch of holes in it. I knew immediately what it was but my daughter had no idea. She thought they had tried to make it a salt shaker or something. I knew it as the bottle that sat on the end of the ironing board to 'sprinkle' clothes with because we didn't have steam irons. Man, I am old.
How many do you remember?
Head lights dimmer switches on the floor.
Ignition switches on the dashboard.
Heaters mounted on the inside of the fire wall.
Real ice boxes.
Pant leg clips for bicycles without chain guards.
Soldering irons you heat on a gas burner.
Using hand signals for cars without turn signals.
Older Than Dirt Quiz :
Count all the ones that you remember not the ones you were told about.
Ratings at the bottom.
1.. Blackjack chewing gum
2.Wax Coke-shaped bottles with colored sugar water
3. Candy cigarettes
4. Soda pop machines that dispensed glass bottles
5. Coffee shops or diners with tableside juke boxes
6. Home milk delivery in glass bottles with cardboard stoppers
7. Party lines on the telephone
8 Newsreels before the movie
9. P.F. Flyers
10. Butch wax
11.. TV test patterns that came on at night after the last show and were there until TV shows started again in the morning. (there were only 3 channels)
[if you were fortunate]
12. Peashooters
13. Howdy Doody
14. 45 RPM records
15. S&H greenstamps
16. Hi-fi's
17. Metal ice trays with lever
18. Mimeograph paper
19. Blue flashbulb
20. Packards
21. Roller skate keys
22. Cork popguns
23. Drive-ins
24. Studebakers
25. Wash tub wringers
If you remembered 0-5 = You're still young
If you remembered 6-10 = You are getting older
If you remembered 11-15 = Don't tell your age,
If you remembered 16-25 = You' re older than dirt!
I might be older than dirt but those memories are some of the best parts of my life.
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
08-02-2009, 01:04 AM
MASTERKEY CONT'D PART 3
You have found that the Individual may act on the Universal, and that the result of this action and interaction is cause and effect. Thought, therefore, is the cause, and the experiences with which you meet in life are the effect.
Eliminate, therefore, any possible tendency to complain of conditions as they have been, or as they are, because it rests with you to change them and make them what you would like them to be.
Direct your effort to a realization of the mental resources, always at your command, from which all real and lasting power comes.
Persist in this practice until you come to a realization of the fact that there can be no failure in the accomplishment of any proper object in life if you but understand your power and persist in your object, because the mind-forces are ever ready to lend themselves to a purposeful will, in the effort to crystallize thought and desire into actions, events and conditions.
Whereas in the beginning of each function of life and each action is the result of conscious thought, the habitual actions become automatic and the thought that controls them passes into the realm of the subconscious; yet it is just as intelligent as before. It is necessary that it become automatic, or subconscious, in order that the self-conscious mind may attend to other things. The new actions will, however, in their turn, be come habitual, then automatic, then subconscious in order that the mind again may be freed from this detail and advanced to still other activities.
When you realize this, you will have found a source of power which will enable you to take care of any situation in life which may develop.
PART THREE
Return to top
1. The necessary interaction of the conscious and subconscious mind requires a similar interaction between the corresponding systems of nerves. Judge Troward indicates the very beautiful method in which this interaction is effected. He says: The cerebro-spinal system is the organ of the conscious mind and the sympathetic is the organ of the subconscious. The cerebro-spinal is the channel through which we receive conscious perception from the physical senses and exercise control over the movements of the body. This system of nerves has its centre in the brain.
2. The Sympathetic System has its centre in a ganglionic mass at the back of the stomach known as the Solar Plexus, and is the channel of that mental action which unconsciously supports the vital functions of the body.
3. The connection between the two systems is made by the vagus nerve which passes out of the cerebral region as a portion of the voluntary system to the thorax, sending out branches to the heart and lungs, and finally passing through the diaphragm, it loses its outer coating and becomes identified with the nerves of the Sympathetic System, so forming a connecting link between the two and making man physically a "single entity".
Return to top
4. We have seen that every thought is received by the brain, which is the organ of the conscious; it is here subjected to our power of reasoning. When the objective mind has been satisfied that the thought is true it is sent to the Solar Plexus, or the brain of the subjective mind, to be made into our flesh, to be brought forth into the world as reality. It is then no longer susceptible to any argument whatever. The subconscious mind cannot argue; it only acts. It accepts the conclusions of the objective mind as final.
5. The Solar Plexus has been likened to the sun of the body, because it is a central point of distribution for the energy which the body is constantly generating. This energy is very real energy, and this sun is a very real sun, and the energy is being distributed by very real nerves to all parts of the body, and is thrown off in an atmosphere which envelopes the body.
6. If this radiation is sufficiently strong the person is called magnetic; he is said to be filled with personal magnetism. Such a person may wield an immense power for good. His presence alone will often bring comfort to the troubled minds with which he comes in contact.
Return to top
7. When the Solar Plexus is in active operation and is radiating life, energy and vitality to every part of the body, and to every one whom he meets, the sensations are pleasant, the body is filled with health and all with whom he comes in contact experience a pleasant sensation.
8. If there is any interruption of this radiation the sensations are unpleasant, the flow of life and energy to some part of the body is stopped, and this is the cause of every ill to the human race, physical, mental or environmental.
9. Physical because the sun of the body is no longer generating sufficient energy to vitalize some part of the body; mental because the conscious mind is dependent upon the subconscious mind for the vitality necessary to support its thought, and environmental, because the connection between the subconscious mind and the Universal mind, is being interrupted.
Return to top
10. The Solar Plexus is the point at which the part meets with the whole, where the finite becomes Infinite, where the Uncreate becomes create, the Universal becomes individualized, the Invisible becomes visible. It is the point at which life appears and there is no limit to the amount of life an individual may generate from this Solar centre.
11. This centre of energy is Omnipotent because it is the point of contact with all life and all intelligence. It can therefore accomplish whatever it is directed to accomplish, and herein lies the power of the conscious mind; the subconscious can and will carry out such plans and ideas as may be suggested to it by the conscious mind.
12. Conscious thought, then, is master of this sun centre from which the life and energy of the entire body flows and the quality of the thought which we entertain determines the quality of the thought which this sun will radiate, and the character of the thought which our conscious mind entertains will determine the character of the thought which this sun will radiate, and the nature of the thought which our conscious mind entertains will determine the nature of thought which this sun will radiate, and consequently will determine the nature of the experience which will result.
Return to top
13. It is evident, therefore, that all we have to do is let our light shine; the more energy we can radiate, the more rapidly shall we be enabled to transmute undesirable conditions into sources of pleasure and profit. The important question, then, is how to let this light shine; how to generate this energy.
14. Non-resistant thought expands the Solar Plexus; resistant thought contracts it. Pleasant thought expands it; unpleasant thought contracts it. Thoughts of courage, power, confidence and hope all produce a corresponding state, but the one arch enemy of the Solar Plexus which must be absolutely destroyed before there is any possibility of letting any light shine is fear. This enemy must be completely destroyed; he must be eliminated; he must be expelled forever; he is the cloud which hides the sun; which causes a perpetual gloom.
15. It is this personal devil which makes men fear the past, the present and the future; fear themselves, their friends and their enemies; fear everything and everybody. When fear is effectually and completely destroyed, your light will shine, the clouds will disperse and you will have found the source of power, energy and life.
Return to top
16. When you find that you are really one with the Infinite power, and when you can consciously realize this power by a practical demonstration of your ability to overcome any adverse condition by the power of your thought, you will have nothing to fear; fear will have been destroyed and you will have come into possession of your birthright.
17. It is our attitude of mind toward life which determines the experiences with which we are to meet; if we expect nothing, we shall have nothing; if we demand much, we shall receive the greater portion. The world is harsh only as we fail to assert ourselves. The criticism of the world is bitter only to those who cannot compel room for their ideas. It is fear of this criticism that causes many ideas to fail to see the light of day.
18. But the man who knows that he has a Solar Plexus will not fear criticism or anything else; he will be too busy radiating courage, confidence, and power; he will anticipate success by his mental attitude; he will pound barriers to pieces, and leap over the chasm of doubt and hesitation which fear places in his path.
Return to top
19. A knowledge of our ability to consciously radiate health, strength and harmony will bring us into a realization that there is nothing to fear because we are in touch with Infinite Strength.
20. This knowledge can be gained only by making practical application of this information. We learn by doing; through practice the athlete comes powerful.
21. As the following statement is of considerable importance, I will put it in several ways, so that you cannot fail to get the full significance of it. If you are religiously inclined, I would say, you can let your light shine. If your mind has a bias toward physical science, I would say you can wake the Solar Plexus; or, if you prefer the strictly scientific interpretation, I will say that you can impress your subconscious mind.
Return to top
22. I have already told you what the result of this impression will be. It is the method in which you are now interested. You have already learned that the subconscious is intelligent and that it is creative, and responsive to the will of the conscious mind. What, then, is the most natural way of making the desired impression? Mentally concentrate on the object of your desire; when you are concentrating you are impressing the subconscious.
23. This is not the only way, but it is a simple and effective way, and the most direct way, and consequently the way in which the best results are secured. It is the method which is producing such extraordinary results that many think that miracles are being accomplished.
24. It is the method by which every great inventor, every great financier, every great statesman has been enabled to convert the subtle and invisible force of desire, faith and confidence into actual, tangible, concrete facts in the objective world.
Return to top
25. The subconscious mind is a part of the Universal mind. The Universal is the creative principle of the Universe, a part must be the same in kind and quality as the whole. This means that this creative power is absolutely unlimited; it is not bound by precedent of any kind, and consequently has no prior existing pattern by which to apply its constructive principle.
26. We have found that the subconscious mind is responsive to our conscious will, which means that the unlimited creative power of the Universal Mind is within control of the conscious mind of the individual.
27. When making a practical application of this principle, in accordance with the exercises given in the subsequent lessons, it is well to remember that it is not necessary to outline the method by which the subconscious will produce the results you desire. The finite cannot inform the Infinite. You are simply to say what you desire, not how you are to obtain it.
Return to top
28. You are the channel by which the undifferentiated is being differentiated, and this differentiation is being accomplished by appropriation. It only requires recognition to set causes in motion which will bring about results in accordance with your desire, and this is accomplished because the Universal can act only through the individual, and the individual can act only through the Universal; they are one.
29. For your exercise this week, I will ask you to go one step further. I want you to not only be perfectly still, and inhibit all thought as far as possible, but relax, let go, let the muscles take their normal condition; this will remove all pressure from the nerves, and eliminate that tension which so frequently produces physical exhaustion.
30. Physical relaxation is a voluntary exercise of the will and the exercise will be found to be of great value, as it enables the blood to circulate freely to and from the brain and body.
Return to top
31. Tensions leads to mental unrest and abnormal mental activity of the mind; it produces worry, care, fear and anxiety. Relaxation is therefore an absolute necessity in order to allow the mental faculties to exercise the greatest freedom.
32. Make this exercise as thorough and complete as possible, mentally determine that you will relax every muscle and nerve, until you feel quiet and restful and at peace with yourself and the world.
33. The Solar Plexus will then be ready to function and you will be surprised at the result.
QUESTIONS PART 3
21. What system of nerves is the organ of the Conscious Mind?
The Cerebro-spinal.
22. What system of nerves is the organ of the subconscious mind?
The sympathetic.
23. What is the central point of distribution for energy which the body is constantly generating?
The solar plexus.
24. How may this distribution be interrupted?
Return to top
By resistant, critical, discordant thoughts, but especially fear.
25. What is the result of such interruption?
Every ill with which the human race is afflicted.
Return to top
26. How may this energy be controlled and directed?
By conscious thought.
27. How may fear be completely eliminated?
Return to top
By an understanding and recognition of the true source of all power.
28. What determines the experiences with which we meet in life?
Our predominant mental attitude.
Return to top
29. How may we awake the solar plexus?
Mentally concentrate upon the condition which we desire to see manifested in our lives.
30. What is the creative principle of the Universe?
The Universal Mind.
THE eXchanger
08-02-2009, 01:04 AM
MASTERKEY PART 4
Enclosed herewith I hand you Part Four. This part will show you why what you think, or do, or feel, is an indication of what you are.
Thought is energy and energy is power, and it is because all the religions, sciences and philosophies with which the world has heretofore been familiar have been based upon the manifestation of this energy instead of the energy itself, that the world has been limited to effects, while causes have been ignored or misunderstood.
For this reason we have God and the Devil in religion, positive and negative in science, and good and bad in philosophy.
The Master Key reverses the process; it is interested only in cause, and the letters received from students tell a marvelous story; they indicate conclusively that students are finding the cause whereby they may secure for themselves health, harmony, abundance, and whatever else may be necessary for their welfare and happiness.
Life is expressive and it is our business to express ourselves harmoniously and constructively. Sorrow, misery, unhappiness, disease and poverty are not necessities and we are constantly eliminating them.
But this process of eliminating consists in rising above and beyond limitation of any kind. He who has strengthened and purified his thought need not concern himself about microbes, and he who has come into an understanding of the law of abundance will go at once to the source of supply.
It is thus that fate, fortune, and destiny will be controlled as readily as a captain controls his ship, or an engineer, his train.
Return to top
PART FOUR
1. The "I" of you is not the physical body; that is simply an instrument which the "I" uses to carry out its purposes; the "I" cannot be the Mind, for the mind is simply another instrument which the "I" uses with which to think, reason, and plan.
2. The "I" must be something which controls and directs both the body and the mind; something which determines what they shall do and how they shall act. When you come into a realization of the true nature of this "I", you will enjoy a sense of power which you have never before known.
Return to top
3. Your personality is made up of countless individual characteristics, peculiarities, habits, and traits of character; these are the result of your former method of thinking, but they have nothing to do with the real "I."
4. When you say "I think" the "I" tells the mind what it shall think; when you say "I go" the "I" tells the physical body where it shall go; the real nature of this "I" is spiritual, and is the source of the real power which comes to men and women when they come into a realization of their true nature.
5. The greatest and most marvelous power which this "I" has been given is the power to think, but few people know how to think constructively, or correctly, consequently they achieve only indifferent results. Most people allow their thoughts to dwell on selfish purposes, the inevitable result of an infantile mind. When a mind becomes mature, it understands that the germ of defeat is in every selfish thought.
Return to top
6. The trained mind knows that every transaction must benefit every person who is in any way connected with the transaction, and any attempt to profit by the weakness, ignorance or necessity of another will inevitably operate to his disadvantage.
7. This is because the individual is a part of the Universal. A part cannot antagonize any other part, but, on the contrary, the welfare of each part depends upon a recognition of the interest of the whole.
8. Those who recognize this principle have a great advantage in the affairs of life. They do not wear themselves out. They can eliminate vagrant thoughts with facility. They can readily concentrate to the highest possible degree on any subject. They do not waste time or money upon objects which can be of no possible benefit to them.
Return to top
9. If you cannot do these things it is because you have thus far not made the necessary effort. Now is the time to make the effort. The result will be exactly in proportion to the effort expended. One of the strongest affirmations which you can use for the purpose of strengthening the will and realizing your power to accomplish, is, "I can be what I will to be."
10. Every time you repeat it realize who and what this "I" is; try to come into a thorough understanding of the true nature of the "I"; if you do, you will become invincible; that is, provided that your objects and purposes are constructive and are therefore in harmony with the creative principle of the Universe.
11. If you make use of this affirmation, use it continuously, night and morning, and as often during the day as you think of it, and continue to do so until it becomes a part of you; form the habit.
Return to top
12. Unless you do this, you had better not start at all, because modern psychology tells us that when we start something and do not complete it, or make a resolution and do not keep it, we are forming the habit of failure; absolute, ignominious failure. If you do not intend to do a thing, do not start; if you do start, see it through even if the heavens fall; if you make up your mind to do something, do it; let nothing, no one, interfere; the "I" in you has determined, the thing is settled; the die is cast, there is no longer any argument.
13. If you carry out this idea, beginning with small things which you know you can control and gradually increase the effort, but never under any circumstances allowing your "I" to be overruled, you will find that you can eventually control yourself, and many men and women have found to their sorrow that it is easier to control a kingdom than to control themselves.
14. But when you have learned to control yourself you will have found the "World Within" which controls the world without; you will have become irresistible; men and things will respond to your every wish without any apparent effort on your part.
Return to top
15. This is not so strange or impossible as it may appear when you remember that the "World Within" is controlled by the "I" and that this "I" is a part or one with the Infinite "I" which is the Universal Energy or Spirit, usually called God.
16. This is not a mere statement or theory made for the purpose of confirming or establishing an idea, but it is a fact which has been accepted by the best religious thought as well as the best scientific thought.
17. Herbert Spender said: "Amid all the mysteries by which we are surrounded, nothing is more certain than that we are ever in the presence of an Infinite and Eternal Energy from which all things proceed."
Return to top
18. Lyman Abbott, in an address delivered before the Alumni of Bangor Theological Seminary, said: "We are coming to think of God as dwelling in man rather than as operating on men from without."
19. Science goes a little way in its search and stops. Science finds the ever-present Eternal Energy, but Religion finds the Power behind this energy and locates it within man. But this is by no means a new discovery; the Bible says exactly the same thing, and the language is just as plain and convincing: "Know ye not that ye are the temple of the living God?" Here, then, is the secret of the wonderful creative power of the "World Within."
20. Here is the secret of power, of mastery. To overcome does not mean to go without things. Self-denial is not success. We cannot give unless we get; we cannot be helpful unless we are strong. The Infinite is not a bankrupt and we who are the representatives of Infinite power should not be bankrupts either, and if we wish to be of service to others we must have power and more power, but to get it we must give it; we must be of service.
Return to top
21. The more we give the more we shall get; we must become a channel whereby the Universal can express activity. The Universal is constantly seeking to express itself, to be of service, and it seeks the channel whereby it can find the greatest activity, where it can do the most good, where it can be of greatest service to mankind.
22. The Universal cannot express through you as long as you are busy with your plans, your own purposes; quiet the senses, seek inspiration, focus the mental activity on the within, dwell in the consciousness of your unity with Omnipotence. "Still water runs deep;" contemplate the multitudinous opportunities to which you have spiritual access by the Omnipresence of power.
23. Visualize the events, circumstances and conditions which these spiritual connections may assist in manifesting. Realize the fact that the essence and soul of all things is spiritual and that the spiritual is the real, because it is the life of all there is; when the spirit is gone, the life is gone; it is dead; it has ceased to exist.
Return to top
24. These mental activities pertain to the world within, to the world of cause; and conditions and circumstances which result are the effect. It is thus that you become a creator. This is important work, and the higher, loftier, grander and more noble ideals which you can conceive, the more important the work will become.
25. Over-work or over-play or over-bodily activity of any kind produces conditions of mental apathy and stagnation which makes it impossible to do the more important work which results in a realization of conscious power. We should, therefore, seek the Silence frequently. Power comes through repose; it is in the Silence that we can be still, and when we are still, we can think, and thought is the secret of all attainment.
26. Thought is a mode of motion and is carried by the law of vibration the same as light or electricity. It is given vitality by the emotions through the law of love; it takes form and expression by the law of growth; it is a product of the spiritual "I", hence its Divine, spiritual, and creative nature.
Return to top
27. From this it is evident that in order to express power, abundance or any other constructive purpose, the emotions must be called upon to give feeling to the thought so that it will take form. How may this purpose be accomplished? This is the vital point; how may we develop the faith, the courage, the feeling, which will result in accomplishment?
28. The reply is, by exercise; mental strength is secured in exactly the same way that physical strength is secured, by exercise. We think something, perhaps with difficulty the first time; we think the same thing again, and it becomes easier this time; we think it again and again; it then becomes a mental habit. We continue to think the same thing; finally it becomes automatic; we can no longer help thinking this thing; we are now positive of what we think; there is no longer any doubt about it. We are sure; we know.
29. Last week I asked you to relax, to let go physically. This week, I am going to ask you to let go mentally. If you practiced the exercise given you last week fifteen or twenty minutes a day in accordance with the instructions, you can no doubt relax physically; and anyone who cannot consciously do this quickly and completely is not a master of himself. He has not obtained freedom; he is still a slave to conditions. But I shall assume that you have mastered the exercise and are ready to take the next step, which is mental freedom.
Return to top
30. This week, after taking your usual position, remove all tension by completely relaxing, then mentally let go of all adverse conditions, such as hatred, anger, worry, jealousy, envy, sorrow, trouble or disappointment of any kind.
31. You may say that you cannot "let go" of these things, but you can; you can do so by mentally determining to do so, by voluntary intention and persistence.
32. The reason that some cannot do this is because they allow themselves to be controlled by the emotions instead of by their intellect. But those who will be guided by the intellect will gain the victory. You will not succeed the first time you try, but practice makes perfect, in this as in everything else, and you must succeed in dismissing, eliminating and completely destroying these negative and destructive thoughts; because they are the seed which is constantly germinating into discordant conditions of every conceivable kind and description.
There is nothing truer than that the quality of thought which we entertain correlates certain externals in the outside world. This is the Law from which there is no escape. And it is this Law, this correlative of the thought with its object, that from time immemorial has led the people to believe in special providence
Wilmans
QUESTIONS PART 4
31. What is thought?
Thought is spiritual energy.
32. How is it carried?
By the law of vibration.
33. How is it given vitality?
By the law of love.
34. How does it take form?
Return to top
By the law of growth.
35. What is the secret of its creative power?
It is a spiritual activity.
Return to top
36. How may we develop the faith, courage, and enthusiasm which will result in accomplishment?
By a recognition of our spiritual nature.
37. What is the secret of Power?
Return to top
Service.
38. Why is this so?
Because we get what we give.
Return to top
39. What is the Silence?
A physical stillness.
40. Of what value is it?
It is the first step to self-control, self-mastery
THE eXchanger
08-02-2009, 01:07 AM
MASTERKEY PART 5
Enclosed herewith you will find Part Five. After studying this part carefully, you will see that every conceivable force or object or fact is the result of mind in action.
Mind in action is thought, and thought is creative. Men are thinking now as they never thought before.
Therefore, this is a creative age, and the world is awarding its richest prizes to the thinkers. Matter is powerless, passive, inert. Mind is force, energy, power. Mind shapes and controls matter. Every form which matter takes is but the expression of some pre-existing thought.
But thought works no magic transformations; it obeys natural laws; it sets in motion natural forces; it releases natural energies; it manifests in your conduct and actions, and these in turn react upon your friends and acquaintances, and eventually upon the whole of your environment. You can originate thought, and, since thoughts are creative, you can create for yourself the things you desire.
PART FIVE
1. At least ninety per cent of our mental life is subconscious, so that those who fail to make use of this mental power live within very narrow limits.
2. The subconscious can and will solve any problem for us if we know how to direct it. The subconscious processes are always at work; the only question is, are we to be simply passive recipients of this activity, or are we to consciously direct the work? Shall we have a vision of the destination to be reached, the dangers to be avoided, or shall we simply drift?
Return to top
3. We have found that mind pervades every part of the physical body and is always capable of being directed or impressed by authority coming from the objective or the more dominant portion of the mind.
4. The mind, which pervades the body, is largely the result of heredity, which, in turn, is simply the result of all the environments of all past generations on the responsive and ever-moving life forces. An understanding of this fact will enable us to use our authority when we find some undesirable trait of character manifesting.
5. We can consciously use all the desirable characteristics with which we have been provided and we can repress and refuse to allow the undesirable ones to manifest.
Return to top
6. Again, this mind which pervades our physical body is not only the result of hereditary tendencies, but is the result of home, business and social environment, where countless thousands of impressions, ideas, prejudices and similar thoughts have been received. Much of this has been received from others, the result of opinions, suggestions or statements; much of it is the result of our own thinking, but nearly all of it has been accepted with little or no examination or consideration.
7. The idea seemed plausible, the conscious received it, passed it on to the subconscious, where it was taken up by the Sympathetic System and passed on to be built into our physical body. "The word has become flesh."
8. This, then, is the way we are consistently creating and recreating ourselves; we are today the result of our past thinking, and we shall be what we are thinking today, the Law of Attraction is bringing to us, not the things we should like, or the things we wish for, or the things some one else has, but it brings us "our own," the things which we have created by our thought processes, whether consciously or unconsciously. Unfortunately, many of us are creating these things unconsciously.
Return to top
9. If either of us were building a home for ourselves, how careful we would be in regard to the plans; how we should study every detail; how we should watch the material and select only the best of everything; and yet how careless we are when it comes to building our Mental Home, which is infinitely more important than any physical home, as everything which can possibly enter into our lives depends upon the character of the material which enters into the construction of our Mental Home.
10. What is the character of this material? We have seen that it is the result of the impressions which we have accumulated in the past and stored away in our subconscious Mentality. If these impressions have been of fear, of worry, of care, of anxiety; if they have been despondent, negative, doubtful, then the texture of the material which we are weaving today will be of the same negative material. Instead of being of any value, it will be mildewed and rotten and will bring us only more toil and care and anxiety. We shall be forever busy trying to patch it up and make it appear at least genteel.
11. But if we have stored away nothing but courageous thought, if we have been optimistic, positive, and have immediately thrown any kind of negative thought on the scrap pile, have refused to have anything to do with it, have refused to associate with it or become identified with it in any way, what then is the result? Our mental material is now of the best kind; we can weave any kind of material we want; we can use any color we wish; we know that the texture is firm, that the material is solid, that it will not fade, and we have no fear, no anxiety concerning the future; there is nothing to cover, there are no patches to hide.
Return to top
12. These are psychological facts; there is no theory or guesswork about these thinking processes; there is nothing secret about them; in fact, they are so plain that every one can understand them. The thing to do is to have a mental house-cleaning, and to have this house-cleaning every day, and keep the house clean. Mental, moral and physical cleanliness are absolutely indispensable if we are to make progress of any kind.
13. When this mental house-cleaning process has been completed, the material which is left will be suitable for the making of the kind of ideals or mental images which we desire to realize.
14. There is a fine estate awaiting a claimant. Its broad acres, with abundant crops, running water and fine timber, stretch away as far as the eye can see. There is a mansion, spacious and cheerful, with rare pictures, a well-stocked library, rich hangings, and every comfort and luxury. All the heir has to do is to assert his heirship, take possession, and use the property. He must use it; he must not let it decay; for use is the condition on which he holds it. To neglect it is to lose possession.
Return to top
15. In the domain of mind and spirit, in the domain of practical power, such an estate is yours. You are the heir! You can assert your heirship and possess, and use this rich inheritance. Power over circumstances is one of its fruits, health, harmony and prosperity are assets upon its balance sheet. It offers you poise and peace. It costs you only the labor of studying and harvesting its great resources. It demands no sacrifice, except the loss of your limitations, your servitudes, your weakness. It clothes you with self-honor, and puts a scepter in your hands.
16. To gain this estate, three processes are necessary: You must earnestly desire it. You must assert your claim. You must take possession.
17. You admit that those are not burdensome conditions.
Return to top
18. You are familiar with the subject of heredity. Darwin, Huxley, Haeckel, and other physical scientists have piled evidence mountain high that heredity is a law attending progressive creation. It is progressive heredity which gives man his erect attitude, his power of motion, the organs of digestions, blood circulation, nerve force, muscular force, bone structure and a host of other faculties on the physical side. There are even more impressive facts concerning heredity of mind force. All these constitute what may be called your human heredity.
19. But there is a heredity which the physical scientists have not compassed. It lies beneath and antecedent to all their researches. At a point where they throw up their hands in despair, saying they cannot account for what they see, this divine heredity is found in full sway.
20. It is the benignant force which decrees primal creation. It thrills down from the Divine, direct into every created being. It originates life, which the physical scientist has not done, nor ever can do. It stands out among all forces supreme, unapproachable. No human heredity can approach it. No human heredity measures up to it.
Return to top
21. This Infinite Life flows through you; is you. Its doorways are but the faculties which comprise your consciousness. To keep open these doors is the Secret of Power. Is it not worthwhile to make the effort?
22. The great fact is, that the source of all life and all power is from within. Persons, circumstances and events may suggest need and opportunities, but the insight, strength and power to answer these needs will be found within.
23. Avoid counterfeits. Build firm foundations for your consciousness upon forces which flow direct from the Infinite source, the Universal Mind of which you are the image and likeness.
Return to top
24. Those we have come into possession of this inheritance are never quite the same again. They have come into possession of a sense of power hitherto undreamed of. They can never again be timid, weak, vacillating, or fearful. They are indissolubly connected with Omnipotence. Something in them has been aroused; they have suddenly discovered that they possess a tremendous latent ability of which they were heretofore entirely unconscious.
25. This power is from within, but we cannot receive it unless we give it. Use is the condition upon which we hold this inheritance. We are each of us but the channel through which the Omnipotent power is being differentiated into form; unless we give, the channel is obstructed and we can receive no more. This is true on every plane of existence and in every field of endeavor and all walks of life. The more we give, the more we get. The athlete who wishes to get strong must make use of the strength he has, and the more he gives the more he will get. The financier who wishes to make money must make use of the money he has, for only by using it can he get more.
26. The merchant who does not keep his goods going out will soon have none coming in; the corporation which fails to give efficient service will soon lack customers; the attorney who fails to get results will soon lack clients, and so it goes everywhere; power is contingent upon a proper use of the power already in our possession; what is true in every field of endeavor, every experience in life, is true of the power from which every other power known among men is begotten -- spiritual power. Take away the spirit and what is left? Nothing.
Return to top
27. If then the spirit is all there is, upon the recognition of this fact must depend the ability to demonstrate all power, whether physical, mental or spiritual.
28. All possession is the result of the accumulative attitude of mind, or the money consciousness; this is the magic wand which will enable you to receive the idea, and it will formulate plans for you to execute, and you will find as much pleasure in the execution as in the satisfaction of attainment and achievement.
29. Now, go to your room, take the same seat, the same position as heretofore, and mentally select a place which has pleasant associations. Make a complete mental picture of it, see the buildings, the grounds, the trees, friends, associations, everything complete. At first, you will find yourself thinking of everything under the sun, except the ideal upon which you desire to concentrate. But do not let that discourage you. Persistence will win, but persistence requires that you practice these exercises every day without fail.
PART 5 - QUESTIONS
41. What proportion of our mental life is subconscious?
At least ninety per cent.
42. Is this vast mental storehouse generally utilized?
No.
43. Why not?
Few understand or appreciate the fact that it is an activity which they may consciously direct.
44. Where has the conscious mind received its governing tendencies?
Return to top
From heredity -- which means that it is the result of all the environments of all past generations.
45. What is the law of attraction bringing to us?
Our "Own."
Return to top
46. What is our "Own"?
What we inherently are, and is the result of our past thinking, both conscious and subconscious.
47. Of what is the material with which we construct our mental home composed?
Return to top
The thoughts which we entertain.
48. What is the Secret of Power?
A recognition of the omnipresence of omnipotence.
Return to top
49. Where does it originate?
All life and all power is from within.
50. Upon what is the possession of power contingent?
Upon a proper use of the power already in our possession
THE eXchanger
08-02-2009, 01:09 AM
MASTERKEY PART 6
It is my privilege to enclose Part Six. This part will give you an excellent understanding of the most wonderful piece of mechanism which has ever been created. A mechanism whereby you may create for yourself Health, Strength, Success, Prosperity or any other condition which you desire.
Necessities are demands, and demands create action, and actions bring about results. The process of evolution is constantly building our tomorrows out of our todays. Individual development, like Universal development, must be gradual with an ever-increasing capacity and volume.
The knowledge that if we infringe upon the rights of others, we become moral thorns and find ourselves entangled at every turn of the road, should be an indication that success is contingent upon the highest moral ideal, which is "The greatest good to the greatest number." Aspiration, desire and harmonious relations constantly and persistently maintained will accomplish results. The greatest hindrance is erroneous and fixed ideas.
To be in tune with eternal truth we must possess poise and harmony within. In order to receive intelligence the receiver must be in tune with the transmitter.
Thought is a product of Mind and Mind is creative, but this does not mean that the Universal will change its modus operandi to suit us or our ideas, but it does mean that we can come into harmonious relationship with the Universal, and when we have accomplished this we may ask anything to which we are entitled, and the way will be made plain.
PART SIX
1. The Universal Mind is so wonderful that it is difficult to understand its utilitarian powers and possibilities and its unlimited producing effects.
2. We have found that this Mind is not only all intelligence but all substance. How, then, is it to be differentiated in form? How are we to secure the effect which we desire?
3. Ask any electrician what the effect of electricity will be and he will reply that "Electricity is a form of motion and its effect will depend upon the mechanism to which it is attached." Upon this mechanism will depend whether we shall have heat, light, power, music or any of the other marvelous demonstration of power to which this vital energy has been harnessed.
4. What effect can be produced by thought? The reply is that thought is mind in motion (just as wind is air in motion), and its effect will depend entirely on the "mechanism to which it is attached."
5. Here, then, is the secret of all mental power; it depends entirely on the mechanism which we attach.
6. What is this mechanism? You know something of the mechanism which has been invented by Edison, Bell, Marconi and other electrical wizards, by which place and space and time have become only figures of speech, but did you ever stop to think that the mechanism which has been given you for transforming the Universal, Omnipresent Potential Power was invented by a greater inventor than Edison?
7. We are accustomed to examining the mechanism of the implements which we use for tilling the soil, and we try to get an understanding of the mechanism of the automobile which we drive, but most of us are content to remain in absolute ignorance of the greatest piece of mechanism which as ever come into existence, the brain of man.
8. Let us examine the wonders of this mechanism; perhaps we shall thereby get a better understanding of the various effects of which it is the cause.
9. In the first place, there is the great mental world in which we live and move and have our being; this world is omnipotent, omniscient and omnipresent; it will respond to our desire in direct ratio to our purpose and faith; the purpose must be in accordance with the law of our being, that is, it must be creative or constructive; our faith must be strong enough to generate a current of sufficient strength to bring our purpose into manifestation. "As thy faith is, so be it unto thee," bears the stamp of scientific test.
10. The effects which are produced in the world without are the result of the action and reaction of the individual upon the universal; that is the process which we call thinking; the brain is the organ through which this process is accomplished; think of the wonder of it all! Do you love music, flowers, literature, or are you inspired by the thought of ancient or modern genius? Remember, every beauty to which you respond must have its corresponding outline in your brain before you can appreciate it.
11. There is not a single virtue or principle in the storehouse of nature which the brain cannot express. The brain is an embryonic world, ready to develop at any time as necessity may arise. If you can comprehend that this is a scientific truth and one of the wonderful laws of nature, it will be easier for you to get an understanding of the mechanism by which these extraordinary results are being accomplished.
12. The nervous system has been compared to an electric circuit with its battery of cells in which force is originated, and its white matter to insulated wires by which the current is conveyed; it is through these channels that every impulse or desire is carried through the mechanism.
13. The spinal cord is the great motor and sensory pathway by which messages are conveyed to and from the brain; then, there is the blood supply plunging through the veins and arteries, renewing our energy and strength, the perfectly arranged structure upon which the entire physical body rests, and, finally, the delicate and beautiful skin, clothing the entire mechanism is a mantle of beauty.
14. This then is the "Temple of the living God" and the individual "I" is given control and upon his understanding of the mechanism which is within his control will the result depend.
15. Every thought sets the brain cells in action; at first the substance upon which the thought is directed fails to respond, but if the thought is sufficiently refined and concentrated, the substance finally yields and expresses perfectly.
16. This influence of the mind can be exerted upon any part of the body, causing the elimination of any undesirable effect.
17. A perfect conception and understanding of the laws governing in the mental world cannot fail to be of inestimable value in the transaction of business, as it develops the power of discernment and gives a clearer understanding and appreciation of facts.
18. The man who looks within instead of without cannot fail to make use of the mighty forces which will eventually determine his course in life and so bring him into vibration with all that is best, strongest and most desirable.
19. Attention or concentration is probably; the most important essential in the development of mind culture. The possibilities of attention when properly directed are so startling that they would hardly appear credible to the uninitiated. The cultivation of attention is the distinguishing characteristic of every successful man or woman, and is the very highest personal accomplishment which can be acquired.
20. The power of attention can be more readily understood by comparing it with a magnifying glass in which the rays of sunlight are focused; they possess no particular strength as long as the glass is moved about and the rays directed from one place to another; but let the glass be held perfectly still and let the rays be focused on one spot for any length of time, the effect will become immediately apparent.
21. So with the power of thought; let power be dissipated by scattering the thought from one object to another, and no result is apparent; but focus this power through attention or concentration on any single purpose for any length of time and nothing becomes impossible.
22. A very simple remedy for a very complex situation, some will say. All right, try it, you who have had no experience in concentrating the thought on a definite purpose or object. Choose any single object and concentrate your attention on it for a definite purpose for even ten minutes; you cannot do it; the mind will wander a dozen times and it will be necessary to bring it back to the original purpose, and each time the effect will have been lost and at the end of the ten minutes nothing will have been gained, because you have not been able to hold your thought steadily to the purpose.
23. It is, however, through attention that you will finally be able to overcome obstacles of any kind that appear in your path onward and upward, and the only way to acquire this wonderful power is by practice -- practice makes perfect, in this as in anything else.
24. In order to cultivate the power of attention, bring a photograph with you to the same seat in the same room in the same position as heretofore. Examine it closely at least ten minutes, note the expression of the eyes, the form of the features, the clothing, the way the hair is arranged; in fact, note every detail shown on the photograph carefully. Now cover it and close your eyes and try to see it mentally; if you can see every detail perfectly and can form a good mental image of the photograph, you are to be congratulated; if not, repeat the process until you can.
25. This step is simply for the purpose of preparing the soil; next week we shall be ready to sow the seed.
26. It is by such exercises as these that you will finally be able to control your mental moods, your attitude, your consciousness.
27. Great financiers are learning to withdraw from the multitude more and more, that they may have more time for planning, thinking and generating the right mental moods.
28. Successful businessmen are constantly demonstrating the fact that it pays to keep in touch with the thought of other successful businessmen.
29. A single idea may be worth millions of dollars, and these ideas can only come to those who are receptive, who are prepared to receive them, who are in successful frame of mind.
30. Men are learning to place themselves in harmony with the Universal Mind; they are learning the unity of all things; they are learning the basic methods and principles of thinking, and this is changing conditions and multiplying results.
31. They are finding that circumstances and environment follow the trend of mental and spiritual progress; they find that growth follows knowledge; action follows inspiration; opportunity follows perception; always the spiritual first, then the transformation into the infinite and illimitable possibilities of achievement.
32. As the individual is but the channel for the differentiation of the Universal, these possibilities are necessarily inexhaustible.
33. Thought is the process by which we may absorb the Spirit of Power, and hold the result in our inner consciousness until it becomes a part of our ordinary consciousness. The method of accomplishing this result by the persistent practice of a few fundamental principles, as explained in this System, is the master key which unlocks the storehouse of Universal Truth.
34. The two great sources of human suffering at present are bodily disease and mental anxiety. These may be readily traced to the infringement of some Natural Law. This is, no doubt, owing to the fact that so far knowledge has largely remained partial, but the clouds of darkness which have accumulated through long ages are beginning to roll away and with them many of the miseries that attend imperfect information.
That a man can change himself, improve himself, re-create himself, control his environment, and master his own destiny is the conclusion of every mind who is wide-awake to the power of right thought in constructive action
Larsen
PART 6 - QUESTIONS
51. What are some of the effects which can be produced by electricity?
Heat, light, power, music.
52. Upon what do these various effects depend?
Upon the mechanism to which electricity is attached.
53. What is the result of the action and interaction of the individual mind upon the Universal?
The conditions and experiences with which we meet.
54. How may these conditions be changed?
By changing the mechanism by which the Universal is differentiated in form.
55. What is this mechanism?
The brain.
56. How may it be changed?
By the process we call thinking. Thoughts produce brain cells, and these cells respond to the corresponding thought in the Universal.
57. Of what value is the power of concentration?
It is the very highest personal accomplishment which can be acquired, and the distinguishing characteristic of every successful man or woman.
58. How may it be acquired?
By faithfully practicing the exercises in this System.
59. Why is this so important?
Because it will enable us to control our thoughts, and since thoughts are causes conditions must be effects; if we can control the cause we can also control the effect.
60. What is changing conditions and multiplying results in the objective world?
Men are learning the basic methods of constructive thinking.
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
08-02-2009, 01:11 AM
MASTERKEY PART 7
Through all the ages man has believed in an invisible power, through which and by which all things have been created and are continually being re-created. We may personalize this power and call it God, or we may think of it as the essence or spirit, which permeates all things, but in either case the effect is the same.
So far as the individual is concerned, the objective, the physical, the visible, is the personal, that which can be cognized by the senses. It consists of body, brain and nerves. The subjective is the spiritual, the invisible, the impersonal.
The personal is conscious because it is a personal entity. The impersonal, being the same in kind and quality as all other Being, is not conscious of itself and has therefore been termed the subconscious.
The personal, or conscious, has the power of will and choice, and can therefore exercise discrimination in the selection of methods whereby to bring about the solution of difficulties.
The impersonal, or spiritual, being a part or one with the source, and origin of all power, can necessarily exercise no such choice, but, on the contrary, it has Infinite resources at its command. It can and does bring about results by methods concerning which the human or individual mind can have no possible conception.
You will therefore see that it is your privilege to depend upon the human will with all its limitations and misconceptions, or you may utilize the potentialities of Infinity by making use of the subconscious mind. Here, then, is the scientific explanation of the wonderful power which has been put within your control, if you but understand, appreciate and recognize it.
One method of consciously utilizing this omnipotent power is outlined in Part Seven.
PART SEVEN
1. Visualization is the process of making mental images, and the image is the mold or model which will serve as a pattern from which your future will emerge.
2. Make the pattern clear and make it beautiful; do not be afraid; make it grand; remember that no limitation can be placed upon you by any one but yourself; you are not limited as to cost or material; draw on the Infinite for your supply, construct it in your imagination; it will have to be there before it will ever appear anywhere else.
3. Make the image clear and clean-cut, hold it firmly in the mind and you will gradually and constantly bring the thing nearer to you. You can be what "you will to be."
4. This is another psychological fact which is well known, but unfortunately, reading about it will not bring about any result which you may have in mind; it will not even help you to form the mental image, much less bring it into manifestation. Work is necessary - labor, hard mental labor, the kind of effort which so few are willing to put forth.
5. The first step is idealization. It is likewise the most important step, because it is the plan on which you are going to build. It must be solid; it must be permanent. The architect, when he plans a 30-storey building, has every line and detail pictured in advance. The engineer, when he spans a chasm, first ascertains the strength requirements of a million separate parts.
6. They see the end before a single step is taken; so you are to picture in your mind what you want; you are sowing the seed, but before sowing any seed you want to know what the harvest is to be. This is Idealization. If you are not sure, return to the chair daily until the picture becomes plain; it will gradually unfold; first the general plan will be dim, but it will take shape, the outline will take form, then the details, and you will gradually develop the power by which you will be enabled to formulate plans which will eventually materialize in the objective world. You will come to know what the future holds for you.
7. Then comes the process of visualization. You must see the picture more and more complete, see the detail, and, as the details begin to unfold the ways and means for bringing it into manifestation will develop. One thing will lead to another. Thought will lead to action, action will develop methods, methods will develop friends, and friends will bring about circumstances, and, finally, the third step, or Materialization, will have been accomplished.
8. We all recognize the Universe must have been thought into shape before it ever could have become a material fact. And if we are willing to follow along the lines of the Great Architect of the Universe, we shall find our thoughts taking form, just as the universe took concrete form. It is the same mind operating through the individual. There is no difference in kind or quality, the only difference is one of degree.
9. The architect visualizes his building, he sees it as he wishes it to be. His thought becomes a plastic mold from which the building will eventually emerge, a high one or a low one, a beautiful one or a plain one, his vision takes form on paper and eventually the necessary material is utilized and the building stands complete.
10. The inventor visualizes his idea in exactly the same manner, for instance, Nikola Tesla, he with the giant intellect, one of the greatest inventors of all ages, the man who has brought forth the most amazing realities, always visualizes his inventions before attempting to work them out. He did not rush to embody them in form and then spend his time in correcting defects. Having first built up the idea in his imagination, he held it there as a mental picture, to be reconstructed and improved by his thought. "In this way," he writes in the Electrical Experimenter. "I am enabled to rapidly develop and perfect a conception without touching anything. When I have gone so far as to embody in the invention every possible improvement I can think of, and see no fault anywhere, I put into concrete, the product of my brain. Invariably my devise works as I conceived it should; in twenty years there has not been a single exception."
11. If you can conscientiously follow these directions, you will develop Faith, the kind of Faith that is the "Substance of things hoped for, the evidence of things not seen"; you will develop confidence, the kind of confidence that leads to endurance and courage; you will develop the power of concentration which will enable you to exclude all thoughts except the ones which are associated with your purpose.
12. The law is that thought will manifest in form, and only one who knows how to be the divine thinker of his own thoughts can ever take a Master's place and speak with authority.
13. Clearness and accuracy are obtained only by repeatedly having the image in mind. Each repeated action renders the image more clear and accurate than the preceding, and in proportion to the clearness and accuracy of the image will the outward manifestation be. You must build it firmly and securely in your mental world, the world within, before it can take form in the world without, and you can build nothing of value, even in the mental world unless you have the proper material. When you have the material you can build anything you wish, but make sure of your material. You cannot make broadcloth from shoddy.
14. This material will be brought out by millions of silent mental workers and fashioned into the form of the image which you have in mind.
15. Think of it! You have over five million of these mental workers, ready and in active use; brain cells they are called. Besides this, there is another reserve force of at least an equal number, ready to be called into action at the slightest need. Your power to think, then, is almost unlimited, and this means that your power to create the kind of material which is necessary to build for yourself any kind of environment which you desire is practically unlimited.
16. In addition to these millions of mental workers, you have billions of mental workers in the body, every one of which is endowed with sufficient intelligence to understand and act upon any message or suggestion given. These cells are all busy creating and recreating the body, but, in addition to this, they are endowed with psychic activity whereby they can attract to themselves the substance necessary for perfect development.
17. They do this by the same law and in the same manner that every form of life attracts to itself the necessary material for growth. The oak, the rose, the lily, all require certain material for their most perfect expression and they secure it by silent demand, the Law of Attraction, the most certain way for you to secure what you require for your most complete development.
18. Make the Mental Image; make it clear, distinct, perfect; hold it firmly; the ways and means will develop; supply will follow the demand; you will be led to do the right thing at the right time and in the right way. Earnest Desire will bring about Confident Expectation, and this in turn must be reinforced by Firm Demand. These three cannot fail to bring about Attainment, because the Earnest Desire is the feeling, the Confident Expectation is the thought, and the Firm Demand is the will, and, as we have seen, feeling gives vitality to thought and the will holds it steadily until the law of Growth brings it into manifestation.
19. Is it not wonderful that man has such tremendous power within himself, such transcendental faculties concerning which he had no conception? Is it not strange that we have always been taught to look for strength and power "without?" We have been taught to look everywhere but "within" and whenever this power manifested in our lives we were told that it was something supernatural.
20. There are many who have come to an understanding of this wonderful power, and who make serious and conscientious efforts to realize health, power and other conditions, and seem to fail. They do not seem able to bring the Law into operation. The difficulty in nearly every case is that they are dealing with externals. They want money, power, health and abundance, but they fail to realize that these are effects and can come only when the cause is found.
21. Those who will give no attention to the world without will seek only to ascertain the truth, will look only for wisdom, will find that this wisdom will unfold and disclose the source of all power, that it will manifest in thought and purpose which will create the external conditions desired. This truth will find expression in noble purpose and courageous action.
22. Create ideals only, give no thought to external conditions, make the world within beautiful and opulent and the world without will express and manifest the condition which you have within. You will come into a realization of your power to create ideals and these ideals will be projected into the world of effect.
23. For instance, a man is in debt. He will be continually thinking about the debt, concentrating on it, and as thoughts are causes the result is that he not only fastens the debt closer to him, but actually creates more debt. He is putting the great law of Attraction into operation with the usual and inevitable result -- Loss leads to greater "Loss."
24. What, then, is the correct principle? Concentrate on the things you want, not on the things you do not want. Think of abundance; idealize the methods and plans for putting the Law of Abundance into operation. Visualize the condition which the Law of Abundance creates; this will result in manifestation.
25. If the law operates perfectly to bring about poverty, lack and every form of limitation for those who are continually entertaining thoughts of lack and fear, it will operate with the same certainty to bring about conditions of abundance and opulence for those who entertain thoughts of courage and power.
26. This is a difficult problem for many; we are too anxious; we manifest anxiety, fear, distress; we want to do something; we want to help; we are like a child who has just planted a seed and every fifteen minutes goes and stirs up the earth to see if it is growing. Of course, under such circumstances, the seed will never germinate, and yet this is exactly what many of us do in the mental world.
27. We must plant the seed and leave it undisturbed. This does not mean that we are to sit down and do nothing, by no means; we will do more and better work then we have ever done before, new channels will constantly be provided, new doors will open; all that is necessary is to have an open mind, be ready to act when the time comes.
28. Thought force is the most powerful means of obtaining knowledge, and if concentrated on any subject will solve the problem. Nothing is beyond the power of human comprehension, but in order to harness thought force and make it do your bidding, work is required.
29. Remember that thought is the fire that creates the steam that turns the wheel of fortune, upon which your experiences depend.
30. Ask yourself a few questions and then reverently await the response; do you not now and then feel the self with you? Do you assert this self or do you follow the majority? Remember that majorities are always led, they never lead. It was the majority that fought, tooth and nail, against the steam engine, the power loom and every other advance or improvement ever suggested.
31. For your exercise this week, visualize your friend, see him exactly as you last saw him, see the room, the furniture, recall the conversation, now see his face, see it distinctly, now talk to him about some subject of mutual interest; see his expression change, watch him smile. Can you do this? All right, you can; then arouse his interest, tell him a story of adventure, see his eyes light up with the spirit of fun or excitement. Can you do all of this? If so, your imagination is good, you are making excellent progress.
questions:
61. What is visualization?
The process of making mental pictures.
62. What is the result of this method of thought?
By holding the image or picture in mind, we can gradually but surely bring the thing nearer to us. We can be what we will to be.
63. What is Idealization?
It is a process of visualizing or idealizing the plans which will eventually materialize in our objective world.
64. Why are clearness and accuracy necessary?
Because "seeing" creates "feeling" and "feeling" creates "being." First the mental, then the emotional, then the illimitable possibilities of achievement.
65. How are they obtained?
Each repeated action renders the image more accurate than the former one.
66. How is the material for the construction of your mental image secured?
By millions of mental workers. Brain cells they are called.
67. How are the necessary conditions for bringing about the materialization of your ideal in the objective world secured?
By the Law of Attraction. The natural law by which all conditions and experiences are brought about.
68. What three steps are necessary in order to bring this law into operation?
Earnest Desire, Confident Expectation, Firm Demand.
69. Why do many fail?
Because they concentrate on loss, disease and disaster. The law is operating perfectly; the things they fear are coming upon them.
70. What is the alternative?
Concentrate on the ideals which you desire to see manifested in your life.
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
08-02-2009, 01:19 AM
PART 8 MASTERKEY
In this Part you will find that you may freely choose what you think but the result of your thought is governed by an immutable law! Is not this a wonderful thought? Is it not wonderful to know that our lives are not subject to caprice or variability of any kind? That they are governed by law. This stability is our opportunity, because by complying with the law we can secure the desired effect with invariable precision.
It is the Law which makes the Universe one grand paean of Harmony. If it were not for law, the Universe would be a Chaos instead of a Cosmos.
Here, then, is the secret of the origin of both good and evil, this is all the good and evil there ever was or ever will be.
Let me illustrate. Thought results in action, if your thought is constructive and harmonious, the result will be good; if your thought is destructive or inharmonious, the result will be evil.
There is therefore but one law, one principle, on cause, one Source of Power, and good and evil are simply words which have been coined to indicate the result of our action, or our compliance or non-compliance with this law.
The importance of this is well illustrated in the lives of Emerson and Carlyle. Emerson loved the good and his life was a symphony of peace and harmony, Carlyle hated the bad, and his life was a record of perpetual discord and inharmony.
Here we have two grand men, each intent upon achieving the same ideal, but one makes use of constructive thought and is therefore in harmony with Natural Law, the other makes use of destructive thought and therefore brings upon himself discord of every kind and character.
It is evident therefore that we are to hate nothing, not even the "bad," because hatred is destructive, and we shall soon find that by entertaining destructive thought we are sowing the "wind" and in turn shall reap the "whirlwind."
PART EIGHT
1. Thought contains a vital principle, because it is the creative principle of the Universe and by its nature will combine with other similar thoughts.
2. As the one purpose of life is growth, all principles underlying existence must contribute to give it effect. Thought, therefore, takes form and the law of growth eventually brings it into manifestation.
3. You may freely choose what you think, but the result of your thought is governed by an immutable law. Any line of thought persisted in cannot fail to produce its result in the character, health and circumstances of the individual. Methods whereby we can substitute habits of constructive thinking for those which we have found produce only undesirable effects are therefore of primary importance.
4. We all know that this is by no means easy. Mental habits are difficult to control, but it can be done and the way to do it is to begin at once to substitute constructive thought for destructive thought. Form the habit of analyzing every thought. If it is necessary, if its manifestation in the objective will be a benefit, not only to yourself, but to all whom it may affect in any way, keep it; treasure it; it is of value; it is in tune with the Infinite; it will grow and develop and produce fruit an hundred fold. On the other hand, it will be well for you to keep this quotation from George Matthews Adams, in mind, "Learn to keep the door shut, keep out of your mind, out of your office, and out of your world, every element that seeks admittance with no definite helpful end in view."
5. If your thought has been critical or destructive, and has resulted in any condition of discord or inharmony in your environment, it may be necessary for you to cultivate a mental attitude which will be conducive to constructive thought.
6. The imagination will be found to be a great assistance in this direction; the cultivation of the imagination leads to the development of the ideal out of which your future will emerge.
7. The imagination gathers up the material by which the Mind weaves the fabric in which your future is to be clothed.
8. Imagination is the light by which we can penetrate new worlds of thought and experience.
9. Imagination is the mighty instrument by which every discoverer, every inventor, opened the way from precedent to experience. Precedent said, "It cannot be done;" experience said, "It is done."
10. Imagination is a plastic power, molding the things of sense into new forms and ideals.
11. Imagination is the constructive form of thought which must precede every constructive form of action.
12. A builder cannot build a structure of any kind until he has first received the plans from the architect, and the architect must get them from his imagination.
13. The Captain of Industry cannot build a giant corporation which may coordinate hundreds of smaller corporations and thousands of employees, and utilize millions of dollars of capital until he has first created the entire work in his imagination. Objects in the material world are as clay in the potter's hand; it is in the Master Mind that the real things are created, and it is by the use of the imagination that the work is done. In order to cultivate the imagination it must be exercised. Exercise is necessary to cultivate mental muscle as well as physical muscle. It must be supplied with nourishment or it cannot grow.
14. Do not confuse Imagination with Fancy, or that form of daydreaming in which some people like to indulge. Daydreaming is a form of mental dissipation which may lead to mental disaster.
15. Constructive imagination means mental labor, by some considered to be the hardest kind of labor, but, if so, it yields the greatest returns, for all the great things in life have come to men and women who had the capacity to think, to imagine, and to make their dreams come true.
16. When you have become thoroughly conscious of the fact that Mind is the only creative principle, that it is Omnipotent, Omniscient and Omnipresent, and that you can consciously come into harmony with this Omnipotence through your power of thought, you will have taken a long step in the right direction.
17. The next step is to place yourself in position to receive this power. As it is Omnipresent, it must be within you. We know that this is so because we know that all power is from within, but it must be developed, unfolded, cultivated; in order to do this we must be receptive, and this receptivity is acquired just as physical strength is gained, by exercise.
18. The law of attraction will certainly and unerringly bring to you the conditions, environment, and experiences in life, corresponding with your habitual, characteristic, predominant mental attitude. Not what you think once in a while when you are in church, or have just read a good book, BUT your predominant mental attitude is what counts.
19. You can not entertain weak, harmful, negative thoughts ten hours a day and expect to bring about beautiful, strong and harmonious conditions by ten minutes of strong, positive, creative thought.
20. Real power comes from within. All power that anybody can possibly use is within man, only waiting to be brought into visibility by his first recognizing it, and then affirming it as his, working it into his consciousness until he becomes one with it.
21. People say that they desire abundant life, and so they do, but so many interpret this to mean that if they will exercise their muscles or breathe scientifically, eat certain foods in certain ways, drink so many glasses of water every day of just a certain temperature, keep out of drafts, they will attain the abundant life they seek. The result of such methods is but indifferent. However, when man awakens to the truth, and affirms his oneness with all Life, he finds that he takes on the clear eye, the elastic step, the vigor of youth; he finds that he has discovered the source of all power.
22. All mistakes are but the mistakes of ignorance. Knowledge gaining and consequent power is what determines growth and evolution. The recognition and demonstration of knowledge is what constitutes power, and this power is spiritual power, and this spiritual power is the power which lies at the heart of all things; it is the soul of the universe.
23. This knowledge is the result of man's ability to think; thought is therefore the germ of man's conscious evolution. When man ceases to advance in his thoughts and ideals, his forces immediately begin to disintegrate and his countenance gradually registers these changing conditions.
24. Successful men make it their business to hold ideals of the conditions which they wish to realize. They constantly hold in mind the next step necessary to the ideal for which they are striving. Thoughts are the materials with which they build, and the imagination is their mental workshop. Mind is the ever-moving force with which they secure the persons and circumstance necessary to build their success structure, and imagination is the matrix in which all great things are fashioned.
25. If you have been faithful to your ideal, you will hear the call when circumstances are ready to materialize your plans and results will correspond in the exact ratio of your fidelity to your ideal. The ideal steadily held is what pre-determines and attracts the necessary conditions for its fulfillment.
26. It is thus that you may weave a garment of spirit and power into the web of your entire existence; it is thus that you may lead a charmed life and be forever protected from all harm; it is thus that you may become a positive force whereby conditions of opulence and harmony may be attracted to you.
27. This is the leaven which is gradually permeating the general consciousness and is largely responsible for the conditions of unrest which are everywhere evident.
28. In the last Part you created a mental image, you brought it from the invisible into the visible; this week I want you to take an object and follow it back to its origination, see of what it really consists. If you do this you will develop imagination, insight, perception, and sagacity. These come not by the superficial observation of the multitude, but by a keen analytical observation which sees below the surface.
29. It is the few who know that the things which they see are only effects, and understand the causes by which these effects were brought into existence.
30. Take the same position as heretofore and visualize a Battleship; see the grim monster floating on the surface of the water; there appears to be no life anywhere about; all is silence; you know that by far the largest part of the vessel is under water; out of sight; you know that the ship is as large and as heavy as a twenty-story skyscraper; you know that there are hundreds of men ready to spring to their appointed task instantly; you know that every department is in charge of able, trained, skilled officials who have proven themselves competent to take charge of this marvelous piece of mechanism; you know that although it lies apparently oblivious to everything else, it has eyes which see everything for miles around, and nothing is permitted to escape its watchful vision; you know that while it appears quiet, submissive and innocent, it is prepared to hurl a steel projectile weighing thousands of pounds at an enemy many miles away; this and much more you can bring to mind with comparatively no effort whatever. But how did the battleship come to be where it is; how did it come into existence in the first place? All of this you want to know if you are a careful observer.
31. Follow the great steel plates through the foundries, see the thousands of men employed in their production; go still further back, and see the ore as it comes from the mine, see it loaded on barges or cars, see it melted and properly treated; go back still further and see the architect and engineers who planned the vessel; let the thought carry you back still further in order to determine why they planned the vessel; you will see that you are now so far back that the vessel is something intangible, it no longer exists, it is now only a thought existing in the brain of the architect; but from where did the order come to plan the vessel? Probably from the Secretary of Defense; but probably this vessel was planned long before the war was thought of, and that Congress had to pass a bill appropriating the money; possibly there was opposition, and speeches for or against the bill. Whom do these Congressmen represent? They represent you and me, so that our line of thought begins with the Battleship and ends with ourselves, and we find in the last analysis that our own thought is responsible for this and many other things, of which we seldom think, and a little further reflection will develop the most important fact of all and that is, if someone had not discovered the law by which this tremendous mass of steel and iron could be made to float upon the water, instead of immediately going to the bottom, the battleship could not have come into existence at all.
32. This law is that, "the specific gravity of any substance is the weight of any volume of it, compared with an equal volume of water." The discovery of this law revolutionized every kind of ocean travel, commerce and warfare, and made the existence of the battleship, aircraft carriers, and cruise ships possible.
33. You will find exercises of this kind invaluable. When the thought has been trained to look below the surface everything takes on a different appearance, the insignificant becomes significant, the uninteresting interesting; the things which we supposed to be of no importance are seen to be the only really vital things in existence.
Look To This Day For it is Life, the very Life of Life. In Its brief course lie all the Verities and Realities of your existence; The Bliss of Growth; The Glory of Action; The Splendor of Beauty; For Yesterday is but a Dream, And tomorrow is only a Vision: But Today well lived makes every Yesterday a Dream of Happiness, and Every Tomorrow a Vision of Hope. Look well, therefore, to This Day!
From the Sanskrit
questions:
71. What is the imagination?
A form of constructive thought. The light by which we penetrate new worlds of thought and experience. The mighty instrument by which every inventor or discoverer opened the way from precedent to experience.
72. What is the result of imagination?
The cultivation of the imagination leads to the development of the ideal out of which your future will emerge.
73. How may it be cultivated?
By exercise; it must be supplied with nourishment or it cannot live.
74. How does imagination differ from daydreaming?
Day dreaming is a form of mental dissipation, while imagination is a form of constructive thought which must precede every constructive action.
75. What are mistakes?
The result of ignorance.
76. What is knowledge?
The result of man's ability to think.
77. What is the power with which successful men build?
Mind is the very moving force with which they secure the persons and circumstances necessary to complete their plans.
78. What pre-determines the result?
The ideal held steadily in mind attracts the necessary conditions for its fulfillment.
79. What is the result of a keen analytical observation?
The development of imagination, insight, perception and sagacity.
80. To what do these lead?
Opulence and harmony.
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
08-02-2009, 01:20 AM
MASTERKEY PART 9
In this Part you may learn to fashion the tools by which you may build for yourself any condition you desire. If you wish to change conditions you must change yourself. Your whims, your wishes, your fancies, your ambitions may be thwarted at every step, but your inmost thoughts will find expression just as certainly as the plant springs from the seed.
Suppose, then, we desire to change conditions, how are we to bring this about? The reply is simple: By the law of growth. Cause and effect are as absolute and undeviating in the hidden realm of thought as in the world of material things.
Hold in mind the condition desired; affirm it as an already existing fact. This indicates the value of a powerful affirmation. By constant repetition it becomes a part of ourselves. We are actually changing ourselves; are making ourselves what we want to be.
Character is not a thing of chance, but it is the result of continued effort. If you are timid, vacillating, self-conscious, or if you are over-anxious or harassed by thoughts of fear or impending danger, remember that is axiomatic that "two things cannot exist in the same place at the same time."
Exactly the same thing is true in the mental and spiritual world; so that your remedy is plainly to substitute thoughts of courage, power, self-reliance and confidence, for those of fear, lack and limitation.
The easiest and most natural way to do this is to select an affirmation which seems to fit your particular case.
The positive thought will destroy the negative as certainly as light destroys darkness, and the results will be just as effectual.
Act is the blossom of thought, and conditions are the result of action, so that you constantly have in your possession the tools by which you will certainly and inevitably make or unmake yourself, and joy or suffering will be the reward.
PART NINE
1. There are only three things which can possibly be desired in the "world without" and each of them can be found in the "world within." The secret of finding them is simply to apply the proper "mechanism" of attachment to the omnipotent power to which each individual has access.
2. The three things which all mankind desires and which are necessary for his highest expression and complete development are Health, Wealth and Love. All will admit that Health is absolutely essential; no one can be happy if the physical body is in pain. All will not so readily admit that Wealth is necessary, but all must admit that a sufficient supply at least is necessary, and what would be considered sufficient for one, would be considered absolute and painful lack for another; and as Nature provides not only enough but abundantly, wastefully, lavishly, we realize that any lack or limitation is only the limitation which has been made by an artificial method of distribution.
3. All will probably admit that Love is the third, or maybe some will say the first essential necessary to the happiness of mankind; at any rate, those who possess all three, Health, Wealth, and Love, find nothing else which can be added to their cup of happiness.
4. We have found that the Universal substance is "All Health," "All Substance" and "All Love" and that the mechanism of attachment whereby we can consciously connect with this Infinite supply is in our method of thinking. To think correctly is therefore to enter into the "Secret Place of the Most High."
5. What shall we think? If we know this we shall have found the proper mechanism of attachment which will relate us to "Whatsoever things we desire." This mechanism may seem very simple when I give it to you, but read on; you will find that it is in reality the "Master Key," the "Aladdin's lamp," if you please; you will find that it is the foundation, the imperative condition, the absolute law of well-doing, which means, well-being.
6. To think correctly, accurately, we must know the "Truth." The truth then is the underlying principle in every business or social relation. It is a condition precedent to every right action. To know the truth, to be sure, to be confident, affords a satisfaction beside which no other is at all comparable; it is the only solid ground in a world of doubt, conflict and danger.
7. To know the Truth is to be in harmony with the Infinite and Omnipotent power. To know the truth is, therefore, to connect yourself with a power which is irresistible and which will sweep away every kind of discord, inharmony, doubt or error of any kind, because the "Truth is mighty and will prevail."
8. The humblest intellect can readily foretell the result of any action when he knows that it is based on truth, but the mightiest intellect, the most profound and penetrating mind loses its way hopelessly and can form no conception of the results which may ensue when his hopes are based on a premise which he knows to be false.
9. Every action which is not in harmony with Truth, whether through ignorance or design, will result in discord, and eventual loss in proportion to its extent and character.
10. How then are we to know the truth in order to attach this mechanism which will relate us to the Infinite?
11. We can make no mistake about this if we realize that truth is the vital principle of the Universal Mind and is Omnipresent. For instance, if you require health, a realization of the fact that the "I" in you is spiritual and that all spirit is one; that wherever a part is the whole must be, will bring about a condition of health, because every cell in the body must manifest the truth as you see it. If you see sickness; they will manifest sickness; if you see perfection they must manifest perfection. The affirmation, "I am whole, perfect, strong, powerful, loving, harmonious and happy", will bring about harmonious conditions. The reason for this is because the affirmation is in strict accordance with the Truth, and when truth appears every form of error or discord must necessarily disappear.
12. You have found that the "I" is spiritual, it must necessarily then always be no less than perfect, the affirmation. "I am whole, perfect, strong, powerful, loving, harmonious and happy" is therefore an exact scientific statement.
13. Thought is a spiritual activity and spirit is creative, therefore the result of holding this thought in mind, must necessarily bring about conditions in harmony with the thought.
14. If you require Wealth a realization of the fact that the "I" in you is one with the Universal mind which is all substance, and is Omnipotent, will assist you in bringing into operation the law of attraction which will bring you into vibration with those forces which make for success and bring about conditions of power and affluence in direct proportion with the character and purpose of your affirmation.
15. Visualization is the mechanism of the attachment which you require. Visualization is a very different process from seeing; seeing is physical, and is therefore related to the objective world, the "world without," but Visualization is a product of the imagination, and is therefore a product of the subjective mind, the "world within." It therefore possesses vitality; it will grow. The thing visualized will manifest itself in form. The mechanism is perfect; it was created by the Master Architect who "doeth all things well," but unfortunately sometimes the operator is inexperienced or inefficient, but practice and determination will overcome this defect.
16. If you require Love try to realize that the only way to get love is by giving it, that the more you give the more you will get, and the only way in which you can give it, is to fill yourself with it, until you become a magnet. The method was explained in another lesson.
17. He who has learned to bring the greatest spiritual truths into touch with the so-called lesser things of life has discovered the secret of the solution of his problem. One is always quickened, made more thoughtful, by his nearness of approach to great ideas, great events, great natural objects, and great men. Lincoln is said to have begotten in all who came near him the feeling awakened when one approaches a mountain, and this sense asserts itself most keenly when one comes to realize that he has laid hold upon things that are eternal, the power of Truth.
18. It is sometimes an inspiration to hear from someone who has actually put these principles to the test, someone who has demonstrated them in their own life. A letter from Frederick Andrews offers the following insight:
19. I was about thirteen years old when Dr. T. W. Marsee, since passed over, said to my mother: "There is no possible chance, Mrs. Andrews. I lost my little boy the same way, after doing everything for him that it was possible to do. I have made a special study of these cases, and I know there is no possible chance for him to get well."
20. She turned to him and said: "Doctor, what would you do if he were your boy?" and he answered, "I would fight, fight, as long as there is a breath of life to fight for."
21. That was the beginning of a long drawn-out battle, with many ups and downs, the doctors all agreeing that there was no chance for a cure, though they encouraged and cheered us the best they could.
22. But at last the victory came, and I have grown from a little, crooked, twisted, cripple, going about on my hands and knees, to a strong, straight, well formed man.
23. Now, I know you want the formula, and I will give it to you as briefly and quickly as I can.
24. I built up an affirmation for myself, taking the qualities I most needed, and affirming for myself over and over again, "I am whole, perfect, strong, powerful, loving, harmonious and happy." I kept up this affirmation, always the same, never varying, till I could wake up in the night and find myself repeating, "I am whole, perfect, strong, powerful, loving, harmonious and happy." It was the last thing on my lips at night and the first thing in the morning.
25. Not only did I affirm it for myself, but for others that I knew needed it. I want to emphasize this point. Whatever you desire for yourself, affirm it for others, and it will help you both. We reap what we sow. If we send out thoughts of love and health, they return to us like bread cast upon the waters; but if we send out thoughts of fear, worry, jealousy, anger, hate, etc., we will reap the results in our own lives.
26. It used to be said that man is completely built over every seven years, but some scientists now declare that we build ourselves over entirely every eleven months; so we are really only eleven months old. If we build the defects back into our bodies year after year, we have no one to blame but ourselves.
27. Man is the sum total of his own thoughts; so the question is, how are we going to entertain only the good thoughts and reject the evil ones? At first we can't keep the evil thoughts from coming, but we can keep from entertaining them. The only way to do this is to forget them -- which means, get something for them. This is where the ready-made affirmation comes into play.
28. When a thought of anger, jealousy, fear or worry creeps in, just start your affirmation going. The way to fight darkness is with light -- the way to fight cold is with heat -- the way to overcome evils is with good. For myself, I never could find any help in denials. Affirm the good, and the bad will vanish. - Frederick Elias Andrews
29. If there is anything you require, it will be well for you to make use of this affirmation; it cannot be improved upon. Use it just as it is; take it into the silence with you, until it sinks into your subconsciousness, so that you can use it anywhere, in your car, in the office, at home; this is the advantage of spiritual methods; they are always available. Spirit is omnipresent, every ready; all that is required is a proper recognition of its omnipotence, and a willingness or desire to become the recipient of its beneficent effects.
30. If our predominant mental attitude is one of power, courage, kindliness and sympathy, we shall find that our environment will reject conditions in correspondence with these thoughts; if it is weak, critical, envious and destructive, we shall find our environment reflecting conditions corresponding to these thoughts.
31. Thoughts are causes and conditions are effects. Herein is the explanation of the origin of both good and evil. Thought is creative and will automatically correlate with its object. This is a Cosmological law (a universal law), the law of Attraction, the law of Cause and Effect; the recognition and application of this law will determine both beginning and end; it is the law by which in all ages and in all times the people were led to believe in the power of prayer. "As thy faith is, so be it unto thee," is simply another, shorter and a better way of stating it.
32. This week visualize a plant; take a flower, the one you most admire, bring it from the unseen into the seen, plant the tiny seed, water it, care for it, place it where it will get the direct rays of the morning sun, see the seed burst; it is now a living thing, something which is alive and beginning to search for the means of subsistence. See the roots penetrating the earth, watch them shoot out in all directions and remember that they are living cells dividing and subdividing, and that they will soon number millions, that each cell is intelligent, that it knows what is wants and knows how to get it. See the stem shoot forward and upward, watch it burst through the surface of the earth, see it divide and form branches, see how perfect and symmetrical each branch is formed, see the leaves begin to form, and then the tiny stems, each one holding aloft a bud, and as you watch you see the bud begin to unfold and your favorite flower comes to view; and now if you will concentrate intently you will become conscious of a fragrance; it is the fragrance of the flower as the breeze gently sways the beautiful creation which you have visualized.
33. When you are enabled to make your vision clear and complete you will be enabled to enter into the spirit of a thing; it will become very real to you; you will be learning to concentrate and the process is the same, whether you are concentrating on health, a favorite flower, an ideal, a complicated business proposition or any other problem of life.
34. Every success has been accomplished by persistent concentration upon the object in view.
QUESTIONS:
81. What is the imperative condition of all well-being?
Well doing.
82. What is the condition precedent to every right action?
Right thinking.
83. What is the underlying condition necessary in every business transaction or social relation?
To know the Truth.
84. What is the result of a knowledge of the Truth?
We can readily predict the result of any action that is based upon a true premise.
85. What is the result of any action based upon a false premise?
We can form no conception of the results which may ensue.
86. How may we know the Truth?
By a realization of the fact that Truth is the vital principle of the Universe and is therefore omnipresent.
87. What is the nature of Truth?
It is spiritual.
88. What is the secret of the solution to every problem?
To apply spiritual Truth.
89. What is the advantage of spiritual methods?
They are always available.
90. What are the necessary requirements?
A recognition of the omnipotence of spiritual power and a desire to become the recipient of its beneficent effects.
Thought means life, since those who do not think do not live in any high or real sense. Thinking makes the man.
A. B. Alcott
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
08-02-2009, 01:20 AM
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
part 10
If you get a thorough understanding of the thought contained in Part Ten, you will have learned that nothing happens without a definite cause. You will be enabled to formulate your plans in accordance with exact knowledge. You will know how to control any situation by bringing adequate causes into play. When you win, as you will, you will know exactly why.
The ordinary man, who has no definite knowledge of cause and effect, is governed by his feelings or emotions.
He thinks chiefly to justify his action. If he fails as a businessman, he says that luck is against him. If he dislikes music, he says that music is an expensive luxury. If he is a poor office man, he says that he could succeed better at some outdoor work. If he lacks friends, he says his individuality is too fine to be appreciated.
He never thinks his problem through to the end. In short, he does not know that every effect is the result of a certain definite cause, but he seeks to console himself with explanations and excuses. He thinks only in self-defence.
On the contrary, the man who understands that there is no effect without an adequate cause thinks impersonally. He gets down to bedrock facts regardless of consequences. He is free to follow the trail of truth wherever it may lead. He sees the issue clear to the end, and he meets the requirements fully and fairly, and the result is that the world gives him all that it has to give, in friendship, honor, love and approval.
PART TEN
1. Abundance is a natural law of the Universe. The evidence of this law is conclusive; we see it on every hand. Everywhere Nature is lavish, wasteful, extravagant. Nowhere is economy observed in any created thing. Profusion is manifested in everything. The millions and millions of trees and flowers and plants and animals and the vast scheme of reproduction where the process of creating and recreating is forever going on, all indicates the lavishness with which Nature has made provision for man. That there is an abundance for everyone is evident, but that many fail to participate in this abundance is also evident; they have not yet come into a realization of the Universality of all substance, and that mind is the active principle whereby we are related to the things we desire.
2. All wealth is the offspring of power; possessions are of value only as they confer power. Events are significant only as they affect power; all things represent certain forms and degrees of power.
3. Knowledge of cause and effect as shown by the laws governing electricity, chemical affinity and gravitation, enables man to plan courageously and execute fearlessly. These laws are called Natural Laws, because they govern in the physical world, but all power is not physical power; there is also mental power, and there is moral and spiritual power.
4. Spiritual power is superior because it exists on a higher plane. It has enabled man to discover the law by which these wonderful forces of Nature could be harnessed and made to do the work of hundreds and thousands of men. It has enabled man to discover laws whereby time and space have been annihilated and the law of gravitation to be overcome. The operation of this law is dependent upon spiritual contact, as Henry Drummond well says:
5. "In the physical world as we know it, there exists the organic and the inorganic. The inorganic of the mineral world is absolutely cut off from the plant or animal world; the passage is hermetically sealed. These barriers have never yet been crossed. No change of substance, no modification of environment, no chemistry, no electricity, no form of energy, no evolution of any kind can ever endow a single atom of the mineral world with the attribute of Life."
6. "Only by the bending down into this dead world of some living form can those dead atoms be gifted with the properties of vitality; without this contact with life they remain fixed in the inorganic sphere forever. Huxley says that the doctrine of Biogenesis (or life only from life) is victorious all along the line, and Tyndall is compelled to say: 'I affirm that no shred of trustworthy evidence exists to prove that life in our day has ever appeared independent of antecedent life.'
7. "Physical laws may explain the inorganic, Biology explains and accounts for the development of the organic, but of the point of contact Science is silent. A similar passage exists between the Natural world and the Spiritual world; this passage is hermetically sealed on the natural side. The door is closed; no man can open it, no organic change, no mental energy, no moral effort, no progress of any kind can enable any human being to enter the spiritual world."
8. But as the plant reaches down into the mineral world and touches it with the mystery of Life, so the Universal Mind reaches down into the human mind and endows it with new, strange, wonderful and even marvelous qualities. All men or women who have every accomplished anything in the world of industry, commerce or art have accomplished because of this process.
9. Thought is the connecting link between the Infinite and the finite, between the Universal and the individual. We have seen that there is an impassable barrier between the organic and the inorganic, and that the only way that matter can unfold is to be impregnated with life; as a seed reaches down into the mineral world and begins to unfold and reach out, the dead matter begins to live, a thousand invisible fingers begin to weave a suitable environment for the new arrival, and as the law of growth begins to take effect, we see the process continue until the Lily finally appears, and even "Solomon in all his glory was not arrayed like one of these".
10. Even so, a thought is dropped into the invisible substance of the Universal Mind, that substance from which all things are created, and as it takes root, the law of growth begins to take effect and we find that conditions and environment are but the objective form of our thought.
11. The law is that Thought is an active vital form of dynamic energy which has the power to correlate with its object and bring it out of the invisible substance from which all things are created into the visible or objective world. This is the law by which, and through which all things come into manifestation; it is the Master Key by which you are admitted into the Secret Place of the Most High and are "given dominion over all things." With an understanding of this law you may "decree a thing and it shall be established unto thee."
12. It could not be otherwise; if the soul of the Universe as we know it is the Universal Spirit, then the Universe is simply the condition which the Universal Spirit has made for itself. We are simply individualized spirit and are creating the conditions for our growth in exactly the same way.
13. This creative power depends upon our recognition of the potential power of spirit or mind and must not be confused with Evolution. Creation is the calling into existence of that which does not exist in the objective world. Evolution is simply the unfolding of potentialities involved in things which already exist.
14. In taking advantage of the wonderful possibilities opened up to us through the operation of this law, we must remember that we ourselves contribute nothing to its efficacy as the Great Teacher said: "It is not I that doeth the works, but the Father that dwelleth in me, He doeth the work". We must take exactly the same position; we can do nothing to assist in the manifestation, we simply comply with the law, and the All-originating Mind will bring about the result.
15. The great error of the present day is the idea that Man has to originate the intelligence whereby the Infinite can proceed to bring about a specific purpose or result. Nothing of this kind is necessary; the Universal Mind can be depended upon to find the ways and means for bringing about any necessary manifestation. We must, however, create the ideal, and this ideal should be perfect.
16. We know that the laws governing Electricity have been formulated in such a way that this invisible power can be controlled and used for our benefit and comfort in thousands of ways. We know that messages are carried around the world, that ponderous machinery does its bidding, that it now illuminates practically the whole world, but we know too that if we consciously or ignorantly violate its law by touching a live wire, when it is not properly insulated, the result will be unpleasant and possibly disastrous. A lack of understanding of the laws governing in the invisible world has the same result, and many are suffering the consequences all the time.
17. It has been explained that the law of causation depends upon polarity, a circuit must be formed; this circuit cannot be formed unless we operate in harmony with the law. How shall we operate in harmony with the law unless we know what the law is? How shall we know what the Law is? By study, by observation.
18. We see the law in operation everywhere; all nature testifies to the operation of the law by silently, constantly expressing itself in the law of growth. Where there is growth, there must be life; where there is life there must be harmony, so that everything that has life is constantly attracting to itself the conditions and the supply which is necessary for its most complete expression.
19. If your thought is in harmony with the creative Principle of Nature, it is in tune with the Infinite Mind, and it will form the circuit, it will not return to you void; but it is possible for you to think thoughts that are not in tune with the Infinite, and when there is no polarity, the circuit is not formed. What, then, is the result? What is the result when a dynamo is generating electricity, the circuit is cut off and there is no outlet? The dynamo stops.
20. It will be exactly the same with you, if you entertain thoughts which are not in accordance with the Infinite and cannot therefore be polarized; there is no circuit, you are isolated, the thoughts cling to you, harass you, worry you, and finally bring about disease and possibly death; the physician may not diagnose the case exactly in this way, he may give it some fancy name which has been manufactured for the various ills which are the result of wrong thinking, but the cause is the same nevertheless.
21. Constructive thought must necessarily be creative, but creative thought must be harmonious, and this eliminates all destructive or competitive thought.
22. Wisdom, strength, courage and all harmonious conditions are the result of power and we have seen that all power is from within; likewise, every lack, limitation or adverse circumstance is the result of weakness, and weakness is simply absence of power; it comes from nowhere, it is nothing -- the remedy then is simply to develop power, and this is accomplished in exactly the same manner that all power is developed, by exercise.
23. This exercise consists in making an application of your knowledge. Knowledge will not apply itself. You must make the application. Abundance will not come to you out of the sky, neither will it drop into your lap, but a conscious realization of the law of attraction and the intention to bring it into operation for a certain, definite and specific purpose, and the will to carry out this purpose will bring about the materialization of your desire by a natural law of transference. If you are in business, it will increase and develop along regular channels, possibly new or unusual channels of distribution will be opened and when the law becomes fully operative, you will find that the things you seek are seeking you.
24. This week select a blank space on the wall, or any other convenient spot, from where you usually sit, mentally draw a black horizontal line about six inches long, try to see the line as plainly as though it were painted on the wall; now mentally draw two vertical lines connecting with this horizontal line at either end; now draw another horizontal line connecting with the two vertical lines; now you have a square. Try to see the square perfectly; when you can do so draw a circle within the square; now place a point in the center of the circle; now draw the point toward you about 10 inches; now you have a cone on a square base; you will remember that your work was all in black; change it to white, to red, to yellow.
25. If you can do this, you are making excellent progress and will soon be enabled to concentrate on any problem you may have in mind.
When any object or purpose is clearly held in thought, its precipitation, in tangible and visible form, is merely a question of time. The vision always precedes and itself determines the realization.
Lillian Whiting
questions:
91. What is Wealth?
Wealth is the offspring of power.
92. Of what value are possessions?
Possessions are of value only as they confer power.
93. Of what value is a knowledge of cause and effect?
It enables men to plan courageously and execute fearlessly.
94. How does life originate in the inorganic world?
Only by the introduction of some living form. There is no other way.
95. What is the connecting link between the finite and the Infinite?
Thought is the connecting link.
96. Why is that so?
Because the Universal can manifest only through the individual.
97. Upon what does causation depend?
Upon polarity; a circuit must be formed; the Universal is the positive side of the battery of life, the individual is the negative, and thought forms the circuit.
98. Why do many fail to secure harmonious conditions?
They do not understand the law; there is no polarity; they have not formed the circuit.
99. What is the remedy?
A conscious recognition of the law of attraction with the intention of bring it into existence for a definite purpose.
100. What will be the result?
Thought will correlate with its object and bring it into manifestation, because thought is a product of the spiritual man, and spirit is the creative Principle of the Universe.
A vivid thought brings the power to paint it; and in proportion to the depth of its source is the force of its projection.
Emerson
THE eXchanger
08-02-2009, 01:20 AM
masterkey part 11
Your life is governed by law - by actual, immutable principles that never vary. Law is in operation at all times; in all places. Fixed laws underlie all human actions. For this reason, men who control giant industries are enabled to determine with absolute precision just what percentage of every hundred thousand people will respond to any given set of conditions.
It is well, however, to remember that while every effect is the result of a cause, the effect in turn becomes a cause, which creates other effects, which in turn create still other causes; so that when you put the law of attraction into operation you must remember that you are starting a train of causation for good or otherwise which may have endless possibilities.
We frequently hear it said, "A very distressing situation came into my life, which could not have been the result of my thought, as I certainly never entertained any thought which could have such a result." We fail to remember that like attracts like in the mental world, and that the thought which we entertain brings to us certain friendships, companionships of a particular kind, and these in turn bring about conditions and environment, which in turn are responsible for the conditions of which we complain.
PART ELEVEN
1. Inductive reasoning is the process of the objective mind by which we compare a number of separate instances with one another until we see the common factor that gives rise to them all.
2. Induction proceeds by comparison of facts; it is this method of studying nature which has resulted in the discovery of a reign of law which has marked an epoch in human progress.
3. It is the dividing line between superstition and intelligence; it has eliminated the elements of uncertainty and caprice from men's lives and substituted law, reason, and certitude.
4. It is the "Watchman at the Gate" mentioned in a former lesson.
5. When, by virtue of this principle, the world to which the senses were accustomed had been revolutionized; when the sun had been arrested in his course, the apparently flat earth had been shaped into a ball and set whirling around him; when the inert matter had been resolved into active elements, and the universe presented itself wherever we directed the telescope and microscope, full of force, motion and life; we are constrained to ask by what possible means the delicate forms of organization in the midst of it are kept in order and repair.
6. Like poles and like forces repel themselves or remain impenetrable to each other, and this cause seems in general sufficient to assign a proper place and distance to stars, men and forces. As men of different virtues enter into partnership, so do opposite poles attract each other, elements that have no property in common like acids and gases cling to each other in preference and a general exchange is kept up between the surplus and the demand.
7. As the eye seeks and receives satisfaction from colors complementary to those which are given, so does need, want and desire, in the largest sense, induce, guide and determine action.
8. It is our privilege to become conscious of the principle and act in accordance with it. Cuvier sees a tooth belonging to an extinct race of animals. This tooth wants a body for the performance of its function, and it defines the peculiar body it stands in need of with such precision that Cuvier is able to reconstruct the frame of this animal.
9. Perturbations are observed in the motion of Uranus. Leverrier needs another star at a certain place to keep the solar system in order, and Neptune appears in the place and hour appointed.
10. The instinctive wants of the animal and the intellectual wants of Cuvier, the wants of nature and of the mind of Leverrier were alike, and thus the results; here the thoughts of an existence, there an existence. A well-defined lawful want, therefore, furnishes the reason for the more complex operations of nature.
11. Having recorded correctly the answers furnished by nature and stretched our senses with the growing science over her surface; having joined hands with the levers that move the earth; we become conscious of such a close, varied and deep contact with the world without, that our wants and purposes become no less identified with the harmonious operations of this vast organization, than the life, liberty, and happiness of the citizen is identified with the existence of his government.
12. As the interests of the individual are protected by the arms of the country, added to his own; and his needs may depend upon certain supply in the degree that they are felt more universally and steadily; in the same manner does conscious citizenship in the Republic of nature secure us from the annoyances of subordinate agents by alliance with superior powers; and by appeal to the fundamental laws of resistance or inducement offered to mechanical or chemical agents, distribute the labor to be performed between them and man to the best advantage of the inventor.
13. If Plato could have witnessed the pictures executed by the sun with the assistance of the photographer, or a hundred similar illustrations of what man does by induction, he would perhaps have been reminded of the intellectual midwifery of his master and, in his own mind might have arisen the vision of a land where all manual, mechanical labor and repetition is assigned to the power of nature, where our wants are satisfied by purely mental operations set in motion by the will, and where the supply is created by the demand.
14. However distant that land may appear, induction has taught men to make strides toward it and has surrounded him with benefits which are, at the same time, rewards for past fidelity and incentives for more assiduous devotion.
15. It is also an aid in concentrating and strengthening our faculties for the remaining part, giving unerring solution for individual as well as universal problems, by the mere operations of mind in the purest form.
16. Here we find a method, the spirit of which is, to believe that what is sought has been accomplished, in order to accomplish it: a method, bequeathed upon us by the same Plato who, outside of this sphere, could never find how the ideas became realities.
17. This conception is also elaborated by Swedenborg in his doctrine of correspondences; and a still greater teacher has said, "What things soever ye desire, when ye pray, believe that ye receive them, and ye shall have them." (Mark 11:24) The difference of the tenses in this passage is remarkable.
18. We are first to believe that our desire has already been fulfilled, its accomplishment will then follow. This is a concise direction for making use of the creative power of thought by impressing on the Universal subjective mind, the particular thing which we desire as an already existing fact.
19. We are thus thinking on the plane of the absolute and eliminating all consideration of conditions or limitation and are planting a seed which, if left undisturbed, will finally germinate into external fruition.
20. To review: Inductive reasoning is the process of the objective mind, by which we compare a number of separate instances with one another until we see the common factor that gives rise to them all. We see people in every civilized country on the globe, securing results by some process which they do not seem to understand themselves, and to which they usually attach more or less mystery. Our reason is given to us for the purpose of ascertaining the law by which these results are accomplished.
21. The operation of this thought process is seen in those fortunate natures that possess everything that others must acquire by toil, who never have a struggle with conscience because they always act correctly, and can never conduct themselves otherwise than with tact, learn everything easily, complete everything they begin with a happy knack, live in eternal harmony with themselves, without ever reflecting much what they do, or ever experiencing difficulty or toil.
22. The fruit of this thought is, as it were, a gift of the gods, but a gift which few as yet realize, appreciate, or understand. The recognition of the marvelous power which is possessed by the mind under proper conditions and the fact that this power can be utilized, directed, and made available for the solution of every human problem is of transcendental importance.
23. All truth is the same, whether stated in modern scientific terms or in the language of apostolic times. There are timid souls who fail to realize that the very completeness of truth requires various statements -- that no one human formula will show every side of it.
24. Changing, emphasis, new language, novel interpretations, unfamiliar perspectives, are not, as some suppose, signs of departure from truth but on the contrary, they are evidence that the truth is being apprehended in new relations to human needs, and is becoming more generally understood.
25. The truth must be told to each generation and to every people in new and different terms, so that when the Great Teacher said -- "Believe that ye receive and ye shall receive" or, when Paul said -- "Faith is the substance of things hoped for, the evidence of things not seen" or, when modern science says -- "The law of attraction is the law by which thought correlates with its object", each statement when subjected to analysis, is found to contain exactly the same truth. The only difference being in the form of presentation.
26. We are standing on the threshold of a new era. The time has arrived when man has learned the secrets of mastery and the way is being prepared for a new social order, more wonderful than anything every heretofore dreamed of. The conflict of modern science with theology, the study of comparative religions, the tremendous power of new social movements, all of these are but clearing the way for the new order. They may have destroyed traditional forms which have become antiquated and impotent, but nothing of value has been lost.
27. A new faith has been born, a faith which demands a new form of expression, and this faith is taking form in a deep consciousness of power which is being manifested, in the present spiritual activity found on every hand.
Return to top
28. The spirit which sleeps in the mineral, breathes in the vegetable, moves in the animal and reaches its highest development in man is the Universal Mind, and it behooves us to span the gulf between being and doing, theory and practice, by demonstrating our understanding of the dominion which we have been given.
29. By far the greatest discovery of all the centuries is the power of thought. The importance of this discovery has been a little slow in reaching the general consciousness, but it has arrived, and already in every field of research the importance of this greatest of all great discoveries is being demonstrated.
30. You ask in what does the creative power of thought consist? It consists in creating ideas, and these in turn objectify themselves by appropriating, inventing, observing, discerning, discovering, analyzing, ruling, governing, combining, and applying matter and force. It can do this because it is an intelligent creative power.
31. Thought reaches its loftiest activity when plunged into its own mysterious depth; when it breaks through the narrow compass of self and passes from truth to truth to the region of eternal light, where all which is, was or ever will be, melt into one grand harmony.
32. From this process of self contemplation comes inspiration which is creative intelligence, and which is undeniably superior to every element, force or law of nature, because it can understand, modify, govern and apply them to its own ends and purposes and therefore possess them.
33. Wisdom begins with the dawn of reason, and reason is but an understanding of the knowledge and principles whereby we may know the true meaning of things. Wisdom, then, is illuminated reason, and this wisdom leads to humility, for humility is a large part of Wisdom.
34. We all know many who have achieved the seemingly impossible, who have realized life-long dreams, who have changed everything including themselves. We have sometimes marveled at the demonstration of an apparently irresistible power, which seemed to be ever available just when it was most needed, but it is all clear now. All that is required is an understanding of certain definite fundamental principles and their proper application.
35. For your exercise this week, concentrate on the quotation taken from the Bible, "Whatsoever things ye desire, when ye pray, believe that ye receive them and ye shall have them"; notice that there is no limitation, "Whatsoever things" is very definite and implies that the only limitation which is placed upon us in our ability to think, to be equal to the occasion, to rise to the emergency, to remember that Faith is not a shadow, but a substance, "the substance of things hoped for, the evidence of things not seen."
Death is but the natural process whereby all material forms are thrown into the crucible for reproduction in fresh diversity.
QUESTIONS:
101. What is inductive reasoning?
The process of the objective mind by which we compare a number of separate instances with each other until we see the common factor which gives rise to them all.
102. What has this method of studying accomplished?
It has resulted in the discovery of a reign of law which has marked an epoch in human progress.
103. What is it that guides and determines action?
It is need, want and desire which in the largest sense induce, guide and determine action.
104. What is the formula for the unerring solution of every individual problem?
We are to believe that our desire has already been fulfilled; its accomplishment will then follow.
105. What great Teachers advocated it?
Jesus, Plato, Swedenborg.
106. What is the result of this thought process?
We are thinking on the plane of the absolute and planting a seed, which if left undisturbed will germinate into fruition.
107. Why is it scientifically exact?
Because it is Natural Law.
108. What is Faith?
"Faith is the substance of things hoped for, the evidence of things unseen."
109. What is the Law of Attraction?
The Law by which Faith is brought into manifestation.
110. What importance do you attach to an understanding of this law?
It has eliminated the elements of uncertainty and caprice from men's lives and substituted law, reason, and certitude.
+ xxxx
THE eXchanger
08-02-2009, 01:21 AM
part 12 - masterkey
Part Twelve is enclosed herewith. In the fourth paragraph you will find the following statement: "You must first have the knowledge of your power; second, the courage to dare; third, the faith to do." If you concentrate upon the thoughts given, if you give them your entire attention, you will find a world of meaning in each sentence, and will attract to yourself other thoughts in harmony with them, and you will soon grasp the full significance of the vital knowledge upon which you are concentrating.
Knowledge does not apply itself; we as individuals must make the application, and the application consists in fertilizing the thought with a living purpose.
The time and thought which most persons waste in aimless effort would accomplish wonders if properly directed with some special object in view. In order to do this, it is necessary to center your mental force upon a specific thought and hold it there, to the exclusion of all other thoughts. If you have ever looked through the viewfinder of a camera, you found that when the object was not in focus, the impression was indistinct and possibly blurred, but when the proper focus was obtained the picture was clear and distinct. This illustrates the power of concentration. Unless you can concentrate upon the object which you have in view, you will have but a hazy, indifferent, vague, indistinct and blurred outline of your ideal and the results will be in accordance with your mental picture.
PART TWELVE
1. There is no purpose in life that cannot be best accomplished through a scientific understanding of the creative power of thought.
2. This power to think is common to all. Man is, because he thinks. Man's power to think is infinite, consequently his creative power is unlimited.
3. We know that thought is building for us the thing we think of and actually bringing it nearer, yet we find it difficult to banish fear, anxiety or discouragement, all of which are powerful thought forces, and which continually send the things we desire further away, so that it is often one step forward and two steps backward.
4. The only way to keep from going backward is to keep going forward. Eternal vigilance is the price of success. There are three steps, and each one is absolutely essential. You must first have the knowledge of your power; second, the courage to dare; third, the faith to do.
5. With this as a basis you can construct an ideal business, an ideal home, ideal friends, and an ideal environment. You are not restricted as to material or cost. Thought is omnipotent and has the power to draw on the Infinite bank of primary substance for all that it requires. Infinite resources are therefore at your command.
6. But your ideal must be sharp, clear-cut, definite; to have one ideal today, another tomorrow, and a third next week, means to scatter your forces and accomplish nothing; your result will be a meaningless and chaotic combination of wasted material.
7. Unfortunately this is the result which many are securing, and the cause is self evident. If a sculptor started out with a piece of marble and a chisel and changed his ideal every fifteen minutes, what result could he expect? And why should you expect any different result in molding the greatest and most plastic of all substances, the only real substance?
8. The result of this indecision and negative thought is often found in the loss of material wealth. Supposed independence which required many years of toil and effort suddenly disappears. It is often found then that money and property are not independence at all. On the contrary, the only independence is found to be a practical working knowledge of the creative power of thought.
9. This practical working method cannot come to you until you learn that the only real power which you can have is the power to adjust yourself to Divine and unchangeable principles. You cannot change the Infinite, but you can come into an understanding of Natural laws. The reward of this understanding is a conscious realization of your ability to adjust your thought faculties with the Universal Thought which is Omnipresent. Your ability to cooperate with this Omnipotence will indicate the degree of success with which you meet.
10. The power of thought has many counterfeits which are more or less fascinating, but the results are harmful instead of helpful.
11. Of course, worry, fear, and all negative thoughts produce a crop after their kind; those who harbor thoughts of this kind must inevitably reap what they have sown.
12. Again, there are the Phenomena seekers who gormandize on the so-called proofs and demonstration obtained at materializing séances. They throw open their mental doors and soak themselves in the most poisonous currents which can be found in the psychic world. They do not seem to understand that it is the ability to become negative, receptive and passive, and thus drain themselves of all their vital force, which enables them to bring about these vibratory thought forms.
13. There are also the Hindu worshippers, who see in the materializing phenomena which are performed by the so-called adepts, a source of power, forgetting, or never seeming to realize that as soon as the will is withdrawn the forms wither, and the vibratory forces of which they are composed vanish.
14. Telepathy, or thought transference, has received considerable attention, but as it requires a negative mental state on the part of the receiver, the practice is harmful. A thought may be sent with the intention of hearing or seeing, but it will bring the penalty attached to the inversion of the principle involved.
15. In many instances, hypnotism is positively dangerous to the subject as well as the operator. No one familiar with the laws governing in the mental world would think of attempting to dominate the will of another, for by so doing, he will gradually (but surely) divest himself of his own power.
16. All of these perversions have their temporary satisfaction and for some a keen fascination, but there is an infinitely greater fascination in a true understanding of the world of power within, a power which increases with use; is permanent instead of fleeing; which not only is potent as a remedial agency to bring about the remedy for past error or results of wrong thinking, but is a prophylactic agency protecting us from all manner and form of danger, and finally is an actual creative force with which we can build new conditions and new environment.
17. The law is that thought will correlate with its object and bring forth in the material world the correspondence of the thing thought or produced in the mental world. We then discern the absolute necessity of seeing that every thought has the inherent germ of truth in order that the law of growth will bring into manifestation good, for good alone can confer any permanent power.
18. The principle which gives the thought the dynamic power to correlate with its object, and therefore to master every adverse human experience, is the law of attraction, which is another name for love. This is an eternal and fundamental principle, inherent in all things, in every system of Philosophy, in every Religion, and in every Science. There is no getting away from the law of love. It is feeling that imparts vitality to thought. Feeling is desire, and desire is love. Thought impregnated with love becomes invincible.
19. We find this truth emphasized wherever the power of thought is understood, The Universal Mind is not only Intelligence, but it is substance, and this substance is the attractive force which brings electrons together by the law of attraction so that they form atoms; the atoms in turn are brought together by the same law and form molecules; molecules take objective forms; and so we find that the law of love is the creative force behind every manifestation, not only of atoms, but of worlds, of the Universe, of everything of which the imagination can form any conception.
20. It is the operation of this marvelous law of attraction which has caused men in all ages and all times to believe that there must be some personal being who responded to their petitions and desires, and manipulated events in order to comply with their requirements.
21. It is the combination of Thought and Love which forms the irresistible force, called the law of attraction. All natural laws are irresistible, the law of Gravitation, or Electricity, or any other law operates with mathematical exactitude. There is no variation; it is only the channel of distribution which may be imperfect. If a bridge falls, we do not attribute the collapse to any variation of the law of gravitation. If a light fails us, we do not conclude that the laws governing electricity cannot be depended upon, and if the law of attraction seems to be imperfectly demonstrated by an inexperienced or uninformed person, we are not to conclude that the greatest and most infallible law upon which the entire system of creation depends has been suspended. We should rather conclude that a little more understanding of the law is required, for the same reason that a correct solution of a difficult problem in Mathematics is not always readily and easily obtained.
22. Things are created in the mental or spiritual world before they appear in the outward act or event. by the simple process of governing our thought forces today, we help create the events which will come into our lives in the future, perhaps even tomorrow. Educated desire is the most potent means of bringing into action the law of attraction.
23. Man is so constituted that he must first create the tools, or implements by which he gains the power to think. The mind cannot comprehend an entirely new idea until a corresponding vibratory brain cell has been prepared to receive it. This explains why it is so difficult for us to receive or appreciate an entirely new idea; we have no brain cell capable of receiving it; we are therefore incredulous; we do not believe it.
24. If, therefore, you have not been familiar with the Omnipotence of the law of attraction, and the scientific method by which it can be put into operation, or if you have not been familiar with the unlimited possibilities which it opens to those who are enabled to take advantage of the resources it offers, begin now and create the necessary brain cells which will enable you to comprehend the unlimited powers which may be yours by cooperating with Natural Law. This is done by concentration or attention.
25. The intention governs the attention. Power comes through repose. It is by concentration that deep thoughts, wise speech, and all forces of high potentiality are accomplished.
26. It is in the Silence that you get into touch with the Omnipotent power of the subconscious mind from which all power is evolved.
27. He who desires wisdom, power, or permanent success of any kind will find it only within; it is an unfoldment. The unthinking may conclude that the silence is very simple and easily attained, but it should be remembered that only in absolute silence may one come into contact with Divinity itself; may learn of the unchangeable law and open for himself the channels by which persistent practice and concentration lead to perfection.
28. This week go to the same room, take the same chair, the same position as previously; be sure to relax, let go, both mentally and physically; always do this; never try to do any mental work under pressure; see that there are no tense muscles or nerves, that you are entirely comfortable. Now realize your unity with omnipotence; get into touch with this power, come into a deep and vital understanding, appreciation, and realization of the fact that your ability to think is your ability to act upon the Universal Mind, and bring it into manifestation, realize that it will meet any and every requirement; that you have exactly the same potential ability which any individual ever did have or ever will have, because each is but an expression or manifestation of the One, all are parts of the whole, there is no difference in kind or quality, the only difference being one of degree.
Thought cannot conceive of anything that may not be brought to expression. He who first uttered it may be only the suggester, but the doer will appear.
Wilson
questions:
111. How may any purpose in life be best accomplished?
Through a scientific understanding of the spiritual nature of thought.
112. What three steps are absolutely essential?
The knowledge of our power, the courage to dare, the faith to do.
113. How is the practical working knowledge secured?
By an understanding of Natural laws.
114. What is the reward of an understanding of these laws?
A conscious realization of our ability to adjust ourselves to Divine and unchanging principle.
115. What will indicate the degree of success with which we meet?
The degree in which we realize that we cannot change the Infinite but must cooperate with it.
116. What is the principle which gives thought its dynamic power?
The Law of Attraction which rests on vibration, which in turn rests upon the law of love. Thought impregnated with love becomes invincible.
117. Why is this law irresistible?
Because it is a Natural law. All Natural laws are irresistible and unchangeable and act with mathematical exactitude. There is no deviation or variation.
118. Why then does it sometimes seem to be difficult to find the solution to our problems in life?
For the same reason that it is sometimes difficult to find the correct solution to a difficult mathematical problem. The operator is uninformed or inexperienced.
119. Why is it impossible for the mind to grasp an entirely new idea?
We have no corresponding vibratory brain cell capable of receiving the idea.
120. How is wisdom secured?
By concentration; it is an unfoldment; it comes from within.
+ xxxx
THE eXchanger
08-02-2009, 01:21 AM
masterkey part 13
Physical science is responsible for the marvelous age of invention in which we are now living, but spiritual science is now setting out on a career whose possibilities no one can foretell.
Spiritual science has previously been the football of the uneducated, the superstitious, the mystical, but men are now interested in definite methods and demonstrated facts only.
We have come to know that thinking is a spiritual process, that vision and imagination preceded action and event, that the day of the dreamer has come.
The following lines by Mr. Herbert Kaufman are interesting in this connection.
"They are the architects of greatness, their vision lies within their souls, they peer beyond the veils and mists of doubt and pierce the walls of unborn Time. The belted wheel, the trail of steel, the churning screw, are shuttles in the loom on which they weave their magic tapestries. Makers of Empire, they have fought for bigger things than crowns and higher seats than thrones. Your homes are set upon the land a dreamer found. The pictures on its walls are visions from a dreamer's soul. They are the chose few -- the blazers of the way. Walls crumble and Empires fall, the tidal wave sweeps from the sea and tears a fortress from its rocks. The rotting nations drop off from Time's bough, and only things the dreamer's make live on."
Part Thirteen which follows tells why the dreams of the dreamer come true. It explains the law of causation by which dreamers, inventors, authors, financiers, bring about the realization of their desires. It explains the law by which the thing pictured upon our mind eventually becomes our own.
PART THIRTEEN
1. It has been the tendency, and, as might be proved, a necessity for science to seek the explanation of everyday facts by a generalization of those others which are less frequent and form the exception. Thus does the eruption of the volcano manifest the heat which is continually at work in the interior of the earth and to which the latter owes much of her configuration.
2. Thus does the lightning reveal a subtle power constantly busy to produce changes in the inorganic world, and, as dead languages now seldom heard were once ruling among the nations, so does a giant tooth in Siberia, or a fossil in the depth of the earth, not only bear record of the evolution of past ages, but thereby explains to us the origin of the hills and valleys which we inhabit today.
3. In this way a generalization of facts which are rare, strange, or form the exception, has been the magnetic needle guiding to all the discoveries of inductive science.
4. This method is founded upon reason and experience and thereby destroyed superstition, precedent and conventionality.
5. It is almost three-hundred years since Lord Bacon recommended this method of study, to which the civilized nations owe the greater part of their prosperity and the more valuable part of their knowledge; purging the mind from narrow prejudices, denominated theories, more effectually than by the keenest irony; calling the attention of men from heaven to earth more successfully by surprising experiments than by the most forcible demonstration of their ignorance; educating the inventive faculties more powerfully by the near prospect of useful discoveries thrown open to all, than by talk of bringing to light the innate laws of our mind.
6. The method of Bacon has seized the spirit and aim of the great philosophers of Greece and carried them into effect by the new means of observation which another age offered; thus gradually revealing a wondrous field of knowledge in the infinite space of astronomy, in the microscopic egg of embryology, and the dim age of geology; disclosing an order of the pulse which the logic of Aristotle could never have unveiled, and analyzing into formerly unknown elements the material combinations which no dialectic of the scholastics could force apart.
7. It has lengthened life; it has mitigated pain; it has extinguished diseases; it has increased the fertility of the soil; it has given new securities to the mariner; it has spanned great rivers with bridges of form unknown to our fathers; it has guided the thunderbolt from heaven to earth; it has lighted up night with the splendor of day; it has extended the range of human vision; it has multiplied the power of the human muscles; it has accelerated motion; it has annihilated distance; it has facilitated intercourse, correspondence, all friendly offices, all dispatch of business; it has enabled men to descend into the depths of the sea, to soar into the air, to penetrate securely into the noxious recesses of the earth.
8. This then is the true nature and scope of induction. But the greater the success which men have achieved in the inductive science, the more does the whole tenor of their teachings and example impress us with the necessity of observing carefully, patiently, accurately, with all the instruments and resources at our command the individual facts before venturing upon a statement of general laws.
9. To ascertain the bearing of the spark drawn from the electric machine under every variety of circumstances, that we thus may be emboldened with Franklin to address, in the form of a kite, the question to the cloud about the nature of the lightning. To assure ourselves of the manner in which bodies fall with the exactness of a Galileo, that with Newton we may dare to ask the moon about the force that fastens it to the earth.
10. In short, by the value we set upon truth, by our hope in a steady and universal progress, not to permit a tyrannical prejudice to neglect or mutilate unwelcome facts, but to rear the superstructure of science upon the broad and unchangeable basis, of full attention paid to the most isolated as well as the most frequent phenomena.
11. An ever-increasing material may be collected by observation, but the accumulated facts are of very different value for the explanation of nature, and as we esteem most highly those useful qualities of men which are of the rarest occurrence, so does natural philosophy sift the facts and attach a pre-eminent importance to that striking class which cannot be accounted for by the usual and daily observation of life.
12. If then, we find that certain persons seem to possess unusual power, what are we to conclude? First, we may say, it is not so, which is simply an acknowledgment of our lack of information because every honest investigator admits that there are many strange and previously unaccountable phenomena constantly taking place. Those, however, who become acquainted with the creative power of thought, will no longer consider them unaccountable.
13. Second, we may say that they are the result of supernatural interference, but a scientific understanding of Natural Laws will convince us that there is nothing supernatural. Every phenomenon is the result of an accurate definite cause, and the cause is an immutable law or principle, which operates with invariable precision, whether the law is put into operation consciously or unconsciously.
14. Third, we may say that we are on "forbidden ground," that there are some things which we should not know. This objection was used against every advance in human knowledge. Every individual who ever advanced a new idea, whether a Columbus, a Darwin, a Galileo, a Fulton or an Emerson, was subjected to ridicule or persecution; so that this objection should receive no serious consideration; but, on the contrary, we should carefully consider every fact which is brought to our attention; by doing this we will more readily ascertain the law upon which it is based.
15. It will be found that the creative power of thought will explain every possible condition or experience, whether physical, mental or spiritual.
16. Thought will bring about conditions in correspondence with the predominant mental attitude. Therefore, if we fear disaster, as fear is a powerful form of thought, disaster will be the certain result of our thinking. It is this form of thought which frequently sweeps away the result of many years of toil and effort.
17. If we think of some form of material wealth we may secure it. By concentrated thought the required conditions will be brought about, and the proper effort put forth, which will result in bringing about the circumstances necessary to realize our desires; but we often find that when we secure the things we thought we wanted, they do not have the effect we expected. That is, the satisfaction is only temporary, or possibly is the reverse of what we expected.
18. What, then, is the proper method of procedure? What are we to think in order to secure what we really desire? What you and I desire, what we all desire, what every one is seeking, is Happiness and Harmony. If we can be truly happy we shall have everything the world can give. If we are happy ourselves we can make others happy.
19. But we cannot be happy unless we have, health, strength, congenial friends, pleasant environment, sufficient supply, not only to take care of our necessities but to provide for those comforts and luxuries to which we are entitled.
20. The old orthodox way of thinking was to be "a worm," to be satisfied with our portion whatever it is; but the modern idea is to know that we are entitled to the best of everything, that the "Father and I are one" and that the "Father" is the Universal Mind, the Creator, the Original Substance from which all things proceed.
21. Now admitting that this is all true in theory, and it has been taught for two thousand years, and is the essence of every system of Philosophy or Religion, how are we to make it practical in our lives? How are we to get the actual, tangible results here and now?
22. In the first place, we must put our knowledge into practice. Nothing can be accomplished in any other way. The athlete may read books and lessons on physical training all his life, but unless he begins to give out strength by actual work he will never receive any strength; he will eventually get exactly what he gives; but he will have to give it first. It is exactly the same with us; we will get exactly what we give, but we shall have to give it first. It will then return to us many fold, and the giving is simply a mental process, because thoughts are causes and conditions are effects; therefore in giving thoughts of courage, inspiration, health or help of any kind we are setting causes in motion which will bring about their effect.
23. Thought is a spiritual activity and is therefore creative, but make no mistake, thought will create nothing unless it is consciously, systematically, and constructively directed; and herein is the difference between idle thinking, which is simply a dissipation of effort, and constructive thinking, which means practically unlimited achievement.
24. We have found that everything we get comes to us by the Law of Attraction. A happy thought cannot exist in an unhappy consciousness; therefore the consciousness must change, and, as the consciousness changes, all conditions necessary to meet the changed consciousness must gradually change, in order to meet the requirements of the new situation.
25. In creating a Mental Image or an Ideal, we are projecting a thought into the Universal Substance from which all things are created. This Universal Substance is Omnipresent, Omnipotent and Omniscient. Are we to inform the Omniscient as to the proper channel to be used to materialize our demand? Can the finite advise the Infinite? This is the cause of failure; of every failure. We recognize the Omnipresence of the Universal Substance, but we fail to appreciate the fact that this substance is not only Omnipresent, but is Omnipotent and Omniscient, and consequently will set causes in motion concerning which we may be entirely ignorant.
26. We can best conserve our interests by recognizing the Infinite Power and Infinite Wisdom of the Universal Mind, and in this way become a channel whereby the Infinite can bring about the realization of our desire. This means that recognition brings about realization, therefore for your exercise this week make use of the principle, recognize the fact that you are a part of the whole, and that a part must be the same in kind and quality as the whole; the only difference there can possibly by, is in degree.
27. When this tremendous fact begins to permeate your consciousness, when you really come into a realization of the fact that you (not your body, but the Ego), the "I," the spirit which thinks is an integral part of the great whole, that it is the same in substance, in quality, in kind, that the Creator could create nothing different from Himself, you will also be able to say, "The Father and I are one" and you will come into an understanding of the beauty, the grandeur, the transcendental opportunities which have been placed at your disposal.
Increase in me that wisdom Which discovers my truest interest, Strengthen my resolution To perform that which wisdom dictates.
Franklin
questions:
121. What is the method by which natural philosophers obtain and apply their knowledge?
To observe individual facts carefully, patiently, accurately, with all the instruments and resources at their command, before venturing upon a statement of general laws.
122. How may we be certain that this method is correct?
By not permitting a tyrannical prejudice to neglect or mutilate unwelcome facts.
123. What classes of facts are esteemed most highly?
Those which cannot be accounted for by the usual daily observation of life.
124. Upon what is this principle founded?
Upon reason and experience.
125. What does it destroy?
Superstition, precedent and conventionality.
126. How have these laws been discovered?
By a generalization of facts which are uncommon, rare, strange and form the exception.
27. How may we account for much of the strange and heretofore unexplainable phenomena which is constantly taking place?
Return to top
By the creative power of thought.
128. Why is this so?
Because when we learn of a fact we can be sure that it is the result of a certain definite cause and that this cause will operate with invariable precision.
129. What is the result of this knowledge?
It will explain the cause of every possible condition, whether physical, mental or spiritual.
130. How will our best interest be conserved?
By a recognition of the fact that a knowledge of the creative nature of thought puts us in touch with Infinite power.
+ xxxx
THE eXchanger
08-02-2009, 01:23 AM
masterkey part 14
You have found from your study thus far that thought is a spiritual activity and is therefore endowed with creative power. This does not mean that some thought is creative, but that all thought is creative. This same principle can be brought into operation in a negative way, through the process of denial.
The conscious and subconscious are but two phases of action in connection with one mind. The relation of the subconscious to the conscious is quite analogous to that existing between a weather vane and the atmosphere.
Just as the least pressure of the atmosphere causes an action on the part of the weather vane, so does the least thought entertained by the conscious mind produce within your subconscious mind action in exact proportion to the depth of feeling characterizing the thought and the intensity with which the thought is indulged.
It follows that if you deny unsatisfactory conditions, you are withdrawing the creative power of your thought from these conditions. You are cutting them away at the root. You are sapping their vitality.
Remember that the law of growth necessarily governs every manifestation in the objective, so that a denial of unsatisfactory conditions will not bring about instant change. A plant will remain visible for some time after its roots have been cut, but it will gradually fade away and eventually disappear, so the withdrawal of your thought from the contemplation of unsatisfactory conditions will gradually, but surely, terminate these conditions.
You will see that this is an exactly opposite course from the one which we would naturally be inclined to adopt.
It will therefore have an exactly opposite effect to the one usually secured. Most persons concentrate intently upon unsatisfactory conditions, thereby giving the condition that measure of energy and vitality which is necessary in order to supply a vigorous growth.
PART FOURTEEN
1. The Universal Energy in which all motion, light, heat, and color have their origin, does not partake of the limitation of the many effects of which it is the cause, but it is supreme over them all. This Universal Substance is the source of all Power, Wisdom and Intelligence.
2. To recognize this Intelligence is to acquaint yourself with the knowing quality of Mind and through it to move upon the Universal Substance, and bring it into harmonious relations in your affairs.
3. This is something that the most learned physical science teacher has not attempted -- a field of discovery upon which he has not yet launched; in fact, but few of the materialistic schools have ever caught the first ray of this light. It does not seem to have dawned upon them that wisdom is just as much present everywhere as are force and substance.
4. Some will say, if these principles are true, why are we not demonstrating them? As the fundamental principle is obviously correct, why do we not get proper results? We do. We get results in exact accordance with our understanding of the law and our ability to make the proper application. We secured no results from the laws governing electricity until someone formulated the law and showed us how to apply it.
5. This puts us in an entirely new relation to our environment, opening up possibilities previously undreamed of, and this by an orderly sequence of law which is naturally involved in our new mental attitude.
6. Mind is creative and the principle upon which this law is based is sound and legitimate and is inherent in the nature of things; but this creative power does not originate in the individual, but in the Universal, which is the source and fountain of all energy and substance, the individual is simply the channel for the distribution of this energy. The individual is the means by which the Universal produces the various combinations which result in the formation of phenomena.
7. We know that scientists have resolved matter into an immense number of molecules; these molecules have been resolved into atoms, and the atoms into electrons. The discovery of electrons in high vacuum glass tubes containing fused terminals of hard metal, indicates conclusively that these electrons fill all space; that they exist everywhere, that they are omnipresent. They fill all material bodies and occupy the whole of what we call empty space. This, then, is the Universal Substance from which all things proceed.
8. Electrons would forever remain electrons unless directed where to go to be assembled into atoms and molecules, and this director is Mind. A number of electrons revolving around a center of force constitutes an atom; atoms unite in absolutely regular mathematical ratios and form molecules, and these unite with each other to form a multitude of compounds which unite to build the Universe.
9. The lightest known atom is hydrogen and this is 1,700 times heavier than an electron. An atom of mercury is 300,000 times heavier than an electron. Electrons are pure negative electricity, and as they have the same potential velocity as all other cosmic energy, such as heat, light, electricity and thought, neither time nor space require consideration. The manner in which the velocity of light was ascertained is interesting.
10. The velocity of light was obtained by the Danish astronomer Roemer in 1676, by observing the eclipses of Jupiter's moons. When the earth was nearest to Jupiter, the eclipse appeared about eight and one-half minutes too soon for the calculations, and when the earth was most remote from Jupiter, they were about eight and one-half minutes too late. Roemer concluded the reason to be that it required 17 minutes for light from the planet to traverse the diameter of the earth's orbit, which measured the difference of the distances of the earth from Jupiter. This calculation has since been verified, and proves that light travels about 186,000 miles a second.
11. Electrons manifest in the body as cells, and possess mind and intelligence sufficient for them to perform their functions in the human physical anatomy. Every part of the body is composed of cells, some of which operate independently; others in communities. Some are busy building tissue, while others are engaged in forming the various secretions necessary for the body. Some act as carriers of material; others are the surgeons whose work it is to repair damage; others are scavengers, carrying off waste; others are constantly ready to repel invaders or other undesirable intruders of the germ family.
12. All these cells are moving for a common purpose and each one is not only a living organism, but has sufficient intelligence to enable it to perform its necessary duties. It is also endowed with sufficient intelligence to conserve the energies and perpetuate its own life. It must, therefore, secure sufficient nourishment and it has been found that it exercises choice in the selection of such nourishment.
13. Each cell is born, reproduces itself, dies and is absorbed. The maintenance of health and life itself depends upon the constant regeneration of these cells.
14. It is therefore apparent that there is mind in every atom of the body; this mind is negative mind, and the power of the individual to think makes him positive, so that he can control this negative mind. This is the scientific explanation for metaphysical healing, and will enable anyone to understand the principle upon which this remarkable phenomenon rests.
15. This negative mind, which is contained in every cell of the body, has been called the subconscious mind, because it acts without our conscious knowledge. We have found that this subconscious mind is responsive to the will of the conscious mind.
16. All things have their origin in mind, and appearances are the result of thought. So that we see that things in themselves have no origin, permanency, or reality. Since they are produced by thought, they can be erased by thought.
17. In mental, as in natural science, experiments are being made and each discovery lifts man one step higher toward his possible goal. We find that every man is the reflection of the thought he has entertained during his lifetime. This is stamped on his face, his form, his character, his environment.
18. Back of every effect there is a cause, and if we follow the trail to its starting point, we shall find the creative principle out of which it grew. Proofs of this are now so complete that this truth is generally accepted.
19. The objective world is controlled by an unseen and, heretofore, unexplainable power. We have, heretofore, personalized this power and called it God. We have now, however, learned to look upon it as the permeating essence or Principle of all that exists -- the Infinite or Universal Mind.
20. The Universal Mind, being infinite and omnipotent, has unlimited resources at its command, and when we remember that it is also omnipresent, we cannot escape the conclusion that we must be an expression or manifestation of that Mind.
21. A recognition and understanding of the resources of the subconscious mind will indicate that the only difference between the subconscious and the Universal is one of degree. They differ only as a drop of water differs from the ocean. They are the same in kind and quality, the difference is one of degree only.
22. Do you, can you, appreciate the value of this all-important fact; do you realize that a recognition of this tremendous fact places you in touch with Omnipotence? The subconscious mind being the connecting link between the Universal Mind and the conscious mind, is it not evident that the conscious mind can consciously suggest thoughts which the subconscious mind will put into action, and as the subconscious is one with the Universal, is it not evident that no limit can be placed upon its activities?
23. A scientific understanding of this principle will explain the wonderful results which are secured through the power of prayer. The results which are secured in this way are not brought about by any special dispensations of providence, but on the contrary, they are the result of the operation of a perfectly natural law. There is, therefore, nothing either religious or mysterious about it.
24. Yet there are many who are not ready to enter into the discipline necessary to think correctly, even though it is evident that wrong thinking has brought failure.
25. Thought is the only reality; conditions are but the outward manifestations; as the thought changes, all outward or material conditions must change in order to be in harmony with their creator, which is thought.
26. But the thought must be clear cut, steady, fixed, definite, unchangeable; you cannot take one step forward and two steps backward, neither can you spend twenty or thirty years of your life building up negative conditions as the result of negative thoughts, and then expect to see them all melt away as the result of fifteen or twenty minutes of right thinking.
27. If you enter into the discipline necessary to bring about a radical change in your life, you must do so deliberately, after giving the matter careful thought and full consideration, and then you must allow nothing to interfere with your decision.
28. This discipline, this change of thought, this mental attitude will not only bring you the material things which are necessary for your highest and best welfare, but will bring health and harmonious conditions generally.
29. If you wish harmonious conditions in your life, you must develop an harmonious mental attitude.
30. Your world without will be a reflection of your world within.
31. For your exercise this week, concentrate on Harmony, and when I say concentrate, I mean all that the word implies; concentrate so deeply, so earnestly, that you will be conscious of nothing but harmony. Remember, we learn by doing. Reading these lessons will get you nowhere. It is in the practical application that the value consists.
Learn to keep the door shut, keep out of your mind and out of your world, every element that seeks admittance with no definite helpful end in view.
George Mathew Adams
questions:
131. What is the source of all Wisdom, Power and Intelligence?
The Universal Mind.
132. Where do all motion, light, heat and color have their origin?
In the Universal Energy, which is one manifestation of the Universal Mind.
133. Where does the creative power of thought originate?
In the Universal Mind.
134. What is thought?
Mind in motion.
135. How is the Universal differentiated in form?
The individual is the means by which the Universal produces the various combinations which result in formation of phenomena.
136. How is this accomplished?
The power of the individual to think is his ability to act upon the Universal and bring it into manifestation.
137. What is the first form which the Universal takes so far as we know?
Electrons, which fill all space.
138. Where do all things have their origin?
In mind.
139. What is the result of a change of thought?
A change in conditions.
140. What is the result of a harmonious mental attitude?
Harmonious conditions in life.
Thought, immaterial though it may be, is the matrix that shapes the issues of life.
The mind has been active in all fields during this fruitful century,
but it is to science we must look for the thoughts that have shaped all thinking.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Master Key System by Charles F. Haanel (1912) - Study Questions with Answers
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
08-02-2009, 01:29 AM
- MASTERKEY PART 15
Experiments with parasites found on plants indicate that even the lowest order of life is enabled to take advantage of natural law. This experiment was made by Jacques Loch, M.D., Ph. D., a member of the Rockefeller Institute.
"In order to obtain the material, potted rose bushes are brought into a room and placed in front of a closed window. If the plants are allowed to dry out, the aphids (parasites), previously wingless, change to winged insects. After the metamorphosis, the animals leave the plants, fly to the window and then creep upward on the glass."
It is evident that these tiny insects found that the plants on which they had been thriving were dead, and that they could therefore secure nothing more to eat and drink from this source. The only method by which they could save themselves from starvation was to grow temporary wings and fly, which they did.
Experiments such as these indicate that Omniscience as well as Omnipotence is omnipresent and that the tiniest living thing can take advantage of it in an emergency.
Part Fifteen will tell you more about the law under which we live. It will explain that these laws operate to our advantage; that all conditions and experiences that come to us are for our benefit; that we gain strength in proportion to the effort expended, and that our happiness is best attained through a conscious cooperation with natural laws.
PART FIFTEEN
1. The laws under which we live are designed solely for our advantage. These laws are immutable and we cannot escape from their operation.
2. All the great eternal forces act in solemn silence, but it is in our power to place ourselves in harmony with them and thus express a life of comparative peace and happiness.
3. Difficulties, inharmonies, and obstacles, indicate that we are either refusing to give out what we no longer need, or refusing to accept what we require.
4. Growth is attained through an exchange of the old for the new, of the good for the better; it is a conditional or reciprocal action, for each of us is a complete thought entity and this completeness makes it possible for us to receive only as we give.
5. We cannot obtain what we lack if we tenaciously cling to what we have. We are able to consciously control our conditions as we come to sense the purpose of what we attract, and are able to extract from each experience only what we require for our further growth. Our ability to do this determines the degree of harmony or happiness we attain.
6. The ability to appropriate what we require for our growth, continually increases as we reach higher planes and broader visions, and the greater our abilities to know what we require, the more certain we shall be to discern its presence, to attract it and to absorb it. Nothing may reach us except what is necessary for our growth.
7. All conditions and experiences that come to us do so for our benefit. Difficulties and obstacles will continue to come until we absorb their wisdom and gather from them the essentials of further growth.
8. That we reap what we sow is mathematically exact. We gain permanent strength exactly to the extent of the effort required to overcome difficulties.
9. The inexorable requirements of growth demand that we exert the greatest degree of attraction for what is perfectly in accord with us. Our highest happiness will be best attained through our understanding of, and conscious cooperation with natural laws.
10. In order to possess vitality thought must be impregnated with love. Love is a product of the emotions. It is therefore essential that the emotions be controlled and guided by the intellect and reason.
11. It is love which imparts vitality to thought and thus enables it to germinate. The law of attraction, or the law of love, for they are one and the same, will bring to it the necessary material for its growth and maturity.
12. The first form which thought will find is language, or words; this determines the importance of words; they are the first manifestation of thought -- the vessels in which thought is carried. They take hold of the ether and by setting it in motion reproduce the thought to others in the form of sound.
13. Thought may lead to action of any kind, but whatever the action, it is simply the thought attempting to express itself in visible form. It is evident, therefore, that if we wish desirable conditions, we can afford to entertain only desirable thoughts.
14. This leads to the inevitable conclusion that if we wish to express abundance in our lives, we can afford to think abundance only, and as words are only thoughts taking form, we must be especially careful to use nothing but constructive and harmonious language, which when finally crystallized into objective forms, will prove to our advantage.
15. We cannot escape from the pictures we incessantly photograph on the mind, and this photography of erroneous conceptions is exactly what is being done by the use of words, when we use any form of language which is not identified with our welfare.
16. We manifest more and more life as our thought becomes clarified and takes higher planes. This is obtained with greater facility as we use word pictures that are clearly defined, and relieved of the conceptions attached to them on lower planes of thought.
17. It is with words that we must express our thoughts, and if we are to make use of higher forms of truth, we may use only such material as has been carefully and intelligently selected with this purpose in view.
18. This wonderful power of clothing thoughts in the form of words is what differentiates man from the rest of the animal kingdom; by the use of the written word he has been enabled to look back over the centuries and see the stirring scenes by which he has come into his present inheritance.
19. He has been enabled to come into communion with the greatest writers and thinkers of all time, and the combined record which we possess today is therefore the expression of Universal Thought as it has been seeking to take form in the mind of Man.
20. We know that the Universal Thought has for its goal the creation of form, and we know that the individual thought is likewise forever attempting to express itself in form, and we know that the word is a thought form, and a sentence is a combination of thought forms, therefore, if we wish our ideal to be beautiful or strong, we must see that the words out of which this temple will eventually be created are exact, that they are put together carefully, because accuracy in building words and sentences is the highest form of architecture in civilization and is a passport to success.
21. Words are thoughts and are therefore an invisible and invincible power which will finally objectify themselves in the form they are given.
22. Words may become mental places that will live forever, or they may become shacks which the first breeze will carry away. They may delight the eye as well as the ear; they may contain all knowledge; in them we find the history of the past as well as the hope of the future; they are living messengers from which every human and superhuman activity is born.
23. The beauty of the word consists in the beauty of the thought; the power of the word consists in the power of the thought, and the power of the thought consists in its vitality. How shall we identify a vital thought? What are its distinguishing characteristics? It must have principle. How shall we identify principle?
24. There is a principle of Mathematics, but none of error; there is a principle of health, but none of disease; there is a principle of truth, but none of dishonesty; there is a principle of light, but none of darkness, and there is a principle of abundance, but none of poverty.
25. How shall we know that this is true? Because if we apply the principle of Mathematics correctly we shall be certain of our results. Where there is health there will be no disease. If we know the Truth we cannot be deceived by error. If we let in light there can be no darkness, and where there is abundance there can be no poverty.
26. These are self-evident facts, but the all-important truth that a thought containing principle is vital and therefore contains life and consequently takes root, and eventually but surely and certainly displaces the negative thoughts, which by their very nature can contain no vitality, is one which seems to have been overlooked.
27. But this is a fact which will enable you to destroy every manner of discord, lack and limitation.
28. There can be no question but that he who "is wise enough to understand" will readily recognize that the creative power of thought places an invincible weapon in his hands and makes him a master of destiny.
29. In the physical world there is a law of compensation which is that "the appearance of a given amount of energy anywhere means the disappearance of the same amount somewhere else," and so we find that we can get only what we give; if we pledge ourselves to a certain action we must be prepared to assume the responsibility for the development of that action. The subconscious cannot reason. It takes us at our word; we have asked for something; we are now to receive it; we have made our bed, we are now to lie in it; the die has been cast; the threads will carry out the pattern we have made.
30. For this reason Insight must be exercised so that the thought which we entertain contains no mental, moral or physical germ which we do not wish objectified in our lives.
31. Insight is a faculty of the mind whereby we are enabled to examine facts and conditions at long range, a kind of human telescope; it enables us to understand the difficulties, as well as the possibilities, in any undertaking.
Return to top
32. Insight enables us to be prepared for the obstacles which we shall meet; we can therefore overcome them before they have any opportunity of causing difficulty.
33. Insight enables us to plan to advantage and turn our thought and attention in the right direction, instead of into channels which can yield no possible return.
34. Insight is therefore absolutely essential for the development of any great achievement, but with it we may enter, explore and possess any mental field.
35. Insight is a product of the world within and is developed in the Silence, by concentration.
36. For your exercise this week, concentrate on Insight; take your accustomed position and focus the thought on the fact that to have a knowledge of the creative power of thought does not mean to possess the art of thinking. Let the thought dwell on the fact that knowledge does not apply itself. That our actions are not governed by knowledge, but by custom, precedent and habit. That the only way we can get ourselves to apply knowledge is by a determined conscious effort. Call to mind the fact that knowledge unused passes from the mind, that the value of the information is in the application of the principle; continue this line of thought until you gain sufficient insight to formulate a definite program for applying this principle to your own particular problem.
Think truly, and thy thoughts Shall the world's famine feed; Speak truly, and each word of thine Shall be a fruitful seed; Live truly, and thy life shall be A great and noble creed.
Horatio Bonar
QUESTIONS:
141. What determines the degree of harmony which we attain?
Our ability to appropriate what we require for our growth from each experience.
142. What do difficulties and obstacles indicate?
That they are necessary for our wisdom and spiritual growth.
143. How may these difficulties be avoided?
By a conscious understanding of and cooperation with Natural laws.
144. What is the principle by which thought manifests itself in form?
The Law of Attraction.
145. How is the necessary material secured by which the growth, development and maturity of the idea take form?
The law of love, which is the creative principle of the Universe, imparts vitality to the thought, and the law of attraction brings the necessary substance by the law of growth.
146. How are desirable conditions secured?
By entertaining desirable thoughts only.
147. How are undesirable conditions brought about?
Return to top
By thinking, discussing and visualizing conditions of lack, limitation, disease, inharmony and discord of every kind. This mental photography of erroneous conceptions is taken up by the subconscious and the law of attraction will inevitable crystallize it into objective form. That we reap what we sow is scientifically exact.
148. How can we overcome every kind of fear, lack, limitation, poverty and discord?
By substituting principle for error.
149. How may we recognize principle?
By a conscious realization of the fact that Truth invariably destroys error. We do not have to laboriously shovel the darkness out; all that is necessary is to turn on the light. The same principle applies to every form of negative thought.
150. What is the value of Insight?
It enables us to understand the value of making application of the knowledge which we gain. Many seem to think that knowledge will automatically apply itself, which is by no means true.
To every man there openeth a way, And the high soul climbs the high way, And the low soul gropes the low; And in between on the misty flats, The rest drift to and fro. But to every man there openeth A high way and a low And every man decideth The way his soul shall go.
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
08-02-2009, 01:34 AM
MASTERKEY part 16
The vibratory activities of the planetary Universe are governed by a law of periodicity. Everything that lives has periods of birth, growth, fruitage, and decline. These periods are governed by the Septimal Law.
The Law of Sevens governs the days of the week, the phases of the moon, the harmonies of sound, light, heat, electricity, magnetism, atomic structure. It governs the life of individuals and of nations, and it dominates the activities of the commercial world.
Life is growth, and growth is change, each seven years period takes us into a new cycle. The first seven years is the period of infancy. The next seven the period of childhood, representing the beginning of individual responsibility. The next seven represents the period of adolescence. The fourth period marks the attainment of full growth. The fifth period is the constructive period, when men begin to acquire property, possessions, a home and family. The next from 35 to 42, is a period of reactions and changes, and this in turn is followed by a period of reconstruction, adjustment and recuperation, so as to be ready for a new cycle of sevens, beginning with the fiftieth year.
There are many who think that the world is just bout to pass out of the sixth period; that it will soon enter into the seventh period, the period of readjustment, reconstruction and harmony; the period which is frequently referred to as the Millennium.
Those familiar with these cycles will not be disturbed when things seem to go wrong, but can apply the principle outlined in these lessons with the full assurance that a higher law will invariably control all other laws, and that through an understanding and conscious operation of spiritual laws, we can convert every seeming difficulty into a blessing.
PART SIXTEEN
1. Wealth is a product of labor. Capital is an effect, not a cause; a servant, not a master; a means, not an end.
2. The most commonly accepted definition of wealth is that it consists of all useful and agreeable things which possess exchange value. It is this exchange value which is the predominant characteristic of wealth.
3. When we consider the small addition made by wealth to the happiness of the possessor, we find that the true value consists not in its utility but in its exchange.
4. This exchange value makes it a medium for securing the things of real value whereby our ideals may be realized.
5. Wealth should then never be desired as an end, but simply as a means of accomplishing an end. Success is contingent upon a higher ideal than the mere accumulation of riches, and he who aspires to such success must formulate an ideal for which he is willing to strive.
6. With such an ideal in mind, the ways and means can and will be provided, but the mistake must not be made of substituting the means for the end. There must be a definite fixed purpose, an ideal.
7. Prentice Mulford said: "The man of success is the man possessed of the greatest spiritual understanding and every great fortune comes of superior and truly spiritual power." Unfortunately, there are those who fail to recognize this power; they forget that Andrew Carnegie's mother had to help support the family when they came to America, that Harriman's father was a poor clergyman with a salary of only $200 a year, that Sir Thomas Lipton started with only 25 cents. These men had no other power to depend upon, but it did not fail them.
8. The power to create depends entirely upon spiritual power; there are three steps, idealization, visualization and materialization. Every captain of industry depends upon this power exclusively. In an article in Everybody's Magazine, Henry M. Flagler, the Standard Oil multi-millionaire, admitted that the secret of his success was his power to see a thing in its completeness. The following conversation with the reporter shows his power of idealization, concentration and visualization, all spiritual powers:
9. "Did you actually vision to yourself the whole thing? I mean, did you, or could you, really close your eyes and see the tracks? And the trains running? And hear the whistles blowing? Did you go as far as that?" "Yes." "How clearly?" "Very clearly."
10. Here we have a vision of the law, we see "cause and effect", we see that thought necessarily precedes and determines action. If we are wise, we shall come into a realization of the tremendous fact that no arbitrary condition can exist for a moment, and that human experience is the result of an orderly and harmonious sequence.
11. The successful businessman is more often than not an idealist and is every striving for higher and higher standards. The subtle forces of thought as they crystallize in our daily moods is what constitutes life.
12. Thought is the plastic material with which we build images of our growing conception of life. Use determines its existence. As in all other things our ability to recognize it and use it properly is the necessary condition for attainment.
13. Premature wealth is but the forerunner of humiliation and disaster, because we cannot permanently retain anything which we do not merit or which we have not earned.
14. The conditions with which we meet in the world without, correspond to the conditions which we find in the world within. This is brought about by the law of attraction. How then shall we determine what is to enter into the world within?
15. Whatever enters the mind through the senses or the objective mind will impress the mind and result in a mental image which will become a pattern for the creative energies. These experiences are largely the result of environment, chance, past thinking and other forms of negative thought, and must be subjected to careful analysis before being entertained. On the other hand, we can form our own mental images, through our own interior processes of thought regardless of the thoughts of others, regardless of exterior conditions, regardless of environment of every kind, and it is by the exercise of this power that we can control our own destiny, body, mind and soul.
16. It is by the exercise of this power that we take our fate out of the hands of chance, and consciously make for ourselves the experiences which we desire, because when we consciously realize a condition, that condition will eventually manifest in our lives; it is therefore evident that in the last analysis thinking is the one great cause in life.
17. Therefore, to control thought is to control circumstances, conditions, environment, and destiny.
18. How then are we to control thought; what is the process? To think is to create a thought, but the result of the thought will depend upon its form, its quality and its vitality.
19. The form will depend upon the mental images from which it emanates; this will depend upon the depth of the impression, the predominance of the idea, the clarity of the vision, the boldness of the image.
20. The quality depends upon its substance, and this depends upon the material of which the mind is composed; if this material has been woven from thoughts of vigor, strength, courage, determination, the thought will possess these qualities.
21. And finally, the vitality depends upon the feeling with which the thought is impregnated. If the thought is constructive, it will possess vitality; it will have life, it will grow, develop, expand, it will be creative; it will attract to itself everything necessary for its complete development.
22. If the thought is destructive, it will have within itself the germ of its own dissolution; it will die, but in the process of dying, it will bring sickness, disease, and every other form of discord.
23. This we call evil, and when we bring it upon ourselves, some of us are disposed to attribute our difficulties to a Supreme Being, but this supreme being is simply Mind in equilibrium.
24. It is neither good nor bad, it simply is.
25. Our ability to differentiate it into form is our ability to manifest good or evil.
26. Good and evil therefore are not entities, they are simply words which we use to indicate the result of our actions, and these actions are in turn predetermined by the character of our thought.
27. If our thought is constructive and harmonious we manifest good; if it is destructive and discordant we manifest evil.
28. If you desire to visualize a different environment, the process is simply to hold the ideal in mind, until your vision has been made real; give no thought to persons, places or things; these have no place in the absolute; the environment you desire will contain everything necessary; the right persons, and the right things will come at the right time and in the right place.
29. It is sometimes not plain how character, ability, attainment, achievement, environment and destiny can be controlled through the power of visualization, but this is an exact scientific fact.
30. You will readily see that what we think determines the quality of mind, and that the quality of mind in turn determines our ability and mental capacity, and you can readily understand that the improvement in our ability will naturally be followed by increase in attainment and a greater control of circumstances.
31. It will thus be seen that Natural laws work in a perfectly natural and harmonious manner; everything seems to "just happen." If you want any evidence of this fact simply compare results of your efforts in your own life, when your actions were prompted by high ideals and when you had selfish or ulterior motives in mind. You will need no further evidence.
32. If you wish to bring about the realization of any desire, form a mental picture of success in your mind, by consciously visualizing your desire; in this way you will be compelling success, you will be externalizing it in your life by scientific methods.
33. We can only see what already exists in the objective world, but what we visualize, already exists in the spiritual world, and this visualization is a substantial token of what will one day appear in the objective world, if we are faithful to our ideal. The reason for this is not difficult; visualization is a form of imagination; this process of thinking forms impressions on the mind, and these impressions in turn form concepts and ideals, and they in turn are the plans from which the Master architect will weave the future.
34. The psychologists have come to the conclusion that there is but one sense, the sense of feeling, and that all other senses are but modifications of this one sense; this being true, we know why feeling is the very fountain head of power, why the emotions so easily overcome the intellect, and why we must put feeling into our thought, if we wish results. Thought and feeling is the irresistible combination.
35. Visualization must, of course, be directed by the will; we are to visualize exactly what we want; we must be careful not to let the imagination run riot. Imagination is a good servant but a poor master, and unless it is controlled it may easily lead us into all kinds of speculations and conclusions which have no basis or foundation of fact whatever. Every kind of plausible opinion is liable to be accepted without any analytical examination and the inevitable result is mental chaos.
36. We must therefore construct only such mental images as are known to be scientifically true. Subject every idea to a searching analysis and accept nothing which is not scientifically exact. When you do this you will attempt nothing but what you know you can carry out and success will crown your efforts; this is what businessmen call far-sightedness; it is much the same as insight, and is one of the great secrets of success in all important undertakings.
37. For your exercise this week, try to bring yourself to a realization of the important fact that harmony and happiness are states of consciousness and do not depend upon the possession of things. That things are effects and come as a consequence of correct mental states. So that if we desire material possession of any kind our chief concern should be to acquire the mental attitude which will bring about the result desired. This mental attitude is brought about by a realization of our spiritual nature and our unity with the Universal Mind which is the substance of all things. This realization will bring about everything which is necessary for our complete enjoyment. This is scientific or correct thinking. When we succeed in bringing about this mental attitude it is comparatively easy to realize our desire as an already accomplished fact; when we can do this we shall have found the "Truth" which makes us "free" from every lack or limitation of any kind.
A man might frame and let loose a star, to roll in its orbit, and yet not have done so memorable a thing before God as he who lets a golden-orbed thought to roll through the generations of time.
H. W. Beecher
QUESTIONS:
151. Upon what does wealth depend?
Upon an understanding of the creative nature of thought.
152. Upon what does its true value consist?
Upon its exchange value.
153. Upon what does success depend?
Upon spiritual power.
154. Upon what does this power depend?
Upon use; use determines its existence.
155. How may we take our fate out of the hands of chance?
By consciously realizing the conditions which we desire to see manifested in our lives.
156. What then is the great business of life?
Thinking.
157. Why is this so?
Because thought is spiritual and therefore creative. To consciously control thought is therefore to control circumstances, conditions, environment and destiny.
158. What is the source of all evil?
Destructive thinking.
159. What is the source of all good?
Scientific correct thinking.
160. What is scientific thinking?
A recognition of the creative nature of spiritual energy and our ability to control it.
The greatest events of an age are its best thoughts. It is the nature of thought to find its way into action.
Bovee
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
08-02-2009, 01:36 AM
- masterkey part 17
The kind of Deity which a man, consciously or unconsciously, worships, indicates the intellectual status of the worshipper.
Ask the Indian of God, and he will describe to you a powerful chieftain of a glorious tribe. Ask the Pagan of God, and he will tell you of a God of fire, a God of water, a god of this, that, and the other.
Ask the Israelite of God, and he will tell you of the God of Moses, who conceived it expedient to rule by coercive measures; hence, the Ten Commandments. Or of Joshua, who led the Israelites into battle, confiscated property, murdered the prisoners, and laid waste to cities.
The so-called heathen made "graven images" of their Gods, whom they were accustomed to worship, but among the most intelligent, at least, these images were but the visible fulcrums with which they were enabled to mentally concentrate on the qualities which they desired to externalize in their lives.
We of the twentieth century worship a God of Love in theory, but in practice we make for ourselves "graven images" of "Wealth," "Power," "Fashion," "Custom" and "Conventionality." We "fall down" before them and worship them. We concentrate on them and they are thereby externalized in our lives.
The student who masters the contents of Part Seventeen will not mistake the symbols for the reality; he will be interested in causes, rather than effects. He will concentrate on the realities of life, and will then not be disappointed in the results.
PART SEVENTEEN
1. We are told that Man has "dominion over all things"; this dominion is established through Mind. Thought is the activity which controls every principle beneath it. The highest principle by reason of its superior essence and qualities necessarily determines the circumstances, aspects and relation of everything with which it comes in contact.
2. The vibrations of mental forces are the finest and consequently the most powerful in existence. To those who perceive the nature and transcendency of mental force, all physical power sinks into insignificance.
3. We are accustomed to look upon the Universe with a lens of five senses, and from these experiences our anthropomorphic conceptions originate, but true conceptions are only secured by spiritual insight. This insight requires a quickening of the vibrations of the Mind, and is only secured when the mind is continuously concentrated in a given direction.
4. Continuous concentration means an even, unbroken flow of thought and is the result of patient, persistent, persevering and well-regulated system.
5. Great discoveries are the result of long-continued investigation. The science of mathematics requires years of concentrated effort to master it, and the greatest science -- that of the Mind -- is revealed only through concentrated effort.
6. Concentration is much misunderstood; there seems to be an idea of effort or activity associated with it, when just the contrary is necessary. The greatness of an actor lies in the fact that he forgets himself in the portrayal of his character, becoming so identified with it, that the audience is swayed by the realism of the performance. This will give you a good idea of true concentration; you should be so interested in your thought, so engrossed in your subject, as to be conscious of nothing else. Such concentration leads to intuitive perception and immediate insight into the nature of the object concentrated upon.
7. All knowledge is the result of concentration of this kind; it is thus that the secrets of Heaven and Earth have been wrested; it is thus that the mind becomes a magnet and the desire to know draws the knowledge, irresistibly attracts it, makes it your own.
8. Desire is largely subconscious; conscious desire rarely realizes its object when the latter is out of immediate reach. Subconscious desire arouses the latent faculties of the mind, and difficult problems seem to solve themselves.
9. The subconscious mind may be aroused and brought into action in any direction and made to serve us for any purpose, by concentration. The practice of concentration requires the control of the physical, mental, and physical being; all modes of consciousness whether physical, mental, or physical, must be under control.
10. Spiritual Truth is therefore the controlling factor; it is this which will enable you to grow out of limited attainment and reach a point where you will be able to translate modes of thought into character and consciousness.
11. Concentration does not mean mere thinking of thoughts, but the transmutation of these thoughts into practical values; the average person has no conception of the meaning of concentration. There is always the cry "to have" but never the cry "to be"; they fail to understand that they cannot have one without the other, that they must first find the "kingdom" before they can have the "things added." Momentary enthusiasm is of no value; it is only with unbounded self-confidence that the goal is reached.
12. The mind may place the ideal a little too high and fall short of the mark; it may attempt to soar on untrained wings and instead of flying, fall to earth; but that is no reason for not making another attempt.
13. Weakness is the only barrier to mental attainment; attribute your weakness to physical limitations or mental uncertainties and try again; ease and perfection are gained by repetition.
14. The astronomer centers his mind on the stars and they give forth their secrets; the geologists centers his mind on the construction of the earth and we have geology; so with all things. Men center their minds on the problems of life, and the result is apparent in the vast and complex social order of the day.
15. All mental discovery and attainment are the result of desire plus concentration; desire is the strongest mode of action; the more persistent the desire, the more authoritative the revelation. Desire added to concentration will wrench any secret from nature.
16. In realizing great thoughts, in experiencing great emotions that correspond with great thoughts, the mind is in a state where it appreciates the value of higher things.
17. The intensity of one moment's earnest concentration and the intense longing to become and to attain may take you further than years of slow normal and forced effort; it will unfasten the prison bars of unbelief, weakness, impotence and self-belittlement, and you will come into a realization of the joy of overcoming.
18. The spirit of initiative and originality is developed through persistence and continuity of mental effort. Business teaches the value of concentration and encourages decision of character; it develops practical insight and quickness of conclusion. The mental element in every commercial pursuit is dominant as the controlling factor, and desire is the predominating force; all commercial relations are the externalization of desire.
19. Many of the sturdy and substantial virtues are developed in commercial employment; the mind is steadied and directed; it becomes efficient. The principal necessity is the strengthening of the mind so that it rises superior to the distractions and wayward impulses of instinctive life and thus successfully overcomes in the conflict between the higher and lower self.
20. All of us are dynamos, but the dynamo of itself is nothing; the mind must work the dynamo; then it is useful and its energy can be definitely concentrated. The mind is an engine whose power is undreamed; thought is an omni-working power. It is the ruler and creator of all form and all events occurring in form. Physical energy is nothing in comparison with the omnipotence of thought, because thought enables man to harness all other natural power.
21. Vibration is the action of thought; it is vibration which reaches out and attracts the material necessary to construct and build. There is nothing mysterious concerning the power of thought; concentration simply implies that consciousness can be focalized to the point where it becomes identified with the object of its attention. As food absorbed is the essence of the body, so the mind absorbs the object of its attention, gives it life and being.
22. If you concentrate on some matter of importance, the intuitive power will be set in operation, and help will come in the nature of information which will lead to success.
23. Intuition arrives at conclusions without the aid of experience or memory. Intuition often solves problems that are beyond the grasp of the reasoning power. Intuition often comes with a suddenness that is startling; it reveals the truth for which we are searching, so directly that it seems to come from a higher power. Intuition can be cultivated and developed; in order to do this it must be recognized and appreciated; if the intuitive visitor is given a royal welcome when he comes, he will come again; the more cordial the welcome the more frequent his visits will become, but if he is ignored or neglected he will make his visits few and far apart.
24. Intuition usually comes in the Silence; great minds seek solitude frequently; it is here that all the larger problems of life are worked out. For this reason every businessman who can afford it has a private office, where he will not be disturbed; if you cannot afford a private office you can at least find somewhere, where you can be alone a few minutes each day, to train the thought along lines which will enable you to develop that invincible power which is necessary to achieve.
25. Remember that fundamentally the subconscious is omnipotent; there is no limit to the things that can be done when it is given the power to act. Your degree of success is determined by the nature of your desire. If the nature of your desire is in harmony with Natural Law or the Universal Mind, it will gradually emancipate the mind and give you invincible courage.
26. Every obstacle conquered, every victory gained, will give you more faith in your power, and you will have greater ability to win. Your strength is determined by your mental attitude; if this attitude is one of success, and is permanently held with an unswerving purpose, you will attract to you from the invisible domain the things you silently demand.
27. By keeping the thought in mind, it will gradually take tangible form. A definite purpose sets causes in motion which go out in the invisible world and find the material necessary to serve your purpose.
28. You may be pursuing the symbols of power, instead of power itself. You may be pursuing fame instead of honor, riches instead of wealth, position instead of servitude; in either event you will find that they turn to ashes just as you overtake them.
29. Premature wealth or position cannot be retained because it has not been earned; we get only what we give, and those who try to get without giving always find that the law of compensation is relentlessly bringing about an exact equilibrium.
30. The race has usually been for money and other mere symbols of power, but with an understanding of the true source of power, we can afford to ignore the symbols. The man with a large bank account finds it unnecessary to load his pockets down with gold; so with the man who has found the true source of power; he is no longer interested in its shams or pretensions.
31. Thought ordinarily leads outwardly in evolutionary directions, but it can be turned within where it will take hold of the basic principles of things, the heart of things, the spirit of things. When you get to the heart of things it is comparatively easy to understand and command them.
32. This is because the Spirit of a thing is the thing itself, the vital part of it, the real substance. The form is simply the outward manifestation of the spiritual activity within.
33. For your exercise this week concentrate as nearly as possible in accordance with the method outlined in this lesson; let there be no conscious effort or activity associated with your purpose. Relax completely, avoid any thought of anxiety as to results. Remember that power comes through repose. Let the thought dwell upon your object, until it is completely identified with it, until you are conscious of nothing else.
34. If you wish to eliminate fear, concentrate on courage.
35. If you wish to eliminate lack, concentrate on abundance.
36. If you wish to eliminate disease, concentrate on health.
37. Always concentrate on the ideal as an already existing fact; this is the germ cell, the life principle which goes forth and sets in motion those causes which guide, direct and bring about the necessary relation, which eventually manifest in form.
Thought is the property of those only who can entertain it.
Emerson
questions:
161. What is the true method of concentration?
To become so identified with the object of your thought that you are conscious of nothing else.
162. What is the result of this method of concentration?
Invisible forces are set in motion which irresistibly bring about conditions in correspondence with your thought.
163. What is the controlling factor in this method of thought?
Spiritual Truth.
164. Why is this so?
Because the nature of our desire must be in harmony with Natural Law.
165. What is the practical value of this method of concentration?
Thought is transmuted into character, and character is the magnet which creates the environment of the individual.
166. What is the controlling factor in every commercial pursuit?
The mental element.
167. Why is this so?
Because Mind is the ruler and creator of all form and all events occurring in form.
168. How does concentration operate?
By the development of the powers of perception, wisdom, intuition, and sagacity.
169. Why is intuition superior to reason?
Because it does not depend upon experience or memory and frequently brings about the solution to our problems by methods concerning which we are in entire ignorance.
170. What is the result of pursuing the symbol of the reality?
They frequently turn to ashes just as we overtake them, because the symbol is only the outward form of the spiritual activity within, therefore unless we can possess the spiritual reality, the form disappears.
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
08-02-2009, 01:37 AM
Masterkey part 18
In order to grow we must obtain what is necessary for our growth. This is brought about through the law of attraction. This principle is the sole means by which the individual is differentiated from the Universal.
Think for a moment, what would a man be if he were not a husband, father, or brother, if he were not interested in the social, economical, political or religious world. He would be nothing but an abstract theoretical ego. He exists, therefore, only in his relation to the whole, in his relation to other men, in his relation to society. This relation constitutes his environment and in no other way.
It is evident, therefore, that the individual is simply the differentiation of the one Universal Mind "which lighteth every man that cometh into the world," and his so-called individuality or personality consists of nothing but the manner in which he relates with the whole.
This we call his environment and is brought about by the law of attraction. Part Eighteen, which follows, has something more to say concerning this important law.
PART EIGHTEEN
1. There is a change in the thought of the world. This change is silently transpiring in our midst, and is more important than any which the world has undergone since the downfall of Paganism.
2. These present revolution in the opinions of all classes of men, the highest and most cultured of men as well as those of the laboring class, stands unparalleled in the history of the world.
3. Science has of late made such vast discoveries, has revealed such an infinity of resources, has unveiled such enormous possibilities and such unsuspected forces, that scientific men more and more hesitate to affirm certain theories as established and beyond doubt or to deny other theories as absurd or impossible.
4. A new civilization is being born; customs, creeds, and precedent are passing; vision, faith and service are taking their place. The fetters of tradition are being melted off from humanity, and as the impurities of materialism are being consumed, thought is being liberated and truth is rising full robed before an astonished multitude.
5. The whole world is on the eve of a new consciousness, a new power, and a new realization within the self.
6. Physical Science has resolved matter into molecules, molecules into atoms, atoms into energy, and it has remained for Mr. J. A. Fleming, in an address before the Royal Institution, to resolve this energy into mind. He says, "In its ultimate essence, energy may be incomprehensible by us except as an exhibition of the direct operation of that which we call Mind or Will."
7. And this mind is the indwelling and ultimate. It is imminent in matter as in spirit. It is the sustaining, energizing, all pervading Spirit of the universe.
8. Every living thing must be sustained by this omnipotent Intelligence, and we find the difference in individual lives to be largely measured by the degree of this intelligence, which they manifest. It is greater intelligence that places the animal in a higher scale of being than the plant, the man higher than the animal, and we find that this increased intelligence is again indicated by the power of the individual to control modes of action and thus to consciously adjust himself to his environment.
9. It is this adjustment that occupies the attention of the greatest minds, and this adjustment consists in nothing else than the recognition of an existing order in the universal mind, for it is well known that this mind will obey us precisely in proportion as we first obey it.
10. It is the recognition of Natural Laws that has enabled us to annihilate time and space, to soar in the air and to make iron float, and the greater the degree of intelligence the greater will be our recognition of these Natural Laws and the greater will be the power we can possess.
11. It is the recognition of the self as an individualization of this Universal Intelligence that enables the individual to control those forms of intelligence which have not yet reached this level of self-recognition; they do not know that this Universal Intelligence permeates all things ready to be called into action; they do not know that it is responsive to every demand, and they are therefore in bondage to the law of their own being.
12. Thought is creative and the principle on which the law is based is sound and legitimate and is inherent in the nature of things; but this creative power does not originate in the individual, but in the universal, which is the source and foundation of all energy and substance; the individual is simply the channel for the distribution of this energy.
13. The individual is simply the means by which the universal produces the various combinations which result in the formation of phenomena, which depends upon the law of vibration, whereby various rates of rapidity of motion in the primary substance form new substances only in certain exact numerical ratios.
14. Thought is the invisible link by which the individual comes into communication with the Universal, the finite with the Infinite, the seen with the Unseen. Thought is the magic by which the human is transformed into a being who thinks and knows and feels and acts.
15. As the proper apparatus has enabled the eye to discover worlds without number millions of miles away, so, with the proper understanding, man has been enabled to communicate with the Universal Mind, the source of all power.
16. The Understanding which is usually developed is nothing more than a "belief", which means nothing at all. The savages of the Cannibal Islands believe something; but that proves nothing.
17. The only belief which is of any value to anyone is a belief that has been put to a test and demonstrated to be a fact; it is then no longer a belief, but has become a living Faith or Truth.
18. And this Truth has been put to the test by hundreds of thousands of people and has been found to be the Truth exactly in proportion to the usefulness of the apparatus which they used.
19. A man would not expect to locate stars hundreds of millions of miles away without a sufficiently strong telescope, and for this reason Science is continually engaged in building larger and more powerful telescopes and is continually rewarded by additional knowledge of the heavenly bodies.
20. So with understanding; men are continually making progress in the methods which they use to come into communication with the Universal Mind and its infinite possibilities.
21. The Universal Mind manifests itself in the objective, through the principle of attraction that each atom has for every other atom, in infinite degrees of intensity.
22. It is by this principle of combining and attracting that things are brought together. This principle is of universal application and is the sole means whereby the purpose of existence is carried into effect.
23. The expression of growth is met in a most beautiful manner through the instrumentality of this Universal Principle.
24. In order to grow we must obtain what is essential for our growth, but as we are at all times a complete thought entity, this completeness makes it possible for us to receive only as we give; growth is therefore conditioned on reciprocal action, and we find that on the mental plane like attracts like, that mental vibrations respond only to the extent of their vibratory harmony.
25. It is clear, therefore, that thoughts of abundance will respond only to similar thoughts; the wealth of the individual is seen to be what he inherently is. Affluence within is found to be the secret of attraction for affluence without. The ability to produce is found to be the real source of wealth of the individual. It is for this reason that he who has his heart in his work is certain to meet with unbounded success. He will give and continually give; and the more he gives, the more he will receive.
26. What do the great financiers of Wall Street, the captains of industry, the statesmen, the great corporation attorneys, the inventors, the physicians, the authors -- what do each of these contribute to the sum of human happiness but the power of their thought?
27. Thought is the energy which the law of attraction is brought into operation, which eventually manifests in abundance.
28. The Universal Mind is static Mind or Substance in equilibrium. It is differentiated into form by our power to think. Thought is the dynamic phase of mind.
29. Power depends upon consciousness of power; unless we use it, we shall lose it, and unless we are conscious of it, we cannot use it.
30. The use of this power depends upon attention; the degree of attention determines our capacity for the acquirement of knowledge which is another name for power.
31. Attention has been held to be the distinguishing mark of genius. The cultivation of attention depends upon practice.
32. The incentive of attention is interest; the greater the interest, the greater the attention; the greater the attention, the greater the interest, action and reaction; begin by paying attention; before long you will have aroused interest; this interest will attract more attention, and this attention will produce more interest, and so on. This practice will enable you to cultivate the power of attention.
33. This week concentrate upon your power to create; seek insight, perception; try to find a logical basis for the faith which is in you. Let the thought dwell on the fact that the physical man lives and moves and has his being in the sustainer of all organic life air, that he must breathe to live. Then let the thought rest on the fact that the spiritual man also lives and moves and has his being in a similar but subtler energy upon which he must depend for life, and that as in the physical world no life assumes form until after a seed is sown, and no higher fruit than that of the parent stock can be produced; so in the spiritual world no effect can be produced until the seed is sown and the fruit will depend upon the nature of the seed, so that the results which you secure depend upon your perception of law in the mighty domain of causation, the highest evolution of human consciousness.
There is no thought in my mind but it quickly tends to convert itself into a power and organizes a huge instrumentality of means.
Emerson
questions:
171. How is the difference in individual lives measured?
By the degree of intelligence which they manifest.
172. What is the law by which the individual may control other forms of intelligence?
A recognition of the self as an individualization of the Universal Intelligence.
173. Where does the creative power originate?
In the Universal.
174. How does the Universal create form?
By means of the individual.
175. What is the connecting link between the individual and the Universal?
Thought.
176. What is the principle by which the means of existence is carried into effect?
The Law of Love.
177. How is this principle brought into expression?
By the law of growth.
178. Upon what condition does the law of growth depend?
Upon reciprocal action. The individual is complete at all times and this makes it possible to receive only as we give.
179. What is it that we give?
Thought.
180. What do we receive?
Thought, which is substance in equilibrium and which is
constantly being differentiated in form by what we think.
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
08-02-2009, 01:37 AM
masterkey 19
Fear is a powerful form of thought. It paralyzes the nerve centers, thus affecting the circulation of the blood.
This, in turn, paralyzes the muscular system, so that fear affects the entire being, body, brain and nerve, physical, mental, and muscular.
Of course the way to overcome fear is to become conscious of power. What is this mysterious vital force which we call power? We do not know, but then, neither do we know what electricity is.
But we do know that by conforming to the requirements of the law by which electricity is governed, it will be our obedient servant; that it will light our homes, our cities, run our machinery, and serve us in many useful capacities.
And so it is with vital force. Although we do not know what it is, and possibly may never know, we do know that it is a primary force which manifests through living bodies, and that by complying with the laws and principles by which it is governed, we can open ourselves to a more abundant inflow of this vital energy, and thus express the highest possible degree of mental, moral, and spiritual efficiency.
This part tells of a very simple way of developing this vital force. If you put into practice the information outlined in this lesson you will soon develop the sense of power which has ever been the distinguishing mark of genius.
PART NINETEEN
1. The search for truth is no longer a haphazard adventure, but it is a systematic process, and is logical in its operation. Every kind of experience is given a voice in shaping its decision.
2. In seeking the truth we are seeking ultimate cause; we know that every human experience is an effect; then if we may ascertain the cause, and if we shall find that this cause is one which we can consciously control, the effect or the experience will be within our control also.
3. Human experience will then no longer be the football of fate; a man will not be the child of fortune, but destiny. Fate and fortune will be controlled as readily as a captain controls his ship, or an engineer his train.
4. All things are finally resolvable into the same element and as they are thus translatable, one into the other, they must ever be in relation and may never be in opposition to one another.
5. In the physical world there are innumerable contrasts, and these may for convenience sake, be designated by distinctive names. There are sizes, colors, shades or ends to all things. There is a North Pole, and a South Pole, an inside and an outside, a seen and an unseen, but these expressions merely serve to place extremes in contrast.
6. They are names given to two different parts of one quantity. The two extremes are relative; they are not separate entities, but are two parts or aspects of the whole.
7. In the mental world we find the same law; we speak of knowledge and ignorance, but ignorance is but a lack of knowledge and is therefore found to be simply a word to express the absence of knowledge; it has no principle in itself.
8. In the Moral World we again find the same law; we speak of good and evil, but Good is a reality, something tangible, while Evil is found to be simply a negative condition, the absence of Good. Evil is sometimes thought to be a very real condition, but it has no principle, no vitality, no life; we know this because it can always be destroyed by Good; just as Truth destroys Error and light destroys darkness, so Evil vanishes when Good appears; there is therefore but one principle in the Moral World.
9. We find exactly the same law obtaining in the Spiritual world; we speak of Mind and Matter as two separate entities, but clearer insight makes it evident that there is but one operative principle and that is Mind.
10. Mind is the real and the eternal. Matter is forever changing; we know that in the eons of time a hundred years is but as a day. If we stand in any large city and let the eye rest on the innumerable large and magnificent buildings, the vast array of conveniences of modern civilization, we may remember that not one of them was there just over a century ago, and if we could stand on the same spot in a hundred years from now, in all probability we should find that but few of them remained.
11. In the animal kingdom we find the same law of change. The millions and millions of animals come and go, a few years constituting their span of life. In the plant world the change is still more rapid. Many plants and nearly all grasses come and go in a single year. When we pass to the inorganic, we expect to find something more substantial, but as we gaze on the apparently solid continent, we are told that it arose from the ocean; we see the giant mountain and are told that the place where it now stands was once a lake; and as we stand in awe before the great cliffs in the Yosemite Valley we can easily trace the path of the glaciers which carried all before them.
12. We are in the presence of continual change, and we know that this change is but the evolution of the Universal Mind, the grand process whereby all things are continually being created anew, and we come to know that matter is but a form which Mind takes and is therefore simply a condition. Matter has no principle; Mind is the only principle.
13. We have then come to know that Mind is the only principle which is operative in the physical, mental, moral and spiritual world.
14. We also know that this mind is static, mind at rest, we also know that the ability of the individual to think is his ability to act upon the Universal Mind and convert it into dynamic mind, or mind in motion.
15. In order to do this fuel must be applied in the form of food, for man cannot think without eating, and so we find that even a spiritual activity such as thinking cannot be converted into sources of pleasure and profit except by making use of material means.
16. It requires energy of some kind to collect electricity and convert it into a dynamic power, it requires the rays of the sun to give the necessary energy to sustain plant life, so it also requires energy in the form of food to enable the individual to think and thereby act upon the Universal Mind.
17. You may know that thought constantly, eternally is taking form, is forever seeking expression, or you may not, but the fact remains that if your thought is powerful, constructive, and positive, this will be plainly evident in the state of your health, your business and your environment; if your thought is weak, critical, destructive and negative generally, it will manifest in your body as fear, worry and nervousness, in your finance as lack and limitation, and in discordant conditions in your environment.
18. All wealth is the offspring of power; possessions are of value only as they confer power. Events are significant only as they affect power; all things represent certain forms and degrees of power.
19. A knowledge of cause and effect as shown by the laws governing steam, electricity, chemical affinity and gravitation enables men to plan courageously and to execute fearlessly. These laws are called Natural Laws, because they govern the physical world, but all power is not physical power; there is also mental power, and there is moral and spiritual power.
20. What are our schools, our universities, but mental powerhouses, places where mental power is being developed?
21. As there are many mighty powerhouses for the application of power to ponderous machinery, whereby raw material is collected and converted into the necessities and comforts of life, so the mental powerhouses collect the raw material and cultivate and develop it into a power which is infinitely superior to all the forces of nature, marvelous though they may be.
22. What is this raw material which is being collected in these thousands of mental powerhouses all over the world and developed into a power which is evidently controlling every other power? In its static form it is Mind - in its dynamic form, it is Thought.
23. This power is superior because it exists on a higher plane, because it has enabled man to discover the law by which these wonderful forces of Nature could be harnessed and made to do the work of hundreds and thousands of men. It has enabled man to discover laws whereby time and space have been annihilated, and the law of gravitation overcome.
24. Thought is the vital force or energy which is being developed and which has produced such startling results in the last half century as to bring about a world which would be absolutely inconceivable to a man existing only 50 or 25 years ago. If such results have been secured by organizing these mental powerhouses in 50 years, what may not be expected in another 50 years?
25. The substance from which all things are created is infinite in quantity; we know that light travels at the rate of 186,000 miles per second, and we know that there are stars so remote that it takes light 2,000 years to reach us, and we know that such stars exist in all parts of the heaven; we know, too, that this light comes in waves, so that if the ether on which these waves travel was not continuous the light would fail to reach us; we can then only come to the conclusion that this substance, or ether, or raw material, is universally present.
26. How, then, does it manifest in form? In electrical science a battery is formed by connecting the opposite poles of zinc and copper, which causes a current to flow from one to the other and so provides energy. This same process is repeated in respect to every polarity, and as all form simply depends upon the rate of vibration and consequent relations of atoms to each other, if we wish to change the form of manifestation we must change the polarity. This is the principle of causation.
27. For your exercise this week, concentrate, and when I use the word concentrate, I mean all that the word implies; become so absorbed in the object of your thought that you are conscious of nothing else, and do this a few minutes every day. You take the necessary time to eat in order that the body may be nourished, why not take the time to assimilate your mental food?
28. Let the thought rest on the fact that appearances are deceptive. The earth is not flat, neither is it stationary; the sky is not a dome, the sun does not move, the stars are not small specks of light, and matter which was once supposed to be fixed has been found to be in a state of perpetual flux.
29. Try to realize that the day is fast approaching -- its dawn is now at hand -- when modes of thought and action must be adjusted to rapidly increasing knowledge of the operation of eternal principles.
Silent thought, is, after all, the mightiest agent in human affairs.
Channing
questions:
181. How are extremes placed in contrast?
They are designated by distinctive names, such as inside and outside, top and bottom, light and dark, good and bad.
182. Are these separate entities?
No, they are parts or aspects of one Whole.
183. What is the one creative Principle in the physical, mental and spiritual world?
The Universal Mind, or the Eternal Energy from which all things proceed.
184. How are we related to this creative Principle?
By our ability to think.
185. How does this creative Principle become operative?
Thought is the seed, which results in action and action results in form.
186. Upon what does form depend?
Upon the rate of vibration.
187. How may the rate of vibration be changed?
By mental action.
188. Upon what does mental action depend?
Upon polarity, action and reaction, between the individual and the Universal.
189. Does the creative energy originate in the individual or the Universal?
In the Universal, but the Universal can manifest only through the individual.
190. Why is the individual necessary?
Because the Universal is static, and requires energy to start it in motion. This is furnished by food which is converted into energy, which in turn enables the individual to think. When the individual stops eating he stops thinking; then he no longer acts upon the Universal; there is consequently no longer any action or reaction; the Universal is then only pure mind in static form -- mind at rest.
+ xxxx
THE eXchanger
08-02-2009, 01:38 AM
masterkey 20
For many years there has been an endless discussion as to the origin of evil. Theologians have told us that God is Love, and that God is Omnipresent. If this be true, there is no place where God is not. Where, then, is Evil, Satan and Hell?
Let us see:
God is Spirit.
Spirit is the Creative Principle of the Universe.
Man is made in the image and likeness of God.
Man is therefore a spiritual being.
The only activity which spirit possesses is the power to think.
Thinking is therefore a creative process.
All form is therefore the result of the thinking process.
The destruction of form must also be a result of the thinking process.
Fictitious representations of form are the result of the creative power of thought, as in Hypnotism.
Apparent representation of form are the result of the creative power of thought, as in Spiritualism.
Invention, organization and constructive work of all kinds are the result of the creative power of thought, as in concentration.
When the creative power of thought is manifested for the benefit of humanity, we call the result good.
When the creative power of thought is manifested in a destructive or evil manner, we call the result evil.
This indicates the origin of both good and evil; they are simply words which have been coined in order to indicate the nature of the result of the thinking or creative process. Thought necessarily precedes and predetermines action; action precedes and predetermines condition.
Part Twenty will throw more light upon this important subject.
PART TWENTY
1. The spirit of a thing is that thing; it is necessarily fixed, changeless and eternal. The spirit of you is -- you; without the spirit you would be nothing. It becomes active through your recognition of it and its possibilities.
2. You may have all the wealth in Christendom, but unless you recognize it and make use of it, it will have no value; so with your spiritual wealth: unless you recognize it and use it, it will have no value. The one and only condition of spiritual power is use or recognition.
3. All great things come through recognition; the scepter of power is consciousness, and thought is its messenger, and this messenger is constantly molding the realities of the invisible world into the conditions and environments of your objective world.
4. Thinking is the true business of life, power is the result. You are at all times dealing with the magical power of thought and consciousness. What results can you expect so long as you remain oblivious to the power which has been placed within your control?
5. So long as you do this you limit yourself to superficial conditions, and make of yourself a beast of burden for those who think; those who recognize their power; those who know that unless we are willing to think we shall have to work, and the less we think the more we shall have to work, and the less we shall get for our work.
6. The secret of power is a perfect understanding of the principles, forces, methods and combinations of Mind, and a perfect understanding of our relationship to the Universal Mind. It is well to remember that this principle is unchangeable; if this were not so, it would not be reliable; all principles are changeless.
7. This stability is your opportunity; you are its active attribute, the channel for its activity; the Universal can act only through the individual.
8. When you begin to perceive that the essence of the Universal is within yourself -- is you -- you begin to do things; you begin to feel your power; it is the fuel which fires the imagination; which lights the torch of inspiration; which gives vitality to thought; which enables you to connect with all the invisible forces of the Universe. It is this power which will enable you to plan fearlessly, to execute masterfully.
9. But perception will come only in the Silence; this seems to be the condition required for all great purposes. You are a visualizing entity. Imagination is your workshop. It is here that your ideal is to be visualized.
10. As a perfect understanding of the nature of this power is a primary condition for its manifestation, visualize the entire method over and over again, so that you may use it whenever occasion requires. The infinity of wisdom is to follow the method whereby we may have the inspiration of the omnipotent Universal Mind on demand at any time.
11. We can fail to recognize this world within, and so exclude it from our consciousness, but it will still be the basic fact of all existence; and when we learn to recognize it, not only in ourselves, but in all persons, events, things and circumstances we shall have found the "Kingdom of heaven" which we are told is "within" us.
12. Our failures are a result of the operation of exactly the same principle; the principle is unchangeable; its operation is exact, there is no deviation; if we think lack, limitation, discord, we shall find their fruits on every hand; if we think poverty, unhappiness or disease, the thought messengers will carry the summons as readily as any other kind of thought and the result will be just as certain. If we fear a coming calamity, we shall be able to say with Job, "the thing I feared has come upon me"; if we think unkindly or ignorantly we shall thus attract to ourselves the results of our ignorance.
13. This power of thought, if understood and correctly used, is the greatest labor-saving device ever dreamed of, but if not understood or improperly used, the result will in all probability be disastrous, as we have already seen; by the help of this power you can confidently undertake things that are seemingly impossible, because this power is the secret of all inspiration, all genius.
14. To become inspired means to get out of the beaten path, out of the rut, because extraordinary results require extraordinary means. When we come into a recognition of the Unity of all things and that the source of all power is within, we tap the source of inspiration.
15. Inspiration is the art of imbibing, the art of self-realization; the art of adjusting the individual mind to that of the Universal Mind; the art of attaching the proper mechanism to the source of all power; the art of differentiating the formless into form; the art of becoming a channel for the flow of Infinite Wisdom; the art of visualizing perfection; the art of realizing the omnipresence of Omnipotence.
16. An understanding and appreciation of the fact that the infinite power is omnipresent and is therefore in the infinitely small as well as the infinitely large will enable us to absorb its essence; a further understanding of the fact that this power is spirit and therefore indivisible will enable us to appreciate its present at all points at the same time.
17. An understanding of these facts, first intellectually and then emotionally, will enable us to drink deeply from this ocean of infinite power. An intellectual understanding will be of no assistance; the emotions must be brought into action; thought without feeling is cold. The required combination is thought and feeling.
18. Inspiration is from within. The Silence is necessary, the senses must be stilled, the muscles relaxed, repose cultivated. When you have thus come into possession of a sense of poise and power you will be ready to receive the information or inspiration or wisdom which may be necessary for the development of your purpose.
19. Do not confuse these methods with those of the clairvoyant; they have nothing in common. Inspiration is the art of receiving and makes for all that is best in life; your business in life is to understand and command these invisible forces instead of letting them command and rule you. Power implies service; inspiration implies power; to understand and apply the method of inspiration is to become a superman.
20. We can live more abundantly every time we breathe, if we consciously breathe with that intention. The IF is a very important condition in this case, as the intention governs the attention, and without the attention you can secure only the results which every one else secures. That is, a supply equal to the demand.
21. In order to secure the larger supply your demand must be increased, and as you consciously increase the demand the supply will follow, you will find yourself coming into a larger and larger supply of life, energy and vitality.
22. The reason for this is not difficult to understand, but it is another of the vital mysteries of life which does not seem to be generally appreciated. If you make it your own, you will find it one of the great realities of life.
23. We are told that "In Him we live and move and have our being," and we are told that "He" is a Spirit, and again that "He" is Love, so that every time we breathe, we breathe this life, love, and spirit. This is Pranic Energy, or Pranic Ether, we could not exist a moment without it. It is the Cosmic Energy; it is the Life of the Solar Plexus.
24. Every time we breathe we fill our lungs with air and at the same time vitalize our body with this Pranic Ether which is Life itself, so that we have the opportunity of making a conscious connection with All Life, All Intelligence and All Substance.
25. A knowledge of your relation and oneness with this Principle that governs the Universe and the simple method whereby you can consciously identify yourself with it gives you a scientific understanding of a law whereby you may free yourself from disease, from lack or limitation of any kind; in fact, it enables you to breathe the "breath of life" into your own nostrils.
26. This "breath of life" is a superconscious reality. It is the essence of the "I am." It is pure "Being" or Universal Substance, and our conscious unity with it enables us to localize it, and thus exercise the powers of this creative energy.
27. Thought is creative vibration and the quality of the conditions created will depend upon the quality of our thought, because we cannot express powers which we do not possess. We must "be" before we can "do" and we can "do" only to the extent to which we "are," and so what we do will necessarily coincide with what we "are" and what we are depends upon what we "think."
28. Every time you think you start a train of causation which will create a condition in strict accordance with the quality of the thought which originated it. Thought which is in harmony with the Universal Mind will result in corresponding conditions. Thought which is destructive or discordant will produce corresponding results. You may use thought constructively or destructively, but the immutable law will not allow you to plant a thought of one kind and reap the fruit of another. You are free to use this marvelous creative power as you will, but you must take the consequences.
29. This is the danger from what is called Will Power. There are those who seem to think that by force of will they can coerce this law; that they can sow seed of one kind and by "Will Power" make it bear fruit of another, but the fundamental principle of creative power is in the Universal, and therefore the idea of forcing a compliance with our wishes by the power of the individual will is an inverted conception which may appear to succeed for a while but is eventually doomed to failure - because it antagonizes the very power which it is seeking to use.
30. It is the individual attempting to coerce the Universal, the finite in conflict with the Infinite. Our permanent well-being will be best conserved by a conscious cooperation with the continuous forward movement of the Great Whole.
31. For your exercise this week, go into the Silence and concentrate on the fact that "In him we live and move and have our being" is literally and scientifically exact! That you ARE because He IS, that if He is Omnipresent He must be in you. That if He is all in all you must be in Him! That He is Spirit and you are made in "His image and likeness" and that the only difference between His spirit and your spirit is one of degree, that a part must be the same in kind and quality as the whole. When you can realize this clearly you will have found the secret of the creative power of thought, you will have found the origin of both good and evil, you will have found the secret of the wonderful power of concentration, you will have found the key to the solution of every problem whether physical, financial, or environmental.
The power to think consecutively and deeply and clearly, is an avowed and deadly enemy to mistakes and blunders, superstitions, unscientific theories, irrational beliefs, unbridled enthusiasm, fanaticism.
Haddock
questions:
191. Upon what condition does power depend?
Upon recognition and use.
192. What is recognition?
Consciousness.
193. How do we become conscious of power?
By thinking.
194. What then is the true business of life?
Correct scientific thinking.
195. What is correct scientific thinking?
The ability to adjust our thought processes to the will of the Universal. In other words, to cooperate with Natural laws.
196. How is this accomplished?
By securing a perfect understanding of the principles, forces, methods and combinations of mind.
197. What is this Universal Mind?
The basic fact of all existence.
198. What is the cause of all lack, limitation, disease and discord?
It is due to the operation of exactly the same law, the law operates relentlessly and is continually bringing about conditions in correspondence with the thought which originated or created them.
199. What is inspiration?
The art of realizing the omnipresence of Omniscience.
200. Upon what does the conditions with which we meet depend?
Upon the quality of our thought.
Because what we do depends upon what we are and what we are depends upon what we
THE eXchanger
08-02-2009, 01:38 AM
masterkey 21
It is my privilege to enclose Part Twenty-One. In paragraph 7 you will find that one of the secrets of success, one of the methods of organizing victory, one of the accomplishments of the Master Mind is to think big thoughts.
In paragraph 8 you will find that everything which we hold in our consciousness for any length of time becomes impressed upon our subconsciousness and so becomes a pattern which the creative energy will wave into our life and environment. This is the secret of the wonderful power of prayer.
We know that the universe is governed by law; that for every effect there must be a cause, and that the same cause, under the same conditions, will invariably produce the same effect.
Consequently, if prayer has ever been answered, it will always be answered, if the proper conditions are complied with. This must necessarily be true; otherwise the universe would be a chaos instead of a cosmos. The answer to prayer is therefore subject to law, and this law is definite, exact and scientific, just as are the laws governing gravitation and electricity. An understanding of this law takes the foundation of Christianity out of the realm of superstition and credulity and places it upon the firm rock of scientific understanding.
But, unfortunately, there are comparatively few persons who know how to pray.
They understand that there are laws governing electricity, mathematics, and chemistry, but, for some inexplicable reason, it never seems to occur to them that there are also spiritual laws, and that these laws are also definite, scientific, exact, and operate with immutable precision.
PART TWENTY-ONE
1. The real secret of power is consciousness of power. The Universal Mind is unconditional; therefore, the more conscious we become of our unity with this mind, the less conscious we shall become of conditions and limitations, and as we become emancipated or freed from conditions we come into a realization of the unconditional. We have become free!
2. As soon as we become conscious of the inexhaustible power in the world within, we begin to draw on this power and apply and develop the greater possibilities which this discernment has realized, because whatever we become conscious of, is invariably manifested in the objective world, is brought forth into tangible expression.
3. This is because the Infinite Mind, which is the source from which all things proceed, is one and indivisible, and each individual is a channel whereby this Eternal Energy is being manifested. Our ability to think is our ability to act upon this Universal Substance, and what we think is what is created or produced in the objective world.
4. The result of this discovery is nothing less than marvelous, and means that mind is extraordinary in quality, limitless in quantity, and contains possibilities without number. To become conscious of this power is to become a "live wire"; it has the same effect as placing an ordinary wire in contact with a wire that is charged. The Universal is the live wire. It carries power sufficient to meet every situation which may arise in the life of every individual. When the individual mind touches the Universal Mind it receives all the power it requires. This is the world within. All science recognizes the reality of this world, and all power is contingent upon our recognition of this world.
5. The ability to eliminate imperfect conditions depends upon mental action, and mental action depends upon consciousness of power; therefore, the more conscious we become of our unity with the source of all power, the greater will be our power to control and master every condition.
6. Large ideas have a tendency to eliminate all smaller ideas so that it is well to hold ideas large enough to counteract and destroy all small or undesirable tendencies. This will remove innumerable petty and annoying obstacles from your path. You also become conscious of a larger world of thought, thereby increasing your mental capacity as well as placing yourself in position to accomplish something of value.
7. This is one of the secrets of success, one of the methods of organizing victory, one of the accomplishments of the Master-Mind. He thinks big thoughts. The creative energies of mind find no more difficulty in handling large situations, than small ones. Mind is just as much present in the Infinitely large as in the Infinitely small.
8. When we realize these facts concerning mind we understand how we may bring ourselves any condition by creating the corresponding conditions in our consciousness, because everything which is held for any length of time in the consciousness, eventually becomes impressed upon the subconscious and thus becomes a pattern which the creative energy will wave into the life and environment of the individual.
9. In this way conditions are produced and we find that our lives are simply the reflection of our predominant thoughts, our mental attitude; we see then that the science of correct thinking is the one science, that it includes all other sciences.
10. From this science we learn that every thought creates an impression on the brain, that these impressions create mental tendencies, and these tendencies create character, ability and purpose, and that the combined action of character, ability and purpose determines the experiences with which we shall meet in life.
11. These experiences come to us through the Law of Attraction; through the action of this law we meet in the world without the experiences which correspond to our world within.
12. The predominant thought or the mental attitude is the magnet, and the law is that "like attracts like", consequently the mental attitude will invariably attract such conditions as correspond to its nature.
13. This mental attitude is our personality and is composed of the thoughts which we have been creating in our own mind; therefore, if we wish a change in conditions all that is necessary is to change our thought; this will in turn change our mental attitude, which will in turn change our personality, which will in turn change the persons, things and conditions, or, the experiences with which we meet in life.
14. It is, however, no easy matter to change the mental attitude, but by persistent effort it may be accomplished; the mental attitude is patterned after the mental pictures which have been photographed on the brain; if you do not like the pictures, destroy the negatives and create new pictures; this is the art of visualization.
15. As soon as you have done this you will begin to attract new things, and the new things will correspond to the new pictures. To do this: impress on the mind a perfect picture of the desire which you wish to have objectified and continue to hold the picture in mind until results are obtained.
16. If the desire is one which requires determination, ability, talent, courage, power or any other spiritual power, these are necessary essentials for your picture; build them in; they are the vital part of the picture; they are the feeling which combines with thought and creates the irresistible magnetic power which draws the things you require to you. They give your picture life, and life means growth, and as soon as it beings to grow, the result is practically assured.
17. Do not hesitate to aspire to the highest possible attainments in anything you may undertake, for the mind forces are ever ready to lend themselves to a purposeful will in the effort to crystallize its highest aspirations into acts, accomplishments, and events.
18. An illustration of how these mind forces operate is suggested by the method in which all our habits are formed. We do a thing, then do it again, and again, and again, until it becomes easy and perhaps almost automatic; and the same rule applies in breaking any and all bad habits; we stop doing a thing, and then avoid it again, and again until we are entirely free from it; and if we do fail now and then, we should by no means lose hope, for the law is absolute and invincible and gives us credit for every effort and every success, even though our efforts and successes are perhaps intermittent.
19. There is no limit to what this law can do for you; dare to believe in your own idea; remember that Nature is plastic to the ideal; think of the ideal as an already accomplished fact.
20. The real battle of life is one of ideas; it is being fought out by the few against the many; on the one side is the constructive and creative thought, on the other side the destructive and negative thought; the creative thought is dominated by an ideal, the passive thought is dominated by appearances. On both sides are men of science, men of letters, and men of affairs.
21. On the creative side are men who spend their time in laboratories, or over microscopes and telescopes, side by side with the men who dominate the commercial, political, and scientific world; on the negative side or men who spend their time investigating law and precedent, men who mistake theology for religion, statesmen who mistake might for right, and all the millions who seem to prefer precedent to progress, who are eternally looking backward instead of forward, who see only the world without, but know nothing of the world within.
22. In the last analysis there are but these two classes; all men will have to take their place on one side or the other; they will have to go forward, or go back; there is no standing still in a world where all is motion; it is this attempt to stand still that gives sanction and force to arbitrary and unequal codes of law.
23. That we are in a period of transition is evidenced by the unrest which is everywhere apparent. The complaint of humanity is as a roll of heaven's artillery, commencing with low and threatening notes and increasing until the sound is sent from cloud to cloud, and the lightning splits the air and earth.
24. The sentries who patrol the most advanced outposts of the Industrial, Political, and Religious world are calling anxiously to each other. What of the night? The danger and insecurity of the position they occupy and attempt to hold is becoming more apparent every hour. The dawn of a new era necessarily declares that the existing order of things cannot much longer be.
25. The issue between the old regime and the new, the crux of the social problem, is entirely a question of conviction in the minds of the people as to the nature of the Universe. When they realize that the transcendent force of spirit or mind of the Cosmos is within each individual, it will be possible to frame laws that shall consider the liberties and rights of the many instead of the privileges of the few.
26. As long as the people regard the Cosmic power as a power non-human and alien to humanity, so long will it be comparatively easy for a supposed privileged class to rule by Divine right in spite of every protest of social sentiment. The real interest of democracy is therefore to exalt, emancipate and recognize the divinity of the human spirit. To recognize that all power is from within. That no human being has any more power than any other human being, except such as may willingly be delegated to him. The old regime would have us believe that the law was superior to the law-makers; herein is the gist of the social crime of every form of privilege and personal inequality, the institutionalizing of the fatalistic doctrine of Divine election.
27. The Divine Mind is the Universal Mind; it makes no exceptions, it plays no favorites; it does not act through sheer caprice or from anger, jealousy or wrath; neither can it be flattered, cajoled or moved by sympathy or petition to supply man with some need which he thinks necessary for his happiness or even his existence. The Divine Mind makes no exceptions to favor any individual; but when the individual understands and realizes his Unity with the Universal principle he will appear to be favored because he will have found the source of all health, all wealth, and all power.
28. For your exercise this week, concentrate on the Truth. Try to realize that the Truth shall make you free, that is, nothing can permanently stand in the way of your perfect success when you learn to apply the scientifically correct thought methods and principles. Realize that you are externalizing in your environment your inherent soul potencies. Realize that the Silence offers an ever-available and almost unlimited opportunity for awakening the highest conception of Truth. Try to comprehend that Omnipotence itself is absolute silence, all else is change, activity, limitation. Silent thought concentration is therefore the true method of reaching, awakening, and then expressing the wonderful potential power of the world within.
The possibilities of thought training are infinite, its consequence eternal, and yet few take the pains to direct their thinking into channels that will do them good, but instead leave all to chance.
Marden
questions:
201. What is the real secret of power?
The consciousness of power, because whatever we become conscious of, is invariably manifested in the objective world, is brought forth into tangible expression.
202. What is the source of this power?
The Universal Mind, from which all things proceed, and which is one and indivisible.
203. How is this power being manifested?
Through the individual, each individual is a channel whereby this energy is being differentiated in form.
204. How may we connect with this Omnipotence?
Our ability to think is our ability to act on this Universal Energy, and what we think is what is produced or created in the objective world.
205. What is the result of this discovery?
The result is nothing less than marvelous, it opens unprecedented and limitless opportunity.
206. How, then, may we eliminate imperfect conditions?
By becoming conscious of our Unity with the source of all power.
207. What is one of the distinctive characteristics of the Master Mind?
He thinks big thoughts, he holds ideas large enough to counteract and destroy all petty and annoying obstacles.
208. How do experiences come to us?
Through the law of attraction.
209. How is this law brought into operation?
By our predominant mental attitude.
210. What is the issue between the old regime and the new?
A question of conviction as to the nature of the Universe. The old regime is trying to cling to the fatalistic doctrine of Divine election. The new regime recognizes the divinity of the individual, the democracy of humanity.
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
08-02-2009, 01:42 AM
masterkey 22
In Part Twenty-two you will find that thoughts are spiritual seeds, which, when planted in the subconscious mind, have a tendency to sprout and grow, but unfortunately the fruit is frequently not to our liking.
The various forms of inflammation, paralysis, nervousness and diseased conditions generally, are the manifestation of fear, worry, care, anxiety, jealousy, hatred and similar thought.
The life processes are carried on by two distinct methods; first, the taking up and making use of nutritive material necessary for constructing cells; second, breaking down and excreting the waste material.
All life is based upon these constructive and destructive activities, and as food, water and air are the only requisites necessary for the construction of cells, it would seem that the problem of prolonging life indefinitely would not be a very difficult one.
However strange it may seem, it is the second or destructive activity that is, with rare exception, the cause of all disease. The waste material accumulates and saturates the tissues, which causes autointoxication. This may be partial or general. In the first case the disturbance will be local; in the second place it will affect the whole system.
The problem, then, before us in the healing of disease is to increase the inflow and distribution of vital energy throughout the system, and this can only be done by eliminating thoughts of fear, worry, care, anxiety, jealousy, hatred, and every other destructive thought, which tend to tear down and destroy the nerves and glands which control the excretion and elimination of poisonous and waste matter.
"Nourishing foods and strengthening tonics" cannot bestow life, because these are but secondary manifestations to life. The primary manifestation of life and how you may get in touch with it is explained in the Part which I have the privilege of enclosing herewith.
PART TWENTY-TWO
1. Knowledge is of priceless value, because by applying knowledge we can make our future what we wish it to be. When we realize that our present character, our present environment, our present ability, our present physical condition are all the result of past methods of thinking, we shall begin to have some conception of the value of knowledge.
2. If the state of our health is not all that could be desired, let us examine our method of thinking; let us remember that every thought produces an impression on the mind; every impression is a seed which will sink into the subconscious and form a tendency; the tendency will be to attract other similar thoughts and before we know it we shall have a crop which must be harvested.
3. If these thoughts contain disease germs, the harvest will be sickness, decay, weakness, and failure; the question is, what are we thinking, what are we creating, what is the harvest to be?
4. If there is any physical condition which it is necessary to change, the law governing visualization will be found effective. Make a mental image of physical perfection, hold it in the mind until it is absorbed by the consciousness. Many have eliminated chronic ailments in a few weeks by this method, and thousands have overcome and destroyed all manner of ordinary physical disturbances by this method in a few days, sometimes in a few minutes.
5. It is through the law of vibration that the mind exercises this control over the body. We know that every mental action is a vibration, and we know that all form is simply a mode of motion, a rate of vibration. Therefore, any given vibration immediately modifies every atom in the body, every life cell is affected and an entire chemical change is made in every group of life cells.
6. Everything in the Universe is what it is by virtue of its rate of vibration. Change the rate of vibration and you change the nature, quality and form. The vast panorama of nature, both visible and invisible, is being constantly changed by simply changing the rate of vibration, and as thought is a vibration we can also exercise this power. We can change the vibration and thus produce any condition which we desire to manifest in our bodies.
7. We are all using this power every minute. The trouble is most of us are using it unconsciously and thus producing undesirable results. The problem is to use it intelligently and produce only desirable results. This should not be difficult, because we all have had sufficient experience to know what produces pleasant vibration in the body, and we also know the causes which produce the unpleasant and disagreeable sensations.
8. All that is necessary is to consult our own experience. When our thought has been uplifted, progressive, constructive, courageous, noble, kind or in any other way desirable, we have set in motion vibrations which brought about certain results. When our thought has been filled with envy, hatred, jealousy, criticism or any of the other thousand and one forms of discord, certain vibrations were set in motion which brought about certain other results of a different nature, and each of these rates of vibration, if kept up, crystallized in form. In the first case the result was mental, moral and physical health, and in the second case discord, inharmony and disease.
9. We can understand, then, something of the power which the mind possesses over the body.
10. The objective mind has certain effects on the body which are readily recognized. Someone says something to you which strikes you as ludicrous and you laugh, possibly until your whole body shakes, which shows that thought has control over the muscles of your body; or someone says something which excites your sympathy and your eyes fill with tears, which shows that thought controls the glands of your body; or someone says something which makes you angry and the blood mounts to your cheek, which shows that thought controls the circulation of your blood. But as these experiences are all the results of the action of your objective mind over the body, the results are of a temporary nature; they soon pass away and leave the situation as it was before.
11. Let us see how the action of the subconscious mind over the body differs. You receive a wound; thousands of cells being the work of healing at once; in a few days or a few weeks the work is complete. You may even break a bone. No surgeon on earth can weld the parts together (I am not referring to the insertion of rods or other devices to strengthen or replace bones). He may set the bone for you, and the subjective mind will immediately begin the process of welding the parts together, and in a short time the bone is as solid as it ever was. You may swallow poison; the subjective mind will immediately discover the danger and make violent efforts to eliminate it. You may become infected with a dangerous germ; the subjective will at once commence to build a wall around the infected area and destroy the infection by absorbing it in the white blood corpuscles which it supplies for the purpose.
12. These processes of the subconscious mind usually proceed without our personal knowledge or direction, and so long as we do not interfere the result is perfect, but, as these millions of repair cells are all intelligent and respond to our thought, they are often paralyzed and rendered impotent by our thoughts of fear, doubt, and anxiety. They are like an army of workmen, ready to start an important piece of work, but every time they get started on the undertaking a strike is called, or plans changed, until they finally get discouraged and give up.
13. The way to health is founded on the law of vibration, which is the basis of all science, and this law is brought into operation by the mind, the "world within." It is a matter of individual effort and practice. Our world of power is within; if we are wise we shall not waste time and effort in trying to deal with effects as we find them in the "world without," which is only an external, a reflection.
14. We shall always find the cause in the "world within"; by changing the cause, we change the effect.
15. Every cell in your body is intelligent and will respond to your direction. The cells are all creators and will create the exact pattern which you give them.
16. Therefore, when perfect images are placed before the subjective, the creative energies will build a perfect body.
17. Brain cells are constructed in the same way. The quality of the brain is governed by the state of mind, or mental attitude, so that if undesirable mental attitudes are conveyed to the subjective they will in turn be transferred to the body; we can therefore readily see that if we wish the body to manifest health, strength and vitality this must be the predominant thought.
18. We know then that every element of the human body is the result of a rate of vibration.
19. We know that mental action is a rate of vibration.
20. We know that a higher rate of vibration governs, modifies, controls, changes, or destroys a lower rate of vibration.
21. We know that the rate of vibration is governed by the character of brain cells, and finally,
22. We know how to create these brain cells; therefore,
23. We know how to make any physical change in the body we desire, and having secured a working knowledge of the power of mind to this extent, we have come to know that there is practically no limitation which can be placed upon our ability to place ourselves in harmony with natural law, which is omnipotent.
24. This influence or control over the body by mind is coming to be more and more generally understood, and many physicians are now giving the matter their earnest attention. Dr. Albert T. Shofield, who has written several important books on the subject, say, "The subject of mental therapeutics is still ignored in medical works generally. In our physiologies no references is made to the central controlling power that rules the body for its good, and the power of the mind over the body is seldom spoken of".
25. No doubt many physicians treat nervous diseases of functional origin wisely and well, but what we contend is that the knowledge they display was taught at no school, was learned from no book, but it is intuitive and empirical.
26. This is not as it should be. The power of mental therapeutics should be the subject of careful, special and scientific teaching in every medical school. We might pursue the subject of maltreatment, or want of treatment, further in detail and describe the disastrous results of neglected cases; but the task is an invidious one.
27. There can be no doubt that few patients are aware how much they can do for themselves. What the patient can do for himself, the forces he can set in motion are as yet unknown. We are inclined to believe that they are far greater than most imagine, and will undoubtedly be used more and more. Mental therapeutics may be directed by the patient himself to calming the mind in excitement, by arousing feelings of joy, hope, faith, and love; by suggesting motives for exertion, by regular mental work, by diverting the thoughts from the malady.
28. For your exercise this week concentrate on Tennyson's beautiful lines "Speak to Him, thou, for He hears, and spirit with spirit can meet, Closer is He than breathing, and nearer than hands and feet." Then try to realize that when you do "Speak to Him" you are in touch with Omnipotence.
29. This realization and recognition of this Omnipresent power will quickly destroy any and every form of sickness or suffering and substitute harmony and perfection. Then remember there are those who seem to think that sickness and suffering are sent by God; if so, every physician, every surgeon and every Red Cross nurse is defying the will of God and hospitals and sanitariums are places of rebellion instead of houses of mercy. Of course, this quickly reasons itself into an absurdity, but there are many; who still cherish the idea.
30. Then let the thought rest on the fact that until recently theology has been trying to teach an impossible Creator, one who created beings capable of sinning and then allowed them to be eternally punished for such sins. Of course the necessary outcome of such extraordinary ignorance was to create fear instead of love, and so, after two thousand years of this kind of propaganda, Theology is now busily engaged in apologizing for Christendom.
31. You will then more readily appreciate the ideal man, the man made in the image and likeness of God, and you will more readily appreciate the all originating Mind that forms, upholds, sustains, originates, and creates all there is.
All are but parts of one stupendous whole, Whose body nature is, and God the soul.
Opportunity follows perception, action follows inspiration, growth follows knowledge, eminence flows progress. Always the spiritual first, then the transformation into the infinite and illimitable possibilities of achievement.
questions:
211. How may sickness be eliminated?
By placing ourselves in harmony with Natural Law which is Omnipotent.
212. What is the process?
A realization that man is a spiritual being and that this spirit must necessarily be perfect.
213. What is the result?
A conscious recognition of this perfection - first intellectually, then emotionally - brings about a manifestation of this perfection.
214. Why is this so?
Because thought is spiritual and therefore creative and correlates with its object and brings it into manifestation.
215. What Natural Law is brought into operation?
The Law of Vibration.
216. Why does this govern?
Because a higher rate of vibration governs, modifies, controls, changes, or destroys a lower rate of vibration.
217. Is this system of mental therapeutics generally recognized?
Yes, there are literally millions of people in this country who make use of it in one form or another (and obviously many more world-wide).
218. What is the result of this system of thought?
For the first time in the world's history every man's highest reasoning faculty can be satisfied by a demonstrable truth which is now fast flooding the world.
219. Is this system applicable to other forms of supply?
It will meet every human requirement or necessity.
220. Is this system scientific or religious?
Both. True science and true religion are twin sisters, where one goes, the other necessarily follows.
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
08-02-2009, 01:44 AM
- masterkey 23
In the part which I have the honor to transmit herewith you will find that money weaves itself into the entire fabric of our very existence; that the law of success is service; that we get what we give, and for this reason we should consider it a great privilege to be able to give.
We have found that thought is the creative activity behind every constructive enterprise. We can therefore give nothing of more practical value than our thought.
Creative thought requires attention, and the power of attention is, as we have found, the weapon of the Super-man. Attention develops concentration, and concentration develops Spiritual Power, and Spiritual Power is the mightiest force in existence.
This is the science which embraces all sciences. It is the art which, above all arts, is relevant to human life. In the mastery of this science and this art there is opportunity for unending progression. Perfection in this is not acquired in six days, nor in six weeks, nor in six months. It is the labor of life. Not to go forward is to go backward.
It is inevitable that the entertainment of positive, constructive and unselfish thoughts should have a far-reaching effect for good. Compensation is the keynote of the universe. Nature is constantly seeking to strike an equilibrium. Where something is sent out something must be received; else there should be a vacuum formed.
By observance of this rule you cannot fail to profit in such measure as to amply justify your effort along this line.
PART TWENTY-THREE
1. The money consciousness is an attitude of mind; it is the open door to the arteries of commerce. It is the receptive attitude. Desire is the attractive force which sets the current in motion and fear is the great obstacle by which the current is stopped or completely reversed, turned away from us.
2. Fear is just the opposite from money consciousness; it is poverty consciousness, and as the law is unchangeable we get exactly what we give; if we fear we get what we feared. Money weaves itself into the entire fabric of our very existence; it engages the best thought of the best minds.
3. We make money by making friends, and we enlarge our circle of friends by making money for them, by helping them, by being of service to them. The first law of success then is service, and this in turn is built on integrity and justice. The man who at least is not fair in his intention is simply ignorant; he has missed the fundamental law of all exchange; he is impossible; he will lose surely and certainly; he may not know it; he may think he is winning, but he is doomed to certain defeat. He cannot cheat the Infinite. The law of compensation will demand of him an eye for an eye and a tooth for a tooth.
4. The forces of life are volatile; they are composed of our thoughts and ideals and these in turn are molded into form; our problem is to keep an open mind, to constantly reach out for the new, to recognize opportunity, to be interested in the race rather than the goal, for the pleasure is in the pursuit rather than the possession.
5. You can make a money magnet of yourself, but to do so you must first consider how you can make money for other people. If you have the necessary insight to perceive and utilize opportunities and favorable conditions and recognize values, you can put yourself in position to take advantage of them, but your greatest success will come as you are enabled to assist others. What benefits one must benefit all.
6. A generous thought is filled with strength and vitality, a selfish thought contains the germs of dissolution; it will disintegrate and pass away. Great financiers are simply channels for the distribution of wealth; enormous amounts come and go, but it would be as dangerous to stop the outgo as the income; both ends must remain open; and so our greatest success will come as we recognize that it is just as essential to give as to get.
7. If we recognize the Omnipotent power that is the source of all supply we will adjust our consciousness to this supply in such a way that it will constantly attract all that is necessary to itself and we shall find that the more we give the more we get. Giving in this sense implies service. The banker gives his money, the merchant gives his goods, the author gives his thought, the workman gives his skill; all have something to give, but the more they can give, the more they get, and the more they get the more they are enabled to give.
8. The financier gets much because he gives much; he thinks; he is seldom a man that lets anyone else do his thinking for him; he wants to know how results are to be secured; you must show him; when you can do this he will furnish the means by which hundreds or thousands may profit, and in proportion as they are successful will he be successful. Morgan, Rockefeller, Carnegie and others did not get rich because they lost money for other people; on the contrary, it is because they made money for other people that they became the wealthiest men in the wealthiest country on the globe.
9. The average person is entirely innocent of any deep thinking; he accepts the ideas of others, and repeats them, in very much the same way as a parrot; this is readily seen when we understand the method which is used to form public opinion, and this docile attitude on the part of a large majority who seem perfectly willing to let a few persons do all their thinking for them is what enables a few men in a great many countries to usurp all the avenues of power and hold the millions in subjection. Creative thinking requires attention.
10. The power of attention is called concentration; this power is directed by the will; for this reason we must refuse to concentrate or think of anything except the things we desire. Many are constantly concentrating upon sorrow, loss and discord of every kind; as thought is creative it necessarily follows that this concentration inevitable leads to more loss, more sorrow and more discord. How could it be otherwise? On the other hand, when we meet with success, gain, or any other desirable condition, we naturally concentrate upon the effects of these things and thereby create more, and so it follows that much leads to more.
11. How an understanding of this principle can be utilized in the business world is well told by an associate of mine:
12. "Spirit, whatever else it may or may not be, must be considered as the Essence of Consciousness, the Substance of Mind, the reality underlying Thought. And as all ideas are phases of the activity of Consciousness, Mind or Thought, it follows that in Spirit, and in it alone, is to be found the Ultimate Fact, the Real Thing, or Idea."
13. This being admitted, does it not seem reasonable to hold that a true understanding of Spirit, and its laws of manifestation, would be about the most "practical" thing that a "practical" person can hope to find? Does it not seem certain that if the "practical" men of the world could but realize this fact, they would "fall all over themselves" in getting to the place in which they might obtain such knowledge of spiritual things and laws? These men are not fools; they need only to grasp this fundamental fact in order to move in the direction of that which is the essence of all achievement.
14. Let me give you a concrete example. I know a man in Chicago whom I had always considered to be quite materialistic. He had made several successes in life; and also several failures. The last time I had a talk with him he was practically "down and out," as compared with his former business condition. It looked as if he had indeed reached "the end of his rope," for he was well advanced into the stage of middle-age, and new ideas came more slowly, and less frequently to him than in former years.
15. He said to me, in substance: "I know that all things that "work out" in business are the result of Thought; any fool knows that. Just now, I seem to be short on thoughts and good ideas. But, if this "All-Mind" teaching is correct, it should be possible for the individual to attain a ‘direct connection’ with Infinite Mind; and in Infinite Mind there must be the possibility of all kinds of good ideas which a man of my courage and experience could put to practical use in the business world, and make a big success thereof. It looks good to me; and I am going to look into it."
16. This was several years ago. The other day I heard of this man again. Talking to a friend, I said: "What has come of our old friend X? Has he ever gotten on his feet again?" The friend looked at me in amazement. "Why," said he, "don't you know about X's great success? He is the Big Man in the '_________ Company' (naming a concern which has made a phenomenal success during the last eighteen months and is now well known, by reason of its advertisements, from one end of the country to another, and also abroad). He is the man who supplied the BIG IDEA for that concern. Why, he is about a half-million to the good and is moving rapidly toward the million mark; all in the space of eighteen months." I had not connected this man with the enterprise mentioned; although I knew of the wonderful success of the company in question. Investigation has shown that the story is true, and that the above stated facts are not exaggerated in the slightest.
17. Now, what do you think of that? To me, it means that this man actually made the "direct connection" with Infinite Mind -- Spirit -- and, having found it, he set it to work for him. He "used it in his business."
18. Does this sound sacrilegious or blasphemous? I hope not; I do not mean it to be so. Take away the implication of Personality, or Magnified Human Nature, from the conception of the "The Infinite," and you have left the conception of an Infinite Presence-Power, the Quintessence of which is Consciousness -- in fact, at the last, Spirit. As this man, also, at the last, must be considered as a manifestation of Spirit; there is nothing sacrilegious in the idea that he, being Spirit, should so harmonize himself with his Origin and Source that he would be able to manifest at least a minor degree of its Power. All of us do this, more or less, when we use our minds in the direction of Creative Thought. This man did more, he went about it in an intensely "practical" manner.
19. I have not consulted him about his method of procedure, though I intend doing so at the first opportunity, but, he not only drew upon the Infinite Supply for the ideas which he needed (and which formed the seed of his success), but that he also used the Creative Power of Thought in building up for himself an Idealistic Pattern of that which he hoped to manifest in material form, adding thereto, changing, improving its detail, from time to time -- proceeding from the general outline to the finished detail. I judge this to be the facts of the case, not alone from my recollection of the conversation a few years ago, but also because I have found the same thing to be true in the cases of other prominent men who have made similar manifestation of Creative Thought.
20. Those who may shrink from this idea of employing the Infinite Power to aid one in his work in the material world, should remember that if the Infinite objected in the least to such a procedure the thing could never happen. The Infinite is quite able to take care of itself.
21. "Spirituality" is quite "practical," very "practical," intensely "practical." It teaches that Spirit is the Real Thing, the Whole Thing, and that Matter is but plastic stuff, which Spirit is able to create, mould, manipulate, and fashion to its will. Spirituality is the most "practical" thing in the world -- the only really and absolutely "practical" thing that there is!
22. This week concentrate on the fact that man is not a body with a spirit, but a spirit with a body, and that it is for this reason that his desires are incapable of any permanent satisfaction in anything not spiritual. Money is therefore of no value except to bring about the conditions which we desire, and these conditions are necessarily harmonious. Harmonious conditions necessitate sufficient supply, so that if there appears to be any lack, we should realize that the idea or soul of money is service, and as this thought takes form, channels of supply will be opened, and you will have the satisfaction of knowing that spiritual methods are entirely practical.
We have discovered that premeditated, orderly thinking for a purpose matures that purpose into fixed form, so that we may be absolutely sure of the result of our dynamic experiment.
Francis Larimer Warner
QUESTIONS:
221. What is the first law of success?
Service.
222. How may we be of the most service?
Have an open mind; be interested in the race rather than the goal, in the pursuit rather than possession.
223. What is the result of a selfish thought?
It contains the germs of dissolution.
224. How will our greatest success be achieved?
By a recognition of the fact that it is just as essential to give as to receive.
225. Why do financiers frequently meet with great success?
Because they do their own thinking.
226. Why do the great majority in every country remain the docile and apparently willing tools of the few?
Because they let the few do all their thinking for them.
227. What is the effect of concentrating upon sorrow and loss?
More sorrow and more loss.
228. What is the effect of concentrating upon gain?
More gain.
229. Is this principle used in the business world?
It is the only principle which is ever used, or ever can be used; there is no other principle. The fact that it may be used unconsciously does not alter the situation.
230. What is the practical application of this principle?
The fact that success is an effect, not a cause, and if we wish to secure the effect we must ascertain the cause, or idea or thought by which the effect is created.
Nurture your mind with great thoughts; to believe in the heroic makes heroes.
Disraeli
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
08-02-2009, 01:46 AM
- masterkey 24
Enclosed you will find Part Twenty-four, your final lesson of this course.
If you have practiced each of the exercises a few minutes every day, as suggested, you will have found that you can get out of life exactly what you wish by first putting into life that which you wish, and you will probably agree with the student who said: "The thought is almost overwhelming, so vast, so available, so definite, so reasonable and so usable."
The fruit of this knowledge is, as it were, a gift of the Gods; it is the "truth" that makes men free, not only free from every lack and limitation, but free from sorrow, worry and care, and, is it not wonderful to realize that this law is no respecter of persons, that it makes no difference what your habit of thought may be, the way has been prepared.
If you are inclined to be religious, the greatest religious teacher the world has ever known made the way so plain that all may follow. If your mental bias is toward physical science, the law will operate with mathematical certainty. If you are inclined to be philosophical, Plato or Emerson may be your teacher, but in either case, you may reach degrees of power to which it is impossible to assign any limit.
An understanding of this principle, I believe, is the secret for which the ancient Alchemists vainly sought, because it explains how gold in the mind may be transmuted into gold in the heart and in the hand.
PART TWENTY-FOUR
1. When the scientists first put the Sun in the center of the Solar System and sent the earth spinning around it, there was immense surprise and consternation. The whole idea was self-evidently false; nothing was more certain than the movement of the Sun across the sky, and anyone could see it descend behind the western hills and sink into the sea; scholars raged and scientists rejected the idea as absurd, yet the evidence has finally carried conviction in the minds of all.
2. We speak of a bell as a "sounding body," yet we know that all the bell can do is to produce vibrations in the air. When these vibrations come at the rate of sixteen per second, they cause a sound to be heard in the mind. It is also possible for the mind to hear vibrations up to the rate of 38,000 vibrations per second. When the number increases beyond this, all is silence again; so that we know that the sound is not in the bell, it is in our own mind.
3. We speak and even think of the Sun as "giving light." Yet we know it is simply giving forth energy which produces vibrations in the ether at the rate of four hundred trillion a second, causing what are termed light waves, so that we know that we call light is simply a form of energy and that the only light there is, is the sensation caused in the mind by the motion of the waves. When the number increases, the light changes in color, each change in color being caused by shorter and more rapid vibrations; so that although we speak of the rose as being red, the grass as being green, or the sky as being blue, we know that the colors exist only in our minds, and are the sensations experienced by us as the result of the vibrations of light waves. When the vibrations are reduced below four hundred trillion a second, they no longer affect us as light, but we experience the sensation of heat. It is evident, therefore, that we cannot depend upon the evidence of the senses for our information concerning the realities of things; if we did we should believe that the sun moved, that the world was flat instead of round, that the stars were bits of light instead of vast suns.
4. The whole range then of the theory and practice of any system of metaphysics consists in knowing the Truth concerning yourself and the world in which you live; in knowing that in order to express harmony, you must think harmony; in order to express health you must think health; and in order to express abundance you must think abundance; to do this you must reverse the evidence of the senses.
5. When you come to know that every form of disease, sickness, lack and limitation are simply the result of wrong thinking, you will have come to know "the Truth which shall make you free." You will see how mountains may be removed. If these mountains consist only of doubt, fear, distrust or other forms of discouragement, they are none the less real, and they need not only to be removed but to be "cast into the sea."
6. Your real work consists in convincing yourself of the truth of these statements. When you have succeeded in doing this you will have no difficulty in thinking the truth, and as has been shown, the truth contains a vital principle and will manifest itself.
7. Those who heal diseases by mental methods have come to know this truth, they demonstrate it in their lives and the lives of others daily. They know that life, health and abundance are Omnipresent, filling all space, and they know that those who allow disease or lack of any kind to manifest, have as yet not come into an understanding of this great law.
8. As all conditions are thought creations and therefore entirely mental, disease and lack are simply mental conditions in which the person fails to perceive the truth; as soon as the error is removed, the condition is removed.
9. The method for removing this error is to go into the Silence and know the Truth; as all mind is one mind, you can do this for yourself or anyone else. If you have learned to form mental images of the conditions desired, this will be the easiest and quickest way to secure results; if not, results can be accomplished by argument, by the process of convincing yourself absolutely of the truth of your statement.
10. Remember, and this is one of the most difficult as well as most wonderful statements to grasp.... remember that no matter what the difficulty is, no matter where it is, no matter who is affected, you have no patient but yourself; you have nothing to do but to convince yourself of the truth which you desire to see manifested.
11. This is an exact scientific statement in accordance with every system of Metaphysics in existence, and no permanent results are ever secured in any other way.
12. Every form of concentration, forming Mental Images, Argument, and Autosuggestion are all simply methods by which you are enabled to realize the Truth.
13. If you desire to help someone, to destroy some form of lack, limitation or error, the correct method is not to think of the person whom you wish to help; the intention to help them is entirely sufficient, as this puts you in mental touch with the person. Then drive out of your own mind any belief of lack, limitation, disease, danger, difficulty or whatever the trouble might be. As soon as you have succeeded is doing this the result will have been accomplished, and the person will be free.
14. But remember that thought is creative and consequently every time you allow your thought to rest on any inharmonious condition, you must realize that such conditions are apparent only, they have no reality, that spirit is the only reality and it can never be less than perfect.
15. All thought is a form of energy, a rate of vibration, but a thought of the Truth is the highest rate of vibration known and consequently destroys every form of error in exactly the same way that light destroys darkness; no form of error can exist when the "Truth" appears, so that your entire mental work consists in coming into an understanding of the Truth. This will enable you to overcome every form of lack, limitation or disease of any kind.
16. We can get no understanding of the truth from the world without; the world without is relative only; Truth is absolute. We must therefore find it in the "world within."
17. To train the mind to see Truth only is to express true conditions only, our ability to do this will be an indication as to the progress we are making.
18. The absolute truth is that the "I" is perfect and complete; the real "I" is spiritual and can therefore never be less than perfect; it can never have any lack, limitation, or disease. The flash of genius does not have origin in the molecular motion of the brain; it is inspired by the ego, the spiritual "I" which is one with the Universal Mind, and it is our ability to recognize this Unity which is the cause of all inspiration, all genius. These results are far reaching and have effect upon generations yet to come; they are the pillars of fire which mark the path that millions follow.
19. Truth is not the result of logical training or of experimentation, or even of observation; it is the product of a developed consciousness. Truth within a Caesar, manifests in a Caesar's deportment, in his life and his action; his influence upon social forms and progress. Your life and your actions and your influence in the world will depend upon the degree of truth which you are enabled to perceive, for truth will not manifest in creeds, but in conduct.
20. Truth manifests in character, and the character of a man, should be the interpretation of his religion, or what to him is truth, and this will in turn be evidenced in the character of his possession. If a man complains of the drift of his fortune he is just as unjust to himself as if he should deny rational truth, though it stand patent and irrefutable.
21. Our environment and the innumerable circumstances and accidents of our lives already exist in the subconscious personality which attracts to itself the mental and physical material which is congenial to its nature. Thus our future being determined from our present, and if there should be apparent injustice in any feature or phase of our personal life, we must look within for the cause, try to discover the mental fact which is responsible for the outward manifestation.
22. It is this truth which makes you "free" and it is the conscious knowledge of this truth which will enable you to overcome every difficulty.
23. The conditions with which you meet in the world without are invariably the result of the conditions obtaining in the world within, therefore it follows with scientific accuracy that by holding the perfect ideal in mind you can bring about ideal conditions in your environment.
24. If you see only the incomplete, the imperfect, the relative, the limited, these conditions will manifest in your life; but if you train your mind to see and realize the spiritual ego, the "I" which is forever perfect and complete, harmonious; wholesome, and healthful conditions only will be manifested.
25. As thought is creative, and the truth is the highest and most perfect thought which anyone can think, it is self-evident that to think the truth is to create that which is true and it is again evident that when truth comes into being that which is false must cease to be.
26. The Universal Mind is the totality of all mind which is in existence. Spirit is Mind, because spirit is intelligent. The words are, therefore, synonymous.
27. The difficulty with which you have to contend is to realize that mind is not individual. It is omnipresent. It exists everywhere. In other words, there is no place where it is not. It is, therefore, Universal.
28. Men have, heretofore, generally used the word "God" to indicate this Universal, creative principle; but the word "God" does not convey the right meaning. Most people understand this word to mean something outside of themselves; while exactly the contrary is the fact. It is our very life. Without it we would be dead. We would cease to exist. The minute the spirit leaves the body, we are as nothing. Therefore, spirit is really, all there is of us.
29. Now, the only activity which the spirit possesses is the power to think. Therefore, thought must be creative, because spirit is creative. This creative power is impersonal and your ability to think is your ability to control it and make use of it for the benefit of yourself and others.
30. When the truth of this statement is realized, understood, and appreciated, you will have come into possession of the Master-Key, but remember that only those who are wise enough to understand, broad enough to weigh the evidence, firm enough to follow their own judgment, and strong enough to make the sacrifice exacted, may enter and partake.
31. This week, try to realize that this is truly a wonderful world in which we live, that you are a wonderful being that many are awakening to a knowledge of the Truth, and as fast as they awake and come into a knowledge of the "things which have been prepared for them" they, too, realize that "Eye hath not seen, nor ear heard, neither hath it entered into the heart of man," the splendors which exist for those who find themselves in the Promised Land. They have crossed the river of judgment and have arrived at the point of discrimination between the true and the false, and have found that all they ever willed or dreamed, was but a faint concept of the dazzling reality.
Though an inheritance of acres may be bequeathed, an inheritance of knowledge and wisdom cannot. The wealthy man may pay others for doing his work for him, but it is impossible to get his thinking done for him by another or to purchase any kind of self-culture.
S. Smiles
QUESTIONS:
231. Upon what principle does the theory and practice of every system of Metaphysics in existence depend?
Upon a knowledge of the "Truth" concerning yourself and the world in which you life.
232. What is the "Truth" concerning yourself?
The real "I" or ego is spiritual and can therefore never be less than perfect.
233. What is the method of destroying any form of error?
To absolutely convince yourself of the "Truth" concerning the condition which you wish to see manifested.
234. Can we do this for others?
The Universal Mind in which "we live and move and have our being" is one and indivisible, it is therefore just as possible to help others as to help ourselves.
235. What is the Universal Mind?
The totality of all mind in existence.
236. Where is the Universal Mind?
The Universal Mind is omnipresent, it exists everywhere. There is no place where it is not. It is therefore within us. It is "The World within." It is our spirit, our life.
237. What is the nature of the Universal Mind?
It is spiritual and consequently creative. It seeks to express itself in form.
238. How may we act on the Universal Mind?
Our ability to think is our ability to act on the Universal Mind and bring it into manifestation for the benefit of ourselves or others.
239. What is meant by thinking?
Clear, decisive, calm, deliberate, sustained thought with a definite end in view.
240. What will be the result?
You will also be able to say, "It is not I that doeth the works, but the ‘Father’ that dwelleth within me, He doeth the works." You will come to know that the "Father" is the Universal Mind and that He does really and truly dwell within you, in other words, you will come to know that the wonderful promises made in the Bible are fact, not fiction, and can be demonstrated by anyone having sufficient understanding.
Temples have their sacred images, and we see what influence they have always had over a great part of mankind; but, in truth, the ideas and images in men's minds are the invisible powers that constantly govern them; and to these they all pay universally a ready submission.
Jonathan Edwards
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
08-02-2009, 01:48 AM
- Where many
xxx's 'mark' many 'spots'
we are sorry - we got a little frustrated/and, mad
and, deleted a number of our posts
it was likely the 'dumbest' thing,
we've ever done LOL
fortunately, we did keep/or store copies in our email
so, we will attempt to re-insert them
where they belong ;)
as, we did NOT realise
that energetically, they were important
to many, who come after, those who were here,
when they were originally posted--
we are sorry, we did this !!!
and, we will attempt to retify the situation
by re-editing, and, re-inserting all the information !!!
we aplogise for the inconvenience-this has caused to many !!!
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
08-02-2009, 01:54 AM
- many times, we have tried to tell others,
about the "real" war --
about the densities/and, the dimensions
places in between space/and, time
and, NOT a bunch of fluff - but, real stuff
unfortunately, it is difficult,
for us, when we feel, we are NOT heard
a couple of weeks ago,
we did start to 'spill the beans'
and, in the process, many attacks were attempted
(and, about all we felt, was a bit of heat)
we hope those attempting your attack
enjoyed - the energies we sent back to you
(we filled them with love, which to you, it is a poision)
After putting up,
about 26 posts,
we finally choose to delete it
why - it is simple - we just do NOT feel/or,
we do NOT think,
anyone here,
really honours/or respects anyone else --
and, that is why, we deleted it
we know, we were one of a few, who helped this place
get off to a good start,
we gave up, nearly 6 months of my life
to do it - and, yet, we got NOT one thank you,
from "the hosts" of this site ???
Sure, we love the name avalon, and, camelot - after_all,
that is, what a lot of it, is about, however,
that old 'grand cycle' of avalon/and, of camelot,
needs its 'real heart' restored 'here' in this NOW !!!
WE have to admit,
WE find that not only odd, but, also strange...
THAT the hosts, don't acknowledge their members.
and, also, that people here,
expect you to play on their threads
and, support them, but, they don't play on your threads,
nor support you - however, many utilise a lot of your time,
writing to us, privately,
since they do NOT want to acknowledge
their problems publically,
and, your good work, just goes,
NOT noticed !
it has taken us, over 33 years, of real work,
most of it, very detailed, very different, and,
very interesing,
we are highly evolved, and, highly skilled,
with a skill_set, that few, very few,
even have...and, this type of knowledge is required,
if you want to move up/and, move through
the who's, what's, where's, why's, and, when's of it all
some of our terms,
are terms, you might NOT be familiar with
we don't research other peoples stuff, we do our own stuff
and, are on the verge, of a total merge
with our 10D/34 oversoul group...
we are really, a well-well, that is very full,
and, we need to empty all we know, in order that we will be refilled...
this just, isn't the right place to do that
we are on the right tracks, since, we have merged with our
9th density/33rd dimensional higher self/essence/or monad
back in 2007 - unfortunately, we do NOT have the resources
that many of the others have, at their disposal,
so, we are having difficulty stopping our work,
which supports our 3D physical body,
and, getting the writing done ---
it's a challenge...
so, we are getting off all of these posting boards
to focus, on finishing the reno/and, selling the house
so, we will end up with lots of money,
to set up the next phase of our life
and, to write our books
after what we feel, see, and, sense
about what really is going on here,
we have to admit, our decision,
to erase our posts/and, stop posting here
was a good and, a valid one...
at the time
however, NOW, in hind-sight
we will edit things back
as, this was NOT a nice thing to do !!!
(fortunately, we kept copies of things)
we can be contacted at : workingwonders@aol.com
for anyone who is 'read only' and, can NOT make contact through the posting boards at PA/PC
best wishes to all,
__________________
THE eXchanger
09-04-2009, 03:53 PM
- August Energy Report 2009
www.truthloveenergy.ning.com
July marked the rather awkward, yet enthusiastic,
leap into the exploration of the Attitude for the year,
which is IDEALIST. Most entered July on a wave of Passion
generated over the previous 3 months of April, May, and June
in which Passion, symbols, and identity were explored, shaken,
and some left behind, making way for a sense of renewal in the months ahead.
Many of you welcomed the energy of encouragement for improvement and betterment by your own standards.
But it appears to us that, for many, August has "fallen flat" in its sense of promise and improvement.
At best, most of our students appear to be in a state of Inertia,
the negative pole of this year's Goal of Flow.
At worst, a quiet, deep (and for some, a secret) disappointment has sprung within and August has turned into a sensation of weight
that must simply be endured, worked through, processed.
We say "at best and at worst" only for convenience as a way of describing one end of the spectrum as being fairly distracting,
similar to the rowing of a boat upstream,
whereas the other end off the spectrum is still a sensation of going upstream, but with a dragging anchor to contend with, as well.
If these states are familiar to you, it is more than likely a familiar case of Naivety, the negative pole of Idealism.
Your standards set high, your expectations set high, your enthusiasm set high, and as August has unfolded, you have discovered the depth of effort between what you envisioned and where you are.
It is not uncommon.
Setting your vision high, igniting your enthusiasm, and then either feeling as if you are falling short within a limited time, or simply incapable of fulfilling that vision, can cause a sense of crash and burn, or at the very least, a sense of running in place.
For some of our students, this collapse in enthusiasm has come because of that perceived gap between what is envisioned and where one is, but for others it has come because life has thrown you a curve
"just when you were ready to dive in to your improvement,"
or so it seems.
What we would suggest to those who feel this inertia
and weight is to realize that this is exactly a part of your process.
Often this collapse of enthusiasm can be consuming, which can then lead to the relinquishing of all concern, but it does not have to be.
The entire point of the collapse was proportional to your passion and intent to improve life and fulfill a vision. What is often not understood about the intent to improve the life is that
when that intent is genuine, then the improvement is genuine. When improvement is genuine, it is a rooting that must take place, and when something new is planted in place something that was no longer growing or nurturing you, then that old rooting is uprooted.
You are in the uprooting phase of your passionate effort
to improve upon your life toward your ideal.
What has come up as far back as the beginning of July for some,
and for most during the last week of July through this second week of August, are pivotal experiences that will change you in ways that experiences have rarely changed you,
if you choose to reap the lessons that have been be brought to bear.
It would be safe for us to say that if your end of July through August 15th have been less than spectacular, less than fulfilling, less than fruitful, and quite frankly more than disappointing, more than disheartening, and more than distracting from your enthusiastic vision, then you were more than likely deeply sincere in your intent to make this year "count" as a pivotal year in your self-development and direction, and that you may be missing the point of what has come to the surface during these past weeks.
Some of you may find that our description of disappointment and distraction to be too familiar for it to stand out as being anything new,
so we will leave it to you to intuit the validity of what we describe.
For some, the experience we describe above may be a repetitive pattern, or for others, the description is too vague. We can only say that for those who are experiencing the process of enthusiasm and intention for a pivotal year toward an ideal, what we describe will hit home.
An aside: Keep in mind that we describe in our energy reports the patterns that are most noticeable and have the greatest momentum, much like the kind of weather report your geographical area is generating.
This weather, if it actually manifests, is valid for anyone participating in it, i.e. having to travel in it, walk in it, etc, but may only be peripheral for others who are in a climate-controlled room, or focused intently on matters that do not take them "outside."
The same could be said about the energy reports and those "out in the weather" vs those who are not, so to speak. For those who might not relate to any given report, a different report would have to be given to them, relative to that person's specific world at the time.
For those who do relate to this report, we would suggest going back to read our February report, focusing on the dynamics of FLOW.
We would also suggest letting your disappointments, heartaches, grief, disorientation, weight, distraction, and disheartening moments give you the seeds of change that have come from the uprooting, or the displaying,
or the glaring redirection needed for you to fulfill your visions,
to honor your ideals.
The information, wisdom, trust, and gifts are there.
We do not say this to be poetic.
It is simply true, or at least it is true that you do have the capability and strength for extracting the meaning from your recent experiences in a way that the experience becomes information, wisdom, trust, or a gift.
We would like to add a word about Enlightenment, as we play this Position within many of our students' Support Circle:
We will first say that "enlightenment" is simply a building of a structure through which one can make sense of life.
It is not a goal, nor is it a state, so much as it is a natural ingredient in the process of evolution. Even your "a-HA!" moments are not moments of enlightenment, so much as they are punctuations in the book of enlightenment you write with your experiences.
One of the greater steps of enlightenment,
and one that is taken over and over across many lifetimes,
is the submersion into experiences that are overwhelming, deeply disappointing, painfully disheartening, defeating, or distracting, and finally grasping the truth that you are allowed to feel what you feel when you are in those experiences; that you are allowed to be overwhelmed, disappointed, disheartened, distracted, and to feel defeated; that to fight these feelings, to ignore them, to shame them, to contain them, to color them with pleasantries, to rise above them, etc. only leads to addictions, sedation, therapy, and other methods of securing False Personality at the gates of life to protect you from either feeling anything associated with these experiences, or to protect you from others seeing that you are feeling anything associated with these experiences.
We would call this "Endarkenment."
Endarkenment is not opposite to Enlightenment,
but are much like Hate and Love.
Hate is not the opposite of Love,
it is a misunderstanding and distortion of Love,
or, in other words, both are descriptions of a kind of intimacy.
In that same way, both Enlightenment and Endarkenment are attempts to make sense of life, but Endarkenment is a delusion,
a distortion of the structure that helps make sense of life,
and often an angry insistence of the meaning of things as if this may never change.
And so it is that many of you have stumbled upon your Endarkenment, holding up to the surface of your life
what it is that you have insisted is true about your life,
that contradicts your passionate higher vision, your ideal.
For some of you this is quite dramatic,
and for others of you this may simply be a bitter undertone in your days,
but you will recognize what we describe
if this has been the case for you in the past 6 weeks or so, and for some of you, this has not yet happened for you.
If you are one who has set out this year to make this a pivotal year, we would say that it is likely that you would be stumbling upon your own Endarkenment in the weeks to come, and this information may be of help.
August has no significant global or community shifts, but it appears to us that many of our students have fairly profound sets pivotal days within the month of August.
Again, though it is unusual for us to emphasize this in such a way, those of you who understand this report, will understand so with a clarity that further validates our resonance with you as students.
We rarely remind you of this, particularly for the sake of our position as a teacher, and for the sake of exemplifying the valid weight of such words when said with full presence; and though it is not unheard of that we say this when we feel it most important and appropriate,
we do wish to say now that it is true that you are not alone,
that we do care, and that it is true that we love you.
We do not share our teaching flippantly.
Most of you who work with us for any length of time are not
doing so as a novelty.
We have a relationship with you,
and that can often be forgotten in the intellectual emphasis of our teaching. But our higher perspective does not exempt us from these sensitive states of resonance with you, it simply allows us to know love for you
more profoundly than we can express
within the sentimental distortions of language.
We do not bring all of this up randomly,
of course, but to speak to some of our students
who will have stumbled upon a stage of Endarkenment.
The words we share in this report that would normally have been seen as uncharacteristic of our communication, will probably be heard more clearly than usual without contradiction to our usual communication.
Endarkenment, as it gives way to Enlightenment,
can often open one up to a great sensitivity and clarity of true communication, stripped of sentimentality, pleasantries,
and other False Personality tendencies,
not only between yourself and others,
but between Personality and Essence, and beyond.
In the same way that our words expressing resonance
with you may be heard more clearly,
so it is that many of you may find in the weeks to come,
a heightened renewal of contact and clarity
with your own guides and support groups,
both physical and non-physical.
END
[note: every year has a pattern of energy that can be described as a kind of "personality," so the energy reports are Michael's interpretation of that energy using the Overleaf System; these are not predictions, but merely observations of momentum and pattern generated by actions and choices, similar to how weather patterns can be observed and reported.]
www.truthloveenergy.ning.com / TROY
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
09-04-2009, 03:58 PM
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fY79KbCptTo
Out and about in the City of Mississauga with Mayor Hazel McCallion.
A city with no debt.
yes, the mayor of the city, i live in, which is a 'debt free' city
is totally and, completely amasing, for a woman in her 80s
THE eXchanger
09-04-2009, 04:00 PM
Yes Susan, Thank you, a great story. Its not so much what happens to us in this life that is of importance, but how we respond to what happens to us. Our growth, our evolution/enlightenment is imbedded in our choices, freewill, to respond in any given situation. To be the heroe of our own life and realize our divine attributes, or to fall back to a victumhood that is familiar.
Love and Light
Carmen
all is choice,
and, what we do,
is what factors into,
and, add up
to:
'the set of consequences'
if you do NOT love your consequences,
simply alter, change, and, shift your choices !!!
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
09-04-2009, 04:52 PM
Post Comparison- Great thoughts, Susan, worthy of sticking on the fridge or something....Just to add to what you say:
People should remember that most things are the opposite of what you think.
For instance, try this: in order to hold on to what you love, you must let it go. Can we let others that we love be free, without control or possessiveness?? True love must involve freedom.
Can we truely overcome jealousy? Can you still love your girlfriend after she slept with someone else? Of course!
And try this: we always draw towards us what we fear most
Those who confront evil, fear, even if thieves, prostitutes or murderers, are closer to heaven than those whose cosy world view deliberately shuts out evil and denies it exists.
These are two of the key esoteric learnings about life, passed down through the centuries.
We are here to learn. Go out and learn something new everyday.
Well, we believe we are all here to learn,
through eXperiences...good ones/and, bad ones,
that way, we know the difference between different types of eXperiences
if you live in an evolved state of being,
then, we believe, that we would NOT attract
murderers/prostitutes/and, thieves-
and, they would NOT come in, to cross your path
why would you need that type of eXperience ???
many souls - are here NOW, and, they do NOT need to worry
about anything like that - those types of things,
just do NOT cross their paths at all
many souls - came in with agreements
they would NOT be harmed
(so, it would be wise,
to activate those sets of pre-natal agreements)
simply:
ask/ask/ask
that they be
activated in this
moment of now (13)
and, it happens !!!
You get yourself, iNSTANT PROTECTION
also--we think, if you love something,
you need to 'be with it' and, 'not let it go'
why on earth, would anyone, let something they love - go ???
that just does NOT make a lot of sense
after_all - the goal is: total agape / or total love
too often, the lessons, are right in
the mirror, it is right there, right in front of us,
and, it is easier, to eXcuse the lesson, or lessons,
than, it is too live through them !!!
why, because people do NOT yet equate processing 'pain'
with 'real' learning
after_all most people do all kinds of things,
to avoid pain,
one good example of that,
is if they have pain, and, they just pop a pill
(the big question is:
did the pain disappear ?
or, was the brain dulled,
so, they just think,
the pain isn't still there)
popping pills isn't any 'real' solution to getting rid of the pain
(it is simply taking the route of one pill to the next pill)
which doesn't solve anything,
except keep 'big pharma' rolling in 'your dough'
on the topic of, allowing a boyfriend/or a girlfriend to cheat on you,
and, accepting that, i suppose, that is real proof,
many people, do get, eXactly what it is, that they allow !!!
from an energy standpoint, we got to be very careful,
who it is, we share our energy with - and, also,
if another is NOT careful who they share their energy with,
when we share our energies with another,
we also get a dose, of every other person,
another person, has shared their energies with,
NOT only in this lifetime, but, in all other lifetimes,
that is why, there is a lot of processing to do,
with anything, we choose to allow,
and, going through the whole processes
to cleanse/clean/and, clear things UP
Life can be, the ultimate journey,
or, a horrible trip
and, the choices always rest with us !!!
iNCREDiBLE JOURNEY....
OR, just a 'trip' ;)
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
09-04-2009, 04:56 PM
SOME interesting facts:
Alaska
More than half of the coastline of the entire United States is in Alaska .
Amazon
The Amazon rainforest produces more than 20% the world's oxygen supply. The Amazon River pushes so much water into the Atlantic Ocean that, more than one hundred miles at sea off the mouth of the river, one can dip fresh water out of the ocean. The volume of water in the Amazon river is greater than the next eight largest rivers in the world combined and three times the flow of all rivers in the United States .
Antarctica
Antarctica is the only land on our planet that is not owned by any country. Ninety percent of the world's ice covers Antarctica . This ice also represents seventy % of all the fresh water in the world. As strange as it sounds, however, Antarctica is essentially a desert The average yearly total precipitation is about two inches. Although covered with ice (all but 0.4% of it, i.e.), Antarctica is the driest place on the planet, with an absolute humidity lower than the Gobi desert.
Brazil
Brazil got its name from the nut, not the other way around.
Canada
Canada has more lakes than the rest of the world combined. Canada is an Indian word meaning ' Big Village .'
Chicago
Next to Warsaw , Chicago has the largest Polish population in the world.
Detroit
Woodward Avenue in Detroit, Michigan carries the designation M-1, so named because it was the first paved road anywhere.
Damascus , Syria
Damascus, Syria, was flourishing a couple of thousand years before Rome was founded in 753 BC, making it the oldest continuously inhabited city in existence.
Istanbul , Turkey
Istanbul (AKA Constantinople), Turkey , is the only city in the world located on two continents.
Los Angeles
Los Angeles' full name is El Pueblo de Nuestra Senora la Reina de los Angeles de Porciuncula -- and can be abbreviated to 3.63% of its size: L.A.
New York City
The term 'The Big Apple' was coined by touring jazz musicians of the 1930's who used the slang expression 'apple' for any town or city. Therefore, to play New York City is to play the big time - 'The Big Apple.'
There are more Irish in New York City than in Dublin, Ireland; more Italians in New York City than in Rome, Italy; and more Jews in New York City than in Tel Aviv, Israel.
Ohio
There are no natural lakes in the state of Ohio , every one is man made.
Pitcairn Island
The smallest island with country status is Pitcairn in Polynesia , at just 1.75 sq. miles.
Rome
The first city to reach a population of 1 million people was Rome , Italy in 133 B.C. There is a city called Rome on every continent.
Siberia
Siberia contains more than 25% of the world's forests.
S.M.O.M
The actual smallest sovereign entity in the world is the Sovereign Military Order of Malta (S.M.O.M.). It is located in the city of Rome, Italy, has an area of two tennis courts, and as of 2001 has a population of 80, 20 less people than the Vatican. It is a sovereign entity under international law, just as the Vatican is.
Sahara Desert
In the Sahara Desert , there is a town named Tidikelt, which did not=2 0receive a drop of rain for ten years. Technically though, the driest place on Earth is in the valleys of the Antarctic near Ross Island . There has been no rainfall there for two million years.
Spain
SPAIN literally means 'the land of rabbits.'
St. Paul, Minnesota
St. Paul, Minnesota , was originally called Pig's Eye after a man named Pierre 'Pig's Eye' Parrant who set up the first business there.
Roads
Chances that a road is unpaved in the U.S.A: 1%;
in Canada: 75%.
Texas
The deepest hole ever made in the world is in Texas . It is as deep as 20 empire state buildings but only 3 inches wide.
United States
The Interstate System requires that one mile in every five must be straight. These straight sections are usable as airstrips in times of war
or other emergencies.
Waterfalls
The water of Angel Falls (the World's highest) in Venezuela drops 3,212 feet. It is 15 times higher than Niagara Falls
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
09-08-2009, 04:13 AM
9/9/9 - not in 2009
actually; those grids were laid back on 9/9/2007
and, same with 8/8/2006 8-8-8
and, 7/7/2005 7-7-7
and, 6/6/2004 6-6-6
and, 5/5/2003 5-5-5
and, 4/4/2002 4-4-4
and, 3/3/2001 3-3-3
and, 2/2/2000 2-2-2
and, 1/1/1999 1-1-1
there were also ones laid on 10/10/2008 10-10-10
those were the real trine dates !!!
and, there were some laid
9/2 - 2009 11/11
9/11 - 2009 is real important -- 9 x 11 / 11
9/20 -2009 another 11/11
10/1 - 2009 another 11/11
10/10 - another 11/11
10/19 - another 11/11
10/28 - another 11/11
leading up to NOVEMBER/2009 (11/11)
11/1 11x1
11/2 11 x 2
11/3 11 x 3
11/4 11 x 4
11/5 11x5
11/6 11x6
11/7 11x7
11/8 11x8
11/9 11x9
11/10 11x10
and, then the one, you really are waiting for
11/11/2009 - the real 11-11-11
2009--Is THE YEAR many have been waiting for !!!
BROOK
09-08-2009, 04:29 AM
I didn't even notice you had your thread back up...cool :thumb_yello:
There are some of us here that listen and enjoy your work...keep it up :thumb_yello:
THE eXchanger
09-08-2009, 07:44 AM
"Playing for Change, Peace through Music."
a trip around the world --
'we set our lives to music"
White Lotus Star ~ The eXchanger
[www.youtube.com/watch?v=4xjPODksI08&feature=player_embedded
YouTube - One Love | Playing For Change | Song Around the World
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
09-08-2009, 07:59 AM
NOT going to hunt for threads
someone asked this question:
1918: Strangely like AIDS, isn't it :nono:
This is an interesting idea here - a healthy, robust immune system (younger people) make the flu more severe. I think younger people, should they get the current flu, will have to book a few more days off school or work.
I'm going to meditate for low key energies, slow calming sustaining, in this regard.
THE eXchanger says:
that is eXactly
what they want you to do
- esp; if you do NOT have the shot
and, even if you have had it
here's what you can do...
ask YOUR TRINITY/or YOUR TRINE
COMMAND & DEMAND
IN 100% ALIGNMENT
WITH YOUR MISSIONS
PURPOSES, AND, TASKS
TO INSTALL ALL
missing VIBRATIONS from
zeropoint to 1
DO it NOW (13)*
and, anything ELSE in
between TIME, AND SPACE,
the known, the unknown (13)
will it to be
so it will be
and, so it is (13)
* Note-13 is one of my codings
-everyone has there own numeric coding
so, if you don't know yours - assign yourself a 'master code'
also
repeat the process
TO INSTALL ALL
missing VIBRATIONS from
zeropoint to 2
DO it NOW (13)*
and, so forth
doing zeropoint to 3...to 4...to 5...
and, so on, up to 1000
ONLY install no more than 50 per day
for the neXt 8 days, that will get you up to 400
at 400-you will NOT get ill/or sick
then, do only 25 per day
from 401 through 425, 426-450,
451-475, 476-500,
and, so forth up to 1000
on the hawkins scale
(which is based on 0-1000)
it really iS this simple !!!
and, then, you will operate
in a HIGHER VIBRATION mode
always, and, in all ways !!!
ALSO command/or demand things
stated in a way that a relation is established,
to something you know to be a truth
so, your intention, results in a standing order,
you are the captain of you ship--do NOT ever forget that
namasté
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
09-08-2009, 08:43 AM
This we were going to post,
on another thread, where the 'snide' comment was made...
instead, we will put it here
Okay, the masons dont know it all but you do?
How about this for a statement - "WE" think we know
but "WE" have no idea.
The eXchanger's response:
WE KNOW, not think
- 'we' are a little ahead of 'the curve' :lmao:
a belief, is what you think
a belief, is NOT always the real truth
many times, beliefs, are proven as NOT truth
we know this, as, we have had beliefs,
that we proved were NOT truth - surprise/surpise
knowing is having your thoughts/and your feelings
inter-dimensionally meshed
through all your multi-dimensional aspects--
and, run through the crossroads
of the lower/and, higher minds
and, the lower/and, higher hearts
so, it eXpress
as, a very certain 'we' know
'we' know our 'stuff'
we have more to say
--however, we will carry our comments here,
on this thread, as, we do NOT have time,
to sit on every thread on this posting board
NOR, run threads off, in directions
other than the intended direction of the orig. poster of that thread
there is a lot 'we' have 'mastered'
there is a lot 'we' will share with you
if you have questions--ask them !!!
We will NOT pay any attention to those
who choose to 'badger' us,
we are beyond, badgering ;)
Some people, tell you, it is a GAME :mfr_lol:
it iS so much more than just a game :naughty:
stay tuned,
as, it is way beyond
3rd/4th/5th/6th/7th, or even 8th
earth, is about to shift into 11D/35d
and, the beings on earth need to play catch_UP
we are at 9D/33d
our main guide, is at 10D/34d - part of our collective cyled off soul family
we are done !!!
(check out our akashic record, if you will)
We might ask you...
were are you at ???
The bigger question is this:
Do you really need an iNSider...
or a HiDDEN HAND to tell you ???
best they can get you, is 4th, 5th or 6th :mfr_lol:
We know most of you,
would like to 'hit' home :thumb_yello:
We offer you,
a FULL Hand, NOT a HiDDEN HAND
We offer you,
an eye-FULL, you can see, who we are
We can even provide,
testimonals, from others, who are here on earth,
who know the real 'skinny' on us
Prior to starting this 3rd, and, final matrix
we already completed 2 matrixes -
one connected to the elohim, and,
the other connected to the melz. order
We started our current matrix, as 'three'
it has been eXpanded to
333 333 315 (*)
or
333 333 351 (*)
9-9-9 (*) or 9-9-9 (*)
(*obviously, i'm NOT going to give out - my 'full' secret name)
if you wish to check out, who we are - that's enough info; to do it !!!
The choice is always, and, in all ways,
always yours - we even show, how to protect yourself
so, you always are in 100% alignment
with your own missions, purposes, and, tasks
magically, we have been in 'a class of our own'
our classes, are over
-- it is time, to eXchange and, to share,
what it iS that we know !!!
We hope you find it interesting !!!
We have NO rules on this thread,
eXcept,
the only type of 'badger' we will accept,
is the one, who truly understands,
what 'the badger' is all about --
when the badger shows up,
it is all about "getting things done"
and, that's what we hope to do here !!!
so, thank you badger-sammytray
we look forward to lively eXchange on this thread !!!
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
09-08-2009, 08:47 AM
moderator request:
please change the title of this thread to:
THE eXchanger's THREAD - iNSiDER iNFO without THE HiDDEN HAND
(when you see, what we release,
in the neXt few days)
you will all understand why !!!
THE eXchanger
09-08-2009, 09:13 AM
- 2008 was The Year of The Trinity of New Beginnings...
it was year, we were invited, to eXamine,
DUALITY...
it was a year, we passed through "The CrossRoads"
of "The Higher Minds" & "The Higher Hearts"
and, it was here,
that we truly found all of ourselves,
we made it,
to The Thirteenth Bridge,
and, back again, more than once.
We are, an old ancient bridger - known as THREE
iN THE PROCESS- we discovered, we have three matrixes
We are, an eXchanger, given a task, to:
Bring it back, to The Round, The Original Round
This is NOT a post,
that can be done,
in one posting--it will require many
We know 'the path' we travelled,
there was 'no path'
and, we realise, that there are many,
some of which, are from 'the same' soul family
and, some of which, are from 'different' soul families
and, they are leading people down 'the wrong paths'
NOW, we are in 2009...
The Year, we called:
2009-The Year of The Six Pillars of Truth,
The Six Pillars of Love, and,
The Six Pillars of Energy ~ 11/11/11 (11)
WE have just completed a Vision-Quest
WE went off, to find, the rest of the answers
WE have attempted a few times
to eXpose our work
and, WE must listen to our main guiding force,
who has told us, for a very long time
'if you hold your tongue, your tongue, it will, die a death"
therefore, WE can NO longer remain silent
it is time, to reveal this work
iT iS going to do more,
than '**** off' a lot of people
however, we can NOT be silent
any longer !!!
in 1966, we had a NDE, and, drown
(this was an energetic year of 22)
we have been working on since 1975
(an energetic year of 22)
when we started to turn on our light body
however, it took, til 1984
(another energetic year of 22 to completely turn it on)
and, fully activate it
(tomorrow, we'll tell you,
what went on, between 1984 and 2009)
now, it is 2009,
so, we've been working for over 33 years
to merge with our trine/or trinty
which is our 7th density/8th density/and,9th densitiy bodies
along with our 31st/32nd/33rd dimensions
of our higher self, our essence, and, our monad.
We have landed our 'missing capstone'
Since many of you,
do NOT know/nor understand yet,
the paradigm of metaphysics that we operate in,
we are going to have to figure out,
how to do this,
and, might need some help,
with how to post pictures,
and/or take items, and, put things like
a, b, c, d, e, f, g - on them
so, we can explain them
we hope you will help us !!!
Recently, we wrote to another member of PA/PC
and, asked them, to dowse, our souls progression in this life...
The question:
"On a scale of zero to 360 degrees,
where is THE eXchangers souls progression?"
we didn't need to ask another to dowse-our souls progression
since, we knew, that 9D/33d was definitely done
however, we did utilise a pendulum while we were doing things
- and, we have brought our souls progression
360 degrees in a round,
on 9 different sequencing levels,
therefore, we are done
never-the-less asking TONE3JAGUAR TO ASK
The question:
"On a scale of zero to 360 degrees,
where is Susans Souls progression?"
His answer:
YOU ARE DONE
(THANKS tone3jaguar)
MORE TOMORROW
+ xxxx
THE eXchanger
09-08-2009, 09:31 AM
2 Venus Scout Ships
1 Venus Ship-the size of a foot ball field
appear on 11/3/1991 - on the banks of The Trent River,
near Hastings / and, The Hamlet of Trent River
in Ontario, Canada
We will NEVER forget this moment !!!
The eXchanger walks out
spends 32nd, and, 33rd birthdays on Venus--
while the task companion
purchases SC400 Lexus
prior to leaving the planet :mfr_lol:
For 520 days,
the length of a venus transit
The Task Companion, walks in,
and, keeps The eXchangers physical body going,
and, prepares her body,
for what will be required,
when she returns to earth
on Apr 6/1993
- after spending 520 days away from earth,
in the 9th density realms of Planet of Venus,
The eXchanger returns to earth !!!
Having a heart-attack at 33, in your 34th year
is NOT a fun way to return !!!
Paying for an SC400 Lexus, also is NOT a fun thing !!!
The dealership, did make a funny comment,
when, we tried to wiggle out of it,
and, they said
"well, you are definitely NOT the same person,
we sold it too, we will, give you that" !!!
Ahhh...
Keep tuned -- more to follow !!!
+ [xxx
THE eXchanger
09-08-2009, 09:42 AM
Thanks Brook...
for the compliment, it's appreciated,
we enjoy your posts too !!!
we wish people would ask questions!!!
if you have any,
post them, directly to this thread
(we still have approx 200 emails, still to read)
we are trying to finish our book(s)
and, realise, that certain pieces of information,
must go out, NOW !!!
if there are still places,
with any xxx's alert us to the thread url,
and, it will get fixed, please post them to our profile page
iT is TYME for many truths to be told !!!
+ xxxx
THE eXchanger
09-08-2009, 02:52 PM
some of The atlanteans & The lemurians,
evolved to 9D/33d - 9th Density/33rd Dimension
9D/9d (with 1 matrix)
or, 9D/21d(with 2 matrixes)
or, 9D/33d(with 3 matrixes)
ALL of YOU on earth
have the 'right equipment' to do it, too
the big question is:
are you a 1 matrix / 2 matrix / or 3 matrix being ???
in the ending of the 3rd world - PAN or PAN-GAIA
there were some who evolved to
totally conscious awareness of
12D/12d (with 1 matrix)
or, 12D/24d(with 2 matrixes)
or, 12D/36d(with 3 matrixes)
+ xxxx
THE eXchanger
09-08-2009, 03:18 PM
FROM 9-15-2008 (NEVER POSTED to the BOARD)
1) Are we 'used' by our higherselves/oversouls and/or guides to wage the extra-dimensional war, or perhaps, are parallel selves engaged in these battles on other planes / level / dimensions and they spill across the boundaries at times (this is a common feel I get after some dreams). Extending this question, are we possibly puppets for 'greater' beings that use us to fight in this arena (imagine two kids playing the old rock em sock em robot game). Truthfully, I dunno!
Namaste!
1) You are NEVER used,
you are what you allow !!!
You essence/higher self/OR monad,
all 9 eXpressions, and, your original spark
they all support you,
should you ask to engage them,
and, have them act,
instead of just allowing them to watch over you,
they will do MORE,
than just play the role of an observer,
they observe, until YOU as them,
to work in conjunction with you,
then, they act, as a 'we'
and, start doing something other than just observing you !!!
For it, The Trine/or The Trinity
to come into your life -- you ask
and, when you do, it comes,
and, it does act
there is a reason, higher guidance
might tell you, to toss up the reigns to the cosmos
and, let the cosmos-do the driving
(making sure, it is in 100% alignment
with mission, purpose and task-is part of The Trick
to doing it right)
NO, you are NEVER used by it,
but, if you listen to others,
things, other than it,
you definitely do leave yourself open,
to usery, and, to trickery,
to all, that is of a lower order, than it,
and, it will still, just stand there, and, observe,
you see, it respects you, and, your choices
just, as, it respects itself,
if you do NOT ask it for help,
rarely, will it step in.
(sometimes, in life and death situations, it does)
but, rarely, in the standard day to day dealings
does it have much interest, in how it is,
that you choose to spend your time,
and, your day, or daze, in 3D
(that space, would quite frankly bore it to death)
you got to learn, how to step up to meet it,
on higher levels
Everyone is slightly different,
and, yes, there can be other lives,
occuring in parallel realities, and, other worlds,
in order, to speed up, your progress.
So many, are so much more,
in the dream_time,
than, in their day to day,
walk around the world in earth time.
This is, part of the reason,
that many wise ones on earth,
who sit outside of what many of us,
term these real lives, and, do NOT participate ...
in a bunch of nonsense stuff....
those who do NOT have fancy cars/bank accounts/or plastic cards--money to them, is coins, NOT paper
and, what you earn today, you invest into living tomorrow
and, each day, repeats itself.
they still do, play very simple games,
they still do, tell stories, around a fireplace,
and, they still do, sit in the darkened worlds,
and, watch the stars, without, the controllers, or The ills*
they still do things, the old fashioned way,
without the needs for chemicals/or drugs,
rarely, are they ill/or sick,
for their life, is of a high vibration,
they are the smart ones,
the still ones,
still with nature,
still with minerals/and, rocks
still with fire
they barter / and, they exchange
they are happy, and, they are free
they are NOT part of the walking_dead
they are still a part of The Old Dreamers,
and, they are part of the walking_alive, and, the living.
They are NOT recorded
in credit bureaus connected to banks,
they are the free ones.
There are many, who have allowed,
and, note, i said, the word, allowed
things past their gates ...
if you remember, only one thing,
REMEMBER you are the gatekeeper
today is an energetic 9-15-2008 (2032=7)
also, at 5;13 am, we entered a full moon,
513 = 9 = completion
at; 5;13, and, 1 sec - it was a 10
at; 5;13, and, 2 sec - it was an 11
A gateway ... they are hidden all over,
the places, these gateways,
and, it is to remind you:
the moon, in fullness, that you too, can be full
and, that, it is you, who are
The Gatekeeper,
and, it is up to you,
to expel, those lower order things,
that, do NOT belong within your temple--
when men/or women, were told to go to the temple,
they did NOT mean, The Temples of Others,
they meant, to get back inside of you,
and, honour yourself, for all that you are,
and, for all that you might be, fullness, and, wholeness,
and, best of all, under the light of a full moon.
IT is nothing more,
than, a commanding, and, demanding job,
to ask, with 100% intent,
to clean, and, to sort, out the inner messes,
to expel, and, to ask,
those things, that are NOT in 100% alignment
with your highest purpose, to take a hike.
Yet there will be many,
who will NOT believe, that these things,
eXist, for those, who are still in 3D,
how, can you expect them, to see
have, no expectations, for anything,
other than yourself,
it will save you a lot of grief ...
for those, who are rising out of 3D,
it is much easier, for you to see,
It is a time,
to take back your force, and, your power,
it is time, to align, with who, and, what it is,
that you truly, and, authentically are,
merely, start a process to ask,
yes--ask/ask/ask,
and, then, all of a sudden,
just like magic, it will happen,
for spirit does show up,
and, it does, eXpress itself,
you have within you, an untapped resource,
if only, you will ask, to click yourself into it,
all alone, without anything,
other than, your authentic "1+9+3"
your special 13, in attendence,
yes, wise men/and, women, have often said,
YOU ARE HERE, to save yourself,
from yourself
-- it is all in you,
and, it is all in this Trinity/or Trine,
the higher self, the essence, the monad
and, it is up to you, to discern this,
and, to discover this,
and, bring all of it, back into alignment,
start by asking,
Remember
'you do, to be
you be, to do'
there is no other way, that we know of
you are the captain of the ship,
if the captain, does NOT like the crew,
he puts them off at the next port of call
or, he makes them walk the gang plank
if someone else,
is currently captaining your ship,
take control ...be the captain !!!
do it NOW
2) You, are many densities/and, dimensions,
that are currently attempting to eXpress yourself,
as one ...
when the component parts, of the "special 13"
are NOT yet, in 100% alignment,
with one another,
they are still gathering themselves
there is, hidden within this mix,
The Original Spark,
and, there is this thing,
the master piece, which is known as
as a Trine/or Trinity
"Essence/Higher Self/or Monad"
You can call it whatever you want,
and, you can even ask it name,
but, it is, the highest piece of you,
that eXpresses, itself
and, without it,
you could still be,
but, with it, it is marvellous,
what you CAN BE.
Call to "it", this essence,
as if, you were calling it home,
you see, real heaven, eXists,
where it is, that you are intending it to be.
Why be half empty,
when, you can be, completely full ???
If you doubt it, then, surely, it, will NOT come to you
If you believe it,
always, remember, that a belief,
has oft times, been, proven to NOT be a truth,
and, as such, NOT all beliefs are true,
truth is truth, it is, what it is
in order, for a snake to grow, it must shed its skin
in order, for an eagle to fly, it must spread its wings
in order, for a fish to breathe, it must be in water, not air
only those things, that you can move,
through parts of you,
through your physical eXpression, density 1
through your intellectual eXpression, density 2
through your emotional eXpression, density 3
that you can see, feel, sense, taste and touch,
in ways, that feel, right
it will COME to you
if you call it,
just like an old faithful dog,
it will come to you,
and, then, it is only necessary,
to forge an allegiance with this Trinity/or Trine
and, no more,
will you ever, need to feel,
you walk alone.
It all starts in the inner_worlds,
what you think you are,
is NOT necessarily,
what you are,
as, you are the sum total, of how it is,
that all of these 13 eXpressions,
1 + (9) + 3 - the trine = 13 eXpressions-OR
original comp. higher self - 7 th density 13 ASPECTS
spark parts essence -8 - 8 th density
& monad -9 - 9th density
THE eXchanger
09-08-2009, 03:34 PM
FROM 9-15-2008 (NEVER POSTED to the BOARD)
[QUOTE=Zynox;13679]
2) Why when we have these battles that pass the inner world
and exhibit in the physical aren't we fortunate enough
to have the handy cam recording it all!
Maybe that would be the best protection
when we don't want to have the next battle,
keep the video going until we are fresh enough to re-engage!
[QUOTE=Zynox;13679]
The eXchanger says:
We do have a 'handy cam' recording everything
and, the log - ends up in 'the akashic records'
which are stored in an assortment of places
in 2008-we accessed a hall of records on the 33rd dimension
and, there, the book covers,
were morphing, and, changing,
and, threads lead back to current/and, parallel lifetimes
eXisting for the fragment, or soul
to which, the soul matrix belonged too
Your trinity/or Your trine
is a guardian - who stands guard,
and, will actually work with you,
should YOU ask, to engage it !!!
kind of puts a slant on the words
ask/ask/ask -
it shall be
given to you
in 100% alignment (13)
The best protection
is a command & a demand related to :
what it is, that you choose to allow / or to dis_allow
it is quite simple actually-it is something,
a young child can do
The only eXcuse for NOT doing it
is desiring, to stay put
The Michael Entity Group,
a cycled off mid-causal group of cycled off fragments/or souls
said it well...
ALL is CHOICE !!!
ironically, reading the words
WE ARE typing,
activates 'the sequence'
allow it, or dis_allow it,
it is all a choice !!!
THiS is NOT a HiDDEN HAND - type of GAME !!!
on this thread - everyone is equal
WE give info, that NOT only protects you,
but empowers you -- and, allows you to stand,
authenically, in your OWN power, and, OWN it !!!
+ xxx
lindabaker
09-08-2009, 04:02 PM
So I am asking, which Matrix for me...1 , 2 , or 3? What else can you please tell me?
Malynda
09-08-2009, 05:44 PM
I am also interested in there being matrix 1-3. This I have never thought of. I appreciate the information you share.
THE eXchanger
09-08-2009, 05:50 PM
can i safely protect my/our information
by publishing it, to a posting board, like PA/PC ???
Malynda
09-08-2009, 05:54 PM
can i safely protect my/our information
by publishing it, to a posting board, like PA/PC ???
I would like to think so but is anything on the internet truly safe?
THE eXchanger
09-08-2009, 06:53 PM
well; we have put over 33 years
into discovering all of this
and, it is sad, to feel
that we might lose its potential
we are told,
that a well-well, can empty
and, needs to,
so, it might be refilled
(then and, only then--will we be given more)
that does makes a lot of sense !!!
we do know, it still requires 'us'
'myself/and, others -
to do the activations/cleansing/clearings, etc.,
and, the high level SER work
and, the energy-light-sound-tone-vibration work
that it takes to go completely clear
MORE ON THAT...
a little later today
in lost earnings from
1986 to 2009 - over 22 years
of NOT getting a $120,000/yr+++ in salary
with unlimited benefits/and, stock options
and, walking away from a huge fortune 500 corporation,
to be self-employed, and, now,
NOT getting a 'big' pension,
except perhaps, the two that
we pay into with the canadian government at age 65
we have to admit,
the value of owning our time,
and, doing what we have done,
is quite a reward, all by itself !!!
we just got to trust
that we are divinely guided,
and, divinely lead to this point
and, there's NO DOUBT,
we are divinely protected,
last night, our bedroom,
was an amasing light show,
of beings !!!
there/or here, to help
and, there is NO doubt,
we have owned our freedom,
which might be part of the reason,
we look mid to late 30's, at 50
the past 60 days training-has been intensive !!!
and, we've accomplished more,
in the past 60 days,
then we accompished,
in the past 5 years !!!
+ xxxx
THE eXchanger
09-08-2009, 06:57 PM
is there someone here
who can transcribe two mp3's
so, i have the written copy
and, i can edit that ???
THE eXchanger
09-08-2009, 07:01 PM
- more coming...
a question:
In a message dated 08/09/2009
3:00:39 P.M. Eastern Daylight Time,
cxxxxxxxxxx@gmail.com writes:
So, is order finite or infinite?
*************************
THE eXchanger responds:
the order must be defined by a set of definite relations,
however, the eXpansion,
is obviously infinite !!!
everything is always
and in all always expanding !!!
that kind of puts a bit of a spin
on those 'old lines'
for better, for worse
for richer, for poorer :mfr_lol:
NOW, about the question about order --
we know, we are here, to put 'harmony' into 'the chaos'
and, if you command/and, demand right
it is YOU, and, ONLY you,
who will hold the 'real' force,
and, the 'real' power,
to order you UP !!!
THE eXchanger
09-08-2009, 07:16 PM
we are a 'divine' being, who is a 'divine' hybrid
we have 13 consciousness units
1 humanoid, 6 angelic, and, 6 elemental
with all 24 strands of DNA = paired into 12 operating sets
with a 13th CVC - central vertical channel that is clear
we have one completed matrix in the melz. order -91-91/10/10/1/1
and, we have one completed matrix in the elohim -10/1
which can still operate at
12D/12dimensions + 12D/12 dimensions
so, our sum total is
currently 9D.33
24D/24d + our current 9th density -9th dimensional
brings us, to 9D.33
(this can be verfied by anyone, who can access
the records)
we are recorded in the planetary logos books,
on 33rd dimension,
the pleidian light libraries,
the askahic records, etc.,
we entered this lifetime as 8D.32d
albeit, we had to, just, like you have to,
walk up; and; through the matrix-and, matrixes
and, claim back your 'original force' and,
your 'original power'
it can be done-on earth, as, it is done in heaven
you are here, to create your 'own' heaven on 'earth'
and, it is NOT about negative / or positive
the hidden hand, steered many of you, wrong - on purpose
it is about balancing
editing the positive / and, negatives,
into a 'zeropoint of balance'
the positive/and, the negative - are seen, as 'the lessons'
we know, much more, than,
any iNSiDER or some old Hidden Hand,
(who gives you only partial truths)
that will have you dead-locked
(at the 2nd triangle)
we once, had a telephone conversation
with a man, who wrote a book,
on 2 triangles--
based on our telephone call,
when, he promised NOT to reveal,
our work, since, we told him,
we were in the process, of writing about it
thankfully, we did NOT give him,
the 3rd sacred triangle, otherwise,
he would have written about that too,
fortunately, we gave him, only outlines,
and, people who do such things,
are NOT operating at very high levels of truth,
so that the information, is NOT likely to do him,
a lot of good
play fair - give credit, were credit is due
even, 'we' appreciate to be 'appreciated'
we are a very long way, from our home
3 times, already, we have tried to leave
2 times, by choice,
one time, NOT by choice,
but, rather the 1st one, a will to live,
at only 7 years of age
when we drown
The 2nd time,
it was our method to choose a way, to return
to earth
The 3rd time, we were done,
and, we accepted a 'new assignment'
bringing it back, to The Round, The Original Round
The 3rd time,
when we sat stuck between the worlds,
our dear friend, Rebecca Jerrigan,
came to us, in the ethers,
when we telepathed to her,
our position of needing 'help' and, being 'stuck'
(she can verify this, as a truth)
our heart, was out of the 'right' juice
she etherically,
pumped enough 'high heart' energy into us,
that, she re-started our heart,
from a one long beat-once, a minute,
back into full functioning ...
we will NEVER forgot, our dear friend Rebecca,
for saving our life,
when we sat, hanging there alone,
in The Ethers on 10/25/2007
we saw the f/s (sp?) - when our heart re-started
this was the 3rd time, in our life, that we saw that
anyway, the man,
who wrote the book,
at least flattered us,
by saying the information
came from an ET
(one day soon, we are going to pick up the phone,
and, call this individual out)
i suppose, it was a long time ago,
maybe 3-4 years ago,
and, they figured, if 'we' weren't going to reveal it,
they 'would'
breaking agreements/and, promises isn't good work
hmmm--yes, 'we' do 'operate'
a lot like tone3jaguar,
who is also, here on earth, with a siginificant mission/purpose and task
we do NEED to CALL others oUT- when they are 'out of integrity'
The best news is this:
All souls who are here, at this time,
choose 'this time' to be 'here'
and, for a myriad of 'good reasons'
and, that is,
to do 'the good work'
your TRINITY or your TRINE
decided, pre-natally decided
before your 'original spark'
+ 9 aspects became separted from your 'original three"
(the 7th Density-higher self, 8th Density Essence,
and, 9th Density-Monad)
13 aspects - that need to be brought back together again
to make The Journey to The 13th Bridge
we are THREE, to some beings/or people,
that will mean something -
we hold the ring -
that also will mean something-
and, after breaking free
of 3 guardian devils
of 3 reptiles of the 26th dark lady/dark lord/dark master variety
and, 1 very nasty insecticilian dark lady/dark lord/dark master
also, from the 26th dimension
we are NOW, free !!!
of course, this was accomplished,
because, we were NEVER dumb, or NEVER stupid enough,
to NOT realise, that,
it is when 'the teacher' appears,
that sometimes 'the student' shoud disappear !!! :mfr_lol:
a 'real' teacher will tell you,
that they learn the most,
when 'real' people ask questions !!!
when an eXchanger appears
- sometimes other eXchangers appear
just like magic !!!
let this thread, be one, full of magic - the real 'high' magic
we have the 111 keys, downloaded, and, ready to write about
this relates; to the 2007 completion,
of inverting the magic, related to 'the 10 plagues of egypt'
which set many beings, free of old curses/etc.,
let this thread, be one, full of higher hearts, and, higher minds
so, all might function - on a playing field stuffed full of attainable levels
big difference here -
is, we are all on the same field / and, the same wave-lengths
we are all in this, together !!!
there is 'no' observing 'lucifer'
there is 'no' being playing 'the imposter god'
and, here is 'no' being playing 'the goddess of lies'
me, myself, and, i - adds up, to "we"
let's have some fun with this -- there is another email
also partly completed,
i will have to do a post office run,
prior to finishing answering it,
it kind of requires - charts (i do NOT know how to type)
on a computer
if there is a dear soul, in TORONTO region
who might be able, to help me, with a few computer lessons
we guarantee you, an eXchange, you will NOT forget !!!
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
09-08-2009, 07:27 PM
- FOCUS 1st, on the one you are in
and, do NOT listen to just anything
anyone else tells you
there is a reason for that
Listen to your Self(S)
do what tone3jaguar suggests--get a pendulum
you can create one, with something balanced,
that swings
likely you can buy a good one, on ebay
or...get a self - clearing one, if possible
We utilise an 'isis' one,
http://www.intuitivedowsing.com/
the actual one we've utilised for the past 30 years
is this one:
http://www.intuitivedowsing.com/Shop/Pendulums/Egyptian-Series/43-Super-Isis.html
at $20.50 USD, it's a great deal
REMEMBER, with any new info:
simply
command, and, demand
in 100 percent alignment
with missions, purposes, and, tasks ~ 333 333 315 / 333 333 351 / 13
12 words, and, one number-activate high 'magical' activations
that way, NO one else,
or NOTHING else
incarnate/or discarnate
(in physical, or in spirit form)
can tamper with you
make yourself 1st, and,foremost
bullet proof, and, tamper proof
we have eXchanged in inner circles,
our whole lifetime,
and, we have eXchanged with others,
who are NO longer here
(some by choice)
and, (some by accidents, that, clearly were NOT accidents)
we spent many hours on the phone
with an assortment of people
throughout the years
we brought Bill, and, Kerrie,
Michael Tsarion, Michael St.Clair, & Sal Rachele,
to name a few,
to Rebecca Jerrigan, for interviews !!!
we will post something on Sal Rachele,
and, it is related to his opinion on AD/and DM
he was a big part of our journey through
the end of 2003/2004/and, 2005
he is also part of my own soul family
he is the last king cast,
to the soul family of cadre1 entity 7
on the side of energy, raw # 1029
Sal is a king cast priest
where i am, the last king cast,
to the soul family of cadre1 entity 7
on the side of truth, raw # 343
i am a king cast sage
per michael teachings:
www.michaelteachings.com
(for lots of information)
www.truthloveenergy.ning.com
(for a $10 chart of your overleaves)
tell Troy, The eXchanger sent you
(it takes 4-6 weeks, to receive your chart)
you will be a combination
of two aspects:
king, priest, sage, scholar, warrior, artisan, or server
According to Yarbro, roughly twenty-five percent
of the earth’s population
(and the sentient population of the entire cosmos) are servers,
twenty-two percent are artisans,
seventeen percent are warriors,
fourteen percent are scholars,
ten percent are sages,
eight percent are priests,
and four percent are kings.
This follows the order of most ordinal to most cardinal,
with the neutral role, scholar,
comprising about one-seventh of the population.
So about sixty-four percent of the population has an ordinal role,
and twenty-two percent has a cardinal role,
with, again, fourteen percent having the neutral role, scholar.
On any planet, there may be historical periods
during which these percentages vary.
The ordinal roles
-- Server, Artisan, and Warrior
-- relate to the small or specific picture.
They're narrowly focused and favor one-on-one i
nteractions with others.
The cardinal roles
-- Sage, Priest, and King
-- relate to the larger picture.
They're broadly focused and favor larger groups or the masses.
Quick Role Traits:
Server: Seeks to serve the common good.
Artisan: Seeks creativity and the structure behind it.
Warrior: Seeks a challenge.
Scholar: Seeks knowledge. Often sees life as an experiment.
Sage: Seeks communication in all things.
Priest: Seeks to serve the higher good.
King: Seeks to lead, mandate.
Our role is the type of soul we are,
the spiritual archetype we embody.
Every soul has a particular role that determines
his dominant way of being.
Although a soul can have only one role,
there are secondary role influences
from his essence twin and casting
(mathematical position within the greater whole).
We could say that our role is our primary style
—it determines not so much what we do
but how we tend to do whatever we choose to do.
Anyone can do any activity, regardless of role,
although each role tends to gravitate toward certain activities.
For example, since sages are the cardinal expression role,
they often like to disseminate information.
However, a person should not assume that he is a sage
just because he likes to do that
—people of other roles may also have that characteristic.
A role is not an exclusive, rigid set of behaviors.
(discover more about that, on the links posted above)
so---as we said,
you must
learn to master
the matrix you are in,
first, and, fore-most
(please respect my information,
and, if you are taking it, to put it into your own books)
please quote me as your reference
i need to give it out this way
as, i ca NOT stop - my 3D wheel
to write it properly
since, i need to earn an income
(buying my products, helps PA/and, PC-
we already have one donation, to make to them) :)
it's NOT big, but, it is a start
WE NEED HELP...
we did NOT come here alone
and, WE HOPE SOME OF YOU...
can help us, to create charts, etc.,
i can master 3D, but, escaping it, to write,
is posing a problem,
since we can NOT do this,
and, do that too !!!
We can however, eXist, in multi-dimensions
in a completed format of 9D/33
and, we can tap into inter-dimensional
and, multi-dimensional sources,
and, channel information back
we are also a record-keeper; who can NOT only read into,
but, also write into, the secured sections,
of an assortment of light-libraries
our main guide, is The Forever Grandfather-KulCulKan
aka 233-333-215 (*) - he's got a secret name too
however 233-333-215 - will create a soul sigil / or soul signature
to access him
he is a part of our 10D/34d (10th Density/34th dimensional)
soul family complex - we are, his chosen channel
to reveal his information - in this world
our essence twin, is also 'incarnate' at this time
and, resides, in 'The Heart of The World'
and, is another chosen channel
to reveal his information - into his world
He is a King Cast Warrior
We need your aid/assistence/and, support
TO help us, to create supporting materials
We hope some of you, can help
if anyone is local here in toronto-please make contact
through The13thBridge(at)aol(dot)com
We will answer your questions(once a day-for one hour)
during this week
We have a project we are working on this week
(that will keep us, a little out of the loop)
and, will have us tied up, on Saturday/and, perhaps neXt sunday
We have a little more to say,
however we will address this,
on a future post !!!
+ xxxx
THE eXchanger
09-08-2009, 07:35 PM
Post Comparison- This stuff is important:
'we' have found, that most things of 'real' value
are found after 'we' ask/ask/ask to:
pass through the crossroads
of the higher minds,
of the higher hearts (13)
'we' have never found,
it is a 'still' NOR, a 'small' voice ???
it is, an observer,
until 'you'
or, in our case 'we' activated it ...
if you want to activate it:
'we' have found, that most things of 'real' value
are found after 'we' ask/ask/ask to:
"will it to be
so it will be
and, so it is" (13)
+ xxxx
THE eXchanger
09-09-2009, 04:04 PM
I asked "it" this question. If you are trying to communicate then I need more than ticking!! I waited...nothing...i left pen and paper beside bed...nothing...I tried a few things but only ticking...I have not had it at my current place??? maybe its done its job? I am certainly more in-tune than I once was so maybe that was its purpose?
and, also this question, we rec'd via email
09/09/2009 11:24:18 A.M. Eastern Daylight Time
From: xxxxxx@hotmail.com
Subject: there are things around me
There are things around me, and, i am not sure how to sort them out,
they make me feel different things, skin tingles, crawling on skin, and, crawling under surface of the skin, not very pleasant
i don't know who to ask, or, what to do,
so, thank you for opportunity to ask things
much appreciated, XXXXXXXXXXX
THE eXchanger reponds:
more 'in-tune' ???
or, more 'under a spell' ???
remember-nothing in life sums up to 'may-be'
there is, will
and,
there is way
and, both will/and, way-can be impeded
by whatever it is, that you choose to allow
ticking-is normally 'insecticileans'
it is a type of consciousness, of some beings
that come down into the high astral/low astral,
and, into the ethers,
the 6th density/5th density/and, 4th density levels
that surround you
it came be good/or, it can be bad
nothing is ever - half/and, half
(unless, you choose to mix it that way)
everything has duality
and, this duality, eXists,
all the way to the end
that is what free-will / and, choice is all about
There are beings,
that hold contracts
'to stop' other beings,
from walking their 'chosen paths'
they stop you, from waking up
they can put, within you/and,
your assortment of dimensions/and, densitites
things called implants
so, the biggest question to ask,
when anything comes to call is the following:
Did you stop first,
and, ask 'it' the following...
(here we'll state eXactly how we do it)
"if you are NOT in 100 percent
alignment with our missions,
purposes and tasks ?
and, if NOT, you are commanded,
and, you demanded to eXit the stage, NOW,
You are to/and, we are removing all traces of contact,
from you, and, between us,
in all time, and, in real time,
and, in between time,
and, in between space,
and, anywhere we do NOT know,
where to ask for it !!!
(and, repeat that three times)
We as, beings,
that are inter-dimensional,
and, that are mult-dimensional,
need to pay attention, great attention,
to what it is, we choose to allow.
How many times, we are told, to ask/ask/ask
and, rarely, do we !!!
Everything you do, is practiSe - for coming events
preparation is everything
how it is, you choose to eXchange,
and, to the level, you choose to do it,
will determine, if 'your cake' makes a rise,
or, takes a fall
iT is YOU, and, only YOU
who needs to be responsible
for the conditions,
and, the ingredients,
that you allow
as, it is eXactly 'those things' that will determine
a rising, or a falling !!!
doing nothing - is similiar to 'obersvation'
looking, yet, NOT taking any action
all that will get you,
is to stay eXactly where it is,
that you are !!!
if that is, NOT what you want,
then, why iS it, that few,
ask any 'real' questions ???
all of you, are eXchangers,
those who fit the categories of
the searchers, the travellers
and the wanderers
all of you came, for signficant missions, purposes, and, tasks
do you know, what they are ???
so often,
your searches, have NOT lead you anywhere 'real'
so often,
you travel down many roads, and, you find only 'dead' ends
so often,
you wander around aimlessly, looking for 'quick fixes'
and, yet, when 'truth' stares you in 'the face'
you do NOT even come 'to eXchange with it ???
lots and lots of views, yet, very few questions to the board ???
and, lots and lots of private emails ???
(which we are trying to work through)
and, will post answers to them, a few of them,
resulted in chapters, for a book.
If we, had any 'real wish' for 'project avalon' and,'project camelot'
it would be, to have ONE thread, on the board, perhaps, this one,
that is open, to any member, to be able to post comments,
and, to post questions on, is that possible ???
THE eXchanger
09-09-2009, 04:22 PM
I asked "it" this question. If you are trying to communicate then I need more than ticking!! I waited...nothing...i left pen and paper beside bed...nothing...I tried a few things but only ticking...I have not had it at my current place??? maybe its done its job? I am certainly more in-tune than I once was so maybe that was its purpose?
and, also this question, we rec'd via email
09/09/2009 11:24:18 A.M. Eastern Daylight Time
From: xxxxxx@hotmail.com
Subject: there are things around me
There are things around me, and, i am not sure how to sort them out,
they make me feel different things, skin tingles, crawling on skin, and, crawling under surface of the skin, not very pleasant
i don't know who to ask, or, what to do,
so, thank you for opportunity to ask things
much appreciated, XXXXXXXXXXX
THE eXchanger reponds:
more 'in-tune' ???
or, more 'under a spell' ???
remember-nothing in life sums up to 'may-be'
there is, will
and,
there is way
and, both will/and, way-can be impeded
by whatever it is, that you choose to allow
ticking-is normally 'insecticileans'
it is a type of consciousness, of some beings
that come down into the high astral/low astral,
and, into the ethers,
the 6th density/5th density/and, 4th density levels
that surround you
it came be good/or, it can be bad
nothing is ever - half/and, half
(unless, you choose to mix it that way)
everything has duality
and, this duality, eXists,
all the way to the end
that is what free-will / and, choice is all about
There are beings,
that hold contracts
'to stop' other beings,
from walking their 'chosen paths'
they stop you, from waking up
they can put, within you/and,
your assortment of dimensions/and, densitites
things called implants
so, the biggest question to ask,
when anything comes to call is the following:
Did you stop first,
and, ask 'it' the following...
(here we'll state eXactly how we do it)
"if you are NOT in 100 percent
alignment with our missions,
purposes and tasks ?
and, if NOT, you are commanded,
and, you demanded to eXit the stage, NOW,
You are to/and, we are removing all traces of contact,
from you, and, between us,
in all time, and, in real time,
and, in between time,
and, in between space,
and, anywhere we do NOT know,
where to ask for it !!!
(and, repeat that three times)
We as, beings,
that are inter-dimensional,
and, that are mult-dimensional,
need to pay attention, great attention,
to what it is, we choose to allow.
How many times, we are told, to ask/ask/ask
and, rarely, do we !!!
Everything you do, is practiSe - for coming events
preparation is everything
how it is, you choose to eXchange,
and, to the level, you choose to do it,
will determine, if 'your cake' makes a rise,
or, takes a fall
iT is YOU, and, only YOU
who needs to be responsible
for the conditions,
and, the ingredients,
that you allow
as, it is eXactly 'those things' that will determine
a rising, or a falling !!!
doing nothing - is similiar to 'obersvation'
looking, yet, NOT taking any action
all that will get you,
is to stay eXactly where it is,
that you are !!!
if that is, NOT what you want,
then, why iS it, that few,
ask any 'real' questions ???
all of you, are eXchangers,
those who fit the categories of
the searchers, the travellers
and the wanderers
all of you came, for signficant missions, purposes, and, tasks
do you know, what they are ???
so often,
your searches, have NOT lead you anywhere 'real'
so often,
you travel down many roads, and, you find only 'dead' ends
so often,
you wander around aimlessly, looking for 'quick fixes'
and, yet, when 'truth' stares you in 'the face'
you do NOT even come 'to eXchange with it ???
lots and lots of views,
yet, very few questions ???
If we, had any 'real wish' for 'project avalon' and,
'project camelot'
it would be, to have ONE thread,
on the board, perhaps, this one,
that is open, to any member,
to be able to post comments,
and, to post questions on,
is that possible ???
THE eXchanger
09-09-2009, 04:30 PM
- Michael Teachings, is something,
that really assisted us, on our journey,
my first chart, was drawn, almost 30 years ago...
and, it was scribbled on a little piece of paper,
and, inserted into a signed copy of the original book,
Messages from Michael, and, mailed to me,
from a friend in california,
who was deeply involved in metaphysics,
and, had connections to the original group.
Mamas Juan Jacinto
chief of the kogi tribe
is one of my incarnate task companions
who is a king cast Warrior
We are, an incarnate,
King cast Sage
here's my chart:
ESSENCE AND PERSONALITY PROFILE
STUDENT: Susan~WHiTE LOTUS STAR~The eXchanger
ESSENCE DYNAMICS
KING CAST SAGE
Role: SAGE
Casting: King
Cadre/Entity: 1/7
E-Ratio: 38m/62f
Frequency: 50
Soul Age/Level: Old/6
Manifested Age: Old/6
ESSENCE TWIN INFORMATION
Role: Discarnate Priest
TASK COMPANION(S) INFORMATION
Role: Discarnate Priest
PERSONALITY DYNAMICS
Goal: Dominance
Mode: Power
Attitude: Spiritualist
Center/Part: Intellectual/Moving
From: Michael Entity
- Through The Old Group in California, king cast sage,
and, then by S.Hoodwin, of www.summerjoy.com
This chart was further checked by
Emily B, of www.causalworks.com
who also channelled, the same chart as shepherd
and, she got our raw number:
1ST Third of Cadre/Entity - Pioneers leaders for the rest of the cadre/entity,
- The Last King cast to the 49th row, on the side of truth
(7x49=343)
-C1E7 - Raw # 343
also, Emily B, of www.causalworks.com
channelled the chart of Sal Rachele
as, Old King Cast Priest ~ 6/7 Old
The Last King cast to the 49th row, on the side of energy
7X49=343X3=1029)
-C1E7 - Raw # 1029
and, here is the chart of
Mama Juan Jacinto /Chief of The Kogi Tribe
ESSENCE AND PERSONALITY PROFILE
ESSENCE DYNAMICS of Mama Juan Jacinto /Chief of The Kogi Tribe
King Cast Warrior
Role: Warrior
Casting: King
Cadre/Entity: 2/7
E-Ratio: 58m/42f
Frequency: 59
Soul Age/Level: Old/7
Manifested Age: Old
ESSENCE TWIN INFORMATION
Role: Discarnate Priest
TASK COMPANION(S) INFORMATION
Role: Discarnate Priest
PERSONALITY DYNAMICS
Goal: Discrimination
Mode: Passion
Attitude: Idealist
Center/Part: Emotional/Intellectual
From: Michael Entity / through Troy
www.truthloveenergy.com
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
09-09-2009, 04:41 PM
SOME old stuff,
from another radiant zone
9/29/2008 -- The New Moon -- Will it to be, so it will be !!!
Interesting 9 is the number of completion,
and, with completion, also comes new beginnings.
A door closes,
and, two windows will appear.
For today, 9/29/2008
(2046=2+0+4+6=12=3)
It is an interesting night,
as, it is, the night of The New Moon
and, on a 29th day, it presents a gateway.
So, very important,
it is tonight,
or, upon rising tomorrow morning,
to work with this new moon,
for there are 28 manisons to the moon,
and, 28 guardians, and, they are all there,
at this time, to assist us, and, to guide us.
Command and demand,
with 100% pure intent,
in alignment with your essence/higher self/monad
or what, i call, your MiSSing CapStone...
that you ask, to make thing manifest
in your life.
Tonight is a night...
that is special, for when you release your intentions,
in alignment with a new moon cycle, it is totally possible,
for you, to manifest,
everything you desire,
for we are past, the point of a need, and, a want,
and, truly it is, with the higher mind, and, the higher heart,
engaged, with the lower mind, and, the higher mind,
and, all things, between our Original Spark,
and, this Capstone, that we can ask,
to be cleansed, and, be cleared,
so, that only "the light" can shine,
into us, and, out of us,
and, that all of us,
can walk together,
from one radiant zone,
to another, and, into this new moon.
Special sparks, who spark, other special sparks,
it is an honour, and, it is a privledge,
to be here, at this time.
Ask, in the full moon,
to have full essence contact,
and, for anything that is NOT in 100% alignment,
with your pre-natal original mission, and, purpose,
OR, anything that you have agreed to,
that is NOT in 100% alignment,
to be gone.
Ask, that only those things,
be allowed to stand, and, stay,
that are in 100% alignment,
with all that you are,
so that,
you, can be, all that you,
clearly intend, and, will yourself to be.
You do, to be
Will it to be, so, it will be
Brightest blessing of energy, light and love to all
THE eXchanger
09-09-2009, 04:47 PM
Comment by papaed on November 9, 2008 at 1:56am
This date is passed and the energy is different today.
I'm very curious where your alignment information comes from.
28 mansions and 28 guardians?.. the perfect number 1.
I tend to count and have a few compulsions
that center on numerology.
My wife is always 3 in my phone directory.
I'll rename others to be sure they don't fall ahead.
My work truck plates are 4, grounded on the earth.
I search out and try to find 7 in many situations.
What is the meaning of that?
I wrote a piece called Shop Zen where I count.
You would find it interesting.
I look to see if I have it posted on my site.
Glad to have you as a friend.
papaed
BTW, I seem to recall a book I read 40 years ago called "White Lotus"
Have you read it?
China has taken over the USA and White Lotus is one of the rebels
rejecting the Chinese leadership.
RESPONSE, BY THE eXchanger
on November 9, 2008 at 2:07am
it comes from the 28 guardians of the moon
-- we took in, an interesting download on the night of 10/14/2008
-- although, we are still NOT eXactly sure, why it was given to me,
we are still working to decode it .
Seven aspects, relate to seven elements,
normally just 4 are spoken of, but, there are seven.
(we are writing about that now)
No, we did NOT read, nor,
was i aware of a book called "white lotus"
...what was it about ?
we'd love to read what you have written.
we got our spiritual name in 60's,
in our 8th year, in the late summer of 1966...
and, it is also, what my own higher guidance,
have called us, so, it stuck, askahic records,
are easier to access, with your spirit name, or spirit names
than with your natal name, which is a name,
someone else has given to you ...
we knew, in michael St. Clair's higher essence/or levels,
that he was aligned to The Master of The Light
when we first eXchanged emails with him, in approx 2004/2005 ;)
THE eXchanger
09-09-2009, 04:59 PM
Comment by papaed on November 9, 2008 at 1:56am BTW, I seem to recall a book I read 40 years ago called "White Lotus"
Have you read it?
China has taken over the USA and White Lotus is one of the rebels
rejecting the Chinese leadership.
Currently, within the usa,
the chinese control over 1/3 of the food distribution chains
and, own, over 1/3 of the land - many of them,
are legal usa immigrants,
this actually is 'good news',
the usa/and, cananda,
are very diversified, and, multi-cultural countries,
due to all the immigration..
most of The Ills, never thought,
poor people/or average people-would ever own anything,
look around, we do live in a world, that is already
altered, changed, and, shifted !!!
the largest transference of wealth is about to take place
where the 'baby boomers' take over, their parents estate
the one thing, about most of our parents is - they did NOT waste
albeit, some of them 'saved' in 'poor choices'
everything is energy
NEVER FORGET THAT...
wise words, once, uttered to me,
in the ethers, we'll share
anything you have ever been-
YOU ALWAYS, and, in ALL WAYS
get to keep
reclaim it, NOW,
for it is, your 'true' FORCE
for it is, your 'true' POWER
and, it iS once reclaimed
BROUGHT BACK into 'YOUR ROUND'
it will stand as
'your most powerful truth'
BE WHO iT iS that you are
and, DO it, eloquently !!!
(this applies, to all who are here,
you choose, to be here !!!
"so, do it
to, be it"
it is NOT anymore simple than that !!!
namasté
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
09-09-2009, 05:07 PM
- What Petersen was talking about is possible !!!
(very funny, how so many of you, overlook, those who are genius)
He is a very smart man, who, can't tell you everything in 2hrs/4hrs/or 6hrs
Mill Travel / Time Travel / Tube Travel
It is possible to be a 'mill master'
and, tube travel and/or travel through 'the mills'
without any machinery ...to an assortment of places
utilising a technique to walk out of your body
at the 7D/31d level
which will take you into the celestial realms
at 8D/32d -you can move into the buddhist planes
where The Light Buddha, makes his home
(we entered this incarnation, at this level)
(we left earth/or walked out - on 11/3/1991
and, returned 520 days later, on 04/06/1993
the length of a venus transit)
an essence twin from venus, keep our physical body, going -
by doing a walk-in
until we returned from venus
(we were picked up; by 2 scout ships,
and 1 ship, the length of a football field)
on the shores of The Trent River, near the hamlet of trent river / hastings
on a sunday, we returned 520 days later,
on a tuesday
it took us, from 4/6/1993 to 10/25/2007
to fully merge with our 9D/33d-
which had 17 consciousness units,
when, it only should have had 13 consciousness units.
We had to remove 3 reptile aspects/and, 1 insect aspect,
from the 26th dimension
ironically, on the day, we sat between the worlds
our friend, RJ, some of you, know her,
came to us, when we telepathed her,
for help, and, she assisted us,
from an etheric standpoint,
as, our heart was beating, approx 1 long beat/and, vibration,
once per minute -- energetically,
you could say, she gave me an energetic transfusion of energy,
much like CPR - but, on the higher spiritual levels
and, if it wasn't for RJ,
i would likely NOT be here today.
(many thank yous, and, much gratitude to our dear sister, RJ)
This is all recorded in the askahic records
and, we found,
after this, we could go to places
like the great white healing tables of Acturus
or, to the temples in venus
or, to a myraid of other interesting places
utilising mill/or tube travel
we are a very skilled 'mill master'
and, have been doing this, properly, since 2004
prior to that date, we could 'fluke it'
however, fluking it, is dangerous
as, you could end up on a 'dark mill' on orion
we have had a few scary eXperiences,
getting stuck in gateways/and, portals,
in the early years,
of travelling,
and, NOT protecting our densities/and, dimensions--
and, once, when we left our body, while dreaming,
upon our return, we had to fight something for nearly 3 hrs,
to get back into our physical body ...
now, we call in 4 guardians from 4 directions,
plus 2 others,
1 guardian - from below
1 guaridan - from above
and, the 8th guardian,
who is our 'guardian angel'
always remember,
there are gate_keepers,
and, portal_keepers,
who are there to help you,
if you ask them,
and, if you manage to get stuck-which can happen
they can help you get through
and/or, if you align/and, merge
with your own trinity/or trine
it can help you-cause it travels with you, as you
the goal in our opinion,
is to do, as, we have done,
from original spark,
up/and, through all your densities/and, dimensions
to merge your 3 sacred triangles,
with your 9D/33d merge,
we once explained this to a guy
via the telephone,
and, told him,
about, the first 2 sacred triangles,
and, we asked him, NOT to write about it,
since we were going to do that
well, surprise-surprise - apparently he did write about it
(he flattered us, by saying some ascended ET gave him the info) :lmfao:
we are sure glad,
that when our main guide,
told us, to end the telephone call,
we did, and, we didn't share the final triangle with him :thumb_yello:
we have NOW activated
ourselves up to the 9th density / 33rd dimension~monad/and, future monad
and, landed our 'missing capstone'
and, are now operating on 24 dna strands,
now, in 12 pairs,
with a completely clear CVC - central vertical channel~the 13th
our 13th consciousness units are
6 angelic / 6 elemential and 1 humanoid
also, it is a good idea
to clearly understand how to protect
your inter-dimensional/and, multi-dimensional bodies
along with the densities/and, dimensions
even those that eXist,
in between time/and, in between space
and, in places, you might NOT know where to ask for protection
by utilsing specific 'commands & demands'
so things don't manipulate you
we have brought our souls progressions
360 degrees, into a perfect round
one of our task companions, who is also on earth
in the kogi tribe, in the heart of the world,
he is able to do the same types of things
this too, can be confirmed,
by simply accessing 'the records'
"you are done !!!"
has also been confirmed,
by someone who has considerable talents in dowsing,
tone3jaguar
however, we are far, from done--
recently we set off on horseback
to do a 2 days visionquest,
we will spend 1 hr a day,
answering questions !!!
so, if you have questions-ask them
directly to this thread, thank you + xxx
no caste
09-09-2009, 05:27 PM
NOT going to hunt for threads
someone asked this question: Originally Posted by no caste
1918: Strangely like AIDS, isn't it
This is an interesting idea here - a healthy, robust immune system (younger people) make the flu more severe. I think younger people, should they get the current flu, will have to book a few more days off school or work.
I'm going to meditate for low key energies, slow calming sustaining, in this regard.
THE eXchanger says:
that is eXactly
what they want you to do
....
namasté
That was me talking to Seashore here
Re: Immune Reaction
http://projectavalon.net/forum/showthread.php?t=3428&page=19
Kids may be different in this regard {they're already on channel 13++}.
May need to be brought down.
THE eXchanger
09-09-2009, 05:46 PM
That was me talking to Seashore here
Re: Immune Reaction
http://projectavalon.net/forum/showthread.php?t=3428&page=19
Kids may be different in this regard {they're already on channel 13++}.
May need to be brought down.
kids, are arriving a little more 'tuned in'
however, even they, must 'tune UP'
their equipment is NOT any different than yours
and, their equipment is much more likely to get 'messed' with
you can go a long way UP the mountain
without any interference
however, we do NOT know of anyone
who is climbing these mountains
that has NOT needed to learn the 'art of protection'
getting past,
the first 6 densities-
allows you to escape
MOST PEOPLE will NOT reveal their 'true information'
since, most of them, do NOT really have it !!!
focusing on your current matrix
density # 1 - the physical
density # 2 - the intellecutual (higher/lower)
density # 3 - the emotional (higher / or lower)
and, bring them, like a triangle
to form half a bow-tie
anchored through the back of the neck , in The B.O.G -
The Best Original Gateway
(some people do call this, The Bowl of God)
(will be, one way for some
another way for others)
ie; some are more emotional / than intellectual
if that is the case, put #2 as, emotional
and, # 3 as intellectual
now, for the next half of the bow-tie
density #4 etheric body
density #5 low astral body
density #6 high astral body
and, then,
onto the 3rd triangle
density #7 The low casual
density #8 The mid causal
density #9 The high causal
7 density-meets your higher self
8 density-meets your essence
9 density-meet your monad
You have an original spark (1)
You have (9 eXpressions)
you have bridges/triads, that lead to trinity/or trine (3)
it adds up the 13 parts of you,
now, you know, why 13
is taken out of everything
and, you need to graduate all of these things
+ xxxx
THE eXchanger
09-09-2009, 05:51 PM
protect your crown
and, enter / and, eXit your body
through - THE B.O.G
which is:
The
Best
Original
Gateway !!!
(in/and, out of you, and, all your assortment of densities/& dimensions)
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
09-09-2009, 06:07 PM
we once tried to have a conversation
with Bill Ryan, and, he felt, in order for a conversation
to be valid, both parties, had to talk 50% of the time
we also tried in that conversation to explain things to him a lot of things
and, since, it was way outside of his own current realm of understanding
so, he did NOT allow us, to give him, the road_map
we know, it was very late,
likely 3am, his time, when we spoke,
however, we did determine, in the phone call, he is a 'good' man
if he had let, us speak,
instead, of also, trying to monopolise the conversation,
he might of gained, a brief understanding,
that would have allowed him,
to relate, to what it was,
that we wished to tell him
so, he might of clearly understood
-eXactly, where it is 'we' are !!!
and, how it is, that we got there
suffice to say,
he missed something,
and, we did too - most unfortunate :( :( :(
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
09-09-2009, 06:39 PM
today, is a new start to a new calender
it is also, 9 x 9 / 81 /9 - a time for new beginnings,
it is also 9+9+2+0+0+9=29/11
it is happening in an important year
of an energetic 11
we'll have more on that, later in the day
we came to earth, as, a 8D/32d being,
with two completed matrixes,
along with the one we are in,
we are a part of The Order of Metatron
'we' have found,
that most things of 'real' value
are found after
'we' ask/ask/ask to:
command and demand,
that things are in 100% with missions,
with purposes, and, with tasks !!!
when you do that - NO **** HAPPENS !!!
things come about, in divine order
'we' have found, that most things of 'real' value
are found after 'we' ask/ask/ask to:
utilise, always, AND, in all way, utilsing the 3 times 'asking' rule
so, be sure you are asking to order things up,
in the 'right' way
always, and, in all ways
in 100% alignment with
your missions, your purposes, and, your tasks
(it will save you a lot of grief)
and, keep you firmly on your own path
(without any interference)
MOVE YOURSELF, up and through
Original Spark / and, Zeropoint
and, all densities
from 1, through to 7
and, do that immediately--there is NO time to waste !!!
From the 7th density forward
-YOUR REAL HIGH SELF
can lead you to your 8th density essence
and, onto your 9th density monad !!!
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
09-09-2009, 07:45 PM
11,000 views
at dawn today Central American time,
1 Imix, 09.09.09-the beginning of a fresh new Tzolk'in round
and an elegantly symmetrical Gregorian date,
the union of this Mayan-Western date holding
a special resonance and significance to modern times.
And so, without further ado,
we invite you to learn more about the mayan
at www.maya-portal.net
(however, that is NOT to district anyone from PA/or PC)
THIS is THE HEART OF AVALON, AND, OF CAMELOT !!!
PERHAPS, it is a good time,
to suggest, if you have NOT donated, or given, to B & K,
NOW, would be a good time, to do that !!!
They appreciate/and, value very highly all the help,
everyone gives them !!!
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
09-09-2009, 08:04 PM
Welcome, to the 'new world'
it is already here
if you wish, to come for a ride
where it is always a journey...
and, NEVER a trip
We magically,
invite you,
to partake in something,
that is bigger than any one of us !!!
We are, to reveal ourselves,
thus, the 'new avatar'
We NOT need to operate as
THE HiDDEN HAND or, an iNSiDER,
as, we are the earth host,
of THREE of THiRTY-THREE (33)
within an information age
there comes a time
when NOTHING can remain hidden
that secrets, and, the secret,
might pull three dimensional fiat money,
in the long run, that type of eXchange is likely,
to become worthless...
NO LONGER does it hold
any 'real' importance,
about what is 'important'
what is important,
is that each, and, everyone of you,
KNOW, with NO uncertainty,
the who/what/why/when, and, how
of your_selves !!!
We ARE a blending of THREE important matrixes
one completed part, from The Order of The elohim (10)
one completed part, from The Order of The Melz. Order (9191)
on a side note, RA, comes from that same order
and, one incompleted part, from The Order of Metatron,
where the Three of Thirty-Three-makes its home at 10D/34d
and, our part, makes its home, at 9d/33
This is NOT a 'silly' stunt
nor, is it, a 'sixth density' game
This is as 'real', as 'real' life gets
You can LOOK into our EYES
You can see our hidden hand,
if you are a friend here, and, you can access our pictures
WE hold the RiNG
We are untouchable
and, We are the ground host, of THREE of THiRTY-THREE (33)
iT iS TYME, for the 'real return'
iT iS TYME, for The Round
iT iS TYME, for The Original Round
iT iS you, and, you are it !!!
Are you ready ???
We are,
THREE of THiRTY THREE !!!
9/9/2009 9;00 pm GMST
THE eXchanger
09-09-2009, 08:12 PM
Post Comparison question:
- from xxxxxxxxx@xxx.xxx
Date: 09/09/2009 3:05:49 P.M. Eastern Daylight Time
why do you use a 13 ?
isn't it unlucky ?
THE eXchanger:
we utilise a '13'
because '13' is the number choosen
by any grouping, or magical group of 12 souls
(often 2 sets of six souls) who come together to do 'good work'
the 13 is utilised to signify
the one, who is chosen to be,
the orator (or the speaker)
of 'the group'
thus, the 13th member
is a member, who, speaks publically
on behalf of the other 12 members
all of you, belong to groups of 4/or 6, or 6 x 2, or 4 x 3 = 12
who dove-tail, into other groups of 4/or 6, or 6 x 2, or 4 x 3 = 12
similiar to a big huge 'flower of life'
that might have 12 petals - and, the core is the 13th part
(sometimes, unseen - but, iT iS there)
also-very old native quilts, were made with 12 points (not 8)
THE eXchanger
09-09-2009, 08:17 PM
we also utilise '13'
since we are an old ancient bridger
- known, to hold keys for The 13th Bridge
however, we are known, as THREE
and, also known as The Earth Host of THREE of THiRTY-THREE (33)
333 333 315 or 333 333 351
(9/9/9) (9/9/9)
there are stories,
that go with these numbers,
we will hunt for some of them,
since our 'good friend' Kentroversky
who isn't on the planet anymore was quite helpful to us
in decoding them.
(he was one of the very dear friends/and,
a man, who we were most fortunate, to eXchange with,
for a period of time, on a daily basis)
he is currently 'resting' in a great big bed
(he did amasing work, on earth)
we miss him, a lot
some of the numbers,
mentioned above,
hold reations to things,
that we have done, so far, in this lifetime,
which include
the complete, and, total
inverting of the old "bad" magic,
which caused The 10 Plagues of Egypt
(from the time of Thoth's walk upon The Mother Earth)
where the group of 11 out of 12, were killed
(which was completed back on 10/25/2007)
in that lifetime, we were known as THREE
THE eXchanger
09-09-2009, 08:41 PM
XXXXXXXXXXXXX@gmail.com
Subject: i'll bet you can't come up
Date: 09/09/2009 4:36:16 P.M. Eastern Daylight Time
i'll bet you can't come up with an testimonies for your work
however, maybe you can - surprise me XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
THE eXchanger responds:
Yes, we can, how many would you like ???
here's one - from someone you might know:
(we can, provide other ones too)
07/05/2008 10:04 PM
COMMENT FROM:
Susan has a comprehensive knowledge of metaphysics and spirituality and has an amazing recall of past lifetimes and other-worldly selves. She blends modern and ancient knowledge from many dimensions and time frames to paint a cosmic picture of reality. I find it a joy to interact with Susan on matters of metaphysics and spirituality.
Sal Rachele, Sedona, AZ -- published author of two books Living Awareness Productions • teacher, healer, mystic and priest • psychic, intuitive and clairvoyant reader • author, musician and recording artist • conscious channel for ETs, angels, ascended masters & Co-Founder of Sananda Mystery School www.salrachele.com
there are at least 165 on our website/with over 200 not yet edited, and, posted
and, there are many from esteemed mentors/teachers, etc.,
THE eXchanger
09-09-2009, 08:43 PM
07/05/2008 10:05 PM
COMMENT FROM:
Susan, you are so wonderful!
Your energies beyond your words are uplifting and inspiring.
Thank you,
I am amazed and so deeply grateful for the encouragement
and positive energies shared,
that correlatives and triggers offered through
our interactions at this level are like little treats.
Jodie / Harmonious Whole
Malynda
09-09-2009, 08:45 PM
eXchanger,
I really enjoy reading your writings but I do not know where to begin in asking questions. I am trying to understand but am missing something which causes me to have no voice to ask questions. I am going to read through the entire thread and see if I can't find my voice and have my memory jogged. I thank you for the energy you put forth.
THE eXchanger
09-09-2009, 08:45 PM
07/05/2008 10:02 PM
COMMENT FROM:
"IT'S always, and, in all ways"
(SEE i do utilise your ideas, and, even quote your lines)
IT'S always, and, in all ways about having in exactly the right direction
Your timing is good and you are learning from every experience.
You are a highly evolved person, as if you have lived many times before.
In time you will have much to offer the rest of us.
I see some travel in your future, and several new horizons beckoning.
Your progress in this world has not always been as fast as you would like, but I can see significant growth in the future.
Susan regularly demonstrates her skill and 'gifts' for accessing ancient knowledge and for exploring the subtle energy fields
of our multi-dimensional Polyverses.
Some would refer to this ability as NeoShamanism,
others would see Susan as a teacher's teacher of Metaphysical Principles and of Esoteric Philosophy.
Most importantly she expresses her talents with true Integrity and, has a genuine desire to 'Keep it Real'.
I have worked in PR for Trance Channels/Mediums from the U.S./Canada/Britain and Ireland and thus have developed a keen sense of one's sincerity in this field.
Susan's 'other worldly' skills offer a special inspiration
in the guidance of Seekers who quest for knowledge of 'who they are' and 'why they are'.
Micah Sun,
director/ChromeCoda Projects Analyst/ Oracle/ SpiritLife Counselor www.chromecoda.com
THE eXchanger
09-09-2009, 08:53 PM
18/07/2009 7:25 PM
COMMENT FROM:
http://www.blogtalkradio.com/WISDOMWIDEOPEN/2009/04/05/PRACTICAL-SPIRITUALITY-for-REAL-PEOPLE-A-Journey-through-LIGHTWORKING
Reading with Steve Rother & The Group www.lightworker.com
I really appreciate the good work you are doing in this world,
it's making a huge difference!!! White Lotus Star on www.blogtalkradio.com/wisdomwideopen
at the 1hr, and, 3 minutes
"i really appreciate the good work you are doing in this world, it's sure making a big difference" White Lotus Star
Steve's comment
WE KNOW YOU FROM SOMEWHERE !!!
you're part of the family!!! have we meet ?
(no, we've never meet, i think,
you & i, exchanged maybe one email, a long time ago)
let me tell you what they are showing me...
(yes, i'd love you to show me, what they are showing you)
you probably already know this to some degree but you have been here many, many, many lifetimes as a healer and, as a teacher in fact,
this lifetime, this time,
i even think you are here in a backup plan.
i don't even think this is your orig. set of parents.
Your timing on this planet,
was criticial you have been here many lifetimes,
where you have been too early,
or, people have gotten afraid of you or, you know, stoned/tortured
--we've done some pretty horrible things on this planet,
before, when we get afraid of people and, that has happened to you,
so, that is what we call "the seed fear"
and, that is something most healers many many lifetimes have,
to some degree that is part of what you will be dealing with,
over probably the next 2 - 3 years
you are getting real close to getting to what you came to do.
(yes, i am)
you've tried it a couple of times,
and, lots like it didn't work, and,
you got really discouraged here--but, am i right about that ???
(well, it was always about more than just me, but, then, i could never find people that wanted to be part of a group)
ok, well, the timing is right,
now, that's the main thing, that has happened ..
so because of that,
you are going to start to see some of this unfold now so just relax,
and, once again the timing has been the biggest issue and,
there is a reason for it i mean,
when we come in with stuff too far ahead of the game,
people get scared, it's real simple, people get scared,
it has to be brought in real gentle,
and, easily, much of your life has been around that being here,
at the right time you almost came in an generation early
do you know your grandmother on your mother's side close with her ?
(Yes, i was close with her)
yes, she orig. was going to be your mother
mother, orig. was going to be your sister
does that make sense to you,
know that you think about it, it will make a lot of sense to you, re; family dynamics but the reality of it is, that you did it specifically to be here on time and, you are here, don't get discouraged,
i know you;ve been waiting a long time i know a lot of stuff doesn't seem to be working, or didn't work,
but YOUR on the right track here, i won't worry
(i'm here to bring them back to the round, the original round)
sounds good to me,
i love the whole round table concept
i think you've got a big piece of this, enjoy the ride...
(thank you)
send me a book when you are finished
(i'll send you my third signed one)
Thank you for sharing Susan
it sounds like you have quite a life to lead, it sounds intriguing
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
09-09-2009, 08:58 PM
16/11/2008 7:59 PM
COMMENT FROM:
Susan possess great knowledge on magic
and goes beyond the knowledge
to apply it in a way that effects great changes
for others and herself.
She is in the realm of a high magician
and works in the Light and from her heart.
Rebecca Jerigan
www.journeyswithrebecca.com
Well known Radio/TV Talk show host of
The Journeys with Rebecca SHOW
Channel of the Elohim
+ xxxx
THE eXchanger
09-09-2009, 09:02 PM
24/07/2009 10:27 AM
COMMENT FROM:
Interesting report.
The info about NOT manifesting your work in 3D ways caught my attention.
That makes sense based on info you've given me before and info we found.
Part of me says...
"Wow! When that gal brings
all that down into 3D,
whew, she's going to part the waters."
Angel-Light Love Healing/Wellbeing Facilitator
(Spirit-Mind-Body-Environment)
Healing Love Lighthouse (A Love Work Supported By Donations)
Blog: http://angel-light-love-healing.blogspot.com
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
09-09-2009, 09:04 PM
24/07/2009 1:36 AM
COMMENT FROM:
You know what,
I want to know the WHYS of YOU, too! Recently i decided that you are beyond my level
(not better than me but beyond me).
Getting something about "comprehension."
I was "blown away" by all the implants and "installations"
in your chakras revealed in the analysis.
It was almost like you were a "bionic woman" of sorts.
I was shown some of them.
They "remake us" into who we are with the implants, encodements, programs, etc.
Enjoy, in joy, joyfully! Angel-Light Love (Traveling Angel) Healing/Wellbeing Facilitator
(Spirit-Mind-Body-Environment)
Healing Love Lighthouse (A Love Work Supported By Donations)
Blog: http://angel-light-love-healing.blogspot.com
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
09-09-2009, 09:06 PM
24/07/2009 12:13 AM
COMMENT FROM:
You are the most interesting person I have met.
We are all connected so if you are a higher me
it doesn't surprise me.
How did you get the looks and I look like a little Granny? (ha)
Diana datenco@cox.net www.toetalker.com
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
09-09-2009, 09:10 PM
24/07/2009 12:03 AM
COMMENT FROM: Dearest Susan, As I have said to you before,
I do not think that any one being has the answer.
We are all very complex.
You are teaching many others to STRETCH beyond their prior level of comprehension.
This is such a gift, that you have, and that you share.
You worry that some will steal your ideas, but the truth is, lol,
that even if they take notes,
they still cannot "get it" enough to share it.
Even if you were to write a book right now,
you might be as Rudolph Steiner was in the 1920's -1930's
- way ahead of their time.
SOMETIMES, IF YOU ARE A GENIUS,
YOU JUST HAVE TO ACCEPT THAT, AND BE THANKFUL.
I told you that you would be one to go down in history,
and I don't know any other living soul
that I could say that to.
(Just between you and me,
I do not know anyone who has the knowledge that you do.)
But, this can be both a curse and a gift.
You feel somewhat "used" for not being fully compensated
for sharing these gifts,
but if you think of the wise old saying that
"goodness is its own reward," it might help.
I know you also want a normal life full of love
and just normal stuff.
You seem to me to be achieving that,
which is a huge source of joy for me.
Accept with grace that you are beyond everyone else's capabilities.
And, most of all....be so thankful that God has made you
so sweet and lovable
as well so as that you are blessed with many loving friends
surrounding you at all times.
You are most blessed, Susan.
Everyone you touch is forever changed.
Use your incredible gifts always for the goodness of all,
as that is also for the goodness of you.
Much love to you always, my dear Sister.
I am always here for you.
Love, XXXXXX
P.S. XXXXX XXXXX XXXX has confirmed that xxxxxxx,
who has split her soul into several entities,
as did AA Michael, does indeed have part of her soul in residence within me.
If it is true that xxxxxx was her son,
and you were xxxxxx, then you are part my child.
And that would also explain,
in one part only, our deep connection.
You are doing so well, living in joy, creating with your gifts,
and spreading your love.
I am so proud to be a part of your life!
The Magic lives on!!!!
+ xxx
THE eXchanger
09-09-2009, 09:14 PM
24/07/2009 10:55 AM
COMMENTS FROM: I know you have the magic!
What greats had that kind of magic?
Well, all of the spiritual postings mentioning them,
they all say they are back. ;)
Yes, you did amazing good work in recognizing xxx in me.
Thank you, dear friend, thank you!!!
That is quite astonishing, having now been verified,
and will help me greatly now at this phase.
Now I know why, and I can fully justify this feeling of belonging.
That is so empowering to my spirit.
Thank you for subtly insisting that I go to xxxxx.
It has already changed my life to have this information,
and to be able to use it wisely.
In other words, thank you for changing my life for the better!!
It is only a few in our lives who are able to help us this way.
And you have done this for me. <tears of joy>
Of course, it is ok for you to cry with tears of joy....
let that open your heart to feeling deep love,
and know that you will never be abandoned!
I am so happy to hear this!!!
You are never alone, not then, not now, not ever.
It was all just an illusion of separateness.
We are all here together now.
Even though those seats look empty,
we are all standing in a circle,
holding hands, joined and never to be separated again.
I am subtly working on opening your heart fully.
When you are able to fully spread those wings
on your heart and let it fly openly with joy,
I will be there to give you the biggest hug!
You are healing, Susan. You are healing.
And soon your wounded heart will be whole again
. Glory be! I am so happy that you think my letter
was the nicest you ever received...
awgh....you deserve those letters everyday from everybody
in your life!
Please realize, Susan, that every time I really, really need you....
you appear, like magic.
Like the other night.
I didn't realize how hurt I was over that slight at xxx....
but you called me right away to check on me,
and then you called the next day to check on me.
I want you to know how much that touched my heart,
and how appreciative I am for your love and support.
You might think it was no big deal, but it was!
Love, xxxxxx
P.S. I may have big news to share with you tomorrow (lol, later today).
In fact, I trust that I will.
I believe I have found the Book to be written, and it is big.
THE eXchanger
09-09-2009, 09:26 PM
WE are ONE of about THREE people
(there maybe more, now, on earth)
that can do, SER work
SPIRIT ENTITY REMOVAL WORK
sometimes, i am assigned projects--
to do work, on people, at a much higher level
than they eXist at in 3D/or 15thd, upwards
as, healers,
you should ONLY send healing
to the 7th/8th, and, 9th densities of another soul
(otherwise, you can 'muck' with the eXperiences,
another soul, has in store for them)
often NDE's and close calls
present A PIVOT in A NOW,
that, is instrumental, in affecting/and, effecting change !!!
so, let the controller pieces
the higher self, the essence, and, the monad
handle the work
(sent your energies, but, send them to the 3rd sacred triangle)
This is a very funny NOTE, i got today:
(iNSIDERS might see the humour in it)
if we are going to share - then, we are going to do it,
right out, in the wide-open - and, NOT leave anything out
THERE is A HUGE, and, i mean HUGE spirital war going on
in much higher dimensions, than 3D
WINGMAKERS-are real !!!
i've been working in it, since 1984
(we think, some of our eXchanges, are interesting ones)
INSTANT MESSAGE FROM:
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx:
She thinks otherwise but IS being helped by many....
YOU at the forefront....
and what is also funny
and ironic is the bill she is wraccking up with you for doing so....
though i would not hold my breathe
that she is going to 3d acknowledge....
but i am hearing you should send her a bill anyway.....
for if somehow she is able to cast off the *************
*(name of this spirit being is removed, i don't want to energise it)
and let go ...
what a Force for good she could become.....
At some level i think she does know.....
sending her a 9d bill is the way to go....
as payment will come via Golden Credits to you.....
WiNGMAKER LOVE to YOU..13
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX(14)
THE eXchanger
09-09-2009, 09:30 PM
25/07/2009 6:06 PM
RESPONSE FROM:
Incidentally, both you and angel-light are bionic women,
brilliant individuals with slightly different talents,
you both contribute immensely to the welfare of the universe.
I am fortunate to have met BOTH of you!!
You are both incredibly talented.
Good luck with the radio show,
send me the link after the show.
Lots of love as ever..XXXXX
vBulletin® v3.8.4, Copyright ©2000-2025, Jelsoft Enterprises Ltd.